Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Devices / BrainsWay Ltd.

BrainsWay Ltd.

bway · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker bway
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Devices
Employees 120
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · BrainsWay Ltd.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

☐ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022

OR

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from        to       

☐ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report       

Commission file number: 001-35165

BrainsWay Ltd.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Israel
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

19 Hartum Street, Bynet Building, 3rd Floor, Har HaHotzvim, Jerusalem, 9777518, Israel
(Address of principal executive offices)

R. Scott Areglado
Senior Vice President, and Chief Financial Officer
1 Van de Graaff Drive, Burlington, MA 01803

Tel: +1-844-386-7001
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile 
number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

Title of each class
American Depositary Shares each representing
two Ordinary Shares (1)

Trading Symbol(s)
BWAY

  Name of each exchange on which registered

NASDAQ Global Market

Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 0.04 per share

BWAY

Tel Aviv Stock Exchange

(1) Evidenced by American Depositary Receipts

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual
report: 33,053,323 Ordinary Shares.

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See
definition of “large accelerated filer," accelerated filer,” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large Accelerated filer ☐

Accelerated filer ☐

Non-accelerated filer ☒

Emerging growth company ☒

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected
not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the
Exchange Act. ☐

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting
Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control
over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or
issued its audit report. ☐

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the
filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by
any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP ☐

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting
Standards Board ☒

Other ☐

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to
follow. Item 17 ☐ Item 18 ☐

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 1.
ITEM 2.
ITEM 3.
ITEM 4.
ITEM 4A.
ITEM 5.
ITEM 6.
ITEM 7.
ITEM 8.
ITEM 9.
ITEM 10.
ITEM 11.
ITEM 12.
ITEM 13.
ITEM 14.
ITEM 15.
ITEM 16.
ITEM 16A.
ITEM 16B.
ITEM 16C.
ITEM 16D.
ITEM 16E.
ITEM 16F.
ITEM 16G.
ITEM 16H.
ITEM 16I.
ITEM 17.
ITEM 18.
ITEM 19.
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
EXHIBIT INDEX

IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
KEY INFORMATION
INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
THE OFFER AND LISTING
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
[RESERVED]
AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
CODE OF ETHICS
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES.
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS
CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
EXHIBITS

i 

1
1
1
66
118
118
138
168
173
173
174
186
187
189
189
189
191
191
191
191
192
192
193
193
193
194
194
194
194

194

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Introduction

Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to “BrainsWay,” “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company” and similar designations refer to BrainsWay Ltd., a
limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel, and its consolidated subsidiaries. The term “including” means “including but
not limited to”, whether or not explicitly so stated. The “BrainsWay” name and design logo are our registered trademarks. BrainsWay also asserts all rights,
including  but  not  limited  to  trademark,  with  respect  to  the  term  “Deep  TMS.”  Solely  for  convenience,  the  trademarks,  service  marks,  and  trade  names
referred to in this Annual Report are without the ® and TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to
the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors to these trademarks, service marks, and trade names. This Annual
Report contains additional trademarks, service marks, and trade names of others, which are the property of their respective owners. All trademarks, service
marks, and trade names appearing in this Annual Report are, to our knowledge, the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display
of other companies’ trademarks, service marks or trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

Financial and Other Information

The term “NIS” refers to New Israeli Shekels, the lawful currency of the State of Israel, the terms “dollar”, “US$”, “$” or “U.S.” refer to U.S. dollars, the
lawful  currency  of  the  United  States  of  America.  Our  functional  and  presentation  currency  is  the  U.S.  dollar.  Unless  otherwise  indicated,  U.S.  dollar
amounts herein (other than amounts originally receivable or payable in dollars) have been translated for the convenience of the reader from the original
NIS amounts at the representative rate of exchange as of December 31, 2022 ($1 = NIS 3.519). The dollar amounts presented should not be construed as
representing  amounts  that  are  receivable  or  payable  in  dollars  or  convertible  into  dollars,  unless  otherwise  indicated.  Foreign  currency  transactions  in
currencies other than U.S. dollars are translated in this Annual Report into U.S. dollars using exchange rates in effect at the date of the transactions.

Statistical Information

This  Annual  Report  includes  statistics  and  other  data  relating  to  markets,  market  sizes,  and  other  industry  data  pertaining  to  our  business  that  we  have
obtained from industry publications, surveys, and other information available to us. Industry publications and surveys generally state that the information
contained  therein  has  been  obtained  from  sources  believed  to  be  reliable.  Market  data  and  statistics  are  inherently  predictive,  speculative  and  are  not
necessarily reflective of actual market conditions. Such statistics are based on market research, which itself is based on sampling and subjective judgments
by both the researchers and the respondents, including judgments about what types of products and transactions should be included in the relevant market.
In addition, the value of comparisons of statistics for different markets is limited by many factors, including that (i) the markets are defined differently, (ii)
the underlying information was gathered by different methods, and (iii) different assumptions were applied in compiling the data. Likewise, market size
calculations  and  definitions  are  based  on  shifting  and  sometimes  limited  assumptions,  including  but  not  limited  to  relating  to  pricing  models  for  our
products. Accordingly, the market statistics included in this Annual Report should be viewed with caution. We believe that information from these industry
publications included in this Annual Report is reliable.

ii 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements under the sections entitled “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors,” “Item 4. Information on the Company,” “Item 5. Operating
and Financial Review and Prospects” and elsewhere in this Annual Report may include forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and
unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future
results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements
by  terms  including  “anticipates,”  “believes,”  “could,”  “estimates,”  “expects,”  “intends,”  “may,”  “plans,”  “potential,”  “predicts,”  “projects,”  “should,”
“will,”  “would,”  and  similar  expressions  intended  to  identify  forward-looking  statements.  Forward-  looking  statements  reflect  our  current  views  with
respect to future events and are based on assumptions and subject to risks and uncertainties. In addition, the sections of this Annual Report entitled “Item 4.
Information on the Company” contain information obtained from independent industry and other sources that we may not have independently validated.
You  should  not  put  undue  reliance  on  any  forward-looking  statements.  Unless  we  are  required  to  do  so  under  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  or  other
applicable laws, we do not intend to update or revise any forward-looking statements.

Factors  that  could  cause  our  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  expressed  or  implied  in  such  forward-looking  statements  include,  but  are  not
limited to:

● market perception and acceptance of Deep Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation, or Deep TMS™, technology (“Deep TMS”) and patient satisfaction

with the effectiveness and benefits of Deep TMS;

● availability of reimbursement from third-party payors, including insurance companies and Medicare;

● the adequacy of our existing capital to meet our future capital requirements;

● our ability to commercialize Deep TMS, including internationally, by ourselves or through third-party distributors;

● our ability to develop enhancements to our Deep TMS system through our research and development efforts;

● our reliance on third parties to conduct our clinical trials and manufacture our product candidates for clinical testing;

● our ability to complete and obtain favorable results from existing clinical trials, and to launch and successfully complete new clinical trials, for Deep

TMS indications;

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● our ability to obtain and comply with regulatory approvals of Deep TMS and enhancements to our Deep TMS system on our anticipated time frames,

or at all;

● our ability to obtain and maintain adequate protection of our intellectual property, including intellectual property licensed to us; and

● our ability to operate within the changing market conditions caused by the COVID-19 or other global pandemics, geopolitical instability, economic

downturns and disrupted global supply chain.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1.

IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2.

OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

ITEM 3.

KEY INFORMATION

A.

B.

[Reserved]

Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

C.

Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

D.

Risk Factors

You  should  carefully  consider  the  risks  we  describe  below,  in  addition  to  the  other  information  set  forth  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report,  including  our
financial statements and the related notes beginning on page F-1. The risks and uncertainties described below in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for the
year ended December 31, 2022 are not the only risks facing us. We may face additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently
deem to be immaterial. Any of the risks described below or incorporated by reference in this Form 20-F, and any such additional risks, could materially
adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition or results of operations.

Summary of Risk Factors

The following is a summary of some of the principal risks we face. The list below is not exhaustive, and investors should read this “Risk Factors” section in
full.

Financial Condition and Capital Requirement Risks

· We have a history of operating losses. We expect to incur additional losses in the future and may never be profitable and we cannot ensure that our

existing capital will be sufficient to meet our capital requirements.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
· Raising  additional  capital  may  cause  dilution  to  our  existing  shareholders,  restrict  our  operations  or  require  us  to  relinquish  rights  to  our

technologies or product candidate(s).

Business, Economic and Industry risks

· Our success depends on Deep TMS as a safe treatment option for patients, as well as market perception and acceptance of TMS generally, and

patient satisfaction with the effectiveness of Deep TMS.

· Our long-term growth depends on our ability to increase market penetration and further commercialize Deep TMS, as well as develop

enhancements and features to the Deep TMS system through our research and development efforts. If we fail to do so, we may be unable to achieve
future growth.

· We  operate  in  a  very  competitive  environment  and  if  we  are  unable  to  compete  successfully  against  our  existing  or  potential  competitors,  our

revenues and operating results may be negatively affected.

· We are dependent on physicians and if we are unable to adequately train physicians and other treatment providers and operators or if they use the

Deep TMS inadequately, we may be unable to achieve our expected growth.

· Failure  to  secure  or  maintain  adequate  coverage  and  reimbursement  of  our  Deep  TMS  system  for  the  currently  authorized  indications  and  other
indications for which we obtain FDA authorization in the future, if any, may make physicians reluctant to use or recommend Deep TMS and have a
material adverse effect on our sales, results of operations, and financial condition.

· We rely on third-parties, including suppliers for some components used in manufacturing our Deep TMS products, distributors to market and

distribute our products internationally and third-parties to conduct our clinical trials, which exposes us to uncertainty and instability.

· Clinical trials involve a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, which may delay or cause us to abandon the development

of Deep TMS for additional indications.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
· Our collaboration arrangements may not be successful, which could adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our products.

· We bare the risk of product liability lawsuits and warranty claims which we might harm our business, exceed our insurance policy coverage and we

may not have enough funds to cover such claims or lawsuits damages.

·     Our operations could be affected in the event of further COVID-19 or other global pandemic or other outbreaks, supply chain disruptions, unfavorable
market or political conditions or other negative global trends or disruptions.

· We rely on the use of technology which may adversely affect our business if we become subject to cyber-terrorism or other compromises and shut-
downs or if we experience significant disruptions in our information technology systems. Such security and privacy breaches may expose us to
liability and harm our business and reputation.

· We may seek to grow our business through acquisitions or investments in new or complementary businesses, products or technologies, through

the licensing of products or technologies from third parties. The failure to manage acquisitions, investments, licenses or other strategic alliances,
or the failure to integrate them with our existing business, could harm our business.

Government Regulatory Risks

Our products and operations are subject to extensive government regulation and oversight both in the United States and abroad, and our failure to comply
with applicable requirements or to obtain and/or maintain needed clearances could harm our business.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
· Modifications to our Deep TMS systems and treatments may require new 510(k) clearances, de novo classification or PMA, and may require us to

cease marketing or recall the modified products until authorizations are obtained.

· Our products must be manufactured in accordance with federal and state regulations, and we could be forced to recall our installed systems or

terminate production if we fail to comply with these regulations.

·

If treatment guidelines for the clinical conditions we are targeting change or the standard of care evolves, we may need to redesign and
seek new marketing authorization from the FDA for one or more of our products.

· The misuse or off-label use of Deep TMS may harm our reputation in the marketplace, result in injuries that lead to product liability suits or result
in costly investigations, fines or sanctions by regulatory bodies, particularly if we are deemed to have engaged in the promotion of these uses, any
of which could be costly to our business.

· Deep TMS may cause or contribute to adverse medical events that we are required to report to the FDA, and if we fail to do so, we would be
subject to sanctions that could harm our reputation, business, financial condition, and results of operations. The discovery of serious safety issues
with our products, or a recall of our products either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA or another governmental authority, could have a
negative impact on us.

·

If we or our distributors do not obtain and maintain international regulatory registrations or approvals for Deep TMS, we will be unable to market
and sell our products outside of the United States.

· We  are  subject  to  certain  federal,  state,  and  foreign  fraud  and  abuse  laws,  health  information  privacy  and  security  laws,  and  transparency  laws,
which, if violated, could subject us to substantial penalties. Additionally, any challenge to or investigation into our practices under these laws could
cause adverse publicity and be costly to respond to, and thus could harm our business.

· Healthcare  policy  changes,  including  recently  enacted  legislation  reforming  the  U.S.  healthcare  system,  could  harm  our  cash  flows,  financial

condition, and results of operations.

Intellectual Property Risks

· We depend on our intellectual property, and our future success is dependent on our ability to protect our intellectual property and not infringe on the

rights of others.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
· The lives of our patents may not be sufficient to effectively protect our products and business.

· Our  right  to  the  essential  intellectual  property  upon  which  the  Deep  TMS  technology  is  based  results  from  in-license  agreements  with

government agencies and research institutions, the termination of which would prevent us from commercializing Deep TMS.

· Our license agreements for our critical patents and related intellectual property impose significant monetary obligations and other requirements

that may adversely affect our ability to successfully execute our business plan.

· The key patents of our Deep TMS technology are subject to the U.S. government’s royalty free usage rights on a worldwide basis for any discovery

based on such patents, which may have unexpected, adverse consequences upon the market for our products.

·

If  we  are  unable  to  protect  the  confidentiality  of  our  trade  secrets  or  know-how,  such  proprietary  information  may  be  used  by  others  to  compete
against us.

· Legal proceedings or third-party claims of intellectual property infringement and other challenges may require us to spend substantial time and

money and could prevent us from developing or commercializing Deep TMS.

Foreign Country Risks

· The Israeli government grants that we have received require us to meet several conditions and may restrict our ability to manufacture our Deep
TMS systems and transfer relevant know-how outside of Israel and require us to pay royalties and satisfy specified conditions, including increased
royalties if we manufacture our Deep TMS systems outside of Israel or payment of a redemption fee if we transfer relevant know-how outside of
Israel.

· Our manufacturing, assembly and other significant functions are located in Israel and, therefore, our business and operations may be adversely

affected by political, economic and military conditions in Israel.

· Exchange rate fluctuations between the U.S. dollar, the New Israeli Shekel, the Euro, and other foreign currencies may negatively affect our future

revenues.

· The price of the ADSs may be volatile and may fluctuate due to factors beyond our control.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
· The significant share ownership position of our officers, directors, and entities affiliated with certain of our directors may limit your ability to

influence corporate matters.

Risks Related to our Financial Condition and Capital Requirements

We have a history of operating losses. We expect to incur additional losses in the future and may never be profitable and we cannot ensure that our
existing capital will be sufficient to meet our capital requirements.

We have incurred net losses since our inception, largely reflecting research and development, general and administrative expenses, and sales and marketing
expenses. We have experienced net losses of $13.3 million and $6.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. As a result of
ongoing losses, as of December 31, 2022, we had an accumulated deficit of $97.1 million. While we have sold and leased Deep TMS systems in various
markets over the last few years, we expect to continue to incur significant sales and marketing, product development, regulatory and other expenses as we
continue  to  pursue  our  commercialization  efforts  to  increase  adoption  of  Deep  TMS  and  expand  existing  relationships  with  our  customers,  to  obtain
regulatory clearances or approvals for Deep TMS in additional countries and for additional indications, and to develop new enhancements or features to our
existing Deep TMS systems. The net losses we may incur may fluctuate significantly from period to period. We will need to generate additional revenues to
achieve and sustain profitability, and even if we achieve profitability, we cannot be sure that we will remain profitable for any substantial period of time. Our
failure to achieve or maintain profitability could negatively impact the value of our shares.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We believe that our existing capital and other sources of liquidity will be sufficient to meet our capital requirements. To date we have funded our operations
primarily through offerings of our securities, research and development grants from the Israel Innovation Authority and other sources, a loan under our credit
facility, which has been repaid, and a Paycheck Protection Program loan through the Unites States Small Business Administration, which has been forgiven.
We expect to generate revenues primarily through sales, lease and other potential income generated by the commercial distribution of Deep TMS systems for
approved indications.

The adequacy of our available funds to meet our operating and capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our ability to achieve revenue
growth and maintain favorable operating margins; our ability to increase the market share of Deep TMS and expand our operations and offerings, including
our sales and marketing efforts; the cost, progress and results of our future research, product development and clinical programs for additional enhancements
to Deep TMS and future indications for the system; the costs and timing of obtaining regulatory approvals for future indications of Deep TMS; our ability to
improve  or  maintain  coverage  and  reimbursement  arrangements  with  third-  party  and  government  payors;  the  terms  and  conditions  of  commercial
agreements for marketing and distribution of Deep TMS; the effect of competing technological and market developments; and costs incurred in enforcing and
defending certain of the patents and other intellectual property rights upon which our technologies are based, to the extent such rights are challenged.

We  cannot  be  certain  that  in  the  future  alternative  financing  sources  will  be  available  to  us  at  such  times  or  in  the  amounts  we  need  or  whether  we  can
negotiate commercially reasonable terms or at all, or that our actual cash requirements will not be greater than anticipated. Any issuance of additional equity
or equity-linked securities could be dilutive to our existing shareholders, and any new equity securities could have rights, preferences, and privileges superior
to those of holders of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs. Additional debt financing, if available, may involve covenants restricting our operations or our ability to
incur  additional  debt,  pay  dividends,  repurchase  our  shares,  make  investments  and  engage  in  merger,  consolidation,  or  asset  sale  transactions.  If  we  are
unable to obtain future financing through the methods we described above or through other means, our business may be materially impaired and we may be
unable  to  complete  our  business  objectives  and  may  be  required  to  cease  operations,  curtail  one  or  more  product  development  or  commercialization
programs, significantly reduce expenses, sell assets, seek a merger or joint venture partner, file for protection from creditors, or liquidate all our assets.

Risks Related to our Business and Industry

Our success depends on Deep TMS as a safe treatment option for patients, as well as market perception and acceptance of TMS generally.

Our business currently depends entirely on the success of Deep TMS, our proprietary TMS solution. TMS is an emerging treatment option for patients. As a
result, physician and patient awareness of TMS therapy as a treatment option for applicable brain disorders, and experience with TMS therapies, is limited.
Because  the  market  for  TMS  therapy  is  still  developing  and  contains  a  limited  number  of  market  participants,  sales  of  Deep  TMS  could  be  negatively
impacted  by  unfavorable  market  reactions  to  TMS  generally,  Deep  TMS  in  particular,  and/or  negative  developments  in  the  industry.  For  example,  with
respect to TMS generally, in June 2018 researchers in medical centers of the U.S. Veterans Affairs reported research findings that showed that approximately
40% of the 81 patients with treatment-resistant major depression achieved remission in a randomized trial of a competitor’s TMS device, but the rate was
virtually  the  same  with  sham  treatments  versus  active  stimulation.  As  another  example,  with  respect  to  Deep  TMS  in  particular,  in  February  2020,  we
announced  that  a  multicenter  study  of  our  Deep  TMS  system  for  Post-Traumatic  Stress  Disorder  (PTSD)  was  discontinued  after  interim  results  showed
subjects  treated  with  the  H-Coil  that  was  involved  in  the  study  (i.e.,  the  same  as  that  used  in  our  multicenter  OCD  study)  did  not  demonstrate  sufficient
efficacy relative to the sham group.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If the use of our Deep TMS system or other TMS therapies results in serious adverse events (e.g., seizures), or such products malfunction or are misused,
patients and physicians may attribute such negative events to TMS and/or Deep TMS, which may adversely affect market adoption of this form of therapy.
For  example,  a  paper  entitled  “Seizure  risk  with  repetitive  TMS:  Survey  results  from  over  a  half-million  treatment  sessions”  published  in  2021  in  Brain
Stimulation claims that Deep TMS appears to be associated with a higher relative seizure risk than with generic figure-8 coil TMS. While the authors of the
paper themselves cite numerous reasons to view the results with caution and while the claims in the paper were based on a small data set obtained from an
informal survey which appear to be inconsistent with other more comprehensive studies, we may nonetheless be unable to successfully educate the public
about  these  often  nuanced  and  technical  deficiencies  and  thus  the  overall  safety  of  our  technology.  In  addition,  if  patients  undergoing  treatment  with  any
available TMS solutions perceive the benefits to be inadequate or the administration of TMS to be too burdensome or inconvenient, and/or if adverse events
and/or factors such as discomfort and noise with available TMS solutions are too numerous or severe compared to the relevant rates of alternative therapies
or  pharmaceutical  options,  it  will  be  difficult  to  demonstrate  the  value  of  Deep  TMS  to  patients  and  physicians.  Additionally,  psychiatrists  may  find  it
difficult to train existing employees and/or hire additional staff, allocate sufficient space or operate our device given that psychiatry is a field not traditionally
associated with medical equipment treatment options. As a result of any one or a combination of these reasons, demand for and the use of Deep TMS may
decline  or  may  not  increase  at  the  pace  or  to  the  levels  we  expect.  These  reported  findings  may  have  a  negative  effect  on  market  perception  of  the
effectiveness of the TMS therapy in general, and by extension Deep TMS.

Even if TMS therapy is widely accepted by physicians and patients, our success will depend in large part on our ability to educate and train physicians and
patients, and to successfully demonstrate the safety, tolerability, ease of use, efficacy, cost effectiveness and other advantages of Deep TMS. We have been
engaging in an active marketing campaign to raise awareness of Deep TMS and its benefits, but we cannot assure that these efforts will be successful or that
they  will  not  prove  to  be  too  costly.  Physicians  may  find  patient  set  up  and  the  subsequent  procedures  for  future  treatment  sessions  to  be  difficult  or
complicated compared to competing treatment methods. Any of these factors could slow market adoption of Deep TMS.

8

 
 
 
Our long-term growth depends on our ability to increase market penetration and further commercialize Deep TMS, as well as develop enhancements and
features to the Deep TMS system through our research and development efforts. If we fail to do so, we may be unable to achieve future growth.

Our  strategy  depends  on  our  ability  to  further  commercialize  and  increase  market  penetration  of  Deep  TMS  for  MDD  (including  reduction  of  comorbid
anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious depression), OCD, and smoking addiction, develop and seek regulatory approvals of Deep TMS for new
indications  and  add  new  enhancements  or  features  for  the  Deep  TMS  system.  These  goals  are  also  designed  to  respond  to  changing  customer  demands,
competitive  pressures,  and  technologies.  Our  industry  is  characterized  by  intense  competition,  including  from  existing  treatments  ,  a  growing  number  of
Traditional TMS competitors, rapid technological changes, new product introductions and enhancements, price competition, and evolving industry standards.
It  is  important  that  we  anticipate  changes  in  technology  and  market  demand,  as  well  as  physician  practices  to  successfully  develop,  obtain  clearance  or
approval, if required, and successfully introduce new, enhanced, and competitive technologies to meet our prospective customers’ needs on a timely and cost-
effective basis.

We might be unable to further commercialize Deep TMS for approved indications or develop or obtain regulatory clearances or approvals to market Deep
TMS for new indications, or to develop and obtain regulatory approvals for enhancements or new features for the Deep TMS system. Additionally, Deep
TMS for MDD (including reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious depression), OCD, smoking addiction, and any future
indications, even if cleared, might not be sufficiently accepted by physicians or the third-party payers who reimburse for the procedures performed with our
products. We may be unable to devise pricing strategies that are attractive to customers. The success of any new indications, enhancements or features for the
Deep  TMS  system  will  depend  on  numerous  additional  factors,  including  but  not  limited  to,  our  ability  to  properly  identify  and  anticipate  clinician  and
patient needs; demonstrate the benefits associated with the use of Deep TMS when compared to the products and devices of our competitors; demonstrate the
safety and efficacy of new indications, and obtain regulatory approvals of Deep TMS for such indications; adequately protect our intellectual property and
avoid  infringing  upon  the  intellectual  property  rights  of  third  parties;  and  develop  and  obtain  the  necessary  regulatory  clearances  or  approvals  for
enhancements or features for the Deep TMS system.

9

 
 
 
 
If we do not develop and obtain regulatory clearances or approvals for new indications, enhancements or features in time to meet market demand, or if there
is insufficient demand for these indications, enhancements or features, our results of operations will suffer. Our research and development efforts may require
a substantial investment of time and resources before we are adequately able to determine the commercial viability of a new indication for Deep TMS, any
enhancements to the Deep TMS system or any other innovation. In addition, even if we are able to develop enhancements or new features for Deep TMS,
these  enhancements  or  features  may  not  produce  sales  in  excess  of  the  costs  of  development  and  they  may  be  quickly  rendered  obsolete  by  changing
customer preferences or the introduction by our competitors of products embodying new technologies or enhancements or features.

Furthermore,  we  must  carefully  manage  our  introduction  of  new  indications.  If  potential  customers  believe  such  indications  will  be  subject  to  additional
future enhancements or features or may become available at a more attractive price, they may delay purchases until such indications are available. We may
also have excess or obsolete inventory as we upgrade to newer models of our products and/or transition to new indications, and we have limited experience in
managing product transitions.

We operate in a very competitive environment and if we are unable to compete successfully against our existing or potential competitors, our revenues
and operating results may be negatively affected.

Our  Deep  TMS  systems  for  MDD  (including  reduction  of  comorbid  anxiety  symptoms,  commonly  referred  to  as  anxious  depression),  OCD,  smoking
addiction, and any future indications are or will be subject to intense competition. The industry in which we operate is subject to rapid change and is highly
sensitive  to  the  introduction  of  new  products  or  other  market  activities  of  current  or  new  industry  participants.  Our  ability  to  compete  successfully  will
depend on our ability to develop and obtain regulatory clearances of Deep TMS for indications that reach the market in a timely manner, to receive adequate
coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors, and to successfully demonstrate to physicians and patients the merits of Deep TMS compared to the
products of our competitors. If we are not successful in convincing others of the merits of Deep TMS or educating them on the use of the Deep TMS system,
they may not use our system or use them effectively and we may be unable to increase our revenues.

10

 
 
 
 
 
Deep  TMS  competes  with  several  existing  Traditional  TMS  competitors,  including  Neuronetics,  Magventure,  MAG  &  More,  CloudTMS,  Magstim,  and
Nexstim. Competing TMS therapy companies have developed or may develop treatments that have improved efficacy when compared to our products or that
require a less significant investment of resources from physicians. Likewise, psychiatrists and other customers may not be able to easily compare Deep TMS
to our focal TMS competitors given limited data from head-to-head studies and marketing campaigns and tactics employed by competitors which may have
access to greater resources than we do.

We also face competition from pharmaceutical and other companies, many of which have greater resources than we do, that develop competitive products,
such as anti- depressant medications (including but not limited to a nasal spray utilizing the drug esketamine, which was recently approved by the FDA for
use  in  conjunction  with  an  oral  antidepressant)  and  to  a  lesser  degree,  ECT,  home-use  alternatives  such  as  transcranial  direct  current  stimulation  (TDCS)
devices, prescription digital therapeutics (PDTs), and other neuromodulation treatment options. Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated
if  these  competitors  develop  and  commercialize  anti-depressant  medications  or  other  treatments  that  are  safer  or  more  effective  than  Deep  TMS,  or  are
offered at more competitive prices, are more easily administered to patients or are otherwise more attractive to our customers and patients. At any time, these
and other potential market entrants may develop treatment alternatives that may make Deep TMS less competitive.

We  also  note  that  competition  varies  based  on  the  indication,  and  some  of  the  indications  we  are  advancing  may  face  marketability  challenges  based  on
existing  treatment  options.  For  example,  there  are  a  variety  of  smoking  cessation  products  currently  available  on  the  market,  including  nicotine  patch
treatment. Electronic cigarettes, or e-cigarettes, are also widely available substitutes for tobacco smoking. Deep TMS for smoking cessation may not be a
marketable alternative to these existing options, particularly to the extent smokers need to pay out-of-pocket given the unavailability of reimbursement for
this indication.

Our competitors may also develop and patent processes or products earlier than we can or obtain domestic or international regulatory clearances or approvals
for  competing  products  more  rapidly  than  we  can,  which  could  impair  our  ability  to  develop  and  commercialize  similar  products.  Furthermore,  our
educational efforts to distinguish between Deep TMS and traditional TMS may be limited, and our competitors may thereby succeed in obtaining regulatory
pathways for their products based on our clinical data without having to invest in clinical trials themselves. In addition, we compete with our competitors to
engage the services of independent distributors outside the United States, both those presently working with us and those with whom we hope to work as we
expand.

11

 
 
 
 
 
Furthermore,  our  competitors  may  be  seeking  predicate  FDA  approvals  in  other  psychiatric  and  neurological  indications,  and  TMS  products  of  various
companies are frequently used off-label, and in certain circumstances, are marketed outside of the United States for other indications. Additionally, if either
TMS competitors or other medical device or pharmaceutical companies introduce new and disruptive products or forms of therapy, our market share may be
reduced and our financial performance and ability to compete may be significantly impacted.

Moreover, our relationships with large clinic networks, which we rely on, can be jeopardized depending on developments with these networks and/or by the
deepening  of  relationships  between  these  networks  and  our  competitors,  thus  leading  to  potential  financial  difficulties  that  may  negatively  affect  our
revenues. For example, any exclusivity or other commercial arrangements between our competitors and large clinic networks we also work with may hinder
the  deployment  of  our  Deep  TMS  systems  in  such  networks.  Furthermore,  any  financial  instability  of  these  networks  can  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our
revenues. In addition, our competitors may be acquired by enterprises that have more established distribution networks than we do, thus gaining an integral
distribution advantage over us.

We are dependent on physicians and if we are unable to adequately train physicians and other treatment providers and operators or if they use the Deep
TMS inadequately, we may be unable to achieve our expected growth.

There  is  a  learning  process  involved  for  treatment  providers  to  become  proficient  in  the  use  of  our  Deep  TMS  systems,  which  requires  us  to  spend
considerable time and resources for training. It is critical to the success of our commercialization efforts to train a sufficient number of physicians and to
provide them with adequate, ongoing instruction and training in the use of our Deep TMS systems. This training process generally requires physicians to
review  and  study  product  materials  and  engage  in  hands-on  training  sessions.  This  training  process  may  also  take  longer  than  expected  or  be  more
complicated  than  the  physicians  or  their  personnel  are  comfortable  with  and  may  therefore  affect  our  ability  to  increase  sales.  Convincing  physicians  to
dedicate the time and energy necessary for adequate training is challenging, and we may not be successful in these efforts.

The use of our Deep TMS system to treat OCD requires a special procedure to provoke the patient to exhibit symptoms of OCD while the patient is treated
with Deep TMS. This procedure requires special training and may make the treatment more difficult to apply than alternative treatments, as the treatment
must  be  tailored  for  the  condition  of  each  patient.  As  a  result,  this  may  lead  to  a  variability  of  the  overall  results  and  between  patients,  which  could
discourage  use  of  Deep  TMS  for  OCD.  In  addition,  if  the  physicians  and  operators  do  not  apply  the  treatment  of  OCD  patients  properly  or  experience
difficulties in the use of the system for OCD, this could reduce the level of satisfaction with this system for OCD, and adversely affect our revenues and our
operating results.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
To the extent our customer physicians do not properly diagnose or select appropriate patient candidates for Deep TMS treatment and/or utilize unprescribed
protocols it could result in variability of the treatment efficacy and results for the patient. Our ability to generate significant revenues from Deep TMS relies
on patients’ satisfaction with the effectiveness of Deep TMS and if patients are not satisfied with the results of Deep TMS, our reputation, and future results
of operations may be adversely affected.

We may be unable to manage our anticipated growth effectively, which could make it difficult to execute our business strategy and we may even be unable to
forecast our future growth accurately

We have a relatively short history of operating as a commercial-stage company. We intend to continue to grow our business operations and may experience
periods  of  rapid  growth  and  expansion.  This  anticipated  growth  could  create  a  strain  on  our  organizational,  administrative  and  operational  infrastructure,
including  our  supply  chain  operations,  quality  control,  technical  support  and  customer  service,  sales  force  management  and  general  and  financial
administration.  These  risks  increase  as  we  expand  into  new  countries,  each  requiring  varied  and  often  time-consuming  regulatory  challenges.  We  may  be
unable to maintain the quality, regulatory infrastructure, or delivery timelines, of our products or customer service or satisfy customer demand if our business
grows too rapidly. Our ability to manage our growth properly will require us to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, and
our  reporting  systems  and  procedures.  We  may  implement  new  enterprise  software  systems  in  a  number  of  areas  affecting  a  broad  range  of  business
processes and functional areas. The time and resources required to implement these new systems is uncertain and failure to complete this in a timely and
efficient manner could harm our business.

As our commercial operations and sales volume grow, we will need to continue to increase our workflow capacity for our supply chain, regulatory expansion,
customer  service,  training  and  education  personnel,  billing,  accounting  reporting  and  general  process  improvements  and  expand  our  internal  quality
assurance program, among other things. Our current work force may not be sufficient to handle our expanding growth and we will be required to expand and
train these personnel as we increase our sales efforts. We may not successfully implement these increases in scale or the expansion of our personnel, which
could harm our business.

Moreover,  we  may  be  unable  to  predict  future  growth  related  to  Deep  TMS  for  MDD  (including  reduction  of  comorbid  anxiety  symptoms,  commonly
referred  to  as  anxious  depression),  OCD,  smoking  addiction,  and  other  psychiatric  indications  because  some  of  these  disorders  are  inherently  difficult  to
diagnose and there are frequent co-morbidities (overlap) in these disorders that complicate treatment methods. Diagnosis for psychiatric disorders, such as
MDD and OCD, is based on an individual’s reported experiences and mental status examination, and accordingly is subject to significant error. For example,
it  is  estimated  that  about  half  of  the  individuals  in  the  United  States  who  experience  a  major  depressive  episode  annually  are  not  diagnosed  correctly.  In
addition, there is a rising trend in which primary care providers, rather than mental health professionals, prescribe anti-depressant medications. Primary care
providers often prescribe anti-depressants without a psychiatric diagnosis of disease. In 73% of visits in which a primary care provider prescribed an anti-
depressant,  patients  did  not  have  a  psychiatric  diagnosis.  Without  a  psychiatric  diagnosis,  treatment  cannot  be  tailored  to  the  underlying  condition.
Accordingly, a significant portion of MDD patients that are considered treatment-resistant may be unresponsive to first-line treatment as a result of incorrect
diagnosis,  and  any  such  patients  may  not  respond  to  Deep  TMS  treatment.  In  addition,  the  H-Coils  for  our  Deep  TMS  systems  may  prove  to  be
interchangeable and clinicians may be able to treat patients with multiple disorders in the same procedure. With respect to comorbidities, there is a high rate
of tobacco use amongst patients suffering from mental health conditions such as depression and anxiety. Approximately 3 of every 10 cigarettes smoked by
adults in the United States are smoked by persons with mental health conditions. As a result of the foregoing factors, the addressable market for Deep TMS
for MDD (including reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious depression), OCD, and smoking addiction, may be smaller
than we currently anticipate, and predictions for our future growth may prove to be inaccurate. This may have a materially adverse effect on our future results
of operations.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
If we are unable to successfully expand our sales and customer support team and adequately address our customers’ needs, it could negatively impact
revenues and market acceptance of Deep TMS and we may never generate sufficient revenues to achieve or sustain profitability.

As of December 31, 2022, we had 134 employees, including 60 employees in sales and marketing. Our operating results are directly dependent upon the
sales and marketing efforts of our sales and customer support team and, to a lesser extent, on our independent third party distributors outside of the United
States.  If  our  employees  or  our  independent  distributors  fail  to  adequately  promote,  market  and  sell  or  lease  our  Deep  TMS  systems,  our  revenues  could
significantly decrease and/or fail to meet our targets.

In addition, our future revenues will largely depend on our ability to successfully execute our marketing efforts and adequately address our customers’ needs.
We believe it is necessary to expand our sales force, including by hiring additional sales representatives or distributors with specific technical backgrounds
that can support our customers’ needs.

As we develop and seek regulatory clearances for new indications, enhancements and features and increase our marketing efforts, we will need to expand the
reach  of  our  marketing  and  sales  networks.  Our  future  success  will  depend  largely  on  our  ability  to  continue  to  hire,  train,  retain  and  motivate  skilled
employees, and distributors with significant technical knowledge in various areas. New hires require training and take time to achieve full productivity. If we
fail  to  train  new  hires  adequately,  or  if  we  experience  high  turnover  in  our  sales  force  in  the  future,  new  hires  may  not  become  as  productive  as  may  be
necessary  to  maintain  or  increase  our  sales.  If  we  are  unable  to  expand  our  sales  and  marketing  capabilities  domestically  and  internationally,  we  may  be
unable to effectively commercialize our Deep TMS systems, which could harm our business.

Failure  to  secure  or  maintain  adequate  coverage  and  reimbursement  of  our  Deep  TMS  system  for  the  currently  authorized  indications  and  other
indications for which we obtain FDA authorization in the future, if any, may make physicians reluctant to use or recommend Deep TMS and have a
material adverse effect on our sales, results of operations, and financial condition.

Patients  generally  rely  on  third-party  payors  to  reimburse  all  or  part  of  the  costs  associated  with  outpatient  treatment  services.  Patients  may,  thus,  be
unwilling to undergo, and physicians may be unwilling to prescribe, a given course of treatment in the absence of adequate coverage and reimbursement.
Accordingly, our ability to successfully commercialize our Deep TMS system depends significantly on the extent to which treatment sessions using Deep
TMS are covered and reimbursed by government healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid (among others), commercial health insurers, managed
care organizations, and other third-party payors.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Third-party  payors  are  increasingly  examining  the  medical  necessity  and  cost  effectiveness  of  medical  products  and  services,  in  addition  to  safety  and
efficacy.  Significant  uncertainty  exists  as  to  the  reimbursement  status  of  any  newly  approved  (or  cleared)  products  or  therapies,  such  as  Deep  TMS  for
smoking  addiction,  which  represent  novel  approaches  to  treatment  of  a  disease,  addiction,  or  condition.  Even  if  a  third-party  payor  covers  a  particular
treatment that uses Deep TMS, the resulting reimbursement rate may not be adequate to cover a provider’s cost to purchase or lease the Deep TMS system or
ensure such transaction is profitable for the provider. Reimbursement by a third-party payor may depend upon a number of factors, including the third-party
payor’s  determination  that  a  treatment  is  neither  experimental  nor  investigational,  safe,  effective,  and  medically  necessary,  appropriate  for  the  specific
patient, cost-effective, supported by peer-reviewed medical journals and included in clinical practice guidelines.

In the United States, there is no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement among third-party payors, including private insurers. Therefore, coverage and
reimbursement for treatments can differ significantly from payor to payor. However, many third-party payors often rely upon Medicare coverage policies and
payment limitations in setting their own coverage and reimbursement policies and methodologies. Private insurance coverage for Deep TMS as a treatment
for MDD generally requires one to four failures of anti- depressant medications.

Medicare coverage for Deep TMS as a treatment for MDD generally requires that certain, specified clinical criteria relating to medical necessity are met (and
documented). In particular, subject to variations by payor and locale, under applicable payor policies, Deep TMS may be covered for MDD if: (i) prescribed
by a licensed physician, knowledgeable in the use of TMS (ii) as a treatment for an adult with a confirmed diagnosis of MDD and no contraindications, (iii)
where  there  is  sufficient  documentation  of  failure  of  between  1  and  2  previous  medication  trials  (depending  on  the  relevant  Medicare  Administrative
Contractor  policy).  Other  relevant  coverage  factors  considered  under  these  policies  include  resistance  to  treatment  with  psychopharmacologic  agents  for
depression,  history  of  response  to  repetitive  TMS,  and  whether  the  individual  is  a  candidate  for  electroconvulsive  therapy  (ECT)  and  TMS  is  less
burdensome to the patient.

Reimbursement  for  Deep  TMS  as  an  MDD  treatment  is  also  generally  limited  to  36  treatment  sessions.  In  2021  and  2022,  there  has  been  emerging
reimbursement coverage for Deep TMS for the treatment of OCD. While the criteria for this emerging Deep TMS for OCD coverage varies with each payor,
generally, coverage requires the failure of a combination of between two and four medication trials of two different classes (with most requiring two failed
trials), for specified periods, and may also require a trial of psychotherapy, before qualifying for reimbursement. Maintaining the reimbursement coverage
obtained during 2021 and 2022 and obtaining coverage from additional payors may be difficult, and payors may condition coverage subject to satisfaction of
varied criteria.

15

 
 
 
 
 
Obtaining adequate reimbursement of Deep TMS for smoking addiction, or for any future indications, as applicable, may be difficult unless there is sufficient
published  clinical  data  to  support  clinical  efficacy  and  cost  effectiveness  based  upon  the  treatment  continuum  of  care.  Currently,  there  is  no  third-party
coverage  of  Deep  TMS  as  a  treatment  for  smoking  addiction,  as  payers  that  have  evaluated  Deep  TMS  for  smoking  addiction  coverage  have  not  yet
concluded  that  it  is  a  reasonable  and  necessary  therapy  for  smoking  addiction.  We  are  working  to  gather  and  submit  additional  clinical  data  in  order  to
sufficiently demonstrate the efficacy of Deep TMS for the treatment of smoking addiction. These efforts may be expensive and time-consuming. Therefore, it
may  take  significant  time  to  obtain  sufficient  reimbursement  coverage  of  Deep  TMS  for  smoking  addiction.  We  may  be  required  to  conduct  expensive
pharmacoeconomic  studies  to  justify  coverage  and  reimbursement  or  the  level  of  reimbursement  compared  to  existing  approved  biologics  and  other
therapies. There may be significant delays in obtaining coverage and reimbursement for newly approved therapies in the United States, and coverage may be
more limited than the indications for which the product is approved by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States. Further, there is
no  guarantee  that  Deep  TMS  will  ever  be  adequately  covered  or  reimbursed  for  smoking  addiction,  if  at  all,  or  any  other  future  indication  for  which  we
obtain  authorization,  if  any.  Nonetheless,  the  availability  of  reimbursement  coverage  in  any  given  indication  is  not  always  the  exclusive  path  to
commercialization,  and  we  may  pursue  and/or  develop  cash-pay,  corporate  wellness  programs,  and/or  other  alternate  models  in  order  to  monetize  these
indications.

In  addition,  the  U.S.  federal  government  and  state  legislatures  have  continued  to  implement  cost  containment  programs,  including  price  controls  and
restrictions  on  coverage  and  reimbursement.  To  contain  costs,  governmental  healthcare  programs  and  third-party  payers  are  increasingly  challenging  the
price, scrutinizing the medical necessity, and reviewing the cost-effectiveness of medical treatments. Outside of the United States, reimbursement systems
vary significantly by country. Many foreign markets have government-managed healthcare systems that govern reimbursement for psychiatric treatments and
procedures and certain markets, including Japan, impose additional criteria that must be met (such as the need for approval by sometimes insular medical
societies) before coverage may be practically obtained even on approved procedures. Additionally, some foreign reimbursement systems provide for limited
payments  in  a  given  period  and  therefore  result  in  extended  payment  periods.  If  adequate  levels  of  reimbursement  from  third-party  payers  outside  of  the
United  States,  including  Japan,  are  not  obtained,  international  sales  and  lease  transactions  for  the  Deep  TMS  system  may  not  materialize  or  grow
significantly.

The marketability of Deep TMS may suffer if the government and third-party payors fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement. Even if favorable
coverage and reimbursement status is attained, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

Clinical trials involve a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, which may delay or cause us to abandon the development of Deep
TMS for additional indications.

We  are  currently  at  various  stages  of  completed,  ongoing  or  planned  clinical  trials  of  Deep  TMS  for  new  indications.  Development  of  medical  devices
includes pre-clinical studies and sometimes clinical trials, and is a long, expensive, and uncertain process, subject to delays and failure at any stage. Clinical
trials for Deep TMS involve certain specific risks, including factors related to trial design and patient enrollment. Additionally, if we are unable to recruit a
sufficient number of patients for our clinical trials, we may be unable to generate sufficient data to support marketing authorization. Moreover, our research
and development, pre-clinical and clinical trial activities are subject to extensive regulation and review by numerous governmental authorities. We cannot
predict whether we will encounter problems with any of our completed, ongoing or planned clinical trials, which would cause us or regulatory authorities to
delay  or  suspend  clinical  trials,  or  delay  the  analysis  of  data  from  completed  or  ongoing  clinical  trials.  We  estimate  that  clinical  trials  involving  various
indications of Deep TMS will continue for several years; however, such trials may also take significantly longer to complete and may cost more money than
we have expected.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Furthermore, the data obtained from the studies and trials may be inadequate to support regulatory authorizations or to enable market acceptance of certain
indications of Deep TMS. Failure can occur at any stage of testing, and we may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, the clinical
trial process that could delay or prevent commercialization of the current, or a future, version of, Deep TMS, for any particular indication, including but not
limited to delays in securing clinical investigators or trial sites for the clinical trial and in obtaining institutional review board and other regulatory approvals
to  commence  a  clinical  trial;  slower  than  anticipated  patient  recruitment  and  enrollment;  negative  or  inconclusive  results  from  clinical  trials;  unforeseen
safety  issues;  an  inability  to  monitor  patients  adequately  during  or  after  treatment;  placement  of  a  clinical  trial  on  hold  by  the  FDA,  institutional  review
boards/ethics committees or other regulatory authorities; changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions, including governmental changes in
permissible endpoints or other measures utilized in clinical trials; problems with investigator or patient compliance with the trial protocols; the FDA or other
regulators disagreeing as to the design, protocol or implementation of our clinical trials; exceeding budgeted costs due to difficulty in accurately predicting
costs associated with clinical trials; the quality of the products falling below acceptable standards; and the inability to manufacture sufficient quantities of our
products to commence or complete clinical trials.

Additionally, the FDA or other regulatory entities may disagree with our interpretation of the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, or may find
the clinical trial design, conduct or results inadequate to demonstrate safety or efficacy, and may require us to pursue additional pre-clinical studies or clinical
trials,  which  could  further  delay  authorization  of  additional  indications  for  Deep  TMS.  A  number  of  companies  in  the  medical  device  and  biotechnology
industries,  including  those  with  greater  resources  and  experience  than  us,  have  suffered  significant  setbacks  in  advanced  clinical  trials,  even  after  seeing
promising  results  in  earlier  clinical  trials.  We  do  not  know  whether  any  clinical  trials  we  or  our  clinical  partners  may  conduct  will  demonstrate  adequate
efficacy and safety to result in regulatory authorization to market new indications for Deep TMS. In addition, the results of our past clinical trials of Deep
TMS may not be predictive of future trial results. If later-stage clinical trials involving Deep TMS for new indications do not produce favorable results, our
ability to obtain regulatory authorization for such indications may be adversely impacted, which will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, and results of operations.

We rely on third-parties, including suppliers for some components used in manufacturing our Deep TMS products, distributors to market and distribute
our products internationally and third-parties to conduct our clinical trials, which exposes us to uncertainty and instability.

We rely on suppliers for most of the components used in manufacturing Deep TMS, including the computer controlling the stimulator, the helmet, and the
arm of the helmet, and we may not have sufficient contractual assurances for the long-term supply of these components. We now assemble our proprietary
stimulator in our new-generation Deep TMS systems; however, we remain dependent on a single source third-party supplier for stimulators used in older
versions of our Deep TMS system, and accordingly we must still rely on third-party suppliers for those older versions. In addition, we rely on the outsourcing
company utilized for the manufacture of certain components in our newer systems, including our proprietary stimulator and various other components. For us
to be successful, our suppliers and contract manufacturer must be able to provide us with components in sufficient quantities, in compliance with quality and
regulatory requirements, in accordance with agreed upon specifications, at acceptable costs and on a timely basis. While these suppliers have generally met
our demand requirements on a timely basis in the past, their ability, and willingness to continue to do so going forward may be limited for several reasons,
including our lack of long-term agreements with those suppliers, our relative importance as a customer of those suppliers, or, as applicable, their ability to
produce the components for or provide assembly services to manufacture our Deep TMS systems. An interruption in our commercial operations could occur
if we encounter delays or difficulties in securing these components, if we cannot obtain an acceptable substitute. In addition, we have experienced, and may
continue to experience, more general supply chain issues, which are in part related to, or exacerbated by, the COVID-19 pandemic. See “—Our operations
could be affected in the event of further COVID-19 or other global pandemic or other outbreaks, supply chain disruptions, unfavorable market or political
conditions or other outbreaks or other negative global trends or disruptions..”

Any transition to a new supplier or contract manufacturer could be time-consuming and expensive, may result in interruptions in our operations and product
delivery,  could  affect  the  performance  specifications  of  Deep  TMS  or  could  require  that  we  modify  its  design.  If  we  are  required  to  change  our  contract
manufacturer,  we  will  be  required  to  verify  that  the  new  manufacturer  maintains  facilities,  procedures,  and  operations  that  comply  with  our  quality  and
applicable  regulatory  requirements,  which  could  further  impede  our  ability  to  manufacture  Deep  TMS  systems  in  a  timely  manner.  If  the  change  in
manufacturer  results  in  a  significant  change  to  any  product,  a  new  510(k)  clearance  from  the  FDA  or  similar  non-U.S.  regulatory  authorization  may  be
necessary  before  we  implement  the  change,  which  could  cause  a  substantial  delay.  We  cannot  assure  you  that  we  will  be  able  to  identify  and  engage
alternative  suppliers  or  contract  manufacturers  on  similar  terms  or  without  delay.  Furthermore,  our  contract  manufacturer  could  require  us  to  move  to  a
different production facility. The occurrence of any of these events could harm our ability to meet the demand for Deep TMS in a timely and cost-effective
manner.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
In addition, we rely, and expect to rely in the future, on a network of third-party distributors to market and distribute our products in international markets.
We  are  assessing  the  opportunity  to  continue  expanding  into  other  international  markets.  We  may  face  significant  challenges  and  risks  in  managing  a
geographically dispersed distribution network. We have limited ability to control any third-party distributors and agents. Our distributors and agents may be
unable to successfully market, lease, and sell our products and may not devote sufficient time and resources to support the marketing, sales, education, and
training efforts that we believe enable the products to develop, achieve or sustain market acceptance. Additionally, in some international jurisdictions, we rely
on our distributors to manage the regulatory process, while complying with all applicable rules and regulations, and we are dependent on their ability to do so
effectively.  In  addition,  if  a  dispute  arises  with  a  distributor  or  if  a  distributor  is  terminated  by  us  or  goes  out  of  business,  it  may  take  time  to  locate  an
alternative distributor, to seek appropriate regulatory approvals with the new distributor and to train new personnel to market our products, and our ability to
sell  those  systems  in  the  region  formerly  serviced  by  such  terminated  distributor  could  be  harmed.  Any  of  these  factors  could  reduce  our  revenues  from
affected  markets,  increase  our  costs  in  those  markets  or  damage  our  reputation.  In  addition,  if  an  independent  distributor  or  agent  were  to  depart  and  be
retained  by  one  of  our  competitors,  we  may  be  unable  to  prevent  that  distributor  or  agent  from  helping  competitors  solicit  business  from  our  existing
customers, which could further adversely affect our sales. As a result of our reliance on third-party distributors and agents, we may be subject to disruptions
and increased costs due to factors beyond our control, including labor strikes, third-party error, and other issues. During the COVID-19 global pandemic, our
distributors  have  faced  operational  challenges,  clinic  closures  due  to  governmental  quarantine  mandates  and  various  other  financial  and  operational
difficulties. We believe that these difficulties have limited our ability to penetrate these markets. If the services of any of these third-party distributors and
agents  become  unsatisfactory,  we  may  experience  delays  in  meeting  our  customers’  demands,  and  we  may  be  unable  to  find  a  suitable  replacement  on  a
timely basis or on commercially reasonable terms. Any failure to deliver products in a timely manner may damage our reputation and could cause us to lose
potential customers.

We also rely on third-parties in our clinical trials, which are managed by our both own staff and personnel as well as certain third-parties, including clinical
trial sites, medical institutions, clinical research organizations, or CROs, and private practices, for, among other things, site monitoring, statistical work, and
electronic  data  capture  in  our  clinical  trials.  Nevertheless,  we  are  responsible  for  ensuring  that  each  of  our  clinical  trials  is  conducted  in  accordance  with
applicable protocols, and legal, regulatory, and scientific standards, including current good clinical practices, or cGCPs, which are set forth in regulations and
guidelines enforced by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities for clinical trials. If we or any such third parties fail to comply with applicable
cGCPs,  the  clinical  data  generated  in  such  trials  may  be  deemed  unreliable  and  the  FDA  or  comparable  foreign  regulatory  authorities  may  require  us  to
perform  additional  clinical  trials  before  granting  a  marketing  authorization  for  any  particular  indication.  In  addition,  if  such  third  parties  do  not  devote
sufficient time and resources to our clinical trials or otherwise carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be
replaced  or  if  the  quality  or  accuracy  of  the  clinical  data  they  assist  in  obtaining  is  compromised  due  to  the  failure  to  adhere  to  our  clinical  protocols,
regulatory  requirements  or  for  other  reasons,  our  clinical  trials  may  be  extended,  delayed  or  terminated,  and  we  may  not  be  able  to  obtain  regulatory
authorization for or successfully commercialize Deep TMS for a specified indication.

18

 
 
 
 
 
We face risks associated with our international business.

We currently market and sell Deep TMS systems outside of the United States in various countries and/or intend to market and expand the commercialization
of  Deep  TMS  in  other  markets,  including  Canada,  Europe,  Australia,  and  various  Middle  Eastern,  Central/South  American,  and  Asian  countries.  We  are
assessing the opportunity to expand into other international markets. However, our expansion plans may not be realized, or if realized, may not be successful.
We expect each market to have particular regulatory hurdles to overcome, and future developments in these markets, including the uncertainty relating to
governmental  policies  and  regulations,  could  harm  our  business.  In  addition,  the  sale,  lease,  and  shipment  of  the  Deep  TMS  system  across  international
borders, as well as the purchase of components and products from international sources, subjects us to extensive U.S. and other foreign governmental trade,
import,  export,  regulatory,  and  customs  regulations  and  laws.  Compliance  with  these  regulations  and  laws  is  costly  and  exposes  us  to  penalties  for  non-
compliance.  We  expect  our  international  activities  will  be  dynamic  over  the  foreseeable  future  as  we  continue  to  pursue  opportunities  in  international
markets.

Our  international  business  operations  are  subject  to  a  variety  of  risks,  including  but  not  limited  to  difficulties  in  staffing  and  managing  foreign  and
geographically dispersed operations, to the extent we establish non-U.S. operations; differing and multiple payer reimbursement regimes, government payers
or patient self-pay systems; difficulties in determining and creating the proper sales pathway in new, international markets; compliance with various U.S. and
international law and regulations, including export control laws and the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (FCPA) and similar international laws,
anti-money laundering laws and differing regulatory requirements for obtaining marketing authorizations for our products in non-U.S. jurisdictions; changes
in,  or  uncertainties  relating  to,  foreign  rules  and  regulations  that  may  impact  our  ability  to  sell  our  products,  perform  services  or  repatriate  profits  to  the
United States; tariffs and trade barriers, export regulations, sanctions, and other regulatory and contractual limitations on our ability to sell our products in
certain foreign markets; potential adverse tax consequences, including imposition of limitations on or increase of withholding and other taxes on remittances
and other payments by foreign subsidiaries or joint ventures; imposition of differing labor laws and standards; armed conflicts or economic, political, and/or
social instability in foreign countries and regions; fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; supply lags, inefficiencies, difficulty managing expenses in
our local currency in the event that its value diverges from that of the currencies of the jurisdictions where we earn income, and other risks created by any
sourcing, manufacture, assembly and/or production of our products/components outside of the U.S., while commercial activities are largely focused in the
U.S.; an inability, or reduced ability, to protect our intellectual property, including any effect of compulsory licensing imposed by government action; and
availability of government subsidies or other incentives that benefit competitors in their local markets that are not available to us

19

 
 
 
 
Our collaboration arrangements may not be successful, which could adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our products.

We  are  currently  involved  in  a  number  of  research  and  development  collaborations  with  third  parties  relating  to  the  development  of  new  technology  and
additional uses of Deep TMS. These and any future collaborations that we enter into may not be successful. The success of our collaboration arrangements
will depend heavily on the efforts and activities of our collaborators. If any of our collaboration arrangements are not successful, it could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Collaborations are subject to numerous risks, which may include that collaborators have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that
they will apply to collaborations; collaborators may not pursue development and commercialization of our products or may elect not to continue or renew
development or commercialization programs based on trial or test results or may change their strategic focus due to the acquisition of competitive products or
may independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our products or product candidates; availability of
funding  or  other  external  factors,  such  as  a  business  combination  that  diverts  resources  or  creates  competing  priorities;  a  collaborator  with  marketing,
manufacturing, and distribution rights to one or more products may not commit sufficient resources to or otherwise not perform satisfactorily in carrying out
these activities; we could grant exclusive rights to our collaborators that would prevent us from collaborating with others; we may be forced to terminate,
litigate, and/or renegotiate arrangements with our collaborators due to default on their obligations to us or due to their improper maintaining or defending our
intellectual property rights or their use of our intellectual property or proprietary information in a way that gives rise to actual or threatened litigation that
could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential liability; our collaborators may have claims that
we breached our obligations to them which may result in termination, renegotiation, litigation or delays in performance of such arrangements; disputes may
arise  between  us  and  a  collaborator  that  causes  the  delay  or  termination  of  the  research,  development,  and/or  commercialization  of  our  current  or  future
products  or  that  results  in  costly  litigation  or  arbitration  that  diverts  management  attention  and  resources;  collaborations  may  be  terminated,  and,  if
terminated,  may  result  in  a  need  for  additional  capital  to  pursue  further  development  or  commercialization  of  the  applicable  current  or  future  products;
collaborators may own or co-own intellectual property covering our products that results from our collaborating with them, and in such cases, we would not
have the exclusive right to develop or commercialize such intellectual property; and a collaborator’s sales and marketing activities or other operations may
not be in compliance with applicable laws resulting in civil or criminal proceedings.

20

 
 
 
 
We bare the risk of product liability lawsuits and warranty claims which might harm our business, exceed our insurance policy coverage and we may not
have enough funds to cover such claims or lawsuits damages

Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims that are inherent in the testing, manufacture, and sale of medical devices for the treatment of
MDD  (including  reduction  of  comorbid  anxiety  symptoms,  commonly  referred  to  as  anxious  depression),  OCD,  smoking  addiction,  and  other  potential
indications. Our treatments are designed for patients who suffer from significant psychiatric, neurological disorders, and addictions, and these patients are
more  likely  to  experience  significant  adverse  health  outcomes,  which  could  increase  the  risk  of  product  liability  lawsuits.  Furthermore,  if  physicians  and
other  operators  are  not  sufficiently  trained  in  the  use  of  our  Deep  TMS  systems,  they  may  misuse  or  ineffectively  use  our  system,  which  may  result  in
unsatisfactory  patient  outcomes.  We  could  become  the  subject  of  product  liability  lawsuits  alleging  that  component  failures,  malfunctions,  manufacturing
flaws, design defects or inadequate disclosure of product-related risks or product-related information resulted in an unsafe condition or injury to

Regardless of the merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in decreased demand for Deep TMS; injury to our reputation and brand;
significant  litigation  costs  or  substantial  monetary  awards  to  or  costly  settlements  with  patients;  product  recalls;  loss  of  revenues;  the  inability  to
commercialize new indications, enhancements, or features; and diversion of management attention from pursuing our business strategy.

We  do  not  carry  insurance  for  all  categories  of  risk  that  our  business  may  encounter.  Some  of  the  policies  we  currently  maintain  include  public  liability,
employer's liability, property, third party liability, umbrella, workers’ compensation, products and clinical trial liability, and directors’ and officers’ insurance.
We  do  not  know,  however,  if  these  policies  will  provide  us  with  adequate  levels  of  coverage.  Any  significant  uninsured  liability  may  require  us  to  pay
substantial  amounts,  which  would  adversely  affect  our  cash  position  and  results  of  operations.  If  a  product  liability  claim  or  series  of  claims  is  brought
against us for uninsured liabilities or in excess of our insurance coverage, our business could suffer. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or
without merit, could result in the increase of our product liability insurance rates or the inability to secure coverage in the future. In addition, a recall of some
of our products, whether or not related to a product liability claim, could result in significant costs and loss of customers.

In addition, we bear the risk of warranty claims on the products we supply, often for the entire contract term for systems which are leased, and generally for
one year for Deep TMS systems we sell to customers. There can be no assurance that we will have sufficient funds, devices, components and/or personnel to
cover  future  warranty  claims.  We  may  not  be  successful  in  claiming  recovery  of  relevant  components  from  our  suppliers  or  vendors  in  the  event  of  a
successful  warranty  claim  against  us  by  a  customer  or  that  any  recovery  from  such  vendor  or  supplier  would  be  adequate.  In  addition,  warranty  claims
brought by our customers related to third-party components may arise after our ability to bring corresponding warranty claims against such suppliers expires,
which could result in costs to us.

We could be negatively impacted by violations of applicable anti-corruption laws or violations of our internal policies designed to ensure ethical business
practices.

We operate in a number of countries throughout the world, and we may operate in countries that may not have as strong a commitment to anti- corruption and
ethical behavior that is required by U.S. laws or by our corporate policies. We are subject to the risk that we, our U.S. employees or any future employees or
consultants located in other jurisdictions or any third parties such as our distributors that we engage to do work on our behalf in foreign countries may take
action  determined  to  be  in  violation  of  anti-  corruption  laws  in  any  jurisdiction  in  which  we  conduct  business,  including  the  FCPA.  The  FCPA  generally
prohibits covered entities and their intermediaries from engaging in bribery or making other prohibited payments, offers or promises to foreign officials for
the  purpose  of  obtaining  or  retaining  business  or  other  advantages.  In  addition,  the  FCPA  imposes  recordkeeping  and  internal  controls  requirements  on
publicly traded corporations and their foreign affiliates, which are intended to, among other things, prevent the diversion of corporate funds to the payment of
bribes and other improper payments, and to prevent the establishment of “off books” slush funds from which such improper payments can be made.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We will face significant risks if we fail to comply with the FCPA and other laws that prohibit improper payments, offers or promises of payment to foreign
governments and their officials and political parties by us and other business entities for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or other advantages. In
many foreign countries, particularly in countries with developing economies, it may be a local custom that businesses operating in such countries engage in
business  practices  that  are  prohibited  by  the  FCPA  or  other  laws  and  regulations.  We  have  implemented  or  are  in  the  process  of  implementing  company
policies  relating  to  compliance  with  the  FCPA  and  similar  laws.  However,  such  policies  may  not  be  effective  at  preventing  all  potential  FCPA  or  other
violations. Although our agreements with our international distributors state our expectations for our distributors’ compliance with U.S. laws, including the
FCPA, and provide us with various remedies upon any non-compliance, including the ability to terminate the agreement, our distributors may not comply
with U.S. laws, including the FCPA.

Any violation of the FCPA or any similar anti-corruption law or regulation could result in substantial fines, sanctions, civil and/or criminal penalties and
curtailment of operations in certain jurisdictions, and might harm our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Our operations could be affected in the event of further COVID-19 or other global pandemic or other outbreaks, supply chain disruptions, unfavorable
market or political conditions or other outbreaks or other negative global trends or disruptions.

The COVID-19 global pandemic outbreaks have led governments and authorities around the globe to take various precautionary measures in order to limit
the spread of the virus, including government-imposed quarantines, lockdowns, and other public health safety measures, which have had major effects on the
global  markets  and  its  economy,  including  on  the  availability  and  pricing  of  materials,  manufacturing  and  delivery  efforts,  sales  to  existing  and  potential
customers and leads, collections from accounts, and other aspects of the global economy. In 2022 these effects continued, albeit to a lesser extent than seen
during  the  initial  onset  of  the  pandemic  in  2020,  which  resulted  in  less  commercial  activity  than  could  have  otherwise  been  achieved.  Additionally,  we
continue to experience supply chain and shipping delays, shortages and challenges forcing us to adapt our production line, forecasting and other logistical
processes  to  address  these  challenges.  Further  outbreaks  of  the  COVID-19  or  other  global  pandemics  could  exacerbate  disruptions  to  production,  cause
additional delays in the supply and delivery of products used in our operations, further divert the attention and efforts of the medical community to coping
with the pandemic, impact our ability to recruit subjects for ongoing and planned clinical trials, disrupt the marketplace in which we operate, and may have a
material  adverse  effects  on  our  operations,  sales,  revenues,  collection  from  accounts  and  ability  to  raise  funds.  Our  third-party  suppliers  source  certain
components and materials of our Deep TMS systems from Asia and other countries, and any continued spreading of the pandemic may adversely impact their
development, manufacture, and supply processes. In addition, treatment sessions conducted with our Deep TMS system, which are generally scheduled or
non-emergency procedures, may be postponed to the extent hospitals and healthcare centers shift resources to patients affected by any further outbreaks of
the pandemic. Additionally, we have seen a significate rise in the price of many of the electronic components needed for our system. These price increases
are largely attributable to supply and demand factors, and in some cases, shortages, relating to these parts across the globe. The extent to which the COVID-
19 or other global pandemic impacts our results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including further
outbreaks of existing or new variant strains, new information which may emerge concerning the nature and effects of the pandemic, and/or any governmental
mandates  or  other  similar  actions  instituted  to  contain  the  virus  or  treat  its  impact,  among  others.  Moreover,  the  COVID-19  global  pandemic  has  caused
substantial adverse effects on general commercial activity and the world economy, and our business and results of operations could be adversely affected to
the extent that this or any other epidemic causes further harms to the global economy.

22

 
 
 
 
 
In  addition,  we  have  experienced,  and  may  continue  to  experience,  disruptions  to  the  transportation  channels  used  in  our  supply  chain  and  distribution
operations, including increased airport and shipping port congestion, a lack of transportation capacity, increased fuel expenses, import or export controls or
delays,  and  labor  disputes  or  shortages.  Transport  operators  are  exposed  to  various  risks,  such  as  extreme  weather  conditions,  natural  disasters,  work
stoppages,  personnel  shortages,  and  operating  hazards,  as  well  as  interstate  and  international  transportation  requirements.  If  we  experience  transportation
problems, or if there are other significant changes in the cost of these services, we may not be able to arrange efficient alternatives and timely means to obtain
raw  materials  or  ship  products  to  our  customers.  Disruptions  in  our  container  shipments  may  result  in  increased  costs,  including  the  additional  use  of  air
freight  to  meet  demand.  Congestion  to  ports  can  affect  previously  negotiated  contracts  with  shipping  companies,  resulting  in  unexpected  increases  in
shipping  costs  and  reduction  in  our  profitability.  In  particular,  the  COVID-19  global  pandemic  has  resulted  in  several  disruptions  and  delays,  as  well  as
quantity limits and price increases, in our global transportation channels.

In  the  period  following  the  onset  of  the  pandemic,  as  part  of  the  global  supply  chain  crisis,  we  have  seen  a  significant  rise  in  the  price  of  many  of  the
electronic components needed for our systems. These price increases are largely attributable to supply and demand factors, and, in some cases, shortages
relating to these parts across the globe. On a related point, the lead time for receiving electronic components shipped by suppliers has increased significantly
amid the worldwide supply chain crisis. This has compelled us to significantly increase buffer inventory levels to ensure that future demand for our systems
can be timely met. Within the broader context of electronic component supply issues, the third party we rely on for the outsourced manufacture of our newer
generation  systems  halted  production  in  2021  for  a  period  due  to  the  shortage  in  PC  computers  which  are  needed  for  these  systems.  The  shortage  in  PC
computers, including due to a worldwide shortage in PC boards, relative to our demand is an ongoing issue which may impact ongoing supply capabilities in
the near term. While after the brief 2021 halt we were able to adapt our standard manufacturing process to allow for the integration of these PC components
at a later stage of the production line once inventory levels were restocked, this is illustrative of the continuing risks and challenges posed by the worldwide
supply chain crisis. These risks may be further exacerbated in light of geopolitical events, including the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine.

23

 
 
 
 
The recent supply chain backlog has caused a dramatic rise in the cost of delivery of our systems, including sharp increases in air freight cost. The heavy
weight of our systems translates into a significant increase in the amount we spend on shipping our systems to customers, which also requires additional
labor  on  the  part  of  our  logistical  staff  to  obtain  multiple  competitive  shipping  quotes  from  a  variety  of  carriers  in  the  industry.  Any  exacerbation  or
continuation of these shipping cost pressures may cause corresponding pressures on the pricing of our products which can have an adverse impact on our
customers and their ability to purchase our systems.

Expedited, reliable shipping is essential to our operations. We rely heavily on providers of transport services for reliable and secure point-to-point transport
of  our  products  to  our  customers  and  for  tracking  of  these  shipments.  Should  a  carrier  encounter  delivery  performance  issues  such  as  loss,  damage  or
destruction  of  any  systems,  it  would  be  costly  to  replace  such  systems  in  a  timely  manner,  and  such  occurrences  may  damage  our  reputation  and  lead  to
decreased demand for our products and increased cost and expense to our business. In addition, any significant increase in shipping rates could adversely
affect  our  operating  margins  and  results  of  operations.  Similarly,  strikes,  severe  weather,  natural  disasters  or  other  service  interruptions  affecting  delivery
services we use would adversely affect our ability to process orders for our products on a timely basis.

Worldwide  economic  and  political  conditions  have  also  been  adversely  impacted  by  continued  political  instability  and  military  hostilities  in  multiple
geographies including the conflict between Ukraine and Russia. These conditions have made and may continue to make it difficult for our customers and
potential customers to afford our products, and could cause our customers to stop using our products or to use them less frequently. If that were to occur, our
revenue may decrease and our performance may be negatively impacted. In addition, the pressure on consumers to absorb more of their own health care costs
has resulted in some cases in higher deductibles and limits on durable medical equipment, which may cause seasonality in purchasing patterns. Furthermore,
during economic uncertainty, some customers experience job losses and may continue to have issues gaining timely access to sufficient health insurance or
credit, which could result in their unwillingness to purchase products or impair their ability to make timely payments to us. While the potential economic
impact brought by the COVID-19 pandemic may be difficult to assess or predict, it has already caused, and is likely to result in further, significant disruption
of global financial markets, which may reduce our ability to access capital on favorable terms or at all. A recession, depression or other sustained adverse
market event could materially and adversely affect our business and the value of our common stock.

We cannot predict the reoccurrence of any economic slowdown or the strength or sustainability of the economic recovery, worldwide, in the United States, or
in our industry. These and other economic factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our reliance on the use of technology may adversely affect our business if we become subject to cyber-terrorism or other compromises and shut-downs or
if we experience significant disruptions in our information technology systems, and security and privacy breaches may expose us to liability and harm
our reputation and business.

We  depend  on  our  information  technology  systems  for  the  efficient  functioning  of  our  business  accounting,  data  storage,  compliance,  purchasing,  and
inventory  management.  While  we  will  attempt  to  mitigate  interruptions,  we  may  experience  difficulties  in  implementing  upgrades  to  our  information
technology systems, which would impact our business operations, or experience difficulties in operating our business during the upgrade, either of which
could  disrupt  our  operations,  including  our  ability  to  timely  ship  and  track  product  orders,  project  inventory  requirements,  manage  our  supply  chain,  and
otherwise adequately service our customers. In the event we experience significant disruptions as a result of the current implementation of our information
technology systems, we may be unable to repair our systems in an efficient and timely manner. Accordingly, such events may disrupt or reduce the efficiency
of our entire operation and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We are increasingly dependent on sophisticated information technology for our infrastructure. Our information systems require an ongoing commitment of
significant resources to maintain, protect, and enhance existing systems. Failure to maintain or protect our information systems and data integrity effectively
could have a materially adverse effect on our business.

We rely heavily on our internal computer and information technology systems. Our information technology systems may be subject to cyber-terrorism or
other compromises and shut-downs, which may result in unauthorized access to our proprietary information, destruction of our data or disability, degradation
or sabotage of our systems, often through the introduction of computer viruses, cyber-attacks, and other means, and could originate from a variety of sources,
including internal or unknown third parties. We cannot predict what effects such cyber-attacks or compromises or shut-downs may have on our business, and
the  consequences  could  be  material.  Cyber  incidents  may  remain  undetected  for  an  extended  period,  which  could  exacerbate  these  consequences.  If  our
information systems or other technology are compromised, it could have a material adverse effect on our business.

In addition, part of our business we may receive and process information about our customers, partners and, potentially, their patients, including protected
health  information  (PHI),  and  we  may  configure  our  devices  to  collect,  transmit  or  store  or  contract  with  third  parties  to  collect,  transmit  or  store  our
customers’ data, including PHI. PHI, a subset of “individually identifiable information,” is defined under the federal level by the Health Insurance Portability
and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), as amended by the Health Information and Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (HITECH),
including applicable implementing regulations. HIPAA, along with various analogous laws at the state level, governs the protection and confidentiality of
PHI,  and  other  sensitive  information,  as  applicable  (as  more  fully  described  below).  To  the  extent  we,  or  third  parties  we  contract  with,  collect,  store  or
transfer PHI, we may be required to safeguard PHI in accordance with HIPAA. Furthermore, to the extent we qualify as a business associate under HIPAA,
we may be directly subject to HIPAA’s Privacy Rule.

While  we  implemented  security  measures  relating  to  our  operations,  generally,  those  measures  may  not  prevent  security  breaches  that  could  harm  our
business or expose us to liability under HIPAA and/or applicable state privacy laws. Advances in computer capabilities, inadequate technology or facility
security measures or other factors may result in a compromise or breach of our systems and any data we store and process. Our security measures may be
breached as a result of actions by third parties or employee error or malfeasance, among many other possibilities. A party who is able to circumvent our
security measures or exploit inadequacies in our security measures, could, among other things, misappropriate proprietary information, including information
about our customers and their patients, cause the loss or disclosure of some or all of this information, cause interruptions in our or our customers’ operations
or expose our customers to computer viruses or other disruptions or vulnerabilities. Any compromise of our systems or the data we store or process could
implicate reporting requirements, civil penalties, and other enforcement actions under applicable laws, result in a loss of confidence in the security of our
software, damage our reputation, disrupt our business, lead to legal liability, and adversely affect our results of operations. Moreover, a compromise of our
systems could remain undetected for an extended period of time, exacerbating the impact of that compromise. Actual or perceived vulnerabilities may lead to
claims against us by our customers, their patients or other third parties, including the federal and state governments. While our customer agreements typically
contain provisions that seek to limit our liability, there is no assurance these provisions will be enforceable and effective under applicable law. In addition, the
cost and operational consequences of implementing further data protection measures could be significant.

25

 
 
 
 
 
We  may  seek  to  grow  our  business  through  acquisitions  or  investments  in  new  or  complementary  businesses,  products  or  technologies,  through  the
licensing  of  products  or  technologies  from  third  parties.  The  failure  to  manage  acquisitions,  investments,  licenses  or  other  strategic  alliances,  or  the
failure to integrate them with our existing business, could harm our business.

Our success depends in part on our ability to continually enhance and broaden our product offerings in response to changing customer demands, competitive
pressures,  technologies,  and  market  pressures.  Accordingly,  from  time  to  time,  we  may  consider  opportunities  to  acquire,  make  investments  in  or  license
other technologies, products, and businesses that may enhance our capabilities, complement our current products, or expand the breadth of our markets or
customer base. Potential and completed acquisitions, strategic investments, licenses, and other alliances involve numerous risks, including but not limited to
difficulty assimilating or integrating acquired or licensed technologies, products or business operations; issues maintaining uniform standards, procedures,
controls, and policies; unanticipated costs associated with acquisitions or strategic alliances, including the assumption of unknown or contingent liabilities
and the incurrence of debt or future write-offs of intangible assets or goodwill; diversion of management’s attention from our core business and disruption of
ongoing operations; adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers, distributors, and customers; risks associated with entering new markets
in  which  we  have  limited  or  no  experience;  potential  losses  related  to  investments  in  other  companies;  potential  loss  of  key  employees  of  the  acquired
businesses; and increased legal and accounting compliance costs.

26

 
 
We do not know if we will be able to identify acquisitions or strategic relationships we deem suitable, whether we will be able to successfully complete any
such  transactions  on  favorable  terms  or  at  all  or  whether  we  will  be  able  to  successfully  integrate  any  acquired  business,  product  or  technology  into  our
business or retain any key personnel, suppliers or distributors.

Foreign acquisitions involve unique risks in addition to those mentioned above, including those related to integration of operations across different cultures,
languages, legal, and regulatory environments, currency risks and the particular economic, political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries.

To  finance  any  acquisitions,  investments  or  strategic  alliances,  we  may  choose  to  issue  Ordinary  Shares,  ADSs  or  other  equity-linked  securities  as
consideration, which could dilute the ownership of our shareholders. Additional funds may not be available on terms that are favorable to us, or at all. If the
price  of  the  Ordinary  Shares  or  ADSs  is  low  or  volatile,  we  may  be  unable  to  consummate  any  acquisitions,  investments  or  strategic  alliances  using  our
shares as consideration.

Risks Related to Employee Matters

If we are not able to retain our key management, or attract and retain qualified scientific, technical, and business personnel, our ability to implement our
business plan may be adversely affected.

Our success largely depends on the skill, experience, and effort of our senior management. The loss of the service of any of these persons would likely result
in  a  significant  loss  in  the  knowledge  and  experience  that  we  possess  and  could  significantly  delay  or  prevent  successful  product  development  and  other
business objectives. Our ability to achieve our strategic growth plans depends in part on our ability to recruit and maintain a talented sales and operations
team members. New hires are often subject to a time intensive educational onboarding period before they can successfully identify potential customer leads
and close sales. This can lead to delays before we can ramp up our commercial initiatives and achieve sales targets. It can also divert attention from our
existing  sales  leadership  and  personnel  who  are  needed  to  train  these  new  hires.  Additionally,  we  have  experienced  certain  challenges  in  hiring  and/or
maintaining  employees  that  we  believe  are  related  to  current  and  previous  trends  in  the  workforce.  In  2021,  the  number  of  voluntary  resignations  by
employees across the U.S. and Israeli economies increased, and 2022 saw large-scale layoffs particularly among technology companies. We believe that these
events have created a climate of volatility in employment relations throughout the economy that has affected our ability to recruit, train and retain employees
including effective sales professionals. The employee turnover we have experienced, including in our salesforce, has limited our ability to ramp up our sales
and marketing force as quickly as would have otherwise been possible. There is intense competition between numerous medical device, pharmaceutical, and
biotechnology companies, universities, governmental entities, and other research institutions, all of whom are seeking to employ qualified individuals in the
technical  fields  in  which  we  operate,  and  we  may  not  be  able  to  attract  and  retain  the  qualified  personnel  necessary  for  the  successful  development  and
commercialization of Deep TMS.   

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employment litigation and unfavorable publicity could negatively affect our future business.

Employees  may,  from  time  to  time,  bring  lawsuits  against  us  regarding  injury,  creating  a  hostile  work  place,  discrimination,  wage  and  hour,  sexual
harassment,  and  other  employment  issues.  In  recent  years  there  has  been  an  increase  in  the  number  of  discrimination  and  harassment  claims  generally.
Coupled  with  the  expansion  of  social  media  platforms  and  similar  devices  that  allow  individuals  access  to  a  broad  audience,  these  claims  have  had  a
significant negative impact on some businesses. Companies that have faced employment or harassment related lawsuits have had to terminate management or
other key personnel, and have suffered reputational harm that has negatively impacted their sales. If we were to face any employment related claims, our
business could be negatively affected.

Under applicable employment laws, we may not be able to enforce covenants not to compete.

Our  employment  agreements  generally  include  covenants  not  to  compete.  These  agreements  prohibit  our  employees,  if  they  cease  working  for  us,  from
competing  directly  with  us  or  working  for  our  competitors  for  a  limited  period.  We  may  be  unable  to  enforce  these  agreements  under  the  laws  of  the
jurisdictions in which our employees work. For example, Israeli courts have required employers seeking to enforce covenants not to compete to demonstrate
that  the  competitive  activities  of  a  former  employee  will  harm  one  of  a  limited  number  of  material  interests  of  the  employer,  such  as  the  secrecy  of  a
company’s confidential commercial information or the protection of its intellectual property. If we cannot demonstrate that such an interest will be harmed,
we may be unable to prevent our competitors from benefiting from the expertise of our former employees and our competitiveness may be diminished.

Risks Related to Government Regulation

Our  products  and  operations  are  subject  to  extensive  government  regulation  and  oversight  both  in  the  United  States  and  abroad,  and  our  failure  to
comply with applicable requirements or to obtain and/or maintain needed clearances could harm our business.

We are subject to extensive regulation in the United States and elsewhere, including by the FDA, FTC, and their foreign counterparts. The FDA and foreign
regulatory agencies regulate, among other things, with respect to medical devices: design, development, and manufacturing; testing, labeling, content and
language  of  instructions  for  use  and  storage;  clinical  trials;  product  safety;  marketing,  sales  and  distribution;  premarket  clearance  and  approval;  record
keeping procedures; advertising and promotion; recalls and field safety corrective actions; post-market surveillance, including reporting of deaths or serious
injuries and malfunctions that, if they were to recur, could lead to death or serious injury; post-market approval studies; and product import and export.

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The regulations to which we are subject are complex and stringently enforced. Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to carry on or
expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales. The FDA enforces these regulatory requirements through, among other
means, periodic unannounced inspections. We do not know whether we will pass any future FDA inspections. Failure to comply with applicable regulations
could jeopardize our ability to sell our products and result in enforcement actions such as: warning letters; fines; injunctions; civil penalties; termination of
distribution; recalls or seizures of products; delays in the introduction of products into the market; total or partial suspension of production; refusal to grant
future clearances or approvals; withdrawals or suspensions of current clearances or approvals, resulting in prohibitions on sales of our products; and in the
most serious cases, criminal penalties.

An element of our strategy is to continue to upgrade our Deep TMS systems, add new enhancements and features, and expand clearance or approval of the
Deep TMS System to include new indications. In the United States, before we can market a new medical device, or claim new or expanded indications for
use or introduce a significant modification to an existing product, we must first receive either clearance under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug, and
Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, de novo classification, or premarket approval application (PMA), from the FDA, unless an exemption applies. In the 510(k)
clearance  process,  before  a  device  may  be  marketed,  the  FDA  must  determine  that  a  proposed  device  is  “substantially  equivalent”  to  a  legally-marketed
“predicate” device, which includes a device that has been previously cleared through the 510(k) process, a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28,
1976 (pre-amendments device), a device that was originally on the U.S. market pursuant to a PMA and later down- classified, or a 510(k)-exempt device. To
be  “substantially  equivalent,”  the  proposed  device  must  have  the  same  intended  use  as  the  predicate  device,  and  either  have  the  same  technological
characteristics  as  the  predicate  device  or  have  different  technological  characteristics  and  not  raise  different  questions  of  safety  or  effectiveness  than  the
predicate  device.  Clinical  data  are  sometimes  required  to  support  substantial  equivalence.  In  the  PMA  process,  the  FDA  must  determine  that  a  proposed
device  is  safe  and  effective  for  its  intended  use  based,  in  part,  on  extensive  data,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  technical,  pre-clinical,  clinical  trial,
manufacturing, and labeling data. The PMA process is typically required for devices that are deemed to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-
supporting or implantable devices. However, some devices are automatically subject to the PMA pathway regardless of the level of risk they pose because
they have not previously been classified into a lower risk class by the FDA. Manufacturers of these devices may request that FDA review such devices in
accordance with the de novo classification procedure, which allows a manufacturer whose novel device would otherwise require a PMA prior to marketing to
request down-classification of the device on the basis that the device presents low or moderate risk. If the FDA grants the de novo classification request, the
applicant will then receive authorization to market the device. This device type can then be used as a predicate device for future 510(k) submissions.

29

 
 
 
We received marketing authorization of our MDD and smoking addition indications through the 510(k) clearance process and have made various expansions
to our MDD indication, including, in 2021, a clearance for a shortened three-minute depression protocol and a labeling expansion for anxious depression
through subsequent 510(k) clearances. In 2022, we extended our FDA clearance for MDD (including anxious depression) to our H7 Coil, also via the 510(k)
process.  This  does  not  include  our  shortened  three-minute  depression  protocol,  which  continues  only  to  apply  for  our  H1  Coil.  We  received  marketing
authorization of our OCD indication through the de novo classification process. Several competitors have obtained 510(k) clearance for their TMS device for
an OCD indication, using our de novo classification as a predicate device in their submission, and others may follow suit. The process of obtaining regulatory
authorization to market a medical device can be costly and time consuming, and we may not be able to successfully obtain authorizations on a timely basis, if
at all.

The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including: we may be unable to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction
that the product or modification is substantially equivalent to the proposed predicate device or is safe and effective for its intended use; the data from our pre-
clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support authorization, where required; and the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not
meet applicable requirements. The FDA may also, instead of accepting a 510(k) submission, require us to submit a PMA, which is typically a much more
complex,  lengthy,  and  burdensome  application  than  a  510(k)  submission.  To  support  a  PMA,  the  FDA  would  likely  require  that  we  conduct  one  or  more
clinical studies to demonstrate that the device is safe and effective. In some cases, such studies may be requested for a 510(k) as well. We may not be able to
meet the requirements to obtain 510(k) clearance or PMA approval (or a De Novo classification request), in which case the FDA may not grant any necessary
clearances or approvals. In addition, the FDA may place significant limitations upon the intended uses of our products as a condition to a 510(k) clearance or
PMA approval. Product applications can also be denied or withdrawn due to failure to comply with regulatory requirements or the occurrence of unforeseen
problems following clearance or approval. Any delays or failure to obtain FDA clearance or approval of new products we develop, any limitations imposed
by  the  FDA  on  new  product  use  or  the  costs  of  obtaining  FDA  clearance  or  approvals  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial
condition, and results of operations.

Even if granted, a 510(k) clearance, de novo classification, or PMA imposes substantial restrictions on how our devices may be marketed or sold, and the
FDA continues to place considerable restrictions on our products and operations. For example, the manufacture of medical devices must comply with the
FDA’s Quality System Regulation (QSR). In addition, manufacturers must register their manufacturing facilities, list the products with the FDA, and comply
with requirements relating to labeling, marketing, complaint handling, adverse event and medical device reporting, reporting of corrections and removals,
and import and export restrictions. The FDA monitors compliance with the QSR and these other requirements through periodic inspections. If our facilities or
those  of  our  suppliers  are  found  to  be  in  violation  of  applicable  laws  and  regulations,  or  if  we  or  suppliers  fail  to  take  satisfactory  corrective  action  in
response to an adverse inspection, the regulatory authority could take enforcement action, including any of the following sanctions: untitled letters, warning
letters,  fines,  injunctions,  consent  decrees,  and  civil  penalties;  customer  notifications  or  repair,  replacement,  refunds,  recalls,  detention  or  seizure  of  our
products; operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production; refusing or delaying requests for 510(k) marketing clearance or PMA
approvals of new products or modified products; withdrawing 510(k) marketing clearances or PMA approvals that have already been granted; refusing to
provide Certificates for Foreign Government; refusing to grant export approval for our products; or pursuing criminal prosecution. Any of these sanctions
could impair our ability to produce or commercialize our products in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to meet our customers’ demands and could
have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations, and financial condition. We may also be required to bear other regulatory
compliance costs or take other actions that may have a negative impact on our sales and our ability to generate profits.

30

 
 
 
 
In addition, the FDA may change its clearance and approval policies, adopt additional regulations or revise existing regulations, or take other actions, which
may prevent or delay authorization of our future products under development or impact our ability to modify our currently marketed products on a timely
basis. Such policy or regulatory changes could impose additional requirements upon us that could delay our ability to obtain new 510(k) clearances, increase
the  costs  of  compliance  or  restrict  our  ability  to  maintain  our  current  clearances.  We  also  cannot  predict  the  likelihood,  nature  or  extent  of  government
regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative or executive action in the United States, especially with a new administration that may
have different policy priorities than the previous one.

In order to sell our products in member countries of the EEA, or in countries that also rely on the CE Mark outside the EEA, our products must comply with
the  essential  requirements  of  the  EU  Medical  Devices  Directive  (Council  Directive  93/42/EEC),  and  with  the  Medical  Device  Regulation  (Regulation
2017/745).  Compliance  with  these  requirements  is  a  prerequisite  to  be  able  to  affix  the  CE  Mark  to  our  products,  without  which  they  cannot  be  sold  or
marketed  in  the  EEA.  To  demonstrate  compliance  with  the  essential  requirements  we  must  undergo  a  conformity  assessment  procedure,  which  varies
according to the type of medical device and its classification. Except for low-risk medical devices (Class I non-sterile, non-measuring devices), where the
manufacturer can issue an EC Declaration of Conformity based on a self-assessment of the conformity of its products with the essential requirements of the
EU Medical Devices Directive, a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of an organization accredited by a Member State of the EEA to
conduct conformity assessments, or a Notified Body. Depending on the relevant conformity assessment procedure, the Notified Body would typically audit
and examine the technical file and the quality system for the manufacture, design, and final inspection of our devices. The Notified Body issues a certificate
of conformity following successful completion of a conformity assessment procedure conducted in relation to the medical device and its manufacturer and
their conformity with the essential requirements. This certificate entitles the manufacturer to affix the CE Mark to its medical devices after having prepared
and signed a related EC Declaration of Conformity. If we fail to remain in compliance with applicable European laws and directives, we would be unable to
continue  to  affix  the  CE  Mark  to  our  device,  which  would  prevent  us  from  selling  them  within  the  EEA  and  may  have  an  impact  on  our  marketing
authorizations in other countries.

We or our distributors will also need to obtain, or retain, regulatory approval in other foreign jurisdictions in which we plan to or currently do market and sell
our  products,  and  we  or  they  may  not  obtain  such  approvals  as  necessary  to  commercialize  our  products  in  those  territories.  Regulatory  marketing
authorizations  in  these  foreign  jurisdictions  typically  require  device  testing,  conformance  to  classification  requirements,  pre-market  requests  to  authorize
commercialization, and in some cases inspections.

31

 
 
 
 
Any modification to a 510(k)-cleared product that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended
use, design or manufacture, requires a new 510(k) clearance or de novo classification, or possibly, a PMA. Modifications to products that have been approved
through  the  PMA  process  generally  require  premarket  FDA  approval.  Similarly,  certain  modifications  made  to  products  cleared  through  a  510(k)  or
authorized through the de novo classification process may require a new 510(k) clearance. Each of the PMA, de novo classification and the 510(k) clearance
processes  can  be  expensive,  lengthy,  and  uncertain.  The  FDA’s  510(k)  clearance  process  usually  takes  from  three  to  12  months,  but  can  last  longer.  The
process of obtaining a PMA is much more costly and uncertain than the 510(k) clearance process and generally takes from one to three years, or even longer,
from the time the application is filed with the FDA. In addition, a PMA generally requires the performance of one or more clinical trials.

Despite the time, effort and cost, a device may not be approved or cleared by the FDA. Any delay or failure to obtain necessary regulatory authorizations
could harm our business. Furthermore, even if we are granted regulatory authorizations, they may include significant limitations on the indicated uses for the
device, which may limit the market for the device.

Any modifications to our existing products may require new 510(k) clearance; however, future modifications may be subject to the substantially more costly,
time-consuming,  and  uncertain  PMA  process.  If  the  FDA  requires  us  to  go  through  a  lengthier,  more  rigorous  examination  for  future  products  or
modifications to existing products than we had expected, product introductions or modifications could be delayed or canceled, which could cause our sales to
decline.

The FDA requires every manufacturer to make this modification determination in the first instance, but the FDA may review any manufacturer’s decision.
The FDA may not agree with our decisions regarding whether new authorizations are necessary. We have made modifications to our products in the past and
have determined based on our review of the applicable FDA regulations and guidance that in certain instances new 510(k) clearances were not required. We
may  make  modifications  or  add  additional  enhancements  or  features  in  the  future  that  we  believe  do  not  require  a  new  510(k)  clearance,  de  novo
classification or a PMA. If the FDA disagrees with our determination and requires us to submit new 510(k) notifications, de novo classifications or PMAs for
modifications  to  our  previously  authorized  products  for  which  we  have  concluded  that  new  authorizations  are  unnecessary,  we  may  be  required  to  cease
marketing or to recall the modified product until we obtain appropriate regulatory authorization, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or
penalties. In addition, the FDA may not authorize our products for the indications that are necessary or desirable for successful commercialization or could
require clinical trials to support any modifications. Any delay or failure in obtaining required regulatory authorizations would adversely affect our ability to
introduce new or enhanced products in a timely manner, which in turn would harm our future growth.

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
Our products must be manufactured in accordance with federal and state regulations, and we could be forced to recall our installed systems or terminate
production if we fail to comply with these regulations.

The methods used in, and the facilities used for, the manufacture of our products must comply with the FDA’s QSR, which is a complex regulatory scheme
that covers the procedures and documentation of the design, testing, production, process controls, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, handling, storage,
distribution, installation, servicing, and shipping of medical devices. Furthermore, we are required to verify that our suppliers maintain facilities, procedures
and  operations  that  comply  with  our  quality  standards  and  applicable  regulatory  requirements.  Compliance  with  the  QSR  is  necessary  to  receive  FDA
clearance or approval to market new products and is necessary for a manufacturer to be able to continue to market cleared or approved devices in the United
States. The FDA enforces the QSR through periodic announced or unannounced inspections of medical device manufacturing facilities, which may include
the  facilities  of  subcontractors.  Our  products  are  also  subject  to  similar  state  regulations  and  various  laws  and  regulations  of  foreign  countries  governing
manufacturing. Foreign regulatory authorities also impose manufacturing quality requirements, that may differ from the FDA requirements, with which we
must comply.

We  or  our  third-party  suppliers  may  not  take  the  necessary  steps  to  comply  with  applicable  regulations,  which  could  cause  delays  in  the  delivery  of  our
products. In addition, failure to comply with applicable FDA or foreign jurisdiction requirements or later discovery of previously unknown problems with
our  products  or  manufacturing  processes  could  result  in,  among  other  things:  warning  letters  or  untitled  letters;  fines,  injunctions  or  civil  penalties;
suspension  or  withdrawal  of  approvals  or  clearances;  seizures  or  recalls  of  our  products;  total  or  partial  suspension  of  production  or  distribution;
administrative or judicially imposed sanctions; the FDA’s refusal to grant pending or future clearances or approvals of Deep TMS for additional indications;
clinical  holds;  refusal  to  permit  the  import  or  export  of  our  products;  and  criminal  prosecution  of  us  or  our  employees.  Any  of  these  actions  could
significantly and negatively impact supply of our Deep TMS systems. If any of these events occurs, our reputation could be harmed, we could be exposed to
product liability claims, and we could lose customers and suffer reduced revenues and increased costs.

If  treatment  guidelines  for  the  clinical  conditions  we  are  targeting  change  or  the  standard  of  care  evolves,  we  may  need  to  redesign  and  seek  new
marketing authorization from the FDA for one or more of our products.

If treatment guidelines for the clinical conditions we are targeting or the standard of care for such conditions evolves, we may need to redesign our Deep
TMS  systems  and  seek  new  marketing  authorizations  from  the  FDA.  Our  existing  510(k)  and  de  novo  clearances  from  the  FDA  are  based  on  current
treatment  guidelines. Additionally,  if  treatment  guidelines  change  so  that  different  treatments  become  desirable,  the  clinical  utility  of  one  or  more  of  our
indications could be diminished and our business could suffer.

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
The misuse or off-label use of Deep TMS may harm our reputation in the marketplace, result in injuries that lead to product liability suits or result in
costly investigations, fines or sanctions by regulatory bodies, particularly if we are deemed to have engaged in the promotion of these uses, any of which
could be costly to our business.

Deep TMS system has been authorized for marketing by the FDA only for MDD (including reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to
as anxious depression), OCD, and smoking addiction indications. We train our commercial organization to not promote our products for uses outside of the
FDA-authorized  indications  for  use,  known  as  “off-label  uses.”  However,  we  cannot  guarantee  that  all  of  our  employees,  representatives,  and  agents  will
abide by our marketing policies. If the FDA determines that our promotional materials, training or other marketing activities constitute promotion of an off-
label or unapproved use, it could request that we modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including
the issuance or imposition of an untitled letter, a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine or criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state
or foreign enforcement authorities might take action under other regulatory authority, such as laws prohibiting false claims for reimbursement.

Moreover, even if we, and all our employees, contractors, and agents, market our products in compliance with applicable FDA regulations, such regulations
do not apply to the practice of medicine, and we cannot prevent a physician from prescribing and/or using our products off-label when, in the physician’s
independent professional medical judgment, he or she deems it appropriate. Similarly, we cannot prevent patients from using our products off-label. There
may be increased risk of injury to patients if physicians attempt to prescribe, or patients attempt to use, Deep TMS off-label. Furthermore, the use of Deep
TMS for MDD (including reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious depression), OCD or smoking addiction other than as
stated on product labeling, or for indications other than those authorized by the FDA, may not be effective to treat such conditions, which could harm our
reputation  in  the  marketplace  among  physicians  and  patients.  There  are  similar  risks  if  Deep  TMS  is  used  off-label  with  respect  to  non-U.S.  regulatory
approvals.

Deep TMS may cause or contribute to adverse medical events that we are required to report to the FDA, and if we fail to do so, we would be subject to
sanctions  that  could  harm  our  reputation,  business,  financial  condition,  and  results  of  operations.  The  discovery  of  serious  safety  issues  with  our
products, or a recall of our products either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA or another governmental authority, could have a negative impact on
us.

We are subject to the FDA’s medical device reporting regulations and similar foreign regulations, which require us to report to the FDA when we receive or
become  aware  of  information  that  reasonably  suggests  that  one  or  more  of  our  products  may  have  caused  or  contributed  to  a  death  or  serious  injury  or
malfunctioned in a way that, if the malfunction were to recur, it could cause or contribute to a death or serious injury. The timing of our obligation to report is
triggered by the date we become aware of the adverse event as well as the nature of the event. We may fail to report adverse events of which we become
aware within the prescribed timeframe. We may also fail to recognize that we have become aware of a reportable adverse event, especially if it is not reported
to us as an adverse event or if it is an adverse event that is unexpected or removed in time from the use of the product. If we fail to comply with our reporting
obligations, the FDA could take action, including warning letters, untitled letters, administrative actions, criminal prosecution, imposition of civil monetary
penalties, revocation of our device clearance, seizure of our products or delay in clearance of future products.

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
The  FDA  and  foreign  regulatory  bodies  have  the  authority  to  require,  and  in  the  United  States  companies  are  expected  to  voluntarily,  the  recall  of
commercialized  products  in  the  event  of  material  deficiencies  or  defects  in  design  or  manufacture  of  a  product  or  in  the  event  that  a  product  poses  an
unacceptable risk to health. An FDA recall, whether mandatory or voluntary, may be based on a finding that there is reasonable probability that the device
could cause serious injury or death. A government mandated or voluntary recall by us could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component
failures, malfunctions, manufacturing defects, labeling or design deficiencies, packaging defects or other deficiencies or failures to comply with applicable
regulations. Product defects or other errors may occur in the future. If we initiate a correction or removal for one of our devices to reduce a risk to health
posed by the device, we would be required to submit a publicly available Correction and Removal report to the FDA and, in many cases, similar reports to
other  regulatory  agencies.  This  report  could  be  classified  by  the  FDA  as  a  device  recall  which  could  lead  to  increased  scrutiny  by  the  FDA,  other
international regulatory agencies, and our customers regarding the quality and safety of our devices. Furthermore, the submission of these reports could be
used by competitors against us in competitive situations and cause customers to delay purchase decisions or cancel orders and would harm our reputation.

Depending on the corrective action we take to redress a product’s deficiencies or defects, the FDA may require, or we may decide, that we will need to obtain
new authorization for the device before we may market or distribute the corrected device. Seeking such authorization may delay our ability to replace the
recalled devices in a timely manner. Moreover, if we do not adequately address problems associated with our devices, we may face additional regulatory
enforcement action, including FDA warning letters, product seizure, injunctions, administrative penalties or civil or criminal fines.

Companies are required to maintain certain records of corrective actions, even if they are not reportable to the FDA. We may initiate voluntary corrective
actions for our products in the future that we determine do not require notification to the FDA. If the FDA disagrees with our determinations, it could require
us to report those actions as recalls, and we may be subject to enforcement action. A future recall announcement could harm our reputation with customers,
potentially lead to product liability claims against us and negatively affect our sales.

Any adverse event involving Deep TMS systems could result in voluntary corrective actions, such as recalls or customer notifications, or agency action, such
as  inspection,  mandatory  recall  or  other  enforcement  action.  Any  corrective  action,  whether  voluntary  or  involuntary,  as  well  as  exposing  us  to  private
litigation, would require the dedication of our time and capital, distract management from operating our business, and may harm our reputation and financial
results.

35

 
 
 
 
 
If we or our distributors do not obtain and maintain international regulatory registrations or approvals for Deep TMS, we will be unable to market and
sell our products outside of the United States.

Sales of our Deep TMS systems outside of the United States are subject to foreign regulatory requirements that vary widely from country to country. While
the regulations of some countries may not impose barriers to marketing and selling Deep TMS systems or only require notification, others require that we or
our  distributors  obtain  the  approval  of  a  specified  regulatory  body.  Complying  with  foreign  regulatory  requirements,  including  obtaining  registrations  or
approvals,  can  be  expensive  and  time-consuming,  and  we  or  our  distributors  may  not  receive  regulatory  approvals  in  each  country  in  which  we  plan  to
market Deep TMS or we may be unable to do so on a timely basis. The time required to obtain registrations or approvals, if required by other countries, may
be  longer  than  that  required  for  FDA  authorization,  and  requirements  for  such  registrations,  clearances  or  approvals  may  significantly  differ  from  FDA
requirements. If we modify our Deep TMS systems, we or our distributors may need to apply for additional regulatory approvals before we are permitted to
sell the modified product. In addition, we may not continue to meet the quality and safety standards required to maintain the authorizations that we or our
distributors have received. If we or our distributors are unable to maintain our authorizations in a particular country, we will no longer be able to sell the
applicable product in that country.

Regulatory authorization by the FDA and/or the permission to affix the CE Mark does not ensure clearance or approval by regulatory authorities in other
jurisdictions, and clearance or approval by one or more foreign regulatory authorities does not ensure clearance or approval by the FDA, the EU and/or the
regulatory authorities in other foreign countries. However, a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory clearance or approval in one country may have a negative
effect on the regulatory process in others.

We are subject to certain federal, state, and foreign fraud and abuse laws, health information privacy and security laws, and transparency laws, which, if
violated, could subject us to substantial penalties. Additionally, any challenge to or investigation into our practices under these laws could cause adverse
publicity and be costly to respond to, and thus could harm our business.

There  are  numerous  U.S.  federal  and  state,  as  well  as  foreign,  laws  pertaining  to  healthcare  fraud  and  abuse,  including  anti-kickback,  false  claims,  and
physician transparency laws. Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations
involve  substantial  costs.  Our  business  practices  and  relationships  with  providers  and  patients  are  subject  to  scrutiny  under  these  laws.  We  may  also  be
subject to patient information privacy and security regulation by both the federal government and the states and foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct our
business. The healthcare laws and regulations that may affect our ability to operate include:

● the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons, and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting,
offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or
the  purchase,  lease,  order,  or  arrange  for  or  recommend  a  good  or  service,  for  which  payment  may  be  made,  in  whole  or  in  part,  under  federal
healthcare  programs,  such  as  Medicare  and  Medicaid.  The  term  “remuneration”  has  been  broadly  interpreted  to  include  anything  of  value.  The
government can establish a violation of  the  Anti-Kickback  Statute  without  proving  that  a  person  or  entity  had  actual  knowledge  of  the  law  or  a
specific intent to violate. Moreover, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal
healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute  constitutes  a  false  or  fraudulent  claim  for  purposes  of  the  federal  civil  False  Claims  Act.  Although  there  are  a
number of statutory exceptions  and  regulatory  safe  harbors  to  the  federal  healthcare  Anti-Kickback  Statute  protecting  certain  common  business
arrangements and  activities  from  prosecution  or  regulatory  sanctions,  the  exceptions  and  safe  harbors  are  drawn  narrowly.  Practices  that  involve
remuneration to those who prescribe, purchase, or recommend medical device products, including discounts, or engaging individuals as speakers,
consultants, or advisors, may be subject to scrutiny if they do not fit squarely within an exception or safe harbor. Our practices may not in all cases
meet all of the criteria for safe harbor protection from anti- kickback liability. Moreover, there are no safe harbors for many common practices, such
as reimbursement support programs, educational or research grants, or charitable donations;

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● the  federal  civil  False  Claims  Act,  which  prohibits,  among  other  things,  individuals  or  entities  from  knowingly  presenting,  or  causing  to  be
presented, false or fraudulent claims for payment of federal government funds, and knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used a false
record  or  statement  material  to  a  false  or  fraudulent  claim  to  avoid,  decrease  or  conceal  an  obligation  to  pay  money  to  the  federal  government.
Private individuals, commonly known as “whistleblowers,” can bring civil False Claims Act qui tam actions, on behalf of the government and such
individuals  and  may  share  in  amounts  paid  by  the  entity  to  the  government  in  recovery  or  settlement.  False  Claims  Act  liability  is  potentially
significant in the healthcare industry because the statute provides for treble damages and mandatory penalties of $11,665 to $23,607 per false or
fraudulent claim or statement. The government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-
Kickback  Statute  constitutes  a  false  or  fraudulent  claim  under  the  federal  civil  False  Claims  Act.  Many  pharmaceutical  and  medical  device
manufacturers have been investigated and have reached substantial settlements under the federal civil False Claims Act in connection with alleged
off-label promotion of their products and allegedly providing free products to customers with the expectation that the customers would bill federal
health care programs for the product. In addition, manufacturers can be held liable under the federal civil False Claims Act even when they do not
submit claims directly to government payors if they are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims. There are also criminal
penalties, including imprisonment and criminal fines, for making or presenting false, fictitious or fraudulent claims to the federal government;

● HIPAA,  which  created  additional  federal  criminal  statutes  that  prohibit,  among  other  things,  knowingly  and  willfully  executing  or  attempting  to
execute a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing
from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation  of  a  healthcare  offense,  and  knowingly  and  willfully  falsifying,
concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statements or representations, or making or using
any false writing or document knowing the same to contain any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or entry in connection with the
delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does
not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation;

37

 
 
 
● the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act under PPACA which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies
for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually
to the United States Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, information related to payments and
other transfers of value to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, and
applicable manufacturers and group purchasing organizations, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate
family members. Since January 2022, applicable manufacturers are also required to report information regarding payments and transfers of value
provided to physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified nurse anesthetists, and certified nurse-midwives;

● HIPAA, as amended by HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, which imposes privacy, security, and breach reporting obligations
with  respect  to  PHI,  upon  entities  subject  to  the  law,  such  as  health  plans,  healthcare  clearinghouses  and  certain  healthcare  providers,  and  their
respective business associates that perform services on their behalf that involve PHI. HITECH also created new tiers of civil monetary penalties,
amended  HIPAA  to  make  HIPAA  compliance  as  well  as  civil  and  criminal  penalties  directly  applicable  to  business  associates,  and  gave  state
attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees
and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions; and

● analogous state and foreign law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to items
or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers or patients; state laws that require device companies to comply with
the industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the applicable compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government or otherwise restrict
payments  that  may  be  made  to  healthcare  providers  and  other  potential  referral  sources;  state  and  local  laws  that  require  the  licensure  of  sales
representatives; state laws that require device manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and
other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures and pricing information; data privacy and security laws and regulations in foreign jurisdictions
that may be more stringent than those in the United States (such as the EU, which adopted the General Data Protection Regulation, which became
effective in May 2018); state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from
each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts; and state laws related to insurance fraud in
the case of claims involving private insurers.

38

 
 
 
 
These  laws  and  regulations,  among  other  things,  constrain  our  business,  marketing,  and  other  promotional  activities  by  limiting  the  kinds  of  financial
arrangements, including sales programs, we may have with physicians or other potential purchasers of our products. We have also entered into consulting
agreements with physicians, which are subject to these laws. Further, while we do not submit claims and our customers will make the ultimate decision on
how to submit claims, we may provide reimbursement guidance and support regarding our products. Due to the breadth of these laws, the narrowness of
statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors available, and the range of interpretations to which they are subject, it is possible that some of our current or
future practices might be challenged under one or more of these laws.

To enforce compliance with healthcare regulatory laws, certain enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare
companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. For
example, U.S. federal and state regulatory and enforcement agencies continue to actively investigate violations of healthcare laws and regulations, including
pursuing novel theories of liability under these laws. These government agencies recently have increased regulatory scrutiny and enforcement activity with
respect  to  manufacturer  reimbursement  support  activities  and  patient  support  programs,  including  bringing  criminal  charges  or  civil  enforcement  actions
under the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback statute, federal civil False Claims Act, the health care fraud statute, and HIPAA privacy provisions. Responding
to investigations can be time and resource consuming and can divert management’s attention from the business. Any such investigation or settlement could
increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business. Even an unsuccessful challenge or investigation into our practices could cause adverse
publicity, and be costly to respond to.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the healthcare laws or regulations described above or any other healthcare regulations that apply to us,
we may be subject to administrative, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, substantial monetary penalties, exclusion from participation
in government healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, imprisonment, additional reporting obligations, and oversight if we become subject to a
corporate  integrity  agreement  or  other  agreement  to  resolve  allegations  of  non-compliance  with  these  laws,  reputational  harm,  and  the  curtailment  or
restructuring of our operations.

Healthcare policy changes, including recently enacted legislation reforming the U.S. healthcare system, could harm our cash flows, financial condition,
and results of operations.

From  time  to  time,  legislation  is  drafted  and  introduced  in  Congress  that  could  significantly  change  the  statutory  provisions  governing  the  regulation  of
medical devices. In addition, FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the FDA in ways that may significantly affect our business
and our products. Any new statutes, regulations, revisions, or reinterpretations of existing regulations may impose additional costs, lengthen review times of
any future products, or make it more difficult to manufacture, market or distribute our products. We cannot determine what effect changes in regulations,
statutes, legal interpretation or policies, when and if promulgated, enacted or adopted may have on our business in the future.

For example, in March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA) was enacted in the United States, which made a number of substantial
changes in the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Among other ways in which it may impact our business, the PPACA
establishes a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee and identify priorities in comparative clinical effectiveness research in an effort to
coordinate and develop such research; implements payment system reforms including a national pilot program on payment bundling to encourage hospitals,
physicians,  and  other  providers  to  improve  the  coordination,  quality,  and  efficiency  of  certain  healthcare  services  through  bundled  payment  models;  and
expands the eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Some of the provisions of the PPACA have yet to be implemented, and there have been judicial and Congressional challenges to modify, limit, or repeal
certain aspects of the PPACA since its enactment and have continued to evolve. During his presidency, President Trump has supported the repeal of all or
portions  of  the  PPACA,  and  in  January  2017,  he  signed  Executive  Orders  designed  to  delay  the  implementation  of  certain  provisions  of  the  PPACA  or
otherwise circumvent some of the requirements for health insurance mandated by the PPACA to the maximum extent permitted by law. Due to such efforts,
certain elements of the PPACA have been invalidated or suspended, which has, in turn, led to additional challenges against the law as a whole. For example,
the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 included a provision repealing, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the
PPACA  on  certain  individuals  who  fail  to  maintain  qualifying  health  coverage  for  all  or  part  of  a  year  that  is  commonly  referred  to  as  the  “individual
mandate”. As a result, there is significant uncertainty regarding future healthcare reform and its impact on our operations. In December 2018, a district court
in  Texas  held  that  the  individual  mandate  is  unconstitutional  and  that  the  rest  of  the  PPACA  is,  therefore,  invalid.  On  appeal,  the  Fifth  Circuit  Court  of
Appeals affirmed the holding on the individual mandate but remanded the case back to the lower court to reassess whether and how such holding affects the
validity of the rest of the PPACA. The Fifth Circuit’s decision on the individual mandate was appealed to the U.S. Supreme Court. On June 17, 2021, the
Supreme Court held that the plaintiffs (comprised of the state of Texas, as well as numerous other states and certain individuals) did not have standing to
challenge the constitutionality of the PPACA’s individual mandate and, accordingly, vacated the Fifth Circuit’s decision and instructed the district court to
dismiss  the  case.  As  a  result,  the  PPACA  will  remain  in-effect  in  its  current  form  for  the  foreseeable  future;  however,  we  cannot  predict  what  additional
challenges may arise in the future, the outcome thereof, or the impact any such actions may have on our business.

40

 
 
 
The Biden administration also introduced various measures in 2021 focusing on healthcare and drug pricing, in particular. For example, on January 28, 2021,
President Biden issued an executive order that initiated a special enrollment period for purposes of obtaining health insurance coverage through the PPACA
marketplace,  which  began  on  February  15,  2021,  and  remained  open  through  August  15,  2021.  The  executive  order  also  instructed  certain  governmental
agencies  to  review  and  reconsider  their  existing  policies  and  rules  that  limit  access  to  healthcare,  including  among  others,  reexamining  Medicaid
demonstration  projects  and  waiver  programs  that  include  work  requirements  and  policies  that  create  unnecessary  barriers  to  obtaining  access  to  health
insurance coverage through Medicaid or the PPACA. On the legislative front, the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 was signed into law on March 11, 2021,
which, in relevant part, eliminates the statutory Medicaid drug rebate cap, currently set at 100% of a drug’s average manufacturer price, for single source
drugs and innovator multiple source drugs, beginning January 1, 2024. And, on August 16, 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (“IRA”) was signed
into law. Among other things, the IRA requires manufacturers of certain drugs to engage in price negotiations with Medicare (beginning in 2026), imposes
rebates under Medicare Part B and Medicare Part D to penalize price increases that outpace inflation (first due in 2023), and replaces the Part D coverage gap
discount  program  with  a  new  discounting  program  (beginning  in  2025).  The  IRA  also  authorizes  HHS  to  implement  many  of  these  provisions  through
guidance, as opposed to regulation, for the initial years. We cannot yet assess the impact that the IRA will have on the medical-products industry, but it will
likely be significant.

There is seemingly constant evolution with regard to healthcare in the United States, and we cannot predict what healthcare programs and regulations may be
implemented  or  changed  at  the  federal  and/or  state  level  or  the  effect  of  any  future  legislation  or  regulation  on  our  business  or  that  of  our  current  or
prospective customers, suppliers, and/or the U.S. healthcare industry as a whole.

It  is  possible  that  such  recent  and/or  future  initiatives  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  ability  to  obtain  approval  and/or  successfully  commercialize
products in the United States in the future. For example, any changes that reduce, or impede the ability to obtain, reimbursement for the type of products we
currently  market,  or  may  commercialize  in  the  future  (as  applicable),  in  the  United  States  would  likely  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business  and
profitability.

Our employees, consultants, distributors, agents, and other commercial partners may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-
compliance with regulatory standards and requirements.

41

 
 
 
 
 
We are exposed to the risk that our employees, consultants, distributors, agents, and other commercial partners may engage in inappropriate, fraudulent or
illegal  activity.  Misconduct  by  these  parties  could  include  intentional,  reckless  or  negligent  conduct  or  other  unauthorized  activities  that  violate  the
regulations  of  the  FDA  and  other  U.S.  healthcare  regulators,  as  well  as  non-U.S.  regulators,  including  by  violating  laws  requiring  the  reporting  of  true,
complete  and  accurate  information  to  such  regulators,  manufacturing  standards,  healthcare  fraud  and  abuse  laws  and  regulations  in  the  United  States  and
abroad  or  laws  that  require  the  true,  complete,  and  accurate  reporting  of  financial  information  or  data.  In  particular,  sales,  marketing,  and  business
arrangements  in  the  healthcare  industry,  including  the  sale  of  medical  devices,  are  subject  to  extensive  laws  and  regulations  intended  to  prevent  fraud,
misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting,
marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs, and other business arrangements. It is not always possible to identify and deter
misconduct by our employees, distributors, agents, and other third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective
in  controlling  unknown  or  unmanaged  risks  or  losses  or  in  protecting  us  from  governmental  investigations  or  other  actions  or  lawsuits  stemming  from  a
failure  to  comply  with  these  laws  or  regulations.  Efforts  to  ensure  that  the  activities  of  these  parties  will  comply  with  applicable  healthcare  laws  and
regulations involve substantial costs. These risks may be more pronounced, and we may find that the processes and policies we have implemented are not
effective  at  preventing  misconduct.  If  any  actions  are  instituted  against  us  and  we  are  not  successful  in  defending  ourselves  or  asserting  our  rights,  those
actions could result in the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions, including the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages,
monetary  fines,  individual  imprisonment,  disgorgement,  possible  exclusion  from  participation  in  government  healthcare  programs,  additional  reporting
obligations and oversight if we becomes subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these
laws, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings and the curtailment of our operations. Whether or not we are successful
in  defending  against  such  actions  or  investigations,  we  could  incur  substantial  costs,  including  legal  fees,  and  divert  the  attention  of  management  in
defending ourselves against any of these claims or investigations.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

We depend on our intellectual property, and our future success is dependent on our ability to protect our intellectual property and not infringe on the
rights of others.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to obtain sufficient patent protection and/or licensing rights for Deep TMS (including, but not limited to, the
various H-Coils utilized in our devices and various product features/capabilities), maintain the confidentiality of our trade secrets and know how, operate
without infringing on the proprietary rights of others, and prevent others from infringing our proprietary rights. Our success also depends, in part, on the
ability of the U.S. Public Health Service, or PHS, which refers collectively to the National Institutes of Health, or NIH, the Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention, and the FDA, as agencies of the PHS within the United States Department of Health and Human Services, or the DHHS, and Yeda Research and
Development  Company  Ltd.,  or  Yeda,  the  technology  transfer  arm  of  the  Weizmann  Institute  of  Science,  from  whom  we  license  essential  intellectual
property  upon  which  Deep  TMS  technology  is  based,  to  obtain  sufficient  patent  protection  for  such  intellectual  property,  maintain  the  confidentiality  of
related trade secrets and know how, operate without infringing on or violating the proprietary rights of others, and prevent others from infringing or violating
the Company’s owned and/or in-licensed intellectual property.

42

 
 
 
 
 
We and our licensors try to protect our proprietary position by, among other things, filing U.S., European, and other patent applications related to Deep TMS,
as well as inventions and improvements that may be important to the continuing development of Deep TMS. While we generally apply for patents in those
countries  where  we  intend  to  make,  have  made,  use,  sell,  or  import  patented  products,  we  may  not  accurately  predict  all  of  the  countries  where  patent
protection will ultimately be desirable. If we fail to timely file a patent application in any such country, we may be precluded from doing so at a later date. In
addition, we cannot assure you that any of our future processes or product indications will be patentable or enforceable even if patented;our processes or
product indications will not infringe upon the patents of third parties; or we will have the resources to defend against charges of patent infringement or other
violation or misappropriation of intellectual property by third parties or to protect our own intellectual property rights against infringement, misappropriation
or violation by third parties.

Because the patent position of medical device companies involves complex legal and factual questions, we cannot predict the validity and enforceability of
patents with certainty. Changes in either the patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws may diminish the value of our intellectual property. Accordingly,
we cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowable or enforceable in our patents (including patents owned by or licensed to us). Our issued patents
may  not  provide  us  with  any  competitive  advantages,  may  be  held  invalid  or  unenforceable  as  a  result  of  legal  challenges  by  third  parties  or  could  be
circumvented.  Our  competitors  may  also  independently  develop  formulations,  processes  and  technologies  or  products  similar  to  ours  or  design  around  or
otherwise  circumvent  patents  issued  to,  or  licensed  by,  us.  Thus,  any  patents  that  we  own  or  license  from  others  may  not  provide  any  protection  against
competitors.  Our  pending  patent  applications,  those  we  may  file  in  the  future  or  those  we  may  license  from  third  parties  may  not  result  in  patents  being
issued.  If  these  patents  are  issued,  they  may  not  be  of  sufficient  scope  to  provide  us  with  meaningful  protection.  The  degree  of  future  protection  to  be
afforded by our proprietary rights is uncertain because legal means afford relatively limited protection, and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us
to gain or keep our competitive advantage.

Patent rights are territorial; thus, the patent protection we do have exists only in those countries in which we have issued patents. Even so, the laws of certain
countries do not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States and the European Union. Therefore, we cannot
assure you that the patents issued, if any, as a result of our foreign patent applications will have the same scope of coverage as our U.S. patents. Competitors
may successfully challenge our patents, produce similar products that do not infringe our patents, or produce products in countries where we have not applied
for  patent  protection  or  that  do  not  respect  our  patents.  Furthermore,  it  is  not  possible  to  know  the  scope  of  claims  that  will  be  allowed  in  published
applications and it is also not possible to know which claims of granted patents, if any, will be deemed enforceable in a court of law. A failure to obtain
sufficient  intellectual  property  protection  in  any  foreign  country  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  business,  results  of  operations,  and  future
prospects. Moreover, we may participate in opposition proceedings to determine the validity of our foreign patents or our competitors’ foreign patents, which
could result in substantial costs and divert management’s resources and attention. Additionally, due to uncertainty in patent protection law, we have not filed
applications in many countries where significant markets exist.

43

 
 
 
 
After the completion of development and registration of our patents, third parties may still act to manufacture and/or market products that infringe our patent
protected rights, and we may not have adequate resources to enforce our patents. Any such manufacturing and/or marketing of products that infringe our
patent rights may significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects.

In addition, due to the extensive time needed to develop, test, and obtain regulatory approval for new indications of Deep TMS, any patents that protect these
indications  may  expire  early  during  the  commercialization  process.  This  may  reduce  or  eliminate  any  market  advantages  that  such  patents  may  give  us.
Following patent expiration, we may face increased competition through the entry of competing products into the market and a subsequent decline in market
share and profits.

However, our business interests may change, or our licensors may disagree with the scope of our license grants. In such cases, litigation could impede our
ability to commercialize the technology, or such licensing arrangements may result in the development, manufacturing, marketing, and sale by our licensors
of products substantially similar to our products, causing us to face increased competition, which could reduce our market share and significantly harm our
business, results of operations and prospects.

The lives of our patents may not be sufficient to effectively protect our products and business.

Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years after its first effective non-provisional filing date.
Although  various  extensions  may  be  available,  the  life  of  a  patent,  and  the  protection  it  affords,  is  limited.  Even  if  patents  covering  our  technologies,
products, or product candidates are obtained, once the patent life has expired, we may be open to competition. Patents covering some of our core technology
have expired or will expire within the next five years. In particular, the earliest of our U.S. patents on Deep TMS is set to expire in 2024. See “Business—
Intellectual Property.” In addition, although upon issuance in the United States a patent’s life can be increased based on certain delays caused by the United
States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO), this increase can be reduced or eliminated based on certain delays caused by the patent applicant during patent
prosecution. If we do not have sufficient patent life to protect our technologies, products, and product candidates, our business, and results of operations will
be adversely affected.

Our  right  to  the  essential  intellectual  property  upon  which  the  Deep  TMS  technology  is  based  results  from  in-license  agreements  with  government
agencies and research institutions, the termination of which would prevent us from commercializing Deep TMS.

We have in-licensing agreements with the PHS and Yeda. There is no assurance that the in-licenses or related rights on which we base our technology will
not be terminated or expire due to a material breach of the underlying agreements or some other failure to meet the terms of agreement, such as a failure on
our  part  to  make  certain  progress  milestone  payments  set  forth  in  the  terms  of  the  licenses  or  to  comply  with  manufacturing  obligations  under  these
agreements. There is no assurance that we will be able to renew or renegotiate our license agreements on acceptable terms if and when such agreements
terminate. We cannot guarantee that any in-license is enforceable or will not be terminated in the future. The termination of any in-license or our inability to
practice such technology and/or to enforce our rights under any in-license would materially and adversely affect our ability to commercialize our Deep TMS.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our license agreements for our critical patents and related intellectual property impose significant monetary obligations and other requirements that may
adversely affect our ability to successfully execute our business plan.

We depend upon license agreements with the PHS and Yeda for our intellectual property rights to Deep TMS technology. Deep TMS was developed by our
founders, among others, prior to our founding over the course of their work for the PHS. The key family of patents and patent applications upon which the
unique coil of Deep TMS technology is based is owned by the DHHS (based on an assignment of the related rights from the PHS) and is exclusively in-
licensed  to  us  under  a  license  agreement  with  the  PHS.  In  addition,  a  second  family  of  patent  applications  covering  additional  functions  of  Deep  TMS
(including the multichannel stimulator that we are developing for use in a more advanced version of our system), which is jointly owned by us with the NIH
and Yeda, is also licensed to us under the PHS license agreement and our license agreement with Yeda.

Our license agreement with Yeda was made within the context of research we commissioned at the Weizmann Institute involving Deep TMS. This agreement
provides for in- licensed rights relating to our second and third families of patent applications, which cover additional characteristics of Deep TMS (including
several  Deep  TMS  Coils,  multi-  channel  stimulation,  and  methods  of  use),  as  well  as  in-licensed  rights  to  rotational  field  TMS,  which  involves  the
perpendicular  placement  of  two  coils  over  the  head  operated  with  a  phase  lag  which  causes  a  rotating  induced  electric  field  that  enables  stimulation  of
neurons in various orientations.

These agreements provide us an exclusive (subject to certain standard exceptions and such as described below), worldwide license, with a right to sublicense,
subject to the approval of PHS and Yeda, respectively, for the life of the relevant patents (in the case of Yeda, on a per country basis or, until the 15-year
anniversary  of  the  first  commercial  sale  (per  country)  of  a  product  developed  on  the  basis  of  the  agreement,  if  later)  for  the  development,  creation,  use,
import, offer, and sale of any product or treatment that relates to Deep TMS technology and that is developed on the basis of such patents or (in the case of
the agreement with Yeda) such research. These agreements require us, as a condition to the maintenance of our license and other rights, to make milestone
and royalty payments and satisfy certain performance obligations, including with respect to manufacturing. If we were to receive a notice of non-compliance
under any of these agreements, we would need to either obtain appropriate waivers and/or cure such non- compliance, which may require us to modify our
operations.

All of the above-described obligations impose significant financial and logistical burdens upon our ability to carry out our business plan. Furthermore, if we
do not meet such obligations in a timely manner, we could lose the rights to our proprietary technology, which would have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition, and results of operations.

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
In certain cases, we may rely on our licensors to conduct prosecution, maintenance and/or defense of patents on our behalf. Our ability to ensure that these
patents are properly prepared, prosecuted, maintained, enforce or defended is therefore limited, which may adversely affect our licensed intellectual property
rights. Any failure by our licensors to properly prepare, prosecute, maintain, enforce, and defend patents or other licensed rights could materially harm our
ability to protect our products, thereby materially reducing our potential profits.

The  key  patents  that  underlie  our  Deep  TMS  technology  are  subject  to  the  U.S.  government’s  royalty  free  usage  rights  on  a  worldwide  basis  for  any
discovery based on such patents, which may have unexpected, adverse consequences upon the market for our product.

Under  our  PHS  license  agreement,  the  U.S.  government  possesses  an  irrevocable,  nonexclusive,  nontransferable  royalty-free  license  for  the  practice  of
inventions  based  on  the  inventions  upon  which  our  Deep  TMS  technology  is  based,  for  the  benefit  of  the  U.S.  government,  foreign  governments,  or
international organizations under any existing or future treaty or agreement applicable to the U.S. government at such time. Furthermore, the PHS may grant,
or may cause us to grant, nonexclusive research licenses, for the purpose of encouraging basic research at academic or corporate facilities (but, in the case of
any license to a commercial entity, subject to our right to object if we believe that such license would adversely impact the exclusivity of our rights under the
agreement).  The  PHS  may  also  require  us  to  grant  sublicenses  to  responsible  applicants  if  the  public  health  and  safety  so  require,  subject  to  our  right  to
demonstrate that any such sublicense will not materially increase the availability to the public of our licensed rights or that such public health and safety
requirements may be otherwise met without any such sublicense.

No material limits have been placed on the license held by the U.S. government for its own (or for its treaty partners’ or agreement counter-parties’) benefit,
and it is possible that the U.S. government, a foreign government or an international organization could even commercialize a product on the basis of this
license  and  the  related  technology.  We  cannot  provide  assurance  that  these  rights  will  not  be  exploited  in  a  manner  that  infringes  upon  our  otherwise
exclusive  license  to  the  PHS-owned  patents,  that  does  not  develop  or  advance  products  that  compete  with  our  own,  or  that  does  not  otherwise  adversely
impact our business. Because our rights with respect to the PHS-owned patents are critical to Deep TMS-based technologies and systems, any unexpected
consequences from the U.S. government’s or other third party’s exploitation of such rights could have an adverse impact on the market for Deep TMS and,
hence, on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets or know-how, such proprietary information may be used by others to compete against
us.

In addition to filing patent applications, we generally try to protect our trade secrets, know-how, technology, and other proprietary information by entering
into confidentiality or non-disclosure agreements with parties that have access to it, such as our development and/or commercialization partners, employees,
contractors,  and  consultants.  We  also  enter  into  agreements  that  require  the  disclosure  and  assignment  to  us  of  the  rights  to  the  ideas,  developments,
discoveries and inventions of our employees, advisors, research collaborators, contractors, and consultants while we employ or engage them. However, we
cannot assure you that these agreements will provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of
any  unauthorized  use,  misappropriation  or  disclosure  of  such  trade  secrets,  know-how  or  other  proprietary  information  because  these  agreements  can  be
difficult  and  costly  to  enforce  or  may  not  provide  adequate  remedies.  Any  of  these  parties  may  breach  the  confidentiality  agreements  and  willfully  or
unintentionally disclose our confidential information, or our competitors might learn of the information in some other way. The disclosure to, or independent
development by, a competitor of any trade secret, know-how or other technology not protected by a patent could materially adversely affect any competitive
advantage we may have over any such competitor.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To the extent that any of our employees, advisors, research collaborators, contractors or consultants independently develop, or use independently developed,
intellectual property in connection with any of our projects, disputes may arise as to the proprietary rights to this type of information. If a dispute arises with
respect to any proprietary right, enforcement of our rights can be costly and unpredictable, and a court may determine that the right belongs to a third party.

Legal proceedings or third-party claims of intellectual property infringement and other challenges may require us to spend substantial time and money
and could prevent us from developing or commercializing Deep TMS.

Our commercial success depends upon our ability, and the ability of any third party with which we may partner, to develop, manufacture, market and sell
Deep TMS, and use our patent-protected technologies without infringing the patents of third parties. We face risks that there may be patents issued to third
parties that relate to Deep TMS and technology of which we are not aware or that we must challenge to continue our operations as currently contemplated.

The  development,  manufacture,  use,  offer  for  sale,  sale  or  importation  of  Deep  TMS  may  infringe  on  the  claims  of  third-party  patents  or  violate  other
intellectual property rights. The nature of claims contained in unpublished patent filings around the world is unknown to us and it is not possible to know
which countries patent holders may choose for the extension of their filings under the Patent Cooperation Treaty, or other mechanisms. For example, because
patent applications do not publish for at least 18 months, if at all, and can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending applications unknown to
us that may later result in issued patents that Deep TMS would infringe. Therefore, there is a risk that we could adopt a technology without knowledge of a
pending  patent  application,  which  technology  would  infringe  a  third-party  patent  once  that  patent  is  issued.  The  cost  to  us  of  any  intellectual  property
litigation or other infringement proceeding, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial. Any claims of patent infringement, even those without merit,
could be expensive and time consuming to defend; cause us to cease making, licensing or using products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;
require us to redesign, reengineer or rebrand Deep TMS, if feasible; cause us to stop from engaging in normal operations and activities, including developing
and  new  indications  for  Deep TMS;  and  divert  management’s  attention  and  resources.  Some  of  our  competitors  may  be  able  to  sustain  the  costs  of  such
litigation  or  proceedings  more  effectively  because  of  their  substantially  greater  financial  resources.  Uncertainties  resulting  from  the  initiation  and
continuation  or  defense  of  intellectual  property  litigation  or  other  proceedings  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  ability  to  compete  in  the
marketplace.  Intellectual  property  litigation  and  other  proceedings  may  also  absorb  significant  management  time.  Consequently,  we  may  not  be  able  to
manufacture, use, offer for sale, sell or import our Deep TMS systems in the event of an infringement action.

47

 
 
 
 
 
Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their patents. In
addition, in a patent infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, construe the patent’s
claims narrowly or refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question.
An adverse result in any litigation proceeding could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly. Furthermore, because
of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information
could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation.

In the event of patent infringement claims, or to avoid potential claims, we may choose or be required to seek a license from a third party and would most
likely be required to pay license fees or royalties or both. These licenses may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a
license, the rights may be nonexclusive, which could potentially limit our competitive advantage. Ultimately, we could be prevented from commercializing a
product or be forced to cease some aspect of our business operations if, as a result of actual or threatened patent infringement or other claims, we are unable
to enter into licenses on acceptable terms. This inability to enter into licenses could harm our business significantly.

In  addition,  because  of  our  developmental  stage,  claims  that  Deep  TMS  infringes  on  the  patent  rights  of  others  are  more  likely  to  be  asserted  after
commencement of commercial sales incorporating our technology.

In addition to infringement claims against us, we may become a party to other patent litigation or proceedings before regulatory agencies, including post-
grant review, inter parties review, interference or re-examination proceedings filed with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office that challenge our patent rights
or the patent rights of our licensors. The costs of defending our patents or enforcing our proprietary rights in post-issuance administrative proceedings can be
substantial and the outcome can be uncertain. An adverse determination in these proceedings could weaken or invalidate the patent claims that cover our
technology and Deep TMS, which could harm our business significantly and dissuade companies from collaborating with us or permit third parties to directly
compete with the same technology.

48

 
 
 
 
 
We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants, or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of
third parties or that our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employers.

We employ individuals who were previously employed at universities or other medical device, biotechnology and/or pharmaceutical companies, including
our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants, and independent contractors do not use the proprietary
information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants, or independent contractors have
inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any of our employees’ former
employers or other third parties. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying
monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel, which could adversely impact our business. Even if we are successful in
defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

Obtaining and maintaining patent protection depends on compliance with various procedures and other requirements, and our patent protection could be
reduced or eliminated in case of non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and/or applications will be due to the relevant patent
agencies in several stages over the lifetime of the patents and /or applications. The relevant patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural,
documentary, fee payment and other provisions during the patent application process. In many cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late
fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. However, there are situations in which the failure to comply with the relevant requirements can
result in the abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such
an  event,  our  competitors  might  be  able  to  use  our  technologies  and  know-how  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  prospects,
financial condition and results of operation.

49

 
 
 
 
 
Risks Related to Our Functions in Israel

Our manufacturing, assembly and other significant functions are located in Israel and, therefore, our business and operations may be adversely affected
by political, economic and military conditions in Israel.

Aspects  of  our  business  are  located  in  Israel.  Accordingly,  our  business  will  be  directly  influenced  by  the  political,  economic,  and  military  conditions
affecting Israel at any given time. Since the establishment of the State of Israel in 1948, a number of armed conflicts have occurred between Israel and its
neighboring countries. These conflicts involved missile strikes against civilian targets in various parts of Israel including most recently, central Israel, and
negatively affected business conditions in Israel. In addition, Israel faces threats from more distant neighbors, in particular, Iran. A change in the security and
political situation in Israel and in the economy could impede the raising of the funds required to finance our research and development plans and to create
joint ventures with third parties and could otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Our facilities are in range of rockets that may be fired from Lebanon, Syria or the Gaza Strip into Israel. In the event that our facilities are damaged as a
result  of  hostile  action  or  hostilities  otherwise  disrupt  the  ongoing  operation  of  our  facilities,  our  research  and  development  activities,  and  our  ability  to
deliver products to customers could be materially and adversely affected. Our commercial insurance does not cover losses that may occur as a result of an
event associated with the security situation in the Middle East. Although the Israeli government is currently committed to covering the reinstatement value of
direct  damages  that  are  caused  by  terrorist  attacks  or  acts  of  war,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  this  government  coverage  will  be  maintained,  or  if
maintained, will be sufficient to compensate us fully for damages incurred. Any losses or damages incurred by us could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, popular uprisings in various countries in the Middle East and North Africa are affecting the political stability of those countries. Such instability
may lead to deterioration in the political and trade relationships that exist between the State of Israel and these countries. Furthermore, some countries restrict
doing business with Israel and Israeli companies, and additional countries may impose restrictions on doing business with Israel and Israeli companies if
hostilities involving Israeli or political instability in the region continue or intensify. Such restrictions may seriously limit our ability to sell Deep TMS to
customers in those countries. These restrictions may materially limit our ability to sell our products to customers in those countries. In addition, there have
been increased efforts by activists to cause companies and consumers to boycott Israeli products. Such efforts, particularly if they become more widespread,
may materially and adversely impact our ability to sell our products.

Any  hostilities  involving  Israel  or  the  interruption  or  curtailment  of  trade  between  Israel  and  its  present  trading  partners,  or  significant  downturns  in  the
economic or financial condition of could adversely affect our operations and product development, cause our revenues to decrease, and adversely affect the
share price of publicly traded companies having functions in Israel, such as us.

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Moreover,  in  recent  years  Israel  has  been  facing  political  instability  with  the  rapid  changing  of  its  government.  Between  the  years  2018  and  2022,  five
elections were held for the Israeli Parliament as a result of a failure to constitute a government. In addition, in 2022 a proposed dramatic and controversial
legal reform that would drastically change the way that the High Court of Justice would function and shift the balance of power between the Knesset and
other government bodies caused significant backlash in Israel, including civil protests and demonstration. Such political instability might deter potential and
current foreign investors from investing in Israeli based companies such as BrainsWay.

Exchange rate fluctuations between the U.S. dollar, the New Israeli Shekel and other foreign currencies may negatively affect our future revenues.

While a substantial portion of our revenues is and will continue to be generated in U.S. dollars, we incur a significant portion of our expenses in currencies
other than U.S. dollars, such as NIS. Likewise, our financial records are maintained in U.S. dollars, while many of our expenses are incurred in NIS. As a
result, our financial results have been and may continue to be affected by fluctuations in the applicable exchange rates of currencies in the U.S., Israel, and
other countries in which our products and services may be sold.

Our operations may be affected by negative labor conditions in Israel.

Strikes and work-stoppages occur relatively frequently in Israel. If Israeli trade unions threaten additional strikes or work-stoppages and such strikes or work-
stoppages occur, those may, if prolonged, have a material adverse effect on the Israeli economy and on our business, including our ability to deliver products
to our customers and to receive raw materials from our suppliers in a timely manner.

Our operations could be disrupted as a result of the obligation of our personnel to perform military service.

Members of our senior management and key employees reside in Israel, and although most of them are no longer required to perform reserve duty, some may
be required to perform annual military reserve duty, and may be called for active duty under emergency circumstances at any time. Our operations could be
disrupted by the absence for a significant period of time of one or more of these officers or key employees due to military service. Any such disruption could
adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

The termination or reduction of tax and other incentives that the Israeli Government provides to domestic companies may increase the costs involved in
operating a company in Israel.

The  Israeli  government  currently  provides  tax  and  capital  investment  incentives  to  domestic  companies,  as  well  as  grant  and  loan  programs  relating  to
research  and  development,  and  marketing  and  export  activities.  In  recent  years,  the  Israeli  Government  has  reduced  the  benefits  available  under  these
programs  and  the  Israeli  Governmental  authorities  have  indicated  that  the  government  may  in  the  future  further  reduce  or  eliminate  the  benefits  of  those
programs.  We  may  take  advantage  of  these  benefits  and  programs  in  the  future,  however,  there  is  no  assurance  that  such  benefits  and  programs  would
continue to be available in the future to us. If such benefits and programs were terminated or further reduced, it could have an adverse effect on our business,
operating results, and financial condition.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Israeli government grants that we have received require us to meet several conditions and may restrict our ability to manufacture our Deep TMS
systems and transfer relevant know-how outside of Israel and require us to pay royalties and satisfy specified conditions, including increased royalties if
we manufacture our Deep TMS systems outside of Israel or payment of a redemption fee if we transfer relevant know-how outside of Israel.

We  have  received  royalty-bearing  grants  from  the  government  of  Israel  through  the  Israel  Innovation  Authority  (IIA)  formerly,  the  Office  of  the  Chief
Scientist of the Ministry of Economy and Industry, for the financing of a portion of our research and development expenditures in Israel. We are required to
pay low single-digit royalties on the sale of those of our products developed with this funding, which payments shall not exceed, in the aggregate, the amount
of the grant received (in U.S. dollars), plus interest at an annual rate based on LIBOR. When know-how is developed using IIA grants, the Encouragement of
Research, Development and Technological Innovation in Industry Law 5744-1984, or the Innovation Law, the IIA’s rules and guidelines as well as the terms
of each of these grants, impose an obligation to pay royalties from any income deriving from a product developed, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly,
in  the  framework  of  a  research  and  development  program  funded  by  the  IIA,  including  any  derivatives  and  related  services,  and  restrict  our  ability  to
manufacture  our  products  and  transfer  know-how  developed  as  a  result  of  the  IIA’s  funded  research  and  development  outside  of  Israel.  In  certain  cases,
transfer of the IIA funded know-how outside of Israel requires pre-approval by the IIA, which may also impose certain conditions, including payment of a
redemption  fee  calculated  according  to  the  formulas  provided  in  the  IIA’s  rules  and  guidelines,  or  Redemption  Fee,  which  differentiate  between  certain
situations (while in no event will the Redemption Fee be more than six (6) times the grants received from the IIA plus interest). In addition, we may need to
manufacture our products outside of Israel, in which case prior approval from the IIA is required (such approval is not required for the transfer of less than
10% of the manufacturing capacity in the aggregate), and we would be required to pay royalties at an accelerated rate and would be subject to payment of
increased royalties, as defined under the IIA’s rules and regulations (up to, in the aggregate, 300% of the amount of the grant received (dollar linked), plus
interest  at  annual  rate  based  on  LIBOR,  depending  on  the  manufacturing  volume  that  is  performed  outside  Israel  less  royalties  already  paid  to  the  IIA).
Accordingly, we may be limited in our ability to manufacture outside of Israel, and the manufacture of our products outside of Israel could have a material
adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

The IIA has also published rules and guidelines with respect to the grant to a foreign entity of the right to use know-how that was developed using the IIA’s
grants, or Funded Know-How, (in a manner that does not entirely prevent the IIA funded company from using the Funded Know-How) which is subject to
receipt of the IIA’s prior approval. This approval is subject to payment to the IIA in accordance with the formulas stipulated in these rules.

In addition, we may transfer Funded Know-How to another Israeli company, provided that the acquiring company assumes all of our responsibilities toward
the IIA (the transfer would still require IIA approval, and is subject to the obligation to pay royalties to the IIA from the income of such sale transaction, but
will not be subject to the payment of the Redemption Fee).

52

 
 
 
 
 
The  obligation  to  comply  with  the  IIA’s  rules  and  guidelines  and  the  Innovation  Law  (including  with  respect  to  the  restriction  of  the  transfer  of  Funded
Know-How and manufacturing rights outside of Israel) remains in effect even after full repayment of the amount of royalties payable pursuant to the grants.
Once a Redemption Fee is paid on a transfer of Funded Know-How outside Israel, all obligations towards the IIA (including the royalty obligation) cease.
We are also subject to reporting obligations towards the IIA including submitting during the R&D approved program period periodic reports pertaining to the
progress of research and development, reports on income derived from products developed using grants from the IIA and in certain circumstances, reports
regarding change in the holding and change in control. Furthermore, in the event of any change of control or any change in the holding of voting rights or
rights to appoint directors or the CEO a result of which any non-Israeli citizen or non-Israeli resident becomes an “Interested Party” in our company, the non-
Israeli citizen or non-Israeli resident shall comply with all the restrictions imposed on us and our obligations pursuant to Innovation Law and the IIA’s rules
and guidelines. See “Management—Internal Auditor” for definition of Interested Party. In addition, the government of State of Israel may from time to time
audit sales of products which it claims incorporate technology funded via IIA programs, and this may lead to additional royalties being payable on additional
product candidates. In addition, under certain circumstances, further offerings of our shares to the public in any stock exchange whether in Israel or abroad, is
subject to the approval of the IIA.

These restrictions may impair our ability to enter into agreements for IIA Funded Know-how without the approval of the IIA, and we cannot be certain that it
will be obtained on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. Furthermore, in the event that we undertake a transaction involving the transfer to a non-Israeli
entity of know-how developed with IIA funding pursuant to a merger or similar transaction, or in the event we undertake a transaction involving the licensing
of  the  IIA’s  Funded  Know-How,  the  consideration  available  to  our  shareholders  may  be  reduced  by  the  amounts  we  are  required  to  pay  to  the  IIA.  Any
approval, if given, will generally be subject to additional financial obligations. Failure to comply with the requirements under the IIA’s rules and guidelines
and  the  Innovation  Law  may  subject  us  to  mandatory  repayment  of  grants  received  by  us  (together  with  interest  and  penalties),  as  well  as  expose  us  to
criminal proceedings.

Enforcing  a  U.S.  judgment  against  us  and  our  current  senior  management  and  directors,  or  asserting  U.S.  securities  law  claims  in  Israel,  may  be
difficult.

We are incorporated in Israel. Directors and some members of our management reside in Israel (and most of our assets reside outside of the United States).
Therefore, a judgment obtained against us or any of these persons in the United States, including one based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal
securities laws, may not be collectible in the United States, and may not be enforced by an Israeli court. It may also be difficult to effect service of process on
these persons in the United States or to assert U.S. securities law claims in original actions instituted in Israel.

53

 
 
 
 
 
Even if an Israeli court agrees to hear such a claim, it may determine that Israeli, and not U.S., law is applicable to the claim. Under Israeli law, if U.S. law is
found to be applicable to such a claim, the content of applicable U.S. law must be proved as a fact, which can be a time-consuming and costly process, and
certain matters of procedure would be governed by Israeli law. There is little binding case law in Israel addressing these matters. See “Enforceability of Civil
Liabilities” for additional information on your ability to enforce civil claim against us and our senior management and directors.

Provisions of our articles of association and Israeli law and tax considerations may delay, prevent or make difficult an acquisition of us, which could
prevent a change of control and negatively affect the price of the ADSs.

Israeli  corporate  law  regulates  mergers,  requires  tender  offers  for  acquisitions  of  shares  above  specified  thresholds,  requires  special  approvals  for  certain
transactions  involving  directors,  officers  or  significant  shareholders  and  regulates  other  matters  that  may  be  relevant  to  these  types  of  transactions.  These
provisions of Israeli law may delay, prevent or make difficult an acquisition of us, which could prevent a change of control, and therefore would potentially
depress the price of the ADSs.

Furthermore, Israeli tax considerations may make potential transactions unappealing to us or to our shareholders, especially for those shareholders whose
country of residence does not have a tax treaty with Israel which exempts such shareholders from Israeli tax. For example, Israeli tax law does not recognize
tax-free stock exchanges to the same extent as U.S. tax law. With respect to mergers, Israeli tax law allows for tax deferral in certain circumstances but makes
the deferral contingent on the fulfillment of a number of conditions, including, in some cases, a holding period of two years from the date of the transaction
during which sales and dispositions of shares of the participating companies are subject to certain restrictions. Moreover, with respect to certain share swap
transactions, the tax deferral is limited in time, and when such time expires, the tax becomes payable even if no disposition of the shares has occurred.

We may become subject to claims for remuneration or royalties for assigned service invention rights by our employees, which could result in litigation
and adversely affect our business.

We have entered into assignment of invention agreements with our employees who engage in research and development for the company pursuant to which
such individuals agree to assign to us all rights to any inventions created during and as a result of their employment or engagement with us. A significant
portion of our intellectual property has been developed by our employees in the course and as a result of their employment for us. Under the Israeli Patent
Law, 5727-1967, or the Patent Law, inventions conceived by an employee during the scope of his or her employment with a company and as a result thereof
are regarded as “service inventions,” which belong to the employer, absent a specific agreement between the employee and employer giving the employee
service invention rights. The Patent Law also provides that if there is no agreement between an employer and an employee with respect to the employee’s
right to receive compensation for such “service inventions,” the Israeli Compensation and Royalties Committee, or the Committee, a body constituted under
the  Patent  Law,  shall  determine  whether  the  employee  is  entitled  to  remuneration  for  his  or  her  service  inventions  and  the  scope  and  conditions  for  such
remuneration.  Israeli  case  law  clarifies  that  the  right  to  receive  consideration  for  “service  inventions”  can  be  waived  by  the  employee  and  that  in  certain
circumstances, such waiver does not necessarily have to be explicit. In order to determine the scope and validity of such wavier, the Committee will examine,
on a case-by-case basis, the general contractual framework between the parties, using interpretation rules of the general Israeli contract laws. Further, the
Committee has not yet determined one specific formula for calculating this remuneration (but rather uses the criteria specified in the Patents Law). As such,
and although our employees have agreed to assign to us service invention rights, we may face claims demanding remuneration in consideration for assigned
inventions. As a consequence of such claims, we could be required to pay additional remuneration or royalties to our current and/or former employees, or be
forced to litigate such claims, which could negatively affect our business.

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  government  tax  benefits  that  we  currently  are  entitled  to  receive  require  us  to  meet  several  conditions  and  may  be  terminated  or  reduced  in  the
future.

Some  of  our  operations  in  Israel  may  entitle  us  to  certain  tax  benefits  under  the  Law  for  the  Encouragement  of  Capital  Investments,  5719-1959,  or  the
Investment  Law,  once  we  begin  to  generate  taxable  income.  If  we  do  not  meet  the  requirements  for  maintaining  these  benefits,  they  may  be  reduced  or
cancelled and the relevant operations would be subject to Israeli corporate tax at the standard rate, which is set at 23% in 2018 and thereafter. In addition to
being subject to the standard corporate tax rate, we could be required to refund any tax benefits that we may receive in the future, plus interest and penalties
thereon. Even if we continue to meet the relevant requirements, the tax benefits that our current “Technology Enterprise” is entitled to may not be continued
in the future at their current levels or at all. If these tax benefits were reduced or eliminated, the amount of taxes that we pay would likely increase, as all of
our operations would consequently be subject to corporate tax at the standard rate, which could adversely affect our results of operations. Additionally, if we
increase our activities outside of Israel, for example, by way of acquisitions, our increased activities may not be eligible for inclusion in Israeli tax benefits
programs.  See  “Material  Tax  Considerations—Israeli  Tax  Considerations  and  Government  Programs—Tax  Benefits  Under  the  2017  Amendment”  for
additional information concerning these tax benefits.

Your  rights  and  responsibilities  as  a  shareholder  will  be  governed  by  Israeli  law,  which  differs  in  some  material  respects  from  the  rights  and
responsibilities of shareholders of U.S. companies.

The rights and responsibilities of our shareholders are governed by our articles of association and by Israeli law. These rights and responsibilities differ in
some material respects from the rights and responsibilities of shareholders in U.S. corporations. For example, a shareholder of an Israeli company has a duty
to act in good faith and in a customary manner in exercising its rights and performing its obligations towards the company and other shareholders, and to
refrain from abusing its power in the company, including, among other things, voting at a general meeting of shareholders on matters such as amendments to
a  company’s  articles  of  association,  increases  in  a  company’s  authorized  share  capital,  mergers  and  acquisitions,  and  related  party  transactions  requiring
shareholder approval. In addition, a shareholder who is aware that it possesses the power to determine the outcome of a shareholder vote or to appoint or
prevent the appointment of a director or executive officer in the company has a duty of fairness toward the company. There is limited case law available to
assist  us  in  understanding  the  nature  of  these  duties  or  the  implications  of  these  provisions.  These  provisions  may  be  interpreted  to  impose  additional
obligations and liabilities on our shareholders that are not typically imposed on shareholders of U.S. corporations.

55

 
 
 
 
 
Risks Related to our ADSs and Ordinary Shares

The price of the ADSs may be volatile and may fluctuate due to factors beyond our control.

The share price of publicly traded medical device companies has been highly volatile and is likely to remain highly volatile in the future. The market price of
the  ADSs  or  Ordinary  Shares  on  either  The  Nasdaq  Global  Market,  or  Nasdaq,  or  the  Tel  Aviv  Stock  Exchange,  or  TASE,  respectively,  may  fluctuate
significantly due to a variety of factors, including but not limited to positive or negative results of testing and clinical trials by us, strategic partners, and
competitors;  delays  in  entering  into  strategic  relationships  with  respect  to  development  and/or  commercialization  of  Deep  TMS  or  entry  into  strategic
relationships  on  terms  that  are  not  deemed  to  be  favorable  to  us;  technological  innovations  or  commercial  product  introductions  by  us  or  competitors;
changes  in  government  regulations;  developments  concerning  proprietary  rights,  including  patents  and  litigation  matters;  public  concern  relating  to  the
commercial value or safety of Deep TMS; financing or other corporate transactions; publication of research reports or comments by securities or industry
analysts; general market conditions in the medical device industry or in the economy as a whole; or other events and factors, many of which are beyond our
control.

These,  and  other  market  and  industry  factors,  may  cause  the  market  price  and  demand  for  the  ADSs  to  fluctuate  substantially,  regardless  of  our  actual
operating performance, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their ADSs and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of the ADSs.
In addition, stock markets in general, and medical device companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often
been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies.

56

 
 
 
 
The significant share ownership position of our officers, directors, and entities affiliated with certain of our directors may limit your ability to influence
corporate matters.

Our officers, directors, and entities affiliated with certain of our directors beneficially own or control, directly or indirectly, approximately 22.65% of our
outstanding Ordinary Shares as of March 15, 2023. Accordingly, these persons are able to significantly influence, though not independently determine, the
outcome of matters required to be submitted to our shareholders for approval, including decisions relating to the election of our board of directors, and the
outcome of any proposed merger or consolidation of our company. These interests may not be consistent with those of our other shareholders. In addition,
these persons’ significant interest in us may discourage third parties from seeking to acquire control of us, which may adversely affect the market price of our
Ordinary Shares.

Holders of ADSs are not treated as holders of our Ordinary Shares.

Holders of ADSs are not treated as holders of our Ordinary Shares, unless they withdraw the Ordinary Shares underlying their ADSs in accordance with the
deposit agreement and applicable laws and regulations. The depositary is the holder of the Ordinary Shares underlying the ADSs. Holders of ADSs therefore
do  not  have  any  rights  as  holders  of  our  Ordinary  Shares,  other  than  the  rights  that  they  have  pursuant  to  the  deposit  agreement.  See  “Description  of
American Depositary Shares.”

However, holders of ADSs will be treated as holders of our Ordinary Shares of for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See the section titled “Taxation” under
Item 10.E below.

Holders of ADSs may be subject to limitations on the transfer of their ADSs and the withdrawal of the underlying Ordinary Shares.

ADSs are transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its books at any time or from time to time when it deems expedient
in connection with the performance of its duties. The depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of ADSs generally when our books or the
books of the depositary are closed, or at any time if we or the depositary think it is advisable to do so because of any requirement of law, government or
governmental body, or under any provision of the deposit agreement, or for any other reason, subject to the right of ADS holders to cancel their ADSs and
withdraw the underlying Ordinary Shares. Temporary delays in the cancellation of the ADSs and withdrawal of the underlying Ordinary Shares may arise
because the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books, the transfer of Ordinary Shares is blocked to permit voting at a
shareholders’ meeting or we are paying a dividend on our Ordinary Shares. In addition, ADS holders may not be able to cancel their ADSs and withdraw the
underlying Ordinary Shares when they owe money for fees, taxes, and similar charges, and when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply
with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of Ordinary Shares or other deposited securities. See “Description of
American Depositary Shares.”

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We and the depositary are entitled to amend the deposit agreement and to change the rights of ADS holders under the terms of such agreement, or to
terminate the deposit agreement, without the prior consent of the ADS holders.

We and the depositary are entitled to amend the deposit agreement and to change the rights of the ADS holders under the terms of such agreement, without
the prior consent of the ADS holders. We and the depositary may agree to amend the deposit agreement in any way we decide is necessary or advantageous
to us or to the depositary. Amendments may reflect, among other things, operational changes in the ADS program, legal developments affecting ADSs or
changes in the terms of our business relationship with the depositary. In the event that the terms of an amendment are materially disadvantageous to ADS
holders, ADS holders will only receive 30 days’ advance notice of the amendment, and no prior consent of the ADS holders is required under the deposit
agreement. Furthermore, we may decide to direct the depositary to terminate the ADS facility at any time for any reason. For example, terminations may
occur when we decide to list our Ordinary Shares on a non-U.S. securities exchange and determine not to continue to sponsor an ADS facility or when we
become the subject of a takeover or a going-private transaction. If the ADS facility will terminate, ADS holders will receive at least 90 days’ prior notice, but
no prior consent is required from them. Under the circumstances that we decide to make an amendment to the deposit agreement that is disadvantageous to
ADS holders or terminate the deposit agreement, the ADS holders may choose to sell their ADSs or surrender their ADSs and become direct holders of the
underlying Ordinary Shares, but will have no right to any compensation whatsoever.

ADS holders may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to claims arising under the deposit agreement, which could result in less favorable outcomes
to the plaintiff(s) in any such action.

The deposit agreement governing the ADSs representing our Ordinary Shares provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, holders, and beneficial
owners of ADSs irrevocably waive the right to a jury trial of any claim they may have against us or the depositary arising out of or relating to the ADSs or
the deposit agreement.

If this jury trial waiver provision is not permitted by applicable law, an action could proceed under the terms of the deposit agreement with a jury trial. If we
or the depositary opposed a jury trial demand based on the waiver, the court would determine whether the waiver was enforceable based on the facts and
circumstances of that case in accordance with the applicable state and federal law. To our knowledge, the enforceability of a contractual pre-dispute jury trial
waiver in connection with claims arising under the federal securities laws has not been finally adjudicated by the United States Supreme Court. However, we
believe that a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver provision is generally enforceable, including under the laws of the State of New York, which govern
the  deposit  agreement,  by  a  federal  or  state  court  in  the  City  of  New  York,  which  has  non-  exclusive  jurisdiction  over  matters  arising  under  the  deposit
agreement. In determining whether to enforce a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver provision, courts will generally consider whether a party knowingly,
intelligently,  and  voluntarily  waived  the  right  to  a  jury  trial.  We  believe  that  this  is  the  case  with  respect  to  the  deposit  agreement,  and  the  ADSs.  It  is
advisable that you consult legal counsel regarding the jury waiver provision before entering into the deposit agreement.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
If  you  or  any  other  holders  or  beneficial  owners  of  ADSs  bring  a  claim  against  us  or  the  depositary  in  connection  with  matters  arising  under  the  deposit
agreement or the ADSs, including claims under federal securities laws, you or such other holder or beneficial owner may not be entitled to a jury trial with
respect to such claims, which may have the effect of limiting and discouraging lawsuits against us and / or the depositary. If a lawsuit is brought against us
and/or  the  depositary  under  the  deposit  agreement,  it  may  be  heard  only  by  a  judge  or  justice  of  the  applicable  trial  court,  which  would  be  conducted
according to different civil procedures and may result in different outcomes than a trial by jury would have had, including results that could be less favorable
to the plaintiff(s) in any such action, depending on, among other things, the nature of the claims, the judge or justice hearing such claims, and the venue of
the hearing.

No  condition,  stipulation  or  provision  of  the  deposit  agreement  or  ADSs  serves  as  a  waiver  by  any  holder  or  beneficial  owner  of  ADSs  or  by  us  or  the
depositary of compliance with any substantive provision of the U.S. federal securities laws, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

ADS  holders  will  not  have  the  same  voting  rights  as  the  holders  of  our  Ordinary  Shares  and  may  not  receive  voting  materials  in  time  to  be  able  to
exercise their right to vote.

Holders of the ADSs will not be able to exercise voting rights attaching to the Ordinary Shares represented by the ADSs. Under the terms of the deposit
agreement, holders of the ADSs may instruct the depositary to vote the Ordinary Shares underlying their ADSs. Otherwise, holders of ADSs will not be able
to  exercise  their  right  to  vote  unless  they  withdraw  the  Ordinary  Shares  underlying  their  ADSs  to  vote  them  in  person  or  by  proxy  in  accordance  with
applicable laws and regulations and our articles of association. Even so, ADS holders may not know about a meeting far enough in advance to withdraw
those  Ordinary  Shares.  If  we  ask  for  the  instructions  of  holders  of  the  ADSs,  the  depositary,  upon  timely  notice  from  us,  will  notify  ADS  holders  of  the
upcoming vote and arrange to deliver our voting materials to them. Upon our request, the depositary will mail to holders a shareholder meeting notice that
contains, among other things, a statement as to the manner in which voting instructions may be given. We cannot guarantee that ADS holders will receive the
voting materials in time to ensure that they can instruct the depositary to vote the Ordinary Shares underlying their ADSs. A shareholder is only entitled to
participate in, and vote at, the meeting of shareholders, provided that it holds our Ordinary Shares as of the record date set for such meeting and otherwise
complies with our articles of association. In addition, the depositary’s liability to ADS holders for failing to execute voting instructions or for the manner of
executing  voting  instructions  is  limited  by  the  deposit  agreement.  As  a  result,  holders  of  ADSs  may  not  be  able  to  exercise  their  right  to  give  voting
instructions or to vote in person or by proxy, and they may not have any recourse against the depositary or us if their Ordinary Shares are not voted as they
have requested or if their shares cannot be voted.

59

 
 
 
 
 
Our Ordinary Shares and ADSs are traded on different markets and this may result in price variations.

Our Ordinary Shares have been traded on the TASE since January 4, 2007, and our ADSs have been traded on The Nasdaq Global Market since April 16,
2019.  Trading  in  our  securities  on  these  markets  takes  place  in  different  currencies  (dollars  on  the  Nasdaq  and  NIS  on  the  TASE),  and  at  different  times
(resulting from different time zones, different trading days, and different public holidays in the United States and Israel). The trading prices of our securities
on these two markets may differ due to these and other factors. Any decrease in the price of our securities on one of these markets could cause a decrease in
the trading price of our securities on the other market.

We do not have any current plans to pay dividends in the near term

We do not have any current plans to pay any cash dividends in the near term. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund
the development and growth of our business. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of the ADSs will be the investors’ sole source of gain for at least the
next several years. In addition, Israeli law limits our ability to declare and pay dividends, and may subject us to certain Israeli taxes. For more information,
see “Dividend Policy.”

If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade the ADSs, the price
of the ADSs could decline.

The trading market for the ADSs will rely in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. The price of the
ADSs  could  decline  if  one  or  more  securities  analysts  downgrade  the  ADSs  or  if  those  analysts  issue  other  unfavorable  commentary  or  cease  publishing
reports about us or our business.

We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert our management’s attention.

In  the  past,  U.S.-listed  companies  that  have  experienced  volatility  in  the  market  price  of  their  securities,  including  many  life  sciences  and  biotechnology
companies, have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Regardless of the merits or the
ultimate results of such litigation, securities litigation brought against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other
business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

As  a  foreign  private  issuer  whose  shares  are  listed  on  The  Nasdaq  Global  Market,  we  follow  certain  home  country  corporate  governance  practices
instead of certain Nasdaq requirements.

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As a foreign private issuer whose shares are listed on The Nasdaq Global Market, we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance
practices  instead  of  certain  requirements  of  the  rules  of  The  Nasdaq  Global  Market.  Pursuant  to  the  “foreign  private  issuer  exemption”  we  established  a
quorum requirement such that the quorum for any meeting of shareholders is two or more shareholders holding at least 331/3% of our voting rights, which
complies with Nasdaq requirements; however, if the meeting is adjourned for lack of quorum, the quorum for such adjourned meeting will be two or more
shareholders, having any percentage of our voting rights; we also follow Israeli corporate governance practice in lieu of Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5635(c),
which  requires  shareholder  approval  for  certain  dilutive  events  (such  as  issuances  that  will  result  in  a  change  of  control,  certain  transactions  other  than  a
public offering involving issuances of a 20% or greater interest in us and certain acquisitions of the shares or assets of another company), and prior to an
issuance of securities when a stock option or purchase plan is to be established or materially amended or other equity compensation arrangement made or
materially amended, pursuant to which stock may be acquired by officers, directors, employees or consultants. By contrast, under the Israeli Companies Law,
shareholder approval is required (subject to certain limited exceptions) for, among other things: (a) transactions with directors concerning the terms of their
service (including indemnification, exemption, and insurance for their service or for any other position that they may hold at a company); (b) extraordinary
transactions with controlling shareholders of publicly held companies; (c) terms of office and employment or other engagement of a controlling shareholder,
if  any,  or  such  controlling  shareholder’s  relative;  (d)  approval  of  transactions  with  the  company’s  Chief  Executive  Officer  with  respect  to  his  or  her
compensation,  whether  in  accordance  with  the  approved  compensation  policy  of  the  company  or  not,  or  transactions  with  officers  of  the  company  not  in
accordance  with  the  approved  compensation  policy;  (e)  approval  of  the  compensation  policy  of  the  company  for  office  holders  and  (f)  certain  private
placements involving the issuance of 20% or more of our total voting rights, or private placements as a result of which a person will become a controlling
shareholder of the company. In addition, under the Israeli Companies Law, a merger requires approval of the shareholders of each of the merging companies;
and Otherwise, we comply with the rules generally applicable to U.S. domestic companies listed on The Nasdaq Global Market. However, we may in the
future decide to use the foreign private issuer exemption with respect to some or all of the other Nasdaq corporate governance rules. Following our home
country  governance  practices  as  opposed  to  the  requirements  that  would  otherwise  apply  to  a  U.S.  company  listed  on  The  Nasdaq  Global  Market  may
provide less protection than is accorded to investors of domestic issuers. See “Management—Foreign Private Issuer and Controlled Company Status.”

In addition, as a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules and regulations under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
or  the  Exchange Act,  related  to  the  furnishing  and  content  of  proxy  statements  (including  disclosures  with  respect  to  executive  compensation),  and  our
officers,  directors,  and  principal  shareholders  are  exempt  from  the  reporting  and  short-swing  profit  recovery  provisions  contained  in  Section  16  of  the
Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file annual, quarterly, and current reports, and financial statements with the SEC as
frequently or as promptly as domestic companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.

61

 
 
 
We may lose our foreign private issuer status which would then require us to comply with the Exchange Act’s domestic reporting regime and cause us to
incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses.

We are a foreign private issuer, and therefore we are not required to comply with all of the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the
Exchange Act applicable to U.S. domestic issuers. In order to maintain our current status as a foreign private issuer, either (a) a majority of our Ordinary
Shares and ADSs (calculated together) must be either directly or indirectly owned of record by non-residents of the United States or (b)(i) a majority of our
senior management or directors may not be U.S. citizens or residents, (ii) more than 50 percent of our assets cannot be located in the United States and (iii)
our business must be administered principally outside the United States. If we were to lose this status, we would be required to comply with the Exchange
Act reporting and other requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private
issuers. We may also be required to make changes in our corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC and Nasdaq rules. The regulatory
and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws if we are required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer may
be  significantly  higher  than  the  cost  we  would  incur  as  a  foreign  private  issuer.  As  a  result,  we  expect  that  a  loss  of  foreign  private  issuer  status  would
increase our legal and financial compliance costs and would make some activities highly time consuming and costly. We also expect that if we were required
to  comply  with  the  rules  and  regulations  applicable  to  U.S.  domestic  issuers,  it  would  make  it  more  difficult  and  expensive  for  us  to  obtain  director  and
officer  liability  insurance,  and  we  may  be  required  to  accept  reduced  coverage  or  incur  substantially  higher  costs  to  obtain  coverage.  These  rules  and
regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors.

We  may  incur  increased  costs  as  a  result  of  operating  as  a  public  company  in  the  United  States,  and  our  management  may  be  required  to  devote
substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company whose ADSs are listed in the United States, and particularly after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company and/or lose our
foreign private issuer status, we may incur accounting, legal and other expenses that we did not incur prior to our listing on Nasdaq and registration with the
SEC,  including  costs  associated  with  our  reporting  requirements  under  the  Exchange  Act.  We  also  anticipate  that  we  may  incur  costs  associated  with
corporate  governance  requirements,  including  requirements  under  Section  404  and  other  provisions  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  (Sarbanes-Oxley
Act), as well as rules implemented by the SEC and The Nasdaq Global Market, and provisions of Israeli corporate law applicable to public companies, and
the rules of the TASE. These rules and regulations may increase our legal and financial compliance costs, introduce new costs such as investor relations,
increased insurance premiums and stock exchange listing fees, and may make some activities more time-consuming and costly. Our board members and other
personnel may need to devote a substantial amount of time to these initiatives. We are constantly evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to
these rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

62

 
 
 
 
 
Any future changes in the laws and regulations affecting public companies in the United States and Israel, including Section 404 and other provisions of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC, and the rules of the Nasdaq, will result in increased costs to us as we respond to such
changes.

As an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, we take advantage of certain temporary exemptions from various reporting requirements,
including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (and the rules
and regulations of the SEC thereunder). When these exemptions cease to apply, we expect to incur additional expenses and devote increased management
effort toward ensuring compliance with them. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public
company or the timing of such costs.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the related rules adopted by the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, starting
with the next annual report that we file with the SEC, our management will be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting. In addition, once we no longer qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act and lose the ability to rely on the exemptions related
thereto discussed above and depending on our status as per Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act, our independent registered public accounting firm may also
need to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404. We have not yet commenced the process of determining
whether  our  existing  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  systems  are  compliant  with  Section  404  and  whether  there  are  any  material  weaknesses  or
significant deficiencies in our existing internal controls. This process will require the investment of substantial time and resources, including by our chief
financial officer and other members of our senior management. As a result, this process may divert internal resources and take a significant amount of time
and effort to complete. In addition, we cannot predict the outcome of this determination and whether we will need to implement remedial actions in order to
implement effective controls over financial reporting. The determination and any remedial actions required could result in us incurring additional costs that
we did not anticipate, including the hiring of outside consultants. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, any failure of our
internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our stated results of operations and harm our reputation. As a result, we may experience higher than
anticipated  operating  expenses,  as  well  as  higher  independent  auditor  fees  during  and  after  the  implementation  of  these  changes.  If  we  are  unable  to
implement  any  of  the  required  changes  to  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  effectively  or  efficiently  or  are  required  to  do  so  earlier  than
anticipated, it could adversely affect our operations, financial reporting and/or results of operations and could result in an adverse opinion on internal controls
from our independent auditors.

Changes  in  the  laws  and  regulations  affecting  public  companies  will  result  in  increased  costs  to  us  as  we  respond  to  their  requirements.  These  laws  and
regulations could make it more difficult or more costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we
may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these
requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as
senior management. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur in order to comply with such requirements.

63

 
 
 
 
 
We  are  an  “emerging  growth  company”  and  the  reduced  disclosure  requirements  applicable  to  emerging  growth  companies  may  make  the  ADSs  less
attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements that are
applicable  to  other  public  companies  that  are  not  “emerging  growth  companies.”  Most  of  such  requirements  relate  to  disclosures  that  we  would  only  be
required to make if we also ceased to be a foreign private issuer in the future, for example, the requirement to hold shareholder advisory votes on executive
and severance compensation and executive compensation disclosure requirements for U.S. companies. However, as a foreign private issuer, we could still be
required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We are exempt from such requirement for as long as
we remain an emerging growth company, which may be up to five fiscal years after the date of our initial public offering on Nasdaq in April 2019. We will
remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (a) the last day of our fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of at least
$1.235 billion; (b) December 31, 2024 (the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the closing of our initial public offering on Nasdaq);
(c) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (d) the date on which we are
deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Exchange Act. We may choose to take advantage of some or all of the available exemptions. When we are
no  longer  deemed  to  be  an  emerging  growth  company,  we  will  not  be  entitled  to  the  exemptions  provided  in  the  JOBS  Act  discussed  above.  We  cannot
predict if investors will find the ADSs less attractive as a result of our reliance on exemptions under the JOBS Act. If some investors find the ADSs less
attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for the ADSs, and our share price may be more volatile.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or
prevent  fraud.  As  a  result,  shareholders  could  lose  confidence  in  our  financial  and  other  public  reporting,  which  would  harm  our  business  and  the
trading price of the ADSs and Ordinary Shares.

Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls
and  procedures,  are  designed  to  prevent  fraud.  Any  failure  to  implement  required  new  or  improved  controls,  or  difficulties  encountered  in  their
implementation  could  cause  us  to  fail  to  meet  our  reporting  obligations.  In  addition,  any  testing  by  us  conducted  in  connection  with  Section  404  of  the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or any subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over
financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our financial statements or identify
other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information,
which could have a negative effect on the trading price of the ADSs and Ordinary Shares.

64

 
 
 
 
 
Our  management  will  be  required  to  assess  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  controls  and  procedures  and  disclose  changes  in  these  controls  on  an  annual
basis. However, for as long as we are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be
required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404. We could be an “emerging growth company”
for up to five years. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls could detect problems that our management’s assessment might
not.  Undetected  material  weaknesses  in  our  internal  controls  could  lead  to  financial  statement  restatements  and  require  us  to  incur  the  expense  of
remediation.

Risks Related to Tax Matters

We  may  be  a  passive  foreign  investment  company  for  U.S.  federal  income  tax  purposes,  which  generally  would  result  in  certain  adverse  U.S.  federal
income tax consequences to our U.S. shareholders.

In general, a non-U.S. corporation is a “passive foreign investment company” (a PFIC) for any taxable year in which (i) 75% or more of its gross income
consists of passive income (the “income test”) or (ii) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of its assets consists of assets that produce, or are held for
the  production  of,  passive  income  (the  “asset  test”).  Generally,  “passive  income”  includes  interest,  dividends,  rents,  royalties,  certain  gains,  and  cash  is  a
passive asset for PFIC purposes.

We have not made a formal determination as to whether we would be classified as a PFIC for the current taxable year or previous taxable years, and do not
plan to make such a determination for subsequent years. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we will likely be treated as a PFIC for the 2022 taxable year. The
determination of whether we are a PFIC depends on the particular facts and circumstances (such as the valuation of our assets, including goodwill and other
intangible assets), and may also be affected by the application of the PFIC rules, which are subject to differing interpretations. The fair market value of our
assets is expected to depend, in part, upon (i) the market price of the ADSs, which is likely to fluctuate, and (ii) the composition of our income and assets,
which will be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend any cash that is raised in any financing transaction.

If we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. shareholder owned the ADSs, such U.S. shareholder generally will be subject to certain adverse
U.S. federal income tax consequences, including increased tax liability on gains from dispositions of the ADSs and certain distributions and a requirement to
file annual reports with the Internal Revenue Service. In light of the foregoing, no assurance can be provided that we are not currently a PFIC or that we will
not  become  a  PFIC  in  any  future  taxable  year.  Prospective  investors  should  consult  their  own  tax  advisers  regarding  our  PFIC  status.  See  “Material  Tax
Considerations—Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations.”

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 4.

INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

A. History and Development of the Company

Our legal and commercial name is BrainsWay Ltd. We are a public company that was incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel in November 2006.
We  completed  our  initial  public  offering  on  the  TASE  in  January  2007,  and  in  April  2019  we  completed  the  listing  of  our  ADSs  on  The  Nasdaq  Global
Market. Our Ordinary Shares are currently listed on the TASE under the symbol “BWAY”, and our ADSs are currently listed on The Nasdaq Global Market
under  the  symbol  “BWAY”.  Our  Israel-based  principal  executive  offices  are  located  at  19  Hartum  Street,  Bynet  Building,  3rd  Floor,  Har  HaHotzvim,
Jerusalem 9777518, Israel, and our telephone number is +972-2-582-4030. We also have U.S. offices located in Boston and New Jersey. Our registered agent
in the United States is BrainsWay USA, Inc. The address of BrainsWay USA, Inc. is 1 Van de Graaf Drive, Burlington, MA 01803.

The Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information
regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at http://sec.gov.

Our Ordinary Shares have been traded on the TASE since January 4, 2007, and our ADSs have been traded on The Nasdaq Global Market since April 16,
2019.

Our web site address is http://www.brainsway.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this
Annual Report.

Our  capital  expenditures  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2022,  2021,  and  2020  were  approximately  $1.7  million,  $2.2  million  and  $2.5  million,
respectively.  Our  current  capital  expenditures  primarily  involve  purchase  of  equipment  and  system  components  in  both  Israel  and  the  United  States.  Our
research  and  development  costs  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2022,  2021,  and  2020  amounted  to  $7.7  million,  $6.3  million  and  $5.8  million,
respectively. These research and development costs primarily consisted of expenses incurred in connection with the development of our existing and future
indication  pipeline,  and  the  development  of  our  Deep  TMS  system.  We  expect  our  capital  expenditures  and  research  and  development  costs  to  remain
significant  as  we  continue  our  research  and  development  efforts  and  advance  our  existing  and  planned  clinical  pipeline,  in  the  United  States  and  other
strategic  markets.  We  anticipate  our  capital  expenditures  and  research  and  development  costs  in  2023  to  be  financed  from  our  existing  cash  and  cash
equivalents,  including  the  proceeds  from  the  follow-on  underwritten  public  offering  of  ADSs  closed  on  February  25,  2021.  For  the  near  future,  our
investments will mainly remain in the United States and Israel, where our operations and research and development facilities are currently located.

B.

Business Overview

BrainsWay  is  a  global  leader  in  advanced  noninvasive  neurostimulation  treatments  for  mental  health  disorders.  The  Company  is  boldly  advancing
neuroscience with its proprietary Deep Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation (Deep TMS™) platform technology to improve health and transform lives. We are
dedicated to leading through superior science and building on what we believe to be an unparalleled body of clinical evidence. We are the first and only TMS
company to obtain from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) three cleared indications backed by pivotal studies demonstrating clinically proven
efficacy. Current indications include major depressive disorder (MDD) (including reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious
depression), obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), and smoking addiction.

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have also received CE Mark for a variety of psychiatric and neurological indications. We are focused on increasing global awareness of and broad access
to Deep TMS. Deep TMS uses magnetic pulses to stimulate neurons and consequently modulates the physiological activity of the brain. Our technology can
either increase brain activity in neuronal networks which are hypoactive, or alternatively decrease brain activity in neuronal networks which are hyperactive.
Our  proprietary  electromagnetic  coils,  which  we  refer  to  as  H-Coils,  are  designed  to  safely  stimulate  deep  and  broad  brain  regions,  which  we  believe
provides an advantage over other available TMS products, which we refer to collectively as Traditional TMS, that generally use a “figure 8” design. In the
United  States,  we  sell  our  Deep  TMS  system  for  the  treatment  of  MDD  (including  reduction  of  comorbid  anxiety  symptoms,  commonly  referred  to  as
anxious  depression)  and  OCD  and  have  recently  began  marketing  our  products  for  the  treatment  of  smoking  addictions.  We  believe  that  our  Deep  TMS
technology  has  the  potential  to  be  safe  and  effective  for  the  treatment  of  a  wide  range  of  additional  psychiatric,  neurological,  and  addiction  disorders.
Additional clinical trials of Deep TMS in various psychiatric, neurological, and addiction disorders are underway or planned.

MDD is a common and debilitating mental disorder characterized by physiological symptoms, such as sleep disturbance and changes in appetite, emotional
symptoms,  such  as  sadness,  despair,  emptiness,  self-hate,  and  critique,  and  cognitive  symptoms,  such  as  difficulty  concentrating,  memory  dysfunction,
suicidal  thinking,  and  faulty  judgment  of  reality.  According  to  a  2018  study  cited  by  the  World  Health  Organization  (WHO),  depression  affects
approximately 300 million people worldwide, with the rate of depression increasing in developed countries. The U.S. National Institute of Mental Health
(NIMH)  estimates  that  21.0  million  individuals  in  the  United  States  suffer  from  a  major  depressive  episode  in  2020.  Based  on  2006-2007  data  from  the
Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D) study, we estimate that approximately 7 million adult MDD patients in the United States
are considered treatment-resistant (i.e., do not achieve remission after four trials of anti-depressant medication), of which we estimate that approximately 6.3
million or more are currently eligible to receive reimbursement for Deep TMS from either governmental or private insurers. Assuming a course of treatment
per patient of 33 treatment sessions and a price paid to us per treatment session of $70 (which is our benchmark price per treatment session), we believe our
total annual addressable market opportunity for MDD in the United States is approximately $14.6 billion.

Comorbid anxiety symptoms symptoms are common in patients with major depressive disorder. Between sixty and ninety percent of patients with depression
have  moderate  to  severe  anxiety.  In  the  United  States,  an  estimated  21.0  million  adults  experienced  at  least  one  major  depressive  episode  in  2020.
Considering the rate of comorbidity, we estimate that 12.6 to 18.9 million adults experience moderate to severe anxiety in addition to their primary diagnosis
of depression. Common anxiety symptoms include nervousness, feelings of panic, increased heart rate, rapid breathing, sweating, insomnia, trembling, and
difficulty focusing or thinking clearly. The economic burden in the United States for major depressive disorder totaled $326 billion per year between 2010
and 2018.

67

 
 
 
 
OCD is a common, chronic, and long-lasting disorder in which a person has uncontrollable, reoccurring thoughts (obsessions) and behaviors (compulsions)
that he or she feels the urge to repeat over and over in a manner that can interfere with all aspects of life, such as work, school, and personal relationships.
Based  on  data  from  the  NIMH,  we  estimate  that  approximately  3.1  million  adults  in  the  United  States  suffer  from  OCD  annually.  We  believe  that
approximately half of the patients (1.5 million) that have sought help would be considered treatment-resistant (i.e., not having achieved ≥30% improvement
of their symptoms from medications and psychotherapy). Assuming our emerging OCD coverage ultimately reaches target of 90% of adults in the United
States covered by private health insurance (as with MDD), and assuming a course of treatment per patient of 29 treatment sessions and a price paid to us per
treatment session of $70 (which is our benchmark price per treatment session), we believe our total addressable market opportunity for OCD in the United
States is approximately $2.7 billion.

Smoking  is  one  of  the  leading  causes  of  death  in  developed  countries.  The  addiction  to  nicotine,  similar  to  the  addiction  to  drugs  and  alcohol,  involves
modulation of the brain reward system and causes uncontrollable desire to smoke. 480,000 U.S. adults die from smoking each year. Cigarette smoking has
been  found  to  harm  nearly  every  organ  system  in  the  body  and  is  the  leading  cause  of  preventable  death  in  the  U.S.  and  of  disease  burden  worldwide
(Rostron, BL, Chang CM, Pechacek TF. Estimation of cigarette smoking-attributable morbidity in the United States, JAMA Intern Med. 2014;174(12):1922-
1928). According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), approximately 34 million U.S. adults smoked cigarettes, of which 68% stated
they want to quit and 55% actually attempted to quit in 2018. Of those attempting to quit, 5.4 million made a serious attempt to quit (i.e., using medication).
Only 15-20% of those making serious attempts to quit via medication were successful, leaving between approximately 4.3 and 4.6 million adults who made
serious  attempts  to  quit  via  medication  who  were  unsuccessful.  Reimbursement  is  not  currently  available  for  Deep  TMS  for  smoking  addiction,  and  it  is
therefore premature to assess the amount of money our customers might be able to collect from potential payors, and willing to pay us, for treatment for this
indication. That said, assuming a course of treatment per patient of 18 treatment sessions, and assuming an average price paid to us per treatment session of
$50, we believe our total annual addressable market opportunity for smoking addiction in the United States is approximately between $3.9 and $4.1 billion.

Our first commercial H1 Coil Deep TMS product received clearance from the FDA in 2013 for the treatment of MDD in adult patients who have failed to
achieve  satisfactory  improvement  from  anti-depressant  medication  in  the  current  episode.  Our  pivotal  trial  for  MDD  demonstrated  statistically  significant
response and remission rates of 38.4% and 32.6%, respectively, in week five of Deep TMS treatment of 20 minutes per session, compared to 21.4% and
14.6%, respectively, after sham treatment. Our Deep TMS system for MDD is currently marketed to and installed at psychiatrists’ offices and other facilities
principally in the United States and in certain other countries throughout the world.

68

 
 
 
 
Additionally, in April 2021, we received FDA clearance for a shorter 3-minute “Theta-Burst” protocol for our MDD treatment. In support of our successful
application to the FDA for this protocol, we submitted safety and efficacy data from 146 subjects who had received either the standard Deep TMS protocol or
Theta Burst Deep TMS. Clearance was obtained after it was demonstrated that subjects in both groups experienced a statistically and clinically meaningful
reduction in depression scores, and the results met the equivalence criteria needed for clearance of the shorter treatment. We believe that certain patients and
providers can benefit from these shorter treatment sessions and that this protocol has the potential to expand access to care by providing patients with added
flexibility in selecting courses of treatment that may fit better with their lifestyle.

In August 2021, the FDA cleared an expansion of our existing MDD clearance to include the noninvasive treatment of anxiety symptoms among subjects
with MDD, commonly referred to as anxious depression. In support of our application for this labeling expansion, we demonstrated statistically significant
results  from  three  randomized  controlled  trials  and  open  label  studies  which  found  favorable  outcomes  with  Deep  TMS  when  compared  to  sham  or
medication as a standard of care. The data from the three randomized controlled trials studies of Deep TMS demonstrated effect sizes ranging from 0.34
(when compared to sham) to 0.90 (when compared to medication).

Furthermore, in August 2022, based on a randomized, double-blind, controlled multicenter, non-inferiority study of our H1 and H7 Coils, the Company's
MDD clearance, which had previously applied to its H1 Coil, was extended to also apply to its H7 Coil. The Deep TMS H7 Coil had been previously cleared
for use in treating obsessive-compulsive disorder since 2018, and with this new clearance it can be marketed for the treatment of MDD (including anxious
depression).  The  FDA’s  grant  of  clearance  was  based  on  its  review  of  successful  results  from  a  randomized,  double-blind,  controlled  multicenter  trial
completed by the Company. The study, which included 144 subjects, found overall efficacy rates for the H7 Coil that were comparable to those achieved with
BrainsWay’s H1 Coil. With this clearance, there is no need to upgrade or add software to systems currently installed in the field.

Furthermore,  following  receipt  of  this  clearance,  a  publication  of  the  study  in  The  Journal  of  Clinical  Investigation  (JCI)  Insight  included  a  retrospective
analysis of the study results which identify preliminary predictors that could help optimize treatment based on individual patients’ attributes. This analysis
examined clinician rating scales and EEG data revealing intriguing differences between the patient treatment of the two coils. Categorizing patients according
to “clusters” of clinical depressive and anxiety baseline symptoms derived from a subset of the Hamilton Depression Rating Scale (HDRS-21) resulted in two
subject groups: One with higher severity of the cluster, which on average responded better to the H1 Coil, and another with lower severity of the cluster,
which on average responded better to the H7 Coil. This analysis also showed that brain activity measured during the first treatment session correlated with
the  clinical  outcomes  ultimately  achieved  after  the  full  course  of  treatment.  This  finding  suggests  that  specific  brain  patterns  observed  in  an  individual’s
response to either coil during the early stages of treatment might be predictive of the longer-term outcome of treatment with that coil.

69

 
 
 
 
 
We were the first medical device company to offer an FDA-authorized noninvasive treatment for OCD, the marketing authorization for which we received in
August 2018 as an adjunct therapy for adult patients suffering from OCD. Our pivotal trial for OCD demonstrated statistically significant response and partial
response rates of 38.1% and 54.8%, respectively, after six weeks of daily active Deep TMS treatment of 19 minutes per session, compared to 11.1% and
26.7%, respectively, after sham treatment. We remain the only company to have proven clinical efficacy for this indication based on a randomized, double-
blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter trial, and our competitors that have since obtained FDA clearance for this indication have done so in part relying on
our clinical data.

We are the first and only TMS company to offer an FDA-cleared treatment for smoking addiction, which also represents the first FDA clearance for any TMS
device in the addiction space. We received this clearance from the FDA in August 2020 for use of our Deep TMS system as an aid in short-term smoking
cessation in adults. Our pivotal trial for smoking addiction demonstrated statistically significant results, with a 28.4% Continuous Quit Rate (CQR) – defined
as abstinence from smoking for any 4-week period during the study – achieved among patients who completed the full course of therapy, compared with
11.7% of completers undergoing sham treatment.

We believe that Deep TMS represents a platform technology with the potential to treat a variety of other psychiatric, neurological and addiction disorders.
We are planning clinical trials in other areas, including neurological and/or addiction disorders.

Our current customers are principally doctors, hospitals, and medical centers in the field of psychiatry. Treatment with Deep TMS is typically performed as
an office-based procedure using our Deep TMS system, which consists of our proprietary H-Coil helmet, as well as several other components, including a
stimulator, cooling system, positioning arm and an operator interface. A course of treatment for MDD typically requires 20 treatment sessions five times a
week over a period of four weeks, and thereafter up to 24 additional maintenance-continuation sessions twice weekly over a period of up to 12 weeks. The
standard  Deep  TMS  treatment  protocol  for  OCD  requires  29  treatment  sessions  over  six  weeks.  A  course  of  treatment  for  smoking  addiction  typically
requires 18 treatment sessions, comprised of treatment five times a week over a period of three weeks, followed by treatment once per week for an additional
three weeks. Each standard MDD, OCD or smoking addiction session lasts 20 minutes, 19 minutes, and 18 minutes, respectively. For Deep TMS for MDD,
the  FDA  also  cleared  a  3  minute  “Theta  Burst”  treatment  protocol.  Patients  may  experience  some  discomfort  during  treatment  and  must  use  earplugs  to
reduce exposure to the loud sounds produced by the device. The treatment requires no anesthesia, hospitalization or sedation, and no systemic side effects are
associated with the therapy.

We estimate that over 90% of the total private insurer adult covered lives in the United States have coverage for reimbursement of MDD treatment with Deep
TMS.  In  addition,  our  MDD  treatment  (including  for  reduction  of  anxiety  symptoms,  commonly  referred  to  as  anxious  depression)  with  Deep  TMS  is
eligible for reimbursement from Medicare. Deep TMS treatment for MDD reimbursement coverage is generally available after between one and four failed
(inadequate  response  or  intolerable)  trials  of  anti-depressant  medications.  However,  there  is  an  increasing  trend  to  reduce  the  number  of  prior  failed
medication treatments required to qualify for coverage and thus to place Deep TMS for MDD earlier within the continuum of care. We are actively engaged
in efforts to work with payors to facilitate a continuation of this trend.

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
In  2021,  for  the  first  time,  several  payors  issued  policies  and  coverage  determinations  allowing  for  reimbursement  coverage  applicable  to  Deep  TMS  for
OCD, with over 90 million covered lives in the U.S. eligible for coverage as of March 2023. Positive coverage decisions for Deep TMS for OCD have been
issued by Centene Corporation (with 26 million covered lives), Health Care Service Corporation (HCSC) (with 17 million covered lives), TriCare (with 9.6
million  covered  lives),  Cigna  Corporation  (with  17  million  covered  lives),  Highmark  (with  6.8  million  covered  lives),  Premera  (with  2.6  million  covered
lives) and LifeWise (with 2.2 million covered lives). Additionally, one of the seven Medicare Administrative Contractors (MACs) in the US, Palmetto GBA,
has published its final Local Coverage Determination (LCD) in 2022 extending coverage applicable to Deep TMS treatment for OCD. While the criteria for
Deep TMS for OCD coverage varies with each payor, generally, coverage requires the failure of between two and four medication trials before qualifying for
reimbursement.  We  are  actively  engaged  in  efforts  to  facilitate  increased  coverage  for  OCD  treatment  by  more  payors,  including  both  commercial  and
governmental.

Reimbursement  is  not  yet  available  for  Deep  TMS  for  smoking  addiction;  however,  we  are  actively  communicating  our  FDA  clearance  and  evidence
outcomes to payors for future coverage consideration as our evidence and commercialization efforts for that indication progress, based on the novelty of the
technology, unmet clinical need, and the efficacy and safety profile of the treatment.

In  Israel,  in  June  2022,  for  the  first  time  the  Israeli  Ministry  of  Health  has  approved  coverage  applicable  to  our  Deep  TMS  system  for  the  treatment  of
depression. The inclusion of the treatment within Israel’s health basket of essential medical services means that the country’s health funds must now make the
treatment available to qualifying patients free of charge. Qualifying patients include adults over the age of 21 with depression who either have not responded
to  two  prior  antidepressants  or  are  intolerant  to  other  treatment  alternatives.  Coverage  may  be  provided  for  up  to  40  treatment  sessions,  which  are  to  be
administered in hospitals. Moreover, in Australia, in November 2021, for the first time, coverage applicable to Deep TMS for MDD was granted for adults
over the age of 18. Coverage in Australia is available for 35 treatment sessions.

The United States is our primary and most strategic market, representing approximately 75%,88%, and 88% of our revenues for the years ended December
31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. We operate in the United States through our wholly owned subsidiary, BrainsWay USA Inc, as a direct marketing and
sales channel, where we currently have existing sales, marketing, and support infrastructure. We generate revenue from various flexible pricing models that
are designed to maximize market penetration. For the year ended December 31, 2022, we generated revenues in the United States of $20.3 million, a decrease
of 22.2% as compared to $26.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021.

71

 
 
 
 
 
On a consolidated basis, we generated revenue from leasing, one of our two categories of activity of $11.0 million, $13.5 million and $13.6 million for the
years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Our revenue from sales, our other category of activity, of $16.2 million, $16.2 million and $8.5
million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Our Deep TMS Platform

Our proprietary Deep TMS technology is intended for noninvasive treatment of psychiatric, neurological, and addiction disorders. The system includes an H-
Coil  uniquely  designed  to  transmit  electric  current  flows  at  varying  rates,  creating  an  electromagnetic  field  that  serves  to  depolarize  cortical  neurons  and
activate neural networks in certain areas of the brain in accordance with the operating frequency, with the effect of treating the disorder associated with that
area of the brain. Our innovative technology is capable of stimulating deeper and broader regions of the brain than any other commercially available TMS
product.

We  have  developed  a  number  of  H-Coils  with  differing  configurations,  building  upon  our  technology  with  important  changes  for  each  coil.  For  different
regions of the brain which are known to be associated with specific brain disorders, we offer different H-Coils that are designed to influence the neurological
networks of those regions. For example, we have two H-Coils, targeting different brain regions, that may be used for MDD (including anxious depression),
one H-Coil used for OCD, and one H-Coil used for smoking addiction. Some of our H-Coils are also able to treat more than one indication. The H-Coils
transmit pulses which are generated by a power supply, known as a stimulator. We developed our own proprietary stimulator that is more advanced than our
previously  used  third-party  stimulator  and  improves  our  approved  Deep  TMS  systems  through  its  user-friendly  software  interface  and  other  features.  We
expanded our FDA clearances in MDD, OCD, and smoking addiction, which had previously applied to our older model systems with third-party stimulators,
to  also  include  current  systems  which  incorporate  our  proprietary  stimulator.  In  addition,  we  are  currently  developing  a  next  generation  multichannel
stimulator  allowing  for  simultaneous  modulation  of  different  areas  of  the  brain  with  independent  stimulation  parameters.  The  multichannel  device  will
include  patented  rotational  field  TMS,  where  two  coils  perpendicular  to  each  other  are  connected  to  two  channels  and  operated  with  a  phase  delay,  thus
inducing  a  rotating  electric  field  in  the  brain.  This  enables  stimulation  of  neurons  in  various  orientations,  in  contrast  to  currently  available TMS  devices
which  stimulate  only  neurons  parallel  to  the  induced  field.  The  next  generation  multichannel  device  will  potentially  enable  more  flexible  and  effective
treatment of various brain disorders, which we believe would make our Deep TMS systems even more attractive to clinicians, researchers and patients. We
believe such a system would be well-positioned for use in neurology indications.

Our Deep TMS system is comprised of the various key components, as illustrated below. Each system can accommodate two helmets, and a third helmet can
be incorporated using a separate auxiliary stand.

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
● Helmet, including proprietary H-Coil

● Stimulator, which provides the power supply and source of the Deep TMS electromagnetic field

● Graphic User Interface (GUI)

● One or More Arm(s)/Positioning Device(s)

● Cooling System

● Movable Medical Cart

We  believe  our  Deep  TMS  platform  has  many  advantages  relative  to  other  TMS  systems.  Our  H-Coil  is  a  flexible  device  encased  in  a  helmet  that  fits
securely around the patient’s head. This, together with the proprietary structure of our H-Coil, means that a much larger surface area of the head is in contact
with the H-Coil than would be in contact with a figure 8-style coil. Furthermore, if the patient moves his or her head, the helmet—and thus the H-Coil—
moves along with it, eliminating the need for features which prevent the patient from moving his or her head during therapy. In contrast, all other currently
available TMS products, which we refer to as Traditional TMS, generally utilize a variation of a figure 8 coil that is placed adjacent to the scalp of the patient
and needs to be specifically positioned and attached to the head in order to deliver focal stimulation of the desired area of the brain. Whereas some figure 8
coils are handheld by the operator, others are attached to an apparatus designed to minimize the ability of the patient to move the head away from the relevant
portion of the coil during therapy, which would prevent the patient from achieving the required stimulation. These features either alert the operator in the
event of a shift of the patient’s head away from the coil, or actually fasten the coil next to the patient’s head. In either case, only a small surface area on the
patient’s head is likely to come into contact with the figure 8 coil. Traditional TMS is limited to stimulating relatively narrower and shallower areas of the
brain, and the manual positioning of the figure 8 coil in Traditional TMS may cause inaccuracies in the region treated. Studies suggest that the figure 8 coil
misses the target in a substantial number of patients.

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A course of treatment for MDD typically requires 20 treatment sessions five times a week over a period of four weeks, and thereafter up to 24 additional
maintenance- continuation sessions twice weekly over a period of up to 12 weeks. The standard Deep TMS treatment protocol for OCD requires 29 treatment
sessions over six weeks. The clearance for this indication is categorized as an adjunct therapy, which means that it should be administered in conjunction
with other first-line therapies and/or medications, as determined in the independent medical judgment of the treating healthcare professional on a case-by-
case basis. A course of treatment for smoking addiction typically requires 18 treatment sessions, comprised of treatment five times a week over a period of
three weeks, followed by treatment once per week for an additional three weeks. A standard MDD, OCD or smoking addiction session lasts 20, 19 and 18
minutes,  respectively.  For  Deep  TMS  for  MDD,  the  FDA  also  recently  cleared  a  3  minute  “Theta  Burst”  treatment  protocol.  The  protocols  for  OCD  and
smoking  addiction  also  require  a  short  provocation  procedure  (i.e.,  triggering  of  OCD  or  smoking  symptoms,  as  relevant),  to  ensure  that  Deep  TMS  is
calibrated to treat the particular needs of the patient, which is then followed by a Deep TMS session. The treatments are typically office-based procedures
performed  in  private  clinics,  hospitals,  universities,  and  other  medical  centers.  As  with  Traditional  TMS,  Deep  TMS  is  contraindicated  for  patients  with
metallic  objects  or  implanted  stimulator  devices  in  or  near  the  head,  including  cochlear  implants,  deep  brain  stimulators,  other  implanted  electrodes  or
stimulators, aneurysm clips or coils, stents, bullet fragments, jewelry, and hair barrettes. During treatment, the patient must use earplugs to reduce exposure to
the loud sounds produced by the device.

We believe that Deep TMS has additional advantages over Traditional TMS because it is capable of stimulating deeper and broader areas of the brain. Studies
have shown that while Traditional TMS devices create an electromagnetic field estimated to penetrate the cortical surface of the brain up to depths in the
range  of  0.7  centimeters  to  1.0  centimeters,  Deep  TMS  creates  a  magnetic  field  with  a  slower  and  more  gradual  deterioration  that  reaches  depths  of
approximately 1.5 to 2 centimeters for BrainsWay’s H-Coils. Studies have also shown that BrainsWay’s H1 Coil has the capacity for total stimulated brain
volume of 17 cm3 compared to 3 cm3 for the figure 8 coil used in Traditional TMS. We believe this deeper and broader penetration of Deep TMS provides
an advantage over Traditional TMS because of its potential to address a wider variety of brain disorders, and for a given disorder, to stimulate more relevant
brain structures.

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
The training for operation of a Deep TMS system is relatively simple and generally requires a day of training which includes classroom lectures as well as a
number  of  hours  of  practice  providing  treatment.  The  OCD  and  smoking  training  protocols,  respectively,  also  include  tailored  provocation  procedures
tailored to provoke the specific obsessions, compulsions, or addictions, as relevant, of the subject.

Competitive Strengths

● Deep TMS technology has advantages over Traditional TMS

We believe that Deep TMS, with our proprietary H-Coil design, allows for deeper and broader penetration of regions of the brain compared to Traditional
TMS,  permitting  Deep  TMS  to  address  a  wider  variety  of  psychiatric,  neurological,  and  addiction  disorders.  We  believe  that  this  deeper  and  broader
penetration provides us with the opportunity to address more indications with potentially greater clinical efficiency because Deep TMS stimulates a larger
portion of the brain and is less sensitive to coil orientation and position during treatment. In addition, Deep TMS is administered at stimulation levels that we
believe are as safe and tolerable as Traditional TMS.

● We have obtained FDA marketing authorizations of Deep TMS for MDD (including anxious depression), OCD, and smoking addiction

We  are  the  only  manufacturer  of  a  TMS  device  to  have  been  cleared  by  the  FDA  for  three  indications  based  on  clinically  proven  efficacy  which  was
demonstrated in pivotal studies conducted on the device: MDD, for which our H1 Coil device was cleared by the FDA in 2013, (and which clearance was
expanded in August 2021 to include reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, or anxious depression) and for which our H7 Coil received 510(k) clearance
from  the  FDA  in  August  2022;  OCD,  for  which  our  device  was  classified  by  FDA  as  a  Class  II  device  in  a  de  novo  classification  in  August  2018;  and
smoking addiction, for which our device was cleared for short term treatment in August 2020. For MDD (including anxious depression), we are one of only
two TMS companies that have performed clinical studies supporting an FDA clearance. For OCD, we are the only company to have received such clearance
based on clinical data from a pivotal study on the device. We remain the only company to have proven clinical efficacy for OCD based on a randomized,
double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter trial, while other competitors that have since obtained FDA clearance for this indication, have done so in part
relying  on  our  clinical  data.  For  smoking  addiction,  and  indeed  addictions  generally,  we  are  the  first  and  only  TMS  company  to  have  received  FDA
clearance.

● Our clinical data supports the efficacy and safety of Deep TMS

We believe that our clinical data supports the efficacy and safety of Deep TMS, which could accelerate its market acceptance by clinicians. Our pivotal trial
for MDD demonstrated statistically significant response and remission rates of 38.4% and 32.6%, respectively, in week five of Deep TMS treatment of 20
minutes  per  session,  compared  to  21.4%  and  14.6%,  respectively,  after  sham  treatment.  Our  pivotal  trial  for  OCD  demonstrated  statistically  significant
response  and  partial  response  rates  of  38.1%  and  54.8%,  respectively,  after  six  weeks  of  daily  active  Deep  TMS  treatment  of  19  minutes  per  session,
compared to 11.1% and 26.7%, respectively, after sham treatment. Post-marketing data on Deep TMS for OCD published in 2021 found that 58.4% of those
who completed 29 sessions achieved response, and 73% of patients, including those who did and did not complete the full course of therapy, demonstrated
response  at  least  once  prior  to  the  conclusion  of  treatment.  Our  pivotal  trial  for  smoking  addiction  demonstrated  a  statistically  significant  difference  in
reaching  the  Continuous  Quit  Rate  (CQR),  defined  as  4  weeks  of  continuous  abstinence  from  smoking  at  any  point  during  the  study.  Among  the  168
participants in the study who completed three weeks of Deep TMS or sham treatment, plus the mandatory additional three weeks of follow-up (reaching the
six-week endpoint), the CQR was 28.4% in the treatment group, compared to 11.7% in the sham group (p=0.007). Overall, Deep TMS treatment was safe
and well-tolerated by patients in these trials.

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With respect to our MDD labeling expansion which now includes anxious depression, data from 573 patients who had undergone Deep TMS treatment in 11
studies,  including  both  randomized  controlled  trials  (RCT)  and  open-label  studies,  which  was  submitted  by  us  in  support  of  our  application  to  the  FDA,
demonstrated a treatment effect that was consistent, robust, and clinically meaningful for decreasing anxiety symptoms in adult patients suffering from major
depressive  disorder.  An  analysis  of  our  data  found  favorable  outcomes  with  Deep  TMS  when  compared  to  sham  or  medication  as  standard  of  care.  For
example,  using  the  Cohen’s  d  statistical  method,  data  from  the  3  randomized  studies  of  Deep  TMS  demonstrated  effect  sizes  ranging  from  0.34  (when
compared to sham) to 0.90 (when compared to medication). As a reference, published articles from approximately 16,000 subjects in over 70 studies of drug-
based anxiety treatments – including studies of standard-of-care medications frequently prescribed for patients suffering from anxious depression and general
anxiety disorder – report effect sizes ranging from 0.2 – 0.37.

● We have a commercial track record for MDD and OCD

● We  have  an  established  commercial  footprint  in  the  United  States  for  Deep  TMS  for  MDD,  including  our  own  sales,  marketing,  and  support
employees.  We  estimate  that  over  90%  of  total  private  insurer  covered  lives  in  the  United  States  have  coverage  for  reimbursement  of  MDD
treatment  with  Deep  TMS.  In  addition,  our  MDD  treatment  with  Deep  TMS  is  eligible  for  reimbursement  from  all  Medicare  Administrative
Contractors (MACs), and our OCD treatment is currently covered by one of the seven MACs. We are also currently selling Deep TMS for MDD in
Canada,  Europe,  Asia,  India,  Israel,  the  United  Arab  Emirates,  Australia,  and  certain  other  countries.  We  received  reimbursement  coverage
applicable to Deep TMS in Australia in November 2021 and in Israel in June 2022. We are also increasing our commercialization efforts for Deep
TMS for OCD. Our installed base of Deep TMS systems for MDD facilitates faster expansion into OCD because clinicians who already have a
Deep TMS system only need to lease or purchase an add-on arm and helmet to the existing system. In 2021, for the first time, several payors issued
policies and coverage determinations allowing for reimbursement coverage applicable to Deep TMS for OCD, with over 90 million covered lives in
the U.S. eligible for coverage as of March 2023. Positive coverage decisions for Deep TMS for OCD have been issued by Centene Corporation
(with 26 million covered lives), Health Care Service Corporation (HCSC) (with 17 million covered lives), TriCare (with 9.6 million covered lives),
Cigna  Corporation  (with  17  million  covered  lives),  Highmark  (with  6.8  million  covered  lives),  Premera  (with  2.6  million  covered  lives)  and
LifeWise (with 2.2 million covered lives). Additionally, one of the seven Medicare Administrative Contractors (MACs) in the US, Palmetto GBA,
published a final Local Coverage Determination (LCD) in 2022 extending coverage applicable to Deep TMS for OCD. While the criteria for this
emerging Deep TMS for OCD coverage varies with each payor, generally, coverage requires the failure of between two and four medication trials
before  qualifying  for  reimbursement.  We  are  actively  engaged  in  efforts  to  facilitate  increased  coverage  for  OCD  treatment  by  more  payors,
including both commercial and governmental. After the receipt of FDA clearance for our Deep TMS product for smoking addiction, we initiated a
clinical data collection effort to facilitate a long term commercial plan for this product.

76

 
 
 
 
● Our flexible pricing models are designed to achieve market penetration

We market our products utilizing two basic pricing models: (i) a fixed-fee lease model enabling unlimited use; and (ii) a sales or purchase model. We also
offer  and/or  are  considering  offering  a  pay  per  use  model  to  certain  customers  in  certain  territories.  Warranty  and  support  are  either  included  (in  varying
degrees and for varying periods) or may be purchased as part of all pricing models. Additional potential revenues may be derived from extended warranty
fees  paid  for  the  system  for  service  coverage  beyond  the  standard  included  warranty  period,  and  from  variable  or  usage  fees  based  on  the  number  of
treatments performed with the system. We are also able to leverage our platform technology, which includes the ability to treat multiple indications using
different H-coil helmets, to facilitate transactions utilizing combined pricing models often involving a single system with one or more add-on helmets. We
believe that our different pricing models offer flexibility and allow for increased market acceptance among clinics and psychiatric professionals. Based on
our  commercial  data,  and  depending  on  insurer  reimbursement  rates,  we  believe  our  psychiatrist  customers  for  MDD  systems  can  generate  up  to
approximately  $10,000  of  gross  revenues  per  patient,  and  in  some  cases  more,  for  a  course  of  treatment  using  our  system.  While  OCD  coverage  is  still
emerging, we believe that our customers can generate up to approximately $8,800 of gross revenues per OCD patient.

● Deep TMS has potential application to a range of psychiatric, neurological, and addiction disorders

Our clinical studies, including various feasibility studies, suggest that our Deep TMS system has the potential to serve as a platform technology that can
address a potentially wide variety of other psychiatric, neurological, and addiction disorders by using the appropriate H-Coil structure for different targeted
brain regions. We are the first and only TMS company to obtain from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) three cleared indications backed by
pivotal studies demonstrating clinically proven efficacy. Current indications include MDD (including reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, commonly
referred to as anxious depression), obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), and smoking addiction. Moreover, in August 2021, we received 510(k) clearance
from the FDA expanding our MDD indication to also include treatment of depressed patients for the reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms (commonly
referred to as anxious depression). In 2021 we also received a clearance for a shortened three-minute depression protocol and a labeling expansion for
anxious depression through subsequent 510(k) clearances. In 2022, the FDA extended the clearance of our H7 Coil to include the treatment of MDD
(including anxious depression). Our shortened three-minute depression protocol, however, continues only to apply for our H1 Coil.

77

 
 
 
 
 
Beyond our existing indications, we are also considering further clinical trials in other neurological and/or addiction areas.

Our Strategy

We are currently focused on expanding the commercialization of Deep TMS with respect to MDD, OCD and smoking addiction. In September 2021, we
received a 510(k) clearance from the FDA for expansion of our Deep TMS MDD treatment also to include treatment for reduction of anxiety symptoms,
commonly referred to as anxious depression. In August 2022, we received FDA-clearance for treating anxious depression with our H7 Coil, which had been
previously cleared for treating OCD. In addition, we are actively engaged in research for other potential applications for Deep TMS for patients suffering
from  neurological  conditions  and  addictions.  For  each  potential  indication,  we  assess  and  evaluate  our  technology’s  efficacy,  safety,  patent  status,  market
potential,  and  development  and  regulatory  pathways.  Our  systematic  approach  to  evaluating  and  developing  applications  for  Deep  TMS  allows  us  to
continually build upon our clinical pipeline, and advance those applications with the greatest clinical effect and revenue potential. We also plan to advance
other technological innovations in the neuromodulation space for the improvement of our products. For example, we are currently developing a multichannel
stimulator  allowing  for  simultaneous  modulation  of  different  areas  of  the  brain  (including  patented  rotational  field  technology  enabling  stimulation  of
neurons in various orientations), as well as pursuing personalized treatment solutions allowing for providers to customize ideal treatment approaches for each
patient.

Specific elements of our strategy include the following:

● Increase the full-scale commercialization of Deep TMS for MDD, OCD and smoking addiction

We are continuing to scale up our commercialization of Deep TMS for MDD as we seek to further penetrate the MDD market, including since September
2021 FDA- cleared treatment to anxious depression and the August 2022 cleared H7 Coil for such treatment. We continue to focus our principal commercial
activity on the U.S. market in light of the market size and wide range of insurance coverage. In addition, we continue our full-scale commercialization of
Deep TMS for OCD, which is first noninvasive medical device FDA-authorized for the treatment of OCD, with reimbursement coverage for this indication
obtained during 2021 and 2022 from payors covering over 90 million covered lives in the United States, including by a Medicare Administrative Contractor
(MAC) which recently issued a final Local Coverage Determination (LCD) approving coverage applicable to our Deep TMS for OCD. After the receipt of
FDA clearance for our products for smoking addiction, the Company initiated a clinical data collection effort to facilitate and support the long term viability
of the commercial plan for this product.

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● Pursue additional indications and technological innovations for Deep TMS

We are considering expanding the application to other areas as well including - neurological and/or addiction disorders. We intend to progress these plans
ourselves  and  through  our  relationships  with  third-party  researchers  and  clinical  institutions  in  conducting  clinical  trials  for  additional  psychiatric,
neurological, and addiction disorders. With this approach, we address psychiatric, neurological, and addiction disorders that we believe present some of the
most promising market opportunities for Deep TMS.

● Expand reimbursement coverage for Deep TMS for OCD, smoking addiction and other approved indications in the future

A  key  prerequisite  to  the  successful  market  acceptance  of  Deep  TMS  is  securing  sufficient  insurance/third-party  payor  coverage.  The  scope  and  level  of
coverage are also key factors in our ability to penetrate the market and to expand further use of our Deep TMS system by healthcare providers and facilities
for the benefit of the larger patient population. Our MDD treatment with Deep TMS is widely eligible for reimbursement, including from Medicare, subject
to the satisfaction of certain clinical criteria. We aim to achieve similar levels of reimbursement for Deep TMS for OCD. We also aim to secure coverage in
various jurisdictions outside of the United States, for example in 2021 and in 2022, favorable coverage decisions applicable to TMS for MDD were issued in
Australia and Israel, respectively. The Company has also begun efforts to obtain reimbursement for smoking addiction, which we believe will be a key factor
in the long term success of this indication.

● Develop innovative enhancements and features for our Deep TMS systems.

We continue to develop innovative enhancements and features for our Deep TMS systems to expand the applicability of Deep TMS to additional indications
and improve the capabilities of the systems for approved indications. For example, in December 2021 we displayed a future version of the platform that will
serve as the basis for our next generation Deep TMS system, which incorporated a novel multichannel stimulator designed to target multiple brain regions
simultaneously with independent stimulation parameters, thus enabling more flexible and effective treatment of various brain disorders. These developments
include the novel technology of rotational field TMS which involves the operation of two orthogonal coils to induce a rotating field in the brain. This method
can  stimulate  neurons  in  various  orientations,  and  we  believe  may  potentially  increase  the  efficacy  of  our  technology  in  various  applications.  We  further
believe  these  enhancements  hold  the  potential  to  make  Deep  TMS  even  more  efficient  for  clinicians,  researchers,  and  patients,  and  may  serve  to  better
position its use in neurology.

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● Increase our international commercial footprint

We  are  working  to  expand  our  existing  commercial  footprint  in  Europe,  Asia,  Latin  America,  Australia,  and  Israel,  and  pursue  commercialization  in
additional markets. We currently have exclusive distribution agreements in various territories, including, notably, Japan, South Korea, Taiwan, Thailand, the
Philippines, and the United Arab Emirates. In Israel, we directly distribute to our customers.

We  obtained  regulatory  approval  with  the  Pharmaceuticals  and  Medical  Devices  Agency  (PMDA)  in  Japan,  which  is  a  precondition  to  receiving
reimbursement coverage under the Japanese National Health Insurance Plan. We are working through our Japanese distributor with the relevant bodies in
Japan to update the local society guidelines to include Deep TMS in order to obtain such coverage.

Deep TMS for MDD

Disease Overview

MDD is a common and debilitating mental disorder characterized by physiological symptoms, such as sleep disturbance and changes in appetite, emotional
symptoms,  such  as  sadness,  despair,  emptiness,  self-hate  and  critique,  and  cognitive  symptoms,  such  as  difficulty  concentrating,  memory  dysfunction,
suicidal  thinking,  and  faulty  judgment  of  reality.  MDD  is  expressed  differently,  and  in  different  intensities,  among  patients,  and  significantly  impacts  the
functioning in all aspects of life. Patients are often not diagnosed due to low levels of awareness of the disease and its symptoms by the patient and the family
doctor involved, or due to prejudice related to psychotherapy. In order to be diagnosed with MDD, a patient must display symptoms that are present most of
the day, nearly every day, for at least two weeks. A diagnosis of MDD is established by clinical interview, and an assessment of whether a patient reports a
collection of the relevant symptoms.

MDD is a recurrent disease and follows a fluctuating course over an individual’s lifetime, with periods of remission and relapse. If an initial episode of MDD
is resolved, the return of depressive symptoms during the first nine months thereafter is referred to as a relapse of the illness and is generally considered to be
part of the same depressive episode. When depressive symptoms return more than 12 months after the initial episode of MDD is resolved, it is considered to
be a recurrence of the illness and is deemed a new and distinct episode. A response to treatment is commonly measured as a clinically significant decrease in
symptoms  on  a  standardized  rating  scale  from  baseline  scores.  When  a  patient  shows  no  or  nearly  no  symptoms,  the  patient  is  referred  to  as  being  in
remission. Experiencing one episode of MDD places an individual at an estimated 50% risk of experiencing an additional episode of MDD. Approximately
80% of those individuals who have experienced two episodes of MDD will experience an additional episode.

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In people with MDD, the complex system of neuronal communication does not function properly. One of the most important discoveries in neuroscience has
been the recognition that improper regulation of one or more of the three major neurotransmitters, serotonin, norepinephrine, and dopamine, plays a key role
in a patient’s depression. This understanding has guided psychiatric drug development and the treatment of depression for more than three decades by placing
a  major  focus  on  targeting  chemically-  based  mechanisms.  The  relatively  recent  introduction  of  TMS  as  a  targeted,  circuit-based  treatment  option  has
reintroduced the importance of electrical mechanisms in restoring proper function to neuronal pathways to treat depression.

Market Information

According  to  the  WHO,  an  estimated  280  million  people  worldwide  including  21.0  million  individuals  in  the  United  States  develop  a  major  depressive
episode within a given year. We estimate that there are 69 million depression patients in India, 71 million in China, 37 million in Europe, and 6 million in
Japan. MDD is one of the most prevalent mental illnesses across all demographics. According to the Clinical Psychology Review, MDD follows a chronic
course of repeated bouts of remission and recurrence in about 50% of people affected. The chronic nature of MDD makes it the leading cause of years lost to
disability in the world, and MDD patients are more likely to commit suicide. According to the American Journal of Psychiatry, roughly 2% of MDD patients
treated as outpatients, and 4% of those hospitalized because of their condition, commit suicide. In addition, studies suggest that some patients exhibit a higher
mortality rate even after controlling for suicide. Due to the prevalence and severity of MDD, the treatment of the disorder is a pressing concern for mental
health professionals.

We  focus  on  the  population  segment  for  whom  conventional  treatment  (medicinal  and/or  psychotherapy)  of  MDD  has  not  provided  the  required  clinical
response, as patients who are treatment-resistant and are entitled to reimbursement for Deep TMS treatment. It is customary to assess that approximately half
of the sufferers from the illness do not respond to the first medicinal treatment, and that one-third do not find conventional solutions to their suffering at all.
In addition, even among patients who receive medicinal treatment that is found effective, many suffer from severe side effects that cause them to abandon the
treatment and be left with their depressive condition. We aim to meet the enormous need of these groups of treatment-resistant patients and provide effective,
non-medicinal treatment which is not accompanied by the systemic side effects of the medication on the one hand and the electroconvulsive therapy (ECT)
treatments on the other hand (such as damage to memory).

Treatment Options for MDD

Treatment  for  patients  diagnosed  with  MDD  varies  by  disease  severity.  For  patients  with  mild  to  moderate  depression,  first  line  treatment  is  usually
psychotherapy  (the  treatment  of  mental  disorders  by  psychological  means),  especially  if  the  patient  is  able  to  identify  particular  stressors  or  sources  of
depressive symptoms. For some of these patients, pharmacotherapy (anti-depressant medication) may be used to supplement psychotherapy. For patients with
moderate depression, pharmacotherapy with or without psychotherapy is the recommended initial treatment. TMS is a second line therapy for the treatment
of a patient who has failed to achieve satisfactory improvement from prior pharmacotherapy. For patients with severe depression and later stage treatment,
somatic treatments such as ECT may be an option.

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  central  group  of  anti-depressant  medicines  is  the  selective  serotonin  reuptake  inhibitors  (SSRI)  and  selective  serotonin  and  norepinephrine  reuptake
(SNR).

A  significant  systematic  review  of  the  existing  evidence  linking  serotonin  levels  to  depression  was  published  in  Nature  in  July  of  2022.  The  review
concluded that "[t]he main areas of serotonin research provide no consistent evidence of there being an association between serotonin and depression, and no
support  for  the  hypothesis  that  depression  is  caused  by  lowered  serotonin  activity  or  concentrations."  The  review,  however,  did  not  refute  the  body  of
evidence  showing  that  randomized  clinical  trials  (RCTs)  comparing  SSRIs  to  placebo  have  consistently  demonstrated  statistical  significance  in  reducing
depression. As such, there has not been an appreciable change in prescribing patterns. Thus, SSRIs are effective for some patients in treating depression, but
there is a gap in understanding as to why.

Drug side effects play a decisive role in treatment selection and modification, as each class of drugs is associated with a host of side effects, some more
severe  or  more  common  than  others.  The  most  common  side  effects  include  gastrointestinal  symptoms,  sedation,  insomnia,  weight  changes,  sexual
dysfunction, nervousness, sleep disruption, nausea, headaches, and cardiovascular or neurological effects. Side effects may also cause patients not to adhere
to  the  treatment  or  to  abandon  it.  On  initiation  of  anti-depressant  pharmacotherapy,  close  monitoring  for  response  to  treatment  and  development  of  side
effects is essential. Recently, in August 2022, the FDA has approved AUVELITY (dextromethorphan HBr -bupropion HCl) extended-release tablets for the
treatment of major depressive disorder (MDD) in adults. AUVELITY is the first and only oral N-methyl D-aspartate (NMDA) receptor antagonist approved
for the treatment of MDD.

The limitations of anti-depressant medications in MDD treatment were demonstrated in the STAR*D study, a large clinical trial funded by the NIMH that
enrolled more than 4,000 adult MDD patients at 41 clinical sites to examine the outcomes to a sequenced series of anti-depressant medication attempts that
mimicked best practices. In the study, only 36.8% and 30.6% of patients achieved remission in their first and second medication attempts, respectively. In
addition, 30-40% of MDD patients did not experience a meaningful response to anti-depressant medication. An analysis conducted in 2020 which was based
on  the  STAR*D  study  further  reinforced  the  limitations  of  anti-depressant  medications  in  MDD  treatment,  finding  that  only  21%  of  patients  achieve
remission with medication and that 58% achieved no meaningful benefit with a second step switch to a monoaminergic antidepressant. This means that there
is still a significant number of patients who could benefit from an alternative treatment such as Deep TMS.

Side effects are one of the most commonly cited reasons for patients terminating the use of anti-depressants. The most troubling side effects resulting from
long-term  antidepressant  use  are  insomnia,  weight  gain,  gastrointestinal  issues,  and  sexual  dysfunction.  In  addition,  correlation  was  discovered  between
consumption  of  SSRI  medications  and  actualization  of  suicidal  thoughts  in  youth,  and  some  SSRI  group  medicines  require  strict  diets  and  medical
supervision. The most common side effects of the recently approved NMDA treatment include dizziness, headache, diarrhea, somnolence, dry mouth, sexual
dysfunction, and hyperhidrosis.

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
TMS has been used as an antidepressant therapy since 2008. Currently, TMS for MDD is generally recommended for treatment-resistant MDD patients. Until
recently  payors  typically  required  that  patients  fail  multiple  antidepressant  medications  prior  to  receiving  TMS;  however,  there  has  been  a  trend  which
continued  over  the  past  year  to  reduce  the  number  of  required  failures  to  one  or  two  medication  failures  before  qualifying  for  TMS.  Based  on  research
showing that TMS is effective in treating depressive symptoms in patients earlier within the continuum of care, many payors have now reduced the number
of prior failed medication trials needed to qualify for Deep TMS for MDD. Specifically, about 90 million covered lives in the US with commercial coverage
now qualify for Deep TMS for MDD after two to three failed medication trials, and approximately 42 million lives in the US with Medicare reimbursement
coverage qualify after just one to two failed medication trials. For many patients, the side effects associated with pharmacological treatments for depression
are  a  primary  reason  underlying  low  compliance  and,  subsequently,  low  efficacy  of  treatment.  For  TMS,  however,  no  significant  side  effects  have  been
observed, other than mild headaches for a short period of up to a few hours after the treatment, and rare instances of short seizures. The few side effects
associated with TMS treatment is considered one of its main advantages. The most common side effect of Deep TMS treatment is short-lasting mild pain or
discomfort around the site of coil application. This side effect usually only lasts during the first week of treatment. Other adverse reaction reactions such as
jaw and face pain, muscle pain, spasm or twitching, and neck pain were reported as mild or moderate and were also resolved shortly after treatment, as well
as seizures in certain patients. The less severe side effects associated with Deep TMS make it an attractive option for patients.

Alternatives to pharmacological and TMS-based treatments include ECT, vagal nerve stimulation (VNS), and deep brain stimulation (DBS). ECT, the main
psychotherapy alternative to TMS, is a therapy in which patients are administered brief electric currents through the brain. ECT is a noninvasive treatment
carried out by a doctor under full anesthesia and muscle relaxant medicines, and patients often undergo partial hospitalization with recovery time lasting from
hours to even days. While fewer treatment sessions are required (6-12 sessions) compared to TMS (20-30 sessions), each session lasts approximately an hour
compared to the Deep TMS sessions that are typically about 20 minutes each. While ECT has high proven efficacy (70-75%) for patients with MDD, ECT’s
potential for serious side effects, as well as negative stereotypes surrounding the treatment, often cause patients to be reluctant to undergo ECT. ECT affects
the entire brain, including parts which do not need treatment, and may cause permanent cognitive damage, including memory loss. ECT may have significant
and relatively severe side effects, the most common of which are cognitive and memory loss, changes in blood pressure, muscle pains, nausea, changes in
mood,  headaches,  and  pain  or  discomfort.  ECT  is  currently  approved  for  treatment-resistant  depression,  severe  mania,  schizophrenia,  bipolar  disorder,
aggression or agitation in patients with dementia, and catatonia. It is provided usually in cases of severe MDD, where medicinal treatment is ineffective or
impossible and in instances where the depression constitutes a risk to the life of the patient.

VNS and DBS are invasive therapies that can have serious side effects. Both involve implanted devices, which require surgery. In DBS, two electrodes are
surgically implanted in the brain and a pulse generator is implanted into the patient’s chest. The electrodes produce electrical impulses that can regulate the
electrical activity of the brain. In VNS, a pulse generator is implanted on the upper left side of the chest to stimulate the vagus nerve. VNS and DBS include
surgical related risks, such as infection or local damage to the recurrent laryngeal nerve, which may lead to permanent voice alteration.

83

 
 
 
 
Prescription  Digital  Therapeutics,  or  PDTs,  are  a  new  therapeutic  class  of  products  designed  to  directly  treat  diseases  with  software.  Certain  PDTs  are
prescribed by healthcare providers after evaluation by the FDA for safety and efficacy testing via randomized clinical trials. Digital therapeutic companies,
such as Pear Therapeutics, Inc., offer and/or are exploring products across a variety of therapeutic areas including substance abuse, insomnia, and depression.
These products can also include cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) techniques designed to improve disease outcomes.

Deep TMS for MDD—Our Clinical Trials

Phase III Trial Measuring Efficacy and Safety of Deep TMS

We completed a Phase III trial at 20 different sites in the United States, Canada, Israel, and Germany to test the efficacy and safety of using Deep TMS to
treat MDD between 2009 and 2013. The therapeutic effect was clinically meaningful in both patients who failed one to two medications and patients who
failed three or more medications, indicating that Deep TMS is effective in an even more treatment-resistant population.

Based on these results, we filed a 510(k) application to the FDA for Deep TMS using BrainsWay’s H1 Coil. In 2013, the FDA cleared Deep TMS for the
treatment of MDD in adult patients who have failed to achieve satisfactory improvement from previous anti-depressant medication treatment in the current
episode.

(a)Trial Design

This randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter trial investigated the efficacy and safety of Deep TMS in 212 treatment-resistant adult MDD
patients.  Enrolled  subjects  were  randomized  in  a  1:1  ratio  to  undergo  either  monotherapy  with  active  Deep  TMS  or  with  a  sham.  For  active  Deep  TMS
treatment, BrainsWay’s H-Coils was used at 120% stimulation intensity and a frequency of 18 Hz.

The trial was designed with three phases. The first phase was a wash-out phase in which patients slowly stopped any anti-depressants, mood stabilizers, or
antipsychotics  that  they  were  previously  taking.  This  phase  lasted  one  to  two  weeks.  The  second  phase  was  a  four-week  acute  treatment  phase  in  which
patients received daily treatment with Deep TMS or a sham. The treatments were administered in a five-day sequence each week during the second phase.
Measurements in respect of this phase were taken in week five. The final phase was a 12-week maintenance-continuation phase in which patients received
two treatments per week of Deep TMS or a sham. Measurements in respect of the final phase were taken in week 16.

The  primary  efficacy  endpoint  was  a  change  in  the  21-question  Hamilton  Depression  Rating  Scale  (HDRS)  at  week  five  (following  the  end  of  the  acute
treatment phase). The secondary efficacy endpoints were response and remission rates at week five. Response was defined as a reduction of at least 50%
from baseline HDRS score. Remission was defined as a total HDRS score of less than 10. Tertiary efficacy endpoints included a change in HDRS score from
baseline  to  week  16  and  the  response  and  remission  rates  at  week  16.  Safety  was  assessed  at  every  treatment  and  additional  safety  evaluations  included
auditory threshold tests and cognitive evaluations.

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inclusion and exclusion criteria required patients to meet the following criteria:

● Antidepressant medication-free (following washout period)

● Failure to respond to one to four antidepressant trials or not tolerant of at least two antidepressant treatments in the current episode

● Diagnosed with MDD with a single or recurrent episode

● Duration of current episode must be at least one month but less than seven years

● Score of at least four on the Clinical Global Impression Severity of Illness (CGI-S)

● Score of at least 20 on the HDRS

● No current (or within past year) diagnosis of other Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-IV) Axis I disorders (e.g., PTSD,

OCD, other mood disorders, eating disorders, psychotic disorders, or dissociative disorders)

● No history or increased risk of seizures

During  analysis,  the  study  results  were  analyzed  in  two  separate  groups:  the  intention-to-treat  (ITT)  and  per-protocol  (PP)  analysis  sets.  The  ITT  group
included all subjects who met the eligibility criteria and received at least one Deep TMS treatment. Some of these patients, however, were not administered
the treatment at the specified stimulation intensity of 120%. The PP patients included all subjects from the ITT group who received the protocol-specified
treatment and stimulation intensity. Baseline demographic, clinical and safety assessments were performed on the ITT analysis set. Primary efficacy analysis
was performed only on the PP group.

85

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
(b)   Trial Results

The primary efficacy endpoint was a change in the HDRS total score from baseline through week five. The change was measured as the slope of a graph of
time point versus HDRS score. The estimated slope for the Deep TMS treatment group was −6.39 while the estimated slope for the sham treatment group
was −3.28. The difference between groups was statistically significant (p = 0.008) for the PP group.

The secondary efficacy endpoints were response and remission rates through week five. As shown in Figure 1, response rates were 38.4% at week five for
the Deep TMS group and 21.4% at the same time point for the sham group. Remission rates were 32.6% for the Deep TMS group and 14.6% for the sham
group. The difference between groups was statistically significant for both response and remission rates (p = 0.0138 and p = 0.0051, respectively).

The  tertiary  efficacy  endpoints  were  changes  in  HDRS  scores,  response,  and  remission  rates  at  week  16  compared  to  baseline  (see  Figure  1  below).  The
difference in slope between Deep TMS and sham groups was 2.47, which was statistically significant (p = 0.0259). Additionally, the response rates at week
16 were 44.3% for the Deep TMS group and 25.6% for the sham group, which demonstrated a statistically significant difference between the groups (p =
0.0086). Remission rates at week 16 were 31.8% for the Deep TMS group and 22.2% for the sham group, which was a nonsignificant difference between
groups (p = 0.1492).

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Figure 1. Response and Remission Rates for Deep TMS and Sham Groups at Week 5 and Week 16

For the group of patients who failed one to two medications, remission rates were 36.6% in the Deep TMS group and 16.7% in the sham group. This was a
statistically significant difference (p = 0.032). For the group of patients who failed three or more medications, remission rates were 28.9% for the Deep TMS
group and 12.2% for the sham group. This difference was just outside of significance (p = 0.057). The data suggest that Deep TMS treatment can achieve
high rates of remission even in patients who have been more resistant to medications.

Source: Levkovitz et al., 2015

87

 
 
 
 
 
Figure 2. HDRS Score Change (Slope) and Remission Rates for Deep TMS and Sham Groups in Subpopulations of Patients Who Failed 1 to 2
Medications versus Patients Who Failed 3+ Medications

I       Safety Results

Source: Levkovitz et al., 2015

Overall, Deep TMS treatment was safe and well-tolerated by patients. The most common reported side effects within the Deep TMS group are as follows:
26.7%  of  patients  experienced  headaches,  5.0%  experienced  application  site  pain,  and  3.0%  experienced  application  site  discomfort.  The  most  common
reported  side  effects  within  the  sham  group  are  as  follows:  18.9%  of  patients  experienced  headaches,  3.6%  experienced  insomnia,  and  2.7%  of  patients
experienced back pain. One subject experienced a seizure, following excessive consumption of alcohol on the night before treatment that was not reported to
the treating physician or operator at the time of treatment. This was considered device-related, albeit with the caveat that withdrawal from alcohol may have
led to a reduction of seizure threshold and consequently to this seizure during Deep TMS.

Longer-Term Remission and Response

As demonstrated by our pivotal multicenter study for MDD (as described above), and in another third-party study (Harel et al. (2014)), MDD patients who
achieved remission or response after an acute course of Deep TMS treatment of 20 sessions over four weeks were able to sustain the therapeutic effect by
continuing to undergo Deep TMS treatment beyond the treatment course. Additionally, our trial and the Harel study showed that among MDD patients who
did not achieve a response after an acute course of Deep TMS treatment, the longer such patients continued to undergo Deep TMS therapy, the more likely
they  were  to  achieve  remission  or  response.  This  result  was  also  demonstrated  in  another  study  examining  the  results  of  our  multicenter  trial  (Yip  et  al.
(2017)),  which  found  that  72.7%  of  the  patients  who  did  not  achieve  response  after  an  acute  course  of  treatment  achieved  a  response  within  the  next  12
weeks (which involved twice weekly Deep TMS treatment), of which 60.6% achieved response within the first four weeks. These studies suggest that Deep
TMS may continue to be effective beyond the standard acute treatment course, potentially broadening its clinical applicability.

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Use of H7 Coil for treatment of MDD

Our randomized, double-blind, controlled multicenter, non-inferiority study of our H1 and H7 Coils trial, which included 144 subjects, found overall efficacy
rates for the H7 Coil which were comparable to those achieved with our H1 Coil. Based on this trial, the Company's MDD clearance, which had previously
applied to its H1 Coil, was extended by the FDA to also apply to its H7 Coil, which until this clearance were used only for treatment of OCD.

Furthermore, following receipt of this clearance, a publication of the study in The Journal of Clinical Investigation (JCI) Insight included  a  retrospective
analysis of the study results which identify preliminary predictors that could help optimize treatment based on individual patients’ attributes. This analysis
examined clinician rating scales and EEG data revealing intriguing differences between the patient treatment of the two coils. Categorizing patients according
to “clusters” of clinical depressive and anxiety baseline symptoms derived from a subset of the Hamilton Depression Rating Scale (HDRS-21) resulted in two
subject groups: One with higher severity of the cluster, which on average responded better to the H1 Coil, and another with lower severity of the cluster,
which on average responded better to the H7 Coil. This analysis also showed that brain activity measured during the first treatment session correlated with
the  clinical  outcomes  ultimately  achieved  after  the  full  course  of  treatment.  This  finding  suggests  that  specific  brain  patterns  observed  in  an  individual’s
response to either coil during the early stages of treatment might be predictive of the longer-term outcome of treatment with that coil.

Deep TMS for OCD Disease Overview

OCD is a common, chronic, and long-lasting disorder in which a person has uncontrollable, reoccurring thoughts (obsessions) and behaviors (compulsions)
that he or she feels the urge to repeat over and over in a manner that can interfere with all aspects of life, such as work, school, and personal relationships.

Individuals with OCD exhibit obsessions, compulsions, or both. Obsessions are reoccurring ideas, thoughts, or impulses that cause anxiety that individuals
experience excessively and without cause. Compulsions are defined as repetitive behaviors or thoughts that are performed on a strict schedule and appear to
have a purpose to the patient exhibiting the behavior or thought. Even if an individual is aware that the thoughts are inappropriate or irrelevant, he or she still
might  not  be  able  to  suppress  the  thought  or  the  corresponding  action.  Obsessions  tend  to  be  related  to  contamination,  cleanliness,  or  orderliness,  and  so
compulsions frequently involve cleaning, washing, counting, arranging things in a particular way, or repeatedly checking on things. These symptoms can
interfere with all aspects of life, such as work, school, and personal relationships. While a wide spectrum of individuals may exhibit OCD-like symptoms, in
order to be diagnosed with OCD, he or she must exhibit symptoms that cause severe distress or disrupt a person’s functioning for more than one hour per day.

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OCD can severely disrupt an individual’s daily functioning, and many individuals suffering from OCD have a lower quality of life and significantly more
mental distress compared to unaffected individuals. A survey of OCD patients found that 73% of patients have weakened family relationships, 62% have
weakened  friendships,  and  40%  are  chronically  underemployed  or  unemployed.  Patients  with  both  OCD  and  MDD,  a  frequent  combination  of  disorders,
experience the most severely impacted quality-of-life. Additionally, individuals with OCD may feel embarrassment or shame regarding their obsessions and
compulsions, contributing to the low treatment-seeking rate of approximately 36%.

Market Information

Despite variances in estimates of the incidence of the disorder, we believe that a majority of research reports that 2% of the global population suffer from
OCD sometime during their lifetime. According to the National Institute of Mental Health,approximately 1.2% of the adult population in the United States
suffers from OCD over their lifetime. Based on these data, we estimate that approximately 3.1 million adults in the United States suffer from OCD annually,
and approximately half (i.e., 1.5 million) are treatment resistant. Of the total OCD population, 50.6% of cases are characterized as having severe impairment.
Another 34.8% of adults with OCD had moderate impairment, and 14.6% had mild impairment. The average age of onset is 19 years old.

There is a significant overlap of patients experiencing MDD and those experiencing OCD. Researchers found that MDD was 10 times more prevalent in
OCD patients compared to the general population. Additionally, roughly 30% of OCD patients have concurrent OCD and MDD at the time of evaluation, and
60 to 80% of OCD patients experience a depressive episode over the course of their lifetime. Frequently, depressive symptoms follow OCD, which suggests
that the depressive symptoms occur as a response to the distress caused by OCD.

Treatment Options for OCD

OCD is generally considered to be one of the most difficult psychiatric diseases to treat. The wide variability in the expression of the disease and the frequent
co-morbidity (simultaneous presence) with MDD and other anxiety disorders has complicated the development of an effective, targeted treatment for OCD.
The accepted treatment for OCD is medicinal treatment, psychotherapy or a combination of both. However, up to 40% of patients do not respond to these
treatments sufficiently.

While 60-70% of patients respond or partially respond to treatment with antidepressant medications such as SRIs or SSRIs, there is a high relapse rate of
approximately  60%  when  medications  are  stopped.  The  high  relapse  rate  suggests  that  pharmacological  treatments  should  be  continued  over  an  extended
period of time in order to have continued effect. In addition, when testing a new pharmacological treatment on a patient, it takes 10 to 12 weeks to determine
if the medication is bringing about clinically significant improvements in symptoms. Over half of patients experience a 25% to 35% decrease in symptoms
within  10  to  12  weeks,  but  symptoms  rarely  disappear  entirely.  In  addition,  40-60%  of  OCD  patients  do  not  experience  a  meaningful  response  to
pharmacological treatment.

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deterrents to treatment include the often-severe side effects of medications. Tricyclic antidepressant medication, generally considered to be an effective first-
line OCD treatment, is known for its particularly strong side effect profile. The medication can cause heightened risk of seizures, weight gain, sleepiness,
tremor, dry mouth, nausea, constipation, visual changes, sweating, and sexual dysfunction. All other OCD medications may cause similar side effects, which
make it challenging for patients to retain a high quality of life while also working toward disease remission. Upon initiation of pharmacological treatment for
OCD, it is critical to closely monitor for development of any adverse effects.

Psychotherapy can be an effective treatment for adults and children with OCD. The treatment may involve controlled exposure to the source of the obsession
and practice of refraining from performance of the compulsion. Research shows that certain types of psychotherapy, including cognitive behavior therapy
(CBT) and other related therapies (e.g., habit reversal training) can be as effective as medication for many individuals. Research also shows that a type of
CBT called Exposure and Response Prevention (EX/RP) is effective in reducing compulsive behaviors in OCD, even in people who did not respond well to
antidepressant  medication.  For  many  patients  EX/RP  is  the  add-on  treatment  of  choice  when  antidepressant  medication  does  not  effectively  treat  OCD
symptoms.

Deep TMS presents a novel, FDA-authorized treatment for OCD. In August 2018, the FDA classified and provided marketing authorization for Deep TMS
for  OCD  as  an  adjunct  treatment  (i.e.,  to  be  used  in  conjunction  with  first-line  treatment,  such  as  antidepressant  medication  or  CBT)  for  adult  patients
suffering from OCD. Deep TMS has the unique ability to simultaneously influence a network of specific regions in the brain related to OCD. In addition, it
offers a direct effect over deep regions in the brain associated with the disorder. The effects of the treatment begin within a relatively short time period and
the duration of the entire treatment plan is shorter compared to a medicinal treatment. Deep TMS therapy for OCD has not demonstrated any systemic side
effects, and we believe that Deep TMS presents an attractive alternative to existing treatment options for OCD because antidepressant medications, due to
their side effects, often lead to cessation of treatment by the patient and as a result, relapse of OCD symptoms.

Positive  data  published  in  February  2022  in  the  Journal  of  Psychiatric  Research  demonstrated  the  relative  cost-effectiveness  of  Deep  TMS  for  refractory
OCD patients when compared with other treatments within the treatment continuum, which includes outpatient medication, CBT, as well as more intensive,
facility-based  approaches.  The  data  suggest  that  Deep  TMS  is  a  cost-effective  alternative,  and  particularly  indicate  that  it  may  serve  as  an  incremental
strategy to employ when higher intensity strategies, such as facility-based approaches, are either unavailable, not financially feasible, or have extended waits
for admission.

91

 
 
 
 
 
In  2021,  for  the  first  time,  several  payors  issued  policies  and  coverage  determinations  allowing  for  reimbursement  coverage  applicable  to  Deep  TMS  for
OCD.  While  the  criteria  for  this  emerging  Deep  TMS  coverage  varies  with  each  payor,  generally,  coverage  requires  the  failure  of  between  two  and  four
medication trials before qualifying for reimbursement.

The NIMH is supporting research into new treatment approaches for people whose OCD does not respond well to the usual therapies. These new approaches
include combination and add-on (augmentation) treatments, as well as novel techniques such as deep brain stimulation (DBS).

Deep TMS for OCD — Our Clinical Trials

Phase III Trial Measuring Efficacy and Safety

We completed a Phase III trial at 11 sites in the United States, Israel, and Canada to test the efficacy and safety of Deep TMS as a treatment for OCD, which
was  conducted  from  2014  through  2017.  In  this  trial,  Deep  TMS  met  its  safety  and  efficacy  endpoints  and  based  on  these  results,  we  filed  a  de  novo
application  to  the  FDA  for  the  Deep  TMS  (using  BrainsWay  OCD)  in  this  indication.  In  August  2018,  the  FDA  classified  and  granted  marketing
authorization for Deep TMS as an adjunct treatment for adult patients with OCD to be used together with other first-line therapies.

(a)Trial Design

This  double  blind,  placebo-controlled  trial  tested  the  efficacy  and  safety  of  Deep  TMS  in  the  treatment  of  94  treatment-resistant  OCD  patients.  Enrolled
subjects were randomized to either treatment with active Deep TMS or a sham. Deep TMS for OCD was used for all treatment sessions, each of which lasted
18.3  minutes.  BrainsWay  OCD  is  specifically  used  in  OCD  treatment  because  it  targets  the  anterior  cingulate  cortex,  a  region  believed  to  be  affected  by
OCD.

The trial consisted of three phases. The first phase, lasting one to two weeks, was the screening phase, during which antidepressant medications other than
SSRIs were tapered down and washed out (i.e., to make sure that patients take during the trial only medications that were approved by the protocol (such as
SSRIs), and that they remained stable on these medications). Following the screening phase, patients entered into a six-week treatment phase. During the first
five  weeks  of  the  treatment  phase,  patients  received  five  consecutive  sessions  per  week,  followed  by  one  week  with  four  sessions  (29  total  treatment
sessions). The third phase was the follow-up, in which patients were assessed in week six after their final treatment.

The  primary  endpoint  measure  was  the  Yale-Brown  Obsessive  Compulsive  Scale  (YBOCS),  which  is  a  score  ranging  from  0  to  40,  with  higher  scores
indicating greater severity of OCD symptoms. The secondary efficacy endpoint measures were response rate at weeks 6 and 10, partial response rate at weeks
6 and 10, and remission rates at week 6. Secondary safety endpoint measures included the number of adverse events, physical and cognitive evaluations, and
vital signs.

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inclusion and exclusion criteria required patients to be diagnosed with OCD, have a YBOCS score of greater than 20, and not be diagnosed with any severe
personality disorders.

(b)Trial Results

After  six  weeks  of  treatment,  the  Deep  TMS  treatment  group  had  statistically  significant  improvement  in  YBOCS  score  compared  to  the  sham  treatment
group. The adjusted mean YBOCS score decreased by 6.04 points in the Deep TMS group and by 3.27 points in the sham control group. The difference
between the slopes of 2.78 points across six weeks between the treatment arms was statistically significant (p-value: 0.0127), and the effect size at week six
assessment was 0.69. As shown in Figure 3, 38.1% of the Deep TMS treatment group achieved a response compared to 11.1% of the sham treatment group.
Furthermore, 54.8% of the Deep TMS treatment group achieved a partial response, compared to 26.7% of the sham treatment group. The differences between
groups were statistically significant for both response rate (p = 0.0033) and partial response rate (p = 0.0076).

Figure 3. Response and Partial Response Rates for Deep TMS and Sham Treatment Groups

One month after the end of treatment (10 weeks after baseline), patients retained clinical improvement of symptoms, and these measures (YBOCS change
and response rate) were significantly better in the Deep TMS group compared to the sham group (p=0.03 for YBOCS change and p=0.0057 for response
rate).

Figure 4 highlights the continued decrease in unadjusted mean YBOCS score from baseline over the ten-week period.

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Figure 4. Total YBOCS Score Change from Baseline over 10-Weeks for Deep TMS and Sham Treatment Groups

Real world data further demonstrates the benefits of Deep TMS for OCD: In a post-marketing study, published as a peer-reviewed paper, the overall first and
sustained  response  rates  were  72.6%  and  52.4%,  respectively.  The  response  rate  was  57.9%  in  patients  who  had  YBOCS  scores  after  the  FDA-cleared
protocol of 29 Deep TMS sessions. First response was achieved in average after 18.5 sessions (SD = 9.4) or 31.6 days (SD = 25.2). Onset of sustained one-
month response was achieved in average after 20 sessions (SD = 9.8) or 32.1 days (SD = 20.5). Average YBOCS scores demonstrated continuous reduction
with increasing numbers of sessions. The results indicate that in real-world clinical practice, the majority of OCD patients benefitted from our therapy, and
the  onset  of  improvement  usually  occurs  within  20  sessions.  Extending  the  treatment  course  beyond  29  sessions  resulted  in  continued  reduction  of  OCD
symptoms, raising the prospect of value for extended treatment protocols in non-responders.

A study published in November 2021 in the Brain Stimulation journal demonstrates the durability of Deep TMS for OCD and the significant reduction in
functional disability experienced by those who have undergone our therapy for this disorder. To evaluate durability, clinical sites from our pivotal trial, as
well as other clinical sites contributing post-marketing data, conducted follow up assessments with patients that had met response criteria following treatment
with our H1 Coil. Durability was defined as the elapsed time from the end of the Deep TMS treatment course until there was a change in ongoing treatment.
Data revealed that of the 60 subjects evaluated from seven clinical sites, 52 demonstrated durability of one year or more (86.7%), 26 of which showed two or
more years of durability. The data also showed that patients exhibited a significant reduction in disability, with self-reported unproductive days per week
dropping from 5.5 days (±0.4) to 1.8 days (±0.4), and self-reported lost days per week dropping from 1.9 (±0.6) to 0.3 days (±0.2).

94

 
 
 
 
 
Figure 5. OCD Durability and Reduction in Unproductivity

Deep TMS for Smoking Addiction Disease Overview

Smoking is one of the leading causes of death in developed countries. The addiction to nicotine, similar to the addiction to drugs and alcohol, activates the
limbic  system  and  causes  uncontrollable  desire  to  smoke.  According  to  the  World  Health  Organization  (WHO),  1.3  billion  people  globally  use  tobacco,
primarily cigarette smoking. Globally, more than 8 million people die from smoking each year: 7 million from direct us and 1.2 million from second-hand
smoke. Approximately 34 million U.S. adults smoke cigarettes, and 480,000 die from smoking each year. Repeated nicotine use leads to tobacco use disorder
(TUD), characterized by craving and withdrawal, compulsive use despite negative consequences, repeated relapses, and is associated with multiple health
problems and failed attempts to cease. Smoking causes about 90% of all lung cancer deaths.

Market Information

The global nicotine replacement therapy (NRT) market was estimated at $2.6 billion in 2019, and this market value is anticipated to increase as a result of the
increasing incidence of chronic, smoking-related diseases. Chantix (Varenicline), the leading smoking cessation pharmaceutical from Pfizer, had sales of $1.1
billion worldwide in 2019, $899 million from the United States. Considering the U.S. market, there are 34 million cigarette smokers. Each year, 55% attempt
to  quit  smoking  (81%  of  which  are  motivated  to  quit).  Only  29%  of  adult  smokers  that  attempt  to  quit  report  using  medication  (e.g.  NRT,  Varenicline,
Buproprion), and less than 10% of smokers quit within a given year with varied long-term success.

Treatment Options for Smoking Addiction

One of the most common smoking addiction options is nicotine replacement therapy (NRT), which is the affixing of patches to the body or the chewing of
gum  which  secrete  decreasing  concentrations  of  nicotine  in  a  manner  which  may  assist  physical  withdrawal.  However,  this  method  does  not  treat  the
psychological-behavioral  component  of  the  addiction,  and  therefore  there  is  a  high  probability  that  the  patient  will  return  to  smoking  if  nicotine  patch
treatment is discontinued. A study found that 93% of over-the-counter NRT users relapse and return to smoking within six months.

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First line treatment options include antidepressants such as Zyban (bupropion) and Chantix (varenicline). Studies have found advantageous abstinence rates
compared to placebo. Yet, recent studies using objective measures found very low quit rates. A recent meta-analysis found that 20% of smokers treated with
medications remained abstinent for one year, compared to 12% with placebo. The medications may frequently be associated with undesirable adverse events.

There are studies that indicate that combination of psychological support with pharmacotherapy may increase the chances to quit smoking.

Deep TMS for Smoking Addiction – Our Clinical Trials

Deep TMS presents a novel, FDA-authorized treatment for smoking addiction. In August 2020, the FDA classified and provided marketing authorization for
the use of Deep TMS as an aid in short-term smoking cessation in adults. Deep TMS has the unique ability to simultaneously influence a network of specific
regions in the brain associated with reward and craving. The effects of the treatment begin within a relatively short time period and the duration of the entire
treatment plan is shorter compared to a medicinal treatment. Deep TMS therapy for smoking cessation has not demonstrated any systemic side effects, and
we believe that Deep TMS presents an attractive alternative to existing treatment options for smoking cessation because antidepressant medications, due to
their side effects, often lead to cessation of treatment by the patient and as a result, relapse to smoking.

We  concluded  with  positive  results  a  pivotal  multicenter  trial  assessing  the  safety  and  efficacy  of  Deep  TMS  as  an  aid  in  smoking  cessation  in  adults
suffering from chronic smoking addiction.

The  trial  was  a  randomized,  double-blind,  multicenter  study  designed  to  evaluate  the  safety  and  efficacy  of  Deep  TMS  treatment  as  an  aid  in  reducing
cigarette  smoking  in  individuals  suffering  from  chronic  smoking  addiction.  It  was  conducted  at  14  sites,  primarily  in  the  U.S.,  and  enrolled  262  eligible
subjects randomized into two groups: an active treatment group treated with our proprietary H4 Coil targeting addiction-related brain circuits, and a sham
(placebo)  control  group.  The  primary  endpoint  of  the  study  was  a  comparison  between  the  two  groups  of  the  four-week  continuous  quit  rate  (CQR),
representing  abstinence  during  a  consecutive  four-week  period.  Weekly  abstinence  was  defined  as  a  subject’s  self-report  (in  a  diary)  of  no  smoking,
confirmed by urine tests indicating abstinence from smoking. The participants in the study were highly addicted to smoking, with a history of smoking on
average for over 26 years and multiple failed attempts to quit. All of the subjects in the study had at least one prior unsuccessful attempt to quit smoking
before being enrolled in the trial. Over 68% of the subjects had undertaken at least three prior unsuccessful attempts, and over 25% had undertaken at least
five prior unsuccessful attempts.

Participants  received  three  weeks  of  daily  Deep  TMS  (or  sham)  treatment  followed  by  one  session  per  week  for  three  more  weeks  (for  a  total  of  18
treatments over six weeks). Assessment visits, including questionnaires and the collection of urine samples, were performed weekly from week two until
week six. In addition, subjects were asked to keep a record of their smoking behavior on a diary card. Patients reporting abstinence at 6 weeks were invited
for a long follow-up (L-UP) visit at 4 months.

96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Of  the  169  participants  in  the  study  who  actually  completed  three  weeks  of  Deep  TMS  or  sham  treatment,  plus  the  mandatory  additional  three  weeks  of
follow-up  (reaching  the  six-week  endpoint),  the  CQR  was  28.0%  in  the  treatment  group  compared  to  11.7%  in  the  sham  group  (p=0.007).  The  primary
endpoint was defined based on the CQR among those subjects who received at least one Deep TMS (or sham) treatment session and had at least one post-
baseline assessment, even if not completing the treatment period. Within this cohort (ITT-E- which consisted of 234 participants and included dropouts) the
CQR was 19.4% in the treatment group and 8.7% in the sham group (p= 0.0174).

The Overall 4-week continuous quit rate (CQR) is shown in the figure below for the active Deep TMS and sham groups, within the ITT-E and completers
(CO) cohorts.

Figure 6. Overall 4-week Continuous Quit Rates for Deep TMS and Sham Treatment Groups

An important secondary endpoint was the reduction in the number of cigarettes smoked. At baseline, the average number of cigarettes smoked per week was
123 for the active group and 139 for the sham group. After 3 weeks of treatment, the average number of cigarettes smoked per week was reduced to 38 in the
active  group  and  57  in  the  sham  group  (p=  0.0018,  active  vs.  sham).  By  the  sixth  week  of  the  study,  the  average  number  of  cigarettes  smoked  per  week
declined to 31 for the active group and 48 for the sham group (p=0.0125, active vs. sham).

The numbers of cigarettes per week, from baseline to the 6-week time-point, are shown in the figure below for the two groups. As can be seen, the difference
between the Deep TMS and sham group is significant starting from week 2.

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Figure 7. Number of Cigarettes Smoked for Deep TMS and Sham Treatment Groups

Sales and Marketing United States

The United States is our primary and most strategic market, representing approximately 75% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2022. We
operate in the United States through our wholly owned subsidiary, BrainsWay USA Inc., as a direct marketing and sales channel, engaging in the marketing,
sales, support, and logistics independently in the United States. As of December 31, 2022, we had 65 U.S. employees, including 55 sales, marketing and
service/operations employees, 7 general and administrative employees, and 3 medical affairs employees.

In the United States, we sell or lease Deep TMS systems by one of the following two methods: (i) a fixed-fee lease model in which the Deep TMS system is
leased to a customer for a fixed annual fee, generally with a term of between 48 to 60 months, for unlimited use; and (ii) a sales or purchase model in which
the  Deep  TMS  system  is  sold  to  the  customer  for  a  fixed  purchase  price.  sales  or  purchase  model.  We  also  utilize  and/or  are  planning  to  utilize  other
commercial models, including those based on a pay per use model, with certain customers in certain territories. Additional potential revenues may be derived
from extended warranty fees paid for the system for service coverage beyond the standard included warranty period, and from variable or usage fees based on
the  number  of  treatments  performed  with  the  system.  We  are  also  able  to  leverage  our  platform  technology,  which  includes  the  ability  to  treat  multiple
indications using different H-Coil helmets, to facilitate transactions utilizing combined pricing models often involving a single system with one or more add-
on  helmets.  These  flexible  offerings  are  designed  to  facilitate  market  penetration  by  addressing  the  differing  clinical  needs  and  risk  tolerance  among  our
customer base.

As  of  December  31,  2022,  approximately  46%  of  our  global  Deep  TMS  systems  installed  base  for  MDD  utilized  the  fixed-fee  lease  model,  and
approximately 54% utilized the sales model. We generally commercialize Deep TMS for OCD utilizing a leasing or purchase model, and often as part of a
combined offering with our MDD system.

Following our receipt of FDA clearance for smoking addiction, we completed controlled and limited market releases of our system for this indication, and are
currently in the process of a clinical data collection effort to facilitate a long term commercial plan for this product.

98

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The training for operation of our Deep TMS system is not complex and requires about a day of training which includes theoretical learning and a number of
practical  hours  of  practice  of  placing  the  helmet  on  the  head  of  the  patient  and  providing  treatment.  Deep  TMS  for  OCD  requires  additional  training  on
triggering  the  patient’s  OCD  symptoms  prior  to  administration  of  the  treatment.  Similarly,  Deep  TMS  for  smoking  addiction  involves  a  provocation
procedure which triggers each individual smoker's craving for his or her preferred cigarette brand prior to the administration of therapy.

After  installation  of  our  system,  we  offer  high  quality  service,  technical  support,  and  repair  to  customers.  Customers  leasing  the  device  generally  receive
support  including  maintenance  and  warranty  for  repairs  and  replacements  during  the  full  term  of  the  lease.  In  contrast,  customers  purchasing  the  device
receive this support for the first year following purchase. Thereafter, the warranty and support can be extended on a yearly basis by paying a set fee.

Our  marketing  activities  include,  amongst  other  things,  corporate  presence  in  major  commercial  and  professional  conferences,  press  releases,  advertising,
participation in open house and other similar events, social media, Search Engine Optimization (SEO), and other internet-based promotional campaigns, and
release of both direct and online marketing materials, which are all designed to increase the use of our systems for the authorized indications.

Outside of the United States

Approximately 25%, 12% and 13% of our revenues for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively, were generated outside of the
United States. A significant part of our sales outside the United States are made indirectly with local distributors and agents. Most of our sales outside the
United States are made only via the purchase model, although we lease some of our Deep TMS systems in France and Israel. Our primary focus is on selling
to hospitals, medical centers and clinics dealing with the treatment of psychiatric neurological and addiction illnesses and disorders.

Our non-U.S. sales are managed both by our internal team in Israel and by local agents in various countries. In Israel, we do not use a distributor and our
sales team distributes directly to our customers. We have exclusive distribution agreements in various territories, including, notably, in Japan, South Korea,
Thailand, Taiwan, the Philippines, and the United Arab Emirates, and are seeking new distribution partners for other strategic markets. Under our distribution
agreements, the distributor typically receives an exclusive right to commercialize the Deep TMS in the relevant territory. The exclusivity is contingent upon
fulfillment of certain quotas, or pre-defined minimum orders of a number of systems per period. We have the right to cancel the exclusivity of the distributor
if the distributor fails to fulfill the set targets. The distributor is required to pay us for each Deep TMS system installed in the territory.

The duration of these agreements varies between distributors and ranges between three and ten years. In territories in which we use a local distributor, the
distributor is generally responsible for obtaining and maintaining the regulatory approvals required for marketing of Deep TMS systems in the territory and
for the installation, training, and maintenance of the systems in the relevant territory. In Japan, we have obtained PMDA regulatory approval for our Deep
TMS system, which is a precondition to receiving reimbursement coverage under the Japanese National Health Insurance Plan. We are working through our
Japanese  distributor  with  the  relevant  bodies  in  Japan  in  an  effort  to  update  the  local  society  guidelines  to  include  Deep  TMS  in  order  to  obtain  such
coverage.

We aim to increase our marketing and sales outside the United States by means of cultivating and supporting our existing distributors, and by considering
other strategic opportunities in various markets. Success of penetration in each country is contingent on a variety of factors, including, among others, the
strength  and  capabilities  of  the  distribution  partner,  the  existence  of  regulatory  approvals,  the  availability  of  reimbursement,  the  support  of  key  opinion
leaders, and the ability of customers to adopt our technology.

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Clinical Pipeline

Set forth below is a table presenting the status of our currently planned clinical pipeline:

Additional Potential Deep TMS Applications

Our  primary  focus  for  additional  potential  applications  for  Deep  TMS  include  neurological  and/or  addiction  disorders.  For  instance,  we  announced  pilot
study  results  from  a  randomized,  placebo-controlled,  double-blind  study  on  the  safety  and  efficacy  of  Deep  TMS  in  reducing  alcohol  consumption  and
craving  in  adults  with  Alcohol  Use  Disorder  (AUD).  Analyzing  data  from  46  subjects,  the  study  demonstrated  that  subjects  in  the  active  group  had  an
average of 2.9% heavy drinking days (defined as a day on which four or more drinks were consumed for women, or five or more drinks for men) compared
to 10.6% heavy drinking days in the sham group.

We have conducted clinical trials evaluating Deep TMS for a variety of neurological and psychiatric conditions and believe further investigation could pave
the way for marketing authorizations in new indications in the United States and expand the potential for treatment to a wider range of patients. Factors that
contribute  to  how  we  prioritize  the  pursuit  of  certain  clinical  studies  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  strength  of  our  feasibility  clinical  data,  market
potential,  required  budget,  and  ease  of  conduct  of  the  trial.  However,  there  is  no  guarantee  that  we  will  ultimately  be  successful  in  obtaining  marketing
clearance for the indications prioritized for further study.

Competition

The industry for the treatment of mental health diseases, disorders, and other conditions is intensely competitive. Our currently marketed Deep TMS System
is, and any future indications we develop and commercialize will be, subject to intense competition. Our Deep TMS system for MDD competes with existing
antidepressant drugs, other TMS therapies and to a lesser degree, more invasive treatments such as ECT, VNS, and DBS. Our Deep TMS system for OCD
also competes with existing medications and other available treatments. The industry in which we operate is subject to rapid change and is highly sensitive to
the  introduction  of  new  products  or  other  market  activities  of  current  or  new  industry  participants.  Certain  competitors  may  be  larger  and  have  greater
resources than us, and may develop treatment options that receive faster regulatory approvals and/or are more rapidly adopted by clinicians and patients. Our
competitors compete with us on the basis of efficacy and safety, regulatory approvals, price and availability of reimbursement from third-party payors, ease
of use/administration of the treatment option, reputation, and market trends. Key competitive factors affecting the commercial success Deep TMS System are
likely  to  be  efficacy,  safety  and  tolerability,  reliability,  convenience  and  time  frame  of  administration,  market  acceptance  of  our  products  relative  to
alternative treatments, and reimbursement.

100

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Competitors  that  sell  other  forms  of  TMS  therapy  for  MDD  include  Neuronetics,  MagVenture,  Magstim,  MAG  &  More,  Cloud  TMS,  and  Nexstim,  that
compete  directly  with  us.  Their  systems  are  typically  based  on  traditional  TMS  utilizing  a  figure-8  coil  and  are  generally  FDA-cleared  for  MDD  only,
although MagVenture has a non-clinical trials- based FDA clearance for OCD. By contrast, our unique Deep TMS H-Coils are designed to address a number
of different brain disorders. Several competitors have obtained 510(k) clearance for their TMS device for an OCD indication, using our de novo classification
as a predicate device in their submission, and others may follow suit. We remain the only company to have proven clinical efficacy for this indication based
on a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter trial, while other competitors that have since obtained FDA clearance for this indication, have
done so in part relying on our clinical data. BrainsWay remains the only company currently with marketing authorizations for MDD, OCD, and the treatment
of smoking addiction.

We also face competition from pharmaceutical and other companies that develop competitive products, such as antidepressant medications (including but not
limited  to  a  nasal  spray  utilizing  the  drug  esketamine  approved  by  the  FDA  for  use  in  conjunction  with  an  oral  antidepressant),  with  certain  competitive
advantages such as widespread market acceptance, ease of patient use and well-established reimbursement. We may also face competition from the SAINT™
Neuromodulation System, a brain stimulation technology for treatment of neuropsychiatric disorders, which received an FDA clearance for the treatment of
MDD in adults who have failed to achieve satisfactory improvement from prior antidepressant medications in the current episode. In addition, we may face
competition from ketamine, which is used as an anesthetic to treat a variety of brain disorders. Currently in clinical trials, there are a number of psychedelics
including  lysergic  acid  diethyamide  (LSD),  psilosybin,  DMT,  and  methylendioxymethamphetatmine  (MDMA)  showing  early  promise  in  the  treatment  of
mental  health  conditions  like  depression  and  PTSD.  Our  commercial  opportunity  could  be  reduced  or  eliminated  if  these  competitors  develop  and
commercialize antidepressant medications or other treatments that are safer or more effective than Deep TMS. At any time, these and other potential market
entrants may develop treatment alternatives that may render our products uncompetitive or less competitive. In addition, we could face competition by the
recently approved AUVELITY (dextromethorphan HBr -bupropion HCl) extended-release tablets for the treatment of major depressive disorder (MDD) in
adults, which are the first and only oral N-methyl D-aspartate (NMDA) receptor antagonist approved for the treatment of MDD.

101

 
 
 
 
 
We  are  also  subject  to  competition  from  invasive  neuromodulation  therapies  such  as  ECT,  VNS,  and  DBS.  Major  players  in  this  space  include  Abbott,
Boston Scientific Corporation, LivaNova, and Medtronic. For example, the VNS system developed by Cyberonics (now LivaNova) is FDA-approved for
MDD.

For  smoking  addiction,  there  are  a  wide  range  of  prescription  and  over-the-counter  (OTC)  short  term  aids  in  smoking  cessation.  Two  prescription
medications that are synonymous with the market are Chantix® (varenicline) and Zyban (buproprion). OTC nicotine replacement therapies continue to play a
major role in a multi-modal approach to smoking cessation, with common forms ranging from chewing gums, to lozenges, to transdermal patches.

Digital  therapeutics,  including  prescription  digital  therapeutics  (PDTs),  are  also  gaining  popularity  in  the  space  of  mental  health  treatments  given  the
availability and affordability of smart phones. For all of the conditions we address in the United States, there are numerous popular phone applications to
help reinforce the multi-modal treatment algorithms.

In addition, we may face competition in the future from other noninvasive treatments for MDD (including anxious depression), OCD, and smoking addiction.
Examples of noninvasive treatment options in early development include low-intensity and low-frequency ultrasound (LIFU), transcranial laser therapy, and
infrared therapy. We cannot predict whether any of these or any other treatment options will succeed in clinical trials or be commercially marketable in the
future.

Intellectual Property

See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses.”

Government Grants

As of December 31, 2022, we have received grants from the IIA in an aggregate amount of approximately $13.4 million. We are currently required to pay 3%
royalties of sales of our Deep TMS products, which payment obligations do not currently exceed the amount of the grant received (in U.S. dollars), plus
interest at an annual rate equal to the LIBOR rate. As of December 31, 2022, we have paid royalties to the IIA in an aggregate amount of approximately $4.4
million (including amounts in respect of accrued interest), with remaining outstanding royalties of up to $11.6 million.

In addition, we received from MAGNET approvals for grants in an aggregate amount of NIS 8.2 million (approximately $2.3 million based on the NIS to
USD exchange rate as of December 31, 2022). There is no requirement to repay the grants or pay royalties thereon.

Manufacturing and Supply

We manage all aspects of product supply through our Jerusalem and/or U.S.-based operations teams. We manufacture our proprietary H-Coils and outsource
the  manufacture  of  certain  components,  including  the  stimulator,  the  computer  controlling  the  stimulator,  cooling  system,  the  helmet,  and  the  arm  of  the
helmet,  which  are  produced  and  tested  to  our  specifications.  We  assemble  Deep  TMS  systems  at  our  headquarters  in  Jerusalem,  US  warehouses  and/or
installation sites. In some cases, we rely on third-party providers to provide components used in existing products and we expect to continue to do so for
future  products.  Our  production  activities  also  include  manually  assembling  certain  components  of  our  devices  for  all  required  clinical  and  commercial
quantities, and the integration of all components into a functioning Deep TMS system.

102

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We rely on suppliers for most of the components used in manufacturing Deep TMS, including the computer controlling the stimulator, the helmet, and the
arm of the helmet. In addition, we rely on the outsourcing company utilized for the manufacture of our newer systems, including our proprietary stimulator
and various other components. We manage our arrangements with our third-party manufacturers and suppliers to adjust delivery schedules and quantities of
components to match our changing manufacturing requirements. We forecast our component needs based on historical trends, current utilization patterns, and
sales forecasts of future demand. We establish our relationships with our third-party manufacturers and suppliers through supplier contracts and purchase
orders. In most cases, these supplier relationships may be terminated by either party upon short notice. The prices that we pay for sourced components vary
depending on various factors, including the cost of the raw materials required for those components, our required delivery times, and shipping costs. Magstim
(UK) has historically supplied us with stimulators, and it is anticipated that they will continue to be used a source for older generation systems which do not
include our newer FDA-cleared stimulator for as long as such older generation systems remain in usage or are commercially available.

In order to mitigate the risks related to a single-source of supply, we qualify alternative suppliers when possible, maximize the use of commercial, off the
shelf components and materials, minimize specialized or proprietary manufacturing processes, and develop contingency plans for responding to disruptions,
including maintaining adequate inventory of any critical components. For further discussion of the risks related to our supply chain, see “Risk Factors – Our
operations could be adversely affected by global supply chain disruptions”. To date, the supply of finished products to our customers and clinicians has not
been materially adversely affected as a result of component supply issues.

We are subject to extensive governmental regulation in connection with the manufacture of our devices. We must ensure that all of the processes, methods,
and equipment are compliant with the current Quality System Regulations (QSR) for devices on an ongoing basis, mandated by the FDA and other regulatory
authorities, and must conduct extensive audits of vendors, contract laboratories and suppliers. We comply with such regulatory requirements. Certain of our
foreign marketing authorizations requires compliance of said manufacturing process with the ISO 13485 standard, with which we are compliant.

Reimbursement

We estimate that over 90% of the total private insurer adult covered lives in the United States have coverage for reimbursement of MDD treatment with Deep
TMS, available after one to four failed (inadequate response or intolerable) trials of antidepressant medications. In addition, our MDD treatment with Deep
TMS  is  eligible  for  reimbursement  from  Medicare,  and  is  available  after  one  to  two  failed  trials  of  psychopharmacologic  agents  (such  as  antidepressant
medications)  and  subject  to  the  satisfaction  of  other  clinical  criteria.  Typically,  payers  (including  Medicare)  will  provide  reimbursement  for  up  to  36
treatment sessions of Deep TMS for MDD, although the maximum number of covered sessions varies by insurer and/or location.

103

 
 
 
 
 
 
Over  the  past  two  years  there  has  been  emerging  reimbursement  coverage  for  Deep  TMS  for  the  treatment  of  OCD,  with  over  90  million  covered  lives
eligible  for  coverage  as  of  March  2023.  Positive  coverage  decisions  for  Deep  TMS  for  OCD  have  been  issued  by  Centene  Corporation  (with  26  million
covered lives), Health Care Service Corporation (HCSC) (with 17 million covered lives), TriCare (with 9.6 million covered lives), Cigna Corporation (with
17 million covered lives), Highmark (with 6.8 million covered lives), Premera (with 2.6 million covered lives) and LifeWise (with 2.2 million covered lives).
Additionally,  one  of  the  seven  Medicare  Administrative  Contractors  (MACs)  in  the  US,  Palmetto  GBA,  published  a  final  Local  Coverage  Determination
(LCD) in 2022 extending coverage applicable to Deep TMS for OCD. While the criteria for this emerging Deep TMS for OCD coverage varies with each
payor, generally, coverage requires the failure of between two and four medication trials before qualifying for reimbursement. We are actively engaged in
efforts  to  facilitate  increased  coverage  for  OCD  treatment  by  more  payors,  including  both  commercial  and  governmental.  We  have  also  begun  efforts  to
obtain reimbursement for smoking addiction, which we believe will be a key factor in the long term success of this indication. In addition, there is currently
an out-of-pocket market for our Deep TMS systems for OCD, and we are working to broaden the scope of reimbursement coverage for Deep TMS for OCD
treatment, both commercial and governmental, based on a demonstration of the reasonableness and necessity of the treatment through clinical data. Deep
TMS for smoking addiction is not currently eligible for reimbursement. We plan to seek to obtain coverage as we progress in our commercialization for this
indication.

The sale or lease of a medical device utilized for in-office medical treatments depend, in part, on the extent to which such treatments using that device will be
covered by third- party payors, such as government health care programs (e.g., Medicare), private insurance, and managed healthcare organizations. Even if a
third-party payor covers a particular treatment, the resulting reimbursement payment rates may not be adequate to cover a provider’s cost to purchase such
medical device or ensure that purchase or lease will be profitable for the provider. Additionally, patients who are treated in-office for a medical condition
generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with the treatment and may be unwilling to undergo such treatment in the
absence of coverage and adequate reimbursement.

Reimbursement  by  a  third-party  payor  may  depend  upon  a  number  of  factors,  including  the  third-party  payor’s  determination  that  a  treatment  is:  neither
experimental  nor  investigational;  safe,  effective,  and  medically  necessary;  appropriate  for  the  specific  patient;  cost-effective;  supported  by  high  quality
evidence published in peer reviewed medical journals; included in clinical practice guidelines; and supported by medical community acceptance and demand.

Physician reimbursement under Medicare generally is based on a defined fee schedule, or the Physician Fee Schedule, through which payment amounts are
determined by the relative values of the service rendered in a physician office setting or by a physician in a facility setting. Medicare coverage for TMS also
has specific patient history requirements. Medicare coverage for Deep TMS generally requires one to four failed (inadequate response or intolerable) trials of
psychopharmacologic agents (such as antidepressant medications).

104

 
 
 
 
 
In the United States, there is no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement among private third-party payors. Reimbursement rates from private payors
vary depending on the procedure performed, the commercial payor, contract terms, and other factors. Private third-party payors often rely upon Medicare
coverage  policy  and  payment  limitations  in  setting  their  own  reimbursement  policies,  but  also  have  their  own  methods  and  approval  process  apart  from
Medicare  coverage  and  reimbursement  determinations.  Private  insurance  coverage  for  Deep  TMS  has  traditionally  required  three  to  four  failures  of
antidepressant medications. However, many payors have now reduced the number of prior failed medication trials needed to qualify for Deep TMS for MDD.
Specifically, over 165 million covered lives in the US with commercial coverage now qualify for Deep TMS for MDD after two to three failed medication
trials, and all Medicare Administrative Contractors (MACs) have issued Local Coverage Determinations (LCDs) qualifying approximately 62 million lives in
the US for Medicare reimbursement after just one to two failed medication trials.

Coverage  and  reimbursement  for  treatments  can  differ  significantly  from  payor  to  payor.  Decisions  regarding  the  extent  of  coverage  and  amount  of
reimbursement  to  be  provided  for  an  in-office  treatment  are  made  on  a  plan-by-plan  basis.  One  payor’s  determination  to  provide  coverage  for  a  specific
treatment does not assure that other payors will also provide coverage and adequate reimbursement.

In  addition,  the  U.S.  federal  government  and  state  legislatures  have  continued  to  implement  cost  containment  programs,  including  price  controls  and
restrictions on coverage and reimbursement. Governmental and private insurers are increasingly challenging the price, examining the medical necessity, and
reviewing  the  cost-efficacy  of  medical  services.  Adoption  of  price  controls  and  cost  containment  measures  by  any  such  payors,  and  adoption  of  more
restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could limit our market opportunity and reduce our revenues.

Private insurers currently cover treatments using our Deep TMS system for MDD, and there is now emerging coverage from various payors for Deep TMS
therapy  for  OCD. We  are  actively  engaged  in  efforts  to  facilitate  increased  coverage  for  OCD  treatment  by  more  payors,  including  both  commercial  and
governmental. Reimbursement is not yet available for Deep TMS for smoking addiction or for therapies currently under development for other indications.
However, we are engaged in efforts to obtain coverage for Deep TMS for smoking addiction as our commercialization efforts for that indication progress,
based on the novelty of the technology, unmet clinical need and the efficacy and safety profile of the treatment.

Nonetheless, we can provide no assurances that we will be able to obtain a wide range reimbursement coverage for OCD nor any reimbursement coverage for
smoking addiction, and even if obtained, we can provide no assurance that the coverage will be at the same levels as we have for MDD.

105

 
 
 
 
 
 
We are also working to include Deep TMS in additional insurance coverages in the United States and in other jurisdictions in which we operate. In regions
where  we  have  appointed  a  local  distributor,  where  reasonable,  it  is  typically  required  under  our  agreements  that  the  distributor  utilize  efforts  to  obtain
reimbursement coverage for Deep TMS in the relevant territory on our behalf.

In June 2022, for the first time, the Israeli Ministry of Health has approved coverage applicable it its Deep TMS system for the treatment of depression. The
inclusion  of  the  treatment  within  Israel’s  health  basket  of  essential  medical  services  means  that  the  country’s  health  funds  must  now  make  the  treatment
available to qualifying patients free of charge. Qualifying patients include adults over the age of 21 with depression who have either not responded to two
prior  antidepressants,  or  who  are  intolerant  to  other  treatment  alternatives.  Coverage  may  be  provided  for  up  to  40  treatment  sessions,  which  are  to  be
administered in hospitals. In Australia, in November 2021, for the first time, coverage applicable to Deep TMS for MDD was granted for adults over the age
of 18. Coverage in Australia is available for 35 treatment sessions.

Government Regulation

United States
Our  products  and  our  operations  are  subject  to  extensive  regulation  by  the  FDA  and  other  federal  and  state  authorities  in  the  United  States,  as  well  as
comparable authorities in foreign jurisdictions. Our products are subject to regulation as medical devices under the U.S. Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic
Act  (FDCA),  as  implemented  and  enforced  by  the  FDA.  The  FDA  regulates  the  development,  design,  non-clinical  and  clinical  research,  manufacturing,
safety, efficacy, labeling, packaging, storage, installation, servicing, recordkeeping, premarket clearance or approval, import, export, adverse event reporting,
advertising, promotion, marketing and distribution, and import and export of medical devices to ensure that medical devices distributed domestically are safe
and effective for their intended uses and otherwise meet the requirements of the FDCA.

In addition to U.S. regulations, we are subject to a variety of regulations in other jurisdictions governing clinical trials and commercial sales and distribution
of our products. Whether or not we obtain FDA clearance or approval for a product, we must obtain authorization before commencing clinical trials or obtain
marketing authorization or approval of our products under the comparable regulatory authorities of countries outside of the United States. The marketing
authorization process varies from country to country and the time may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA clearance or approval.

FDA Premarket Clearance and Approval Requirements

Unless  an  exemption  applies,  each  medical  device  commercially  distributed  in  the  United  States  requires  either  FDA  clearance  of  a  510(k)  premarket
notification  or  premarket  approval,  or  PMA.  Under  the  FDCA,  medical  devices  are  classified  into  one  of  three  classes—Class  I,  Class  II  or  Class  III—
depending on the degree of risk associated with each medical device and the extent of manufacturer and regulatory control needed to ensure its safety and
efficacy. Class I includes devices with the lowest risk to the patient and are those for which safety and efficacy can be assured by adherence to the FDA’s
general controls for medical devices, which include compliance with the applicable portions of the QSR facility registration and product listing, reporting of
adverse medical events, and truthful and non-misleading labeling, advertising, and promotional materials. Class II devices are subject to the FDA’s general
controls,  and  special  controls  as  deemed  necessary  by  the  FDA  to  ensure  the  safety  and  efficacy  of  the  device.  These  special  controls  can  include
performance  standards,  post-market  surveillance,  patient  registries,  special  labeling  requirements,  premarket  data  requirements  and  FDA  guidance
documents. While most Class I devices are exempt from the 510(k) premarket notification requirement, manufacturers of most Class II devices are required
to submit to the FDA a premarket notification under Section 510(k) of the FDCA requesting permission to commercially distribute the device. The FDA’s
permission to commercially distribute a device subject to a 510(k) premarket notification is generally known as 510(k) clearance. Devices deemed by the
FDA to pose the greatest risks, such as life-sustaining, life- supporting or some implantable devices, or devices that have a new intended use, or use advanced
technology that is not substantially equivalent to that of a legally marketed device, are placed in Class III, requiring approval of a PMA.

106

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Our  Deep  TMS  system  is  classified  as  a  Class  II  medical  device.  For  MDD,  smoking  addiction,  and  subsequently  granted  applications  relating  to  MDD
(including  a  3-minute Theta  Burst  protocol  and  a  labeling  expansion  to  include  reduction  of  comorbid  anxiety  symptoms  among  depressed  patients),  we
obtained  FDA  marketing  authorization  through  the  510(k)  clearance  process.  For  OCD,  we  obtained  FDA  marketing  authorization  through  the  de  novo
classification process. Subsequent changes made to our Deep TMS system will be made through one or more of the various existing FDA review pathways.

510(k) Marketing Clearance Pathway

To  obtain  510(k)  clearance,  we  must  submit  to  the  FDA  a  premarket  notification  submission  demonstrating  that  the  proposed  device  is  “substantially
equivalent”  to  a  predicate  device  already  on  the  market.  A  predicate  device  is  a  legally  marketed  device  that  is  not  subject  to  premarket  approval,  i.e.,  a
device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 (pre-amendments device) and for which a PMA is not required, a device that has been reclassified
from Class III to Class II or I, or a device that was found substantially equivalent through the 510(k) process. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually
takes nine to 12 months, but may take significantly longer. The FDA may require additional information, including clinical data, to make a determination
regarding substantial equivalence. If the FDA agrees that the device is substantially equivalent to a predicate device currently on the market, it will grant
510(k) clearance to commercially market the device. If the FDA determines that the device is “not substantially equivalent” to a previously cleared device,
the device is automatically designated as a Class III device. The device sponsor must then fulfill more rigorous PMA requirements, or can request a risk-
based classification determination for the device in accordance with the de novo classification process, which is a route to market for novel medical devices
that are low to moderate risk and are not substantially equivalent to a predicate device.

107

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Premarket Approval Process

A PMA application must be submitted if the medical device is in Class III (although the FDA has the discretion to continue to allow certain pre-amendment
Class III devices to use the 510(k) process) or cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process. A PMA application must be supported by, among other things,
extensive technical, pre-clinical, clinical trials, manufacturing, and labeling data to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the
device.

After a PMA application is submitted and filed, the FDA begins an in-depth review of the submitted information, which typically takes between one and
three years, but may take significantly longer. During this review period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of information already
provided. Also, during the review period, an advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA will usually be convened to review and evaluate the application
and  provide  recommendations  to  the  FDA  as  to  the  approvability  of  the  device.  In  addition,  the  FDA  will  conduct  a  pre-approval  inspection  of  the
manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with the QSR, which imposes extensive design development, testing, control, documentation and other quality
assurance procedures in the design and manufacturing process. The FDA may approve a PMA application with post-approval conditions intended to ensure
the safety and effectiveness of the device including, among other things, restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale, distribution, and collection of long-term
follow-up data from patients in the clinical study that supported approval. Failure to comply with the conditions of approval can result in materially adverse
enforcement action, including the loss or withdrawal of the approval. New PMA applications or supplements are required for significant modifications to the
manufacturing process, labeling of the product and design of a device that is approved through the PMA process. PMA supplements often require submission
of the same type of information as an original PMA application, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the
device covered by the original PMA application, and may not require as extensive clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel.

De novo Classification Process

Medical device types that the FDA has not previously classified as Class I, II, or III are automatically classified as Class III regardless of the level of risk
they pose. The Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act of 1997 established a new route to market for low to moderate risk medical devices that are
automatically placed into Class III due to the absence of a substantially equivalent predicate device, called the “Request for Evaluation of Automatic Class III
Designation,” or the de novo classification process. This process allows a manufacturer whose novel device is automatically classified as Class III to request
down-classification  of  its  medical  device  into  Class  I  or  Class  II  on  the  basis  that  the  device  presents  low  or  moderate  risk,  rather  than  requiring  the
submission and approval of a PMA application. Prior to the enactment of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA, in July
2012, a medical device could only be eligible for de novo classification if the manufacturer first submitted a 510(k) premarket notification and received a
determination from the FDA that the device was not substantially equivalent to a predicate device. FDASIA streamlined the de novo classification pathway
by permitting manufacturers to request de novo classification directly without first submitting a 510(k) premarket notification to the FDA and receiving a not
substantially  equivalent  determination.  We  obtained  marketing  authorization  for  the  OCD  indication  for  our  system  using  the  direct  de  novo  request
classification  process.  We  have  used  the  510(k)  clearance  process  to  obtain  authorization  from  the  FDA  for  changes  to  our  marketed  Deep  TMS  system,
including applications extending our clearances to our proprietary stimulator, and expansions to our MDD indication which now allow us to market a shorter
3 minute depression protocol as well the ability to market our MDD therapy for the reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms among depressed patients, and
we received an extension for the FDA clearance of our H7 Coil for treatment of MDD (including anxious depression).

108

 
 
 
 
 
 
Clinical Trials

A clinical trial is typically required to support a PMA application or de novo classification, and is sometimes required for a 510(k) premarket notification.
Clinical trials for significant risk devices generally require submission of an application for an Investigational Device Exemption, or IDE, to the FDA. The
IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and
that the investigational protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE application must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number of patients,
unless the product is deemed a non-significant risk device and eligible for more abbreviated IDE requirements. Clinical trials for a significant risk device
may begin once the IDE application is approved by the FDA as well as the appropriate institutional review boards (IRBs), at the clinical trial sites, and the
informed consent of the patients participating in the clinical trial is obtained. After a trial begins, the FDA may place it on hold or terminate it if, among other
reasons, it concludes that the clinical subjects are exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Any trials we conduct must be conducted in accordance with FDA
regulations as well as other federal regulations and state laws concerning human subject protection and privacy. Moreover, the results of a clinical trial may
not be sufficient to obtain clearance or approval of the product.

Changes to Marketed Devices

After a device receives 510(k) marketing clearance, or de novo classification, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or efficacy, or that
would constitute a major change or modification in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) marketing clearance or, depending on the modification, a de
novo classification or PMA. The FDA requires each manufacturer to determine whether the proposed change requires submission of a 510(k) or a PMA in
the  first  instance,  but  the  FDA  can  review  any  such  decision  and  disagree  with  a  manufacturer’s  determination.  Many  minor  modifications  today  are
accomplished  by  a  manufacturer  documenting  the  change  in  an  internal  letter-to-file.  The  letter-to-file  is  in  lieu  of  submitting  a  new  510(k)  to  obtain
clearance for every change. The FDA can always review these letters to file in an inspection. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination, the
FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or request the recall of the modified device until 510(k) marketing clearance or PMA is obtained.
Also, in these circumstances, the manufacturer may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

109

 
 
 
 
 
Post-market Regulation

After a device is cleared or approved for marketing, numerous and extensive regulatory requirements continue to apply. These include:

● establishment registration and device listing with the FDA;

● QSR requirements, which require manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation,

and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the design, manufacturing, and distribution process;

● labeling and marketing regulations, which require that promotion is truthful, not misleading, fairly balanced, and provide adequate directions for use
and that all claims are substantiated, and also prohibit the promotion of products for unapproved or “off-label” uses and impose other restrictions on
labeling;

● FDA guidance on off-label dissemination of information and responding to unsolicited requests for information;

● clearance or approval of product modifications to 510(k)-cleared devices that could significantly affect safety or efficacy or that would constitute a

major change in intended use of one of our cleared devices;

● medical device reporting regulations, which require that a manufacturer report to the FDA if a device it markets may have caused or contributed to a
death or serious injury, or has malfunctioned and the device or a similar device that it markets would be likely to cause or contribute to a death or
serious injury or serious adverse events, if the malfunction were to recur;

● correction, removal and recall reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report  to  the  FDA  field  corrections  and  product  recalls  or

removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health;

● complying with regulations requiring Unique Device Identifiers (UDI) on devices and also requiring the submission of certain information about

each device to the FDA’s Global Unique Device Identification Database (GUDID);

● the FDA’s recall authority, whereby the agency can order device manufacturers to recall from the market a product that is in violation of governing

laws and regulations; and

● post-market surveillance activities and regulations, which apply when deemed by the FDA to be necessary to protect the public health or to provide

additional safety and efficacy data for the device.

We may be subject to similar foreign laws that may include applicable post-marketing requirements such as safety surveillance and risk-benefit analysis. Our
manufacturing  processes  are  required  to  comply  with  the  applicable  portions  of  the  QSR,  which  cover  the  methods  and  the  facilities  and  controls  for  the
design,  manufacture,  testing,  production,  processes,  controls,  quality  assurance,  labeling,  packaging,  distribution,  installation,  and  servicing  of  finished
devices intended for human use. The QSR also requires, among other things, maintenance of a device master file, device history file, and complaint files. As
a manufacturer, we are subject to periodic scheduled or unscheduled inspections by the FDA. Our failure to maintain compliance with the QSR requirements
could  result  in  the  shut-down  of,  or  restrictions  on,  our  manufacturing  operations,  and  the  recall  or  seizure  of  our  products.  The  discovery  of  previously
unknown problems with any of our products, including unanticipated adverse events or adverse events of increasing severity or frequency, whether resulting
from the use of the device within the scope of its clearance or off-label by a physician in the practice of medicine, could result in restrictions on the device,
including the removal of the product from the market or voluntary or mandatory device recalls.

110

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The FDA has broad regulatory compliance and enforcement powers. If the FDA determines that we failed to comply with applicable regulatory requirements,
it can take a variety of compliance or enforcement actions, which may result in any of the following sanctions:

● warning letters, untitled letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees, and civil penalties;

● recalls, withdrawals, or administrative detention or seizure of our products;

● operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

● refusing or delaying requests for 510(k) marketing clearance or PMA approvals of new products or modified products;

● withdrawing 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals that have already been granted;

● refusal to grant export or import approvals for our products; or

● criminal prosecution.

U.S. and Foreign Healthcare Laws and Compliance Requirements

Healthcare  providers,  physicians,  and  third-party  payors  play  a  primary  role  in  the  recommendation,  prescription,  and  payment  for  medical  treatments.  A
medical device manufacturer’s arrangements with third-party payors, providers, and patients may expose it to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other
healthcare laws and regulations that may affect its business or the financial arrangements and relationships through which it markets, sells and distributes its
products. Even if a medical device manufacturer does not control referrals of healthcare services or bill directly to Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party
payors, federal, and state healthcare laws and regulations are applicable to its business. In addition, portions of our business may be subject to the Health
Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA). To the extent we provide any covered entity customers with services that involve the use or
disclosure of protected health information (PHI) we may be required to enter into business associate agreements. Business associates are also directly liable
for compliance with HIPAA. The laws that may affect a medical device manufacturer’s ability to operate include, but are not limited to:

111

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● the  federal  healthcare  Anti-Kickback  Statute,  which  prohibits,  among  other  things,  persons  and  entities  from  knowingly  and  willfully  soliciting,
receiving, offering or providing remuneration (broadly interpreted to include anything of value), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or
in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order, or arrange for or recommend a good or service for
which  payment  may  be  made,  in  whole  or  in  part,  under  a  federal  healthcare  program,  such  as  Medicare  and  Medicaid.  The  government  can
establish a violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute without proving that a person or entity had actual knowledge of the law or a specific intent to
violate. Moreover, the government may assert that a claim for reimbursement that includes items resulting from a violation of the federal healthcare
Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act. Although there are a number of
statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors to the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute protecting certain common business arrangements
and activities from prosecution or regulatory sanctions, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly. Practices that involve remuneration to
those who  prescribe,  purchase,  or  recommend  medical  device  products,  including  discounts,  or  engaging  individuals  as  speakers,  consultants,  or
advisors, may be subject to scrutiny if they do not fit squarely within an exception or safe harbor. Our practices may not in all cases meet all of the
criteria  for  safe  harbor  protection  from  anti-  kickback  liability.  Moreover,  there  are  no  safe  harbors  for  many  common  practices,  such  as
reimbursement support programs, educational or research grants, or charitable donations;

● the federal civil False Claims Act (FCA), which prohibits, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be
presented, false or fraudulent claims for payment of federal government funds, and knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used a false
record  or  statement  material  to  a  false  or  fraudulent  claim  to  avoid,  decrease  or  conceal  an  obligation  to  pay  money  to  the  federal  government.
Private individuals, commonly known as “whistleblowers,” can bring FCA qui tam actions, on behalf of the government and themselves, and may
share in amounts paid by the entity to the government in recovery or settlement. False Claims Act liability is potentially significant in the healthcare
industry because the statute provides for treble damages and mandatory penalties of $11,181 to $22,363 per false or fraudulent claim or statement.
Many  pharmaceutical  and  medical  device  manufacturers  have  been  investigated  and  have  reached  substantial  settlements  under  the  FCA  in
connection  with  alleged  off  label  promotion  of  their  products  and  allegedly  providing  free  products  to  customers  with  the  expectation  that  the
customers would bill federal health care programs for the product. In addition, a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the
federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the FCA. In addition, manufacturers can be held
liable under the FCA even when they do not submit claims directly to government payors if they are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or
fraudulent  claims.  There  are  also  criminal  penalties,  including  imprisonment  and  criminal  fines,  for  making  or  presenting  false,  fictitious  or
fraudulent claims to the federal government;

112

 
 
 
● HIPAA,  which  prohibits  and  imposes  criminal  liability  for,  among  other  things,  knowingly  and  willfully  executing  or  attempting  to  execute  a
scheme  to  defraud  any  healthcare  benefit  program,  including  private  third  party  payors,  knowingly  and  willfully  embezzling  or  stealing  from  a
healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing
or  covering  up  a  material  fact  or  making  any  materially  false,  fictitious  or  fraudulent  statement  or  representation,  or  making  or  using  any  false
writing or document knowing the same to contain any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or entry in connection with the delivery of
or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to
have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation;

● HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (HITECH), and their implementing regulations,
which  imposes  privacy,  security,  transmission,  and  breach  reporting  obligations  with  respect  to  individually  identifiable  health  information  upon
entities  subject  to  the  law,  including  health  plans,  healthcare  clearinghouses,  and  certain  healthcare  providers  and  their  respective  business
associates that perform services on their behalf that involve individually identifiable  health  information.  HITECH  also  created  new  tiers  of  civil
monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates, and gave state attorneys general
new  authority  to  file  civil  actions  for  damages  or  injunctions  in  federal  courts  to  enforce  the  HIPAA  laws  and  seek  attorneys’  fees  and  costs
associated with pursuing federal civil actions;

● the  federal  Physician  Payments  Sunshine  Act,  created  under  the  PPACA,  which  requires  certain  manufacturers  of  drugs,  devices,  biologics  and
medical supplies reimbursed under Medicare, Medicaid, or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to
the  United  States  Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services  information  related  to  payments  or  other  transfers  of  value  made  to  physicians
(defined  to  include  doctors,  dentists,  optometrists,  podiatrists,  and  chiropractors),  and  teaching  hospitals,  as  well  as  ownership  and  investment
interests  held  by  physicians  and  their  immediate  family  members.  Beginning  in  2022,  applicable  manufacturers  were  also  required  to  report
information regarding payments and transfers of value provided to physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified nurse
anesthetists, and certified nurse-midwives; and

● foreign and state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws, that may impose similar or more
prohibitive restrictions, and may apply to items or services reimbursed by any non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers; state
laws  that  require  device  manufacturers  to  comply  with  the  industry’s  voluntary  compliance  guidelines  and  the  applicable  compliance  guidance
promulgated by the federal government or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources;
state laws that require device manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare
providers  or  marketing  expenditures  and  pricing  information;  and  other  federal  and  state  laws  that  govern  the  privacy  and  security  of  health
information or personally identifiable information in certain circumstances, including state health information privacy and data breach notification
laws which govern the collection, use, disclosure, and protection of health-related and other personal information, many of which differ from each
other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus requiring additional compliance efforts and data privacy and security laws
and regulations in foreign jurisdictions that may be more stringent than those in the United States (such as the European Union, which adopted the
General Data Protection Regulation, which became effective in May 2018).

113

 
 
 
 
 
Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of their statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors, it is possible that some of a medical device
manufacturer’s  business  activities  could  be  subject  to  challenge  under  one  or  more  of  these  laws.  The  scope  and  enforcement  of  each  of  these  laws  is
uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations
on  some  issues.  Federal  and  state  enforcement  bodies  have  recently  increased  their  scrutiny  of  interactions  between  healthcare  companies  and  healthcare
providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry.

Ensuring that business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations is costly and time consuming. If a medical
device manufacturer’s operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to it, it may
be subject to civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, substantial monetary penalties, individual imprisonment, exclusion
from governmental funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, additional reporting obligations and oversight if it becomes subject to a
corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, reputational harm, diminished profits and future
earnings, and the curtailment or restructuring of operations, any of which could adversely affect the ability of a medical device manufacturer to operate its
business and the results of its operations.

United States Healthcare Reform

In the United States, a number of legislative and regulatory proposals have been considered or enacted to change the healthcare system in ways that could
affect  a  medical  device  manufacturer’s  business.  Among  policy  makers  and  governmental  and  private  insurers  in  the  United  States,  there  is  significant
interest in promoting changes in healthcare systems with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs, improving quality or expanding access. For example,
in 2010, the PPACA was enacted, which includes measures to significantly change the way health care is financed by both governmental and private insurers,
and significantly impacts the medical device industry. Among other ways in which it may impact a medical device manufacturer’s business, the PPACA:

114

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● establishes  a  new  Patient-Centered  Outcomes  Research  Institute  to  oversee  and  identify  priorities in comparative clinical efficacy research in an

effort to coordinate and develop such research;

● implements  payment  system  reforms  including  a  national  pilot  program  on  payment  bundling  to  encourage  hospitals,  physicians,  and  other

providers to improve the coordination, quality, and efficiency of certain healthcare services through bundled payment models; and

● expands the eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs.

Some of the provisions of the PPACA have yet to be implemented, and there have been judicial and Congressional challenges to modify, limit, or repeal
certain aspects of the PPACA since its enactment and have continued to evolve. During his presidency, President Trump has supported the repeal of all or
portions  of  the  PPACA,  and  in  January  2017,  he  signed  Executive  Orders  designed  to  delay  the  implementation  of  certain  provisions  of  the  PPACA  or
otherwise circumvent some of the requirements for health insurance mandated by the PPACA to the maximum extent permitted by law. Due to such efforts,
certain elements of the PPACA have been invalidated or suspended, which has, in turn, led to additional challenges against the law as a whole. For example,
the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 included a provision repealing, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the
PPACA  on  certain  individuals  who  fail  to  maintain  qualifying  health  coverage  for  all  or  part  of  a  year  that  is  commonly  referred  to  as  the  “individual
mandate”. As a result, there is significant uncertainty regarding future healthcare reform and its impact on our operations. In December 2018, a district court
in  Texas  held  that  the  individual  mandate  is  unconstitutional  and  that  the  rest  of  the  PPACA  is,  therefore,  invalid.  On  appeal,  the  Fifth  Circuit  Court  of
Appeals affirmed the holding on the individual mandate but remanded the case back to the lower court to reassess whether and how such holding affects the
validity of the rest of the PPACA. The Fifth Circuit’s decision on the individual mandate was appealed to the U.S. Supreme Court. On June 17, 2021, the
Supreme Court held that the plaintiffs (comprised of the state of Texas, as well as numerous other states and certain individuals) did not have standing to
challenge the constitutionality of the PPACA’s individual mandate and, accordingly, vacated the Fifth Circuit’s decision and instructed the district court to
dismiss  the  case.  As  a  result,  the  PPACA  will  remain  in-effect  in  its  current  form  for  the  foreseeable  future;  however,  we  cannot  predict  what  additional
challenges may arise in the future, the outcome thereof, or the impact any such actions may have on our business.

The Biden administration has also introduced various measures in recent years with a focus on healthcare and drug pricing, in particular. For example, on
January 28, 2021, President Biden issued an executive order that initiated a special enrollment period for purposes of obtaining health insurance coverage
through  the  PPACA  marketplace,  which  began  on  February  15,  2021,  and  remained  open  through  August  15,  2021.  The  executive  order  also  instructed
certain governmental agencies to review and reconsider their existing policies and rules that limit access to healthcare, including among others, reexamining
Medicaid demonstration projects and waiver programs that include work requirements and policies that create unnecessary barriers to obtaining access to
health insurance coverage through Medicaid or the PPACA. On the legislative front, the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 was signed into law on March
11, 2021, which, in relevant part, eliminates the statutory Medicaid drug rebate cap, currently set at 100% of a drug’s average manufacturer price, for single
source drugs and innovator multiple source drugs, beginning January 1, 2024. And, on August 16, 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (“IRA”) was
signed into law. Among other things, the IRA requires manufacturers of certain drugs to engage in price negotiations with Medicare (beginning in 2026),
imposes rebates under Medicare Part B and Medicare Part D to penalize price increases that outpace inflation (first due in 2023), and replaces the Part D
coverage gap discount program with a new discounting program (beginning in 2025). The IRA also authorizes HHS to implement many of these provisions
through guidance, as opposed to regulation, for the initial years. We cannot yet assess the impact that the IRA will have on the medical-products industry, but
it will likely be significant.

115

 
 
 
 
 
 
There is seemingly constant evolution with regard to healthcare in the United States, and we cannot predict what healthcare programs and regulations may be
implemented  or  changed  at  the  federal  and/or  state  level  or  the  effect  of  any  future  legislation  or  regulation  on  our  business  or  that  of  our  current  or
prospective customers, suppliers, and/or the U.S. healthcare industry as a whole.

It is possible that recent and/or future initiatives could have an adverse effect on our ability to obtain approval and/or successfully commercialize products in
the United States in the future. For example, any changes that reduce, or impede the ability to obtain, reimbursement for the type of products we currently
market, or may commercialize in the future (as applicable), in the United States would likely have an adverse effect on our business and profitability.

Outside of the United States

We also have received European Conformity (CE) marking in the European Economic Area (EEA) and in Israel for MDD, OCD, and smoking addiction, and
11  other  indications  in  psychiatry,  addiction  treatment,  and  neurology.  Additional  regulatory  approvals  have  also  been  obtained  for  Deep  TMS  in  various
other existing and potential territories, including, for example, in Canada and India. Sales and marketing of medical devices outside of the United States are
subject to foreign regulatory requirements that vary widely from country to country. The time required to obtain appropriate marketing authorizations from
other foreign authorities may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval. Whether or not we have obtained FDA approval, our Deep TMS
systems may be subject to different regulatory requirements in other jurisdictions. The foreign regulatory approval process includes all the risks associated
with FDA regulation, as well as country-specific regulations.

Employees

Our  employees  include  professionals  with  extensive  experience  in  medical  device  development  and  applications,  neurology  and  psychopathology,  pre-
clinical experimentation, clinical development, and business development. As of December 31, 2022, we had 134 employees, of which 65 were based in the
United  States  and  69  were  based  outside  of  the  United  States  (in  Israel).  Our  U.S.  employee  base  includes  55  employees  in  sales,  marketing,  and
service/operations, 3 employees in medical affairs, and 7 general and administrative employees. Our Israeli employee base includes 51 employees in clinical
trials, research and development, production, and service/operations, 5 employees in sales and marketing, and 13 general and administrative employees.

116

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
While  none  of  our  employees  are  party  to  any  collective  bargaining  agreements,  certain  provisions  of  the  collective  bargaining  agreements  between  the
Histadrut (General Federation of Labor in Israel) and the Coordination Bureau of Economic Organizations (including the Industrialists’ Associations) are
applicable to our employees by order of the Israel Ministry of Labor. Such orders are part of the employment related laws and regulations which apply to our
employees and set certain mandatory terms of employment. Such mandatory terms of employment primarily concern the length of the workday, minimum
daily wages, pension plan benefits for all employees, insurance for work-related accidents, procedures for dismissal of employees, severance pay and other
conditions of employment. We generally provide our employees with benefits and working conditions beyond the required minimums.

We have never experienced an employment-related work stoppage and we believe our relationship with our employees is good.

Environmental Matters

We are subject to various environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing noise emissions. We believe that our business,
operations, and facilities are being operated in compliance in all material respects with applicable environmental and health and safety laws and regulations.
Based on information currently available to us, we do not expect environmental costs and contingencies to have a material adverse effect on us. Significant
expenditures could be required in the future, however, if we are required to comply with new or more stringent environmental or health and safety laws,
regulations or requirements.

Legal Proceedings

On January 10, 2023, the Company announced that it had settled a lawsuit filed by Neuronetics, Inc. in the District of Delaware. The Company had filed a
motion to dismiss the case, and, while that motion was pending, agreed to settle the case on mutually agreeable terms and without any admission of liability
or wrongdoing, including the release of certain potential counterclaims, to avoid the time, expense and uncertainty of litigation.

C. Organizational Structure

Our three subsidiaries, all of which wholly-owned, are: BrainsWay, Inc., incorporated in Delaware on March 31, 2003; Brain Research and Development
Services Ltd., incorporated in Israel on August 13, 2003; and BrainsWay USA Inc., incorporated in Delaware on November 24, 2014.

D.

Property, Plants and Equipment

BrainsWay has offices in the United States and Israel.

117

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In Israel, the Company has leased offices in Jerusalem, Israel, since November 2007. In October 2022, upon the expiration of our previous lease agreement
for our existing space, the Company signed a renewed lease agreement with the same Landlord providing for a move within the same building to a space
which  is  being  built  out  according  to  our  custom  specifications.  The  newly  built-out  space  will  consist  of  approximately  1,520  square  meters,  including
administrative offices, research operations, central laboratory, and a warehouse. The lease term extends until 5 years beginning from the date we move into
the  new  space  (expected  to  occur  within  the  coming  year  once  the  buildout  is  complete),  with  an  automatic  extension  period  of  another  5  years  unless
terminated prior thereto. Under the terms of the agreement, lease payments and management fees will amount to approximately $34,000 plus value added
tax, or VAT, per month, in the aggregate, and are paid in NIS.

In the United States, the Company's corporate headquarters is located in Boston, MA, in a space comprised of 3,976 square feet leased at a rate of $8,118 per
month,  with  a  contractual  lease  term  that  expires  in  November  2024.  We  have  also  had  corporate  offices  located  in  New  Jersey  since  April  2016.  Our
Cresskill, NJ offices occupy a space comprised of approximately 2,326 square feet leased at a rate of $4,815 per month, pursuant to a lease with a current
term expiring (unless extended) in June 2023.

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 5.

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

You  should  read  the  following  discussion  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  in  conjunction  with  the  financial  statements  and  the  notes
thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs.
Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences
include those discussed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report, particularly those in “Item 3. Key Information – D. Risk Factors.”

Company Overview

BrainsWay is a global leader in advanced noninvasive neurostimulation treatments for mental health disorders. We are boldly advancing neuroscience with
our  proprietary  Deep  Transcranial  Magnetic  Stimulation  (Deep  TMS™)  platform  technology  to  improve  health  and  transform  lives.  We  are  dedicated  to
leading through superior science and building on what we believe to be an unparalleled body of clinical evidence. We are the first and only TMS company to
obtain  from  the  U.S.  Food  and  Drug  Administration  (FDA)  three  cleared  indications  backed  by  pivotal  studies  demonstrating  clinically  proven  efficacy.
Current  indications  include  major  depressive  disorder  (MDD),  including  reduction  of  comorbid  anxiety  symptoms,  commonly  referred  to  as  anxious
depression,  obsessive-compulsive  disorder  (OCD),  and  smoking  addiction.  We  have  also  received  CE  Mark  for  a  variety  of  psychiatric  and  neurological
indications. We are focused on increasing global awareness of and broad access to Deep TMS. Deep TMS uses magnetic pulses to stimulate neurons and
consequently modulates the physiological activity of the brain. Our technology can either increase brain activity in neuronal networks which are hypoactive,
or alternatively decrease brain activity in neuronal networks which are hypoactive. Our proprietary electromagnetic coils, which we refer to as H-Coils, are
designed to safely stimulate deep and broad brain regions, which we believe provides an advantage over other available TMS products, which we refer to
collectively  as  Traditional  TMS,  that  generally  use  a  “figure  8”  design.  In  the  United  States,  we  sell  our  Deep  TMS  system  for  the  treatment  of  MDD
(including reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious depression), OCD and smoking addictions. We believe that our Deep
TMS technology has the potential to be safe and effective for the treatment of a wide range of additional psychiatric, neurological, and addiction disorders.
Additional clinical trials of Deep TMS in various psychiatric, neurological, and addiction disorders are underway or planned.

118

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our first commercial H1 Coil Deep TMS product received clearance from the FDA in 2013 for the treatment of MDD in adult patients who have failed to
achieve  satisfactory  improvement  from  anti-depressant  medication  in  the  current  episode.  Our  Deep  TMS  system  for  MDD  is  currently  marketed  to  and
installed  at  psychiatrists’  offices  and  other  facilities  principally  in  the  United  States  and  in  certain  other  countries  throughout  the  world.  In  addition,  our
second Deep TMS commercial product received FDA marketing authorization in August 2018 as an adjunct therapy for adult patients suffering from OCD,
and in August 2018 as an adjunct therapy for adult patients suffering from OCD, and we currently market this product to the same general clientele as our
MDD systems.. Furthermore, our third Deep TMS commercial product received FDA marketing authorization in August 2020 as a short-term therapy for
smoking  addiction.  Moreover,  in  August  2021,  we  received  510(k)  clearance  from  the  FDA  for  our  Deep  TMS  for  its  use  for  the  reduction  of  comorbid
anxiety symptoms in adult patients with depression. In August 2022, we received 510(k) clearance from the FDA for the use of our H7 Coil to treat MDD
(including anxious depression). Our sales and marketing efforts are currently focused in the United States, where we generated approximately 75 % of our
revenues in the year ended December 31, 2022.

We  believe  that  Deep  TMS  represents  a  platform  technology  that  provides  for  an  opportunity  to  develop  additional  Deep  TMS  products  for  a  variety  of
psychiatric, neurological, and addiction disorders. We are planning clinical trials for other indications, including neurological and/or addiction disorders.

Our current customers are principally doctors, hospitals, and medical centers in the field of psychiatry. Treatment with Deep TMS is typically performed as
an office-based procedure using our Deep TMS system, which consists of our proprietary H-Coil helmet, as well as several other components, including a
stimulator, cooling system, positioning arm and an operator interface. A course of treatment for MDD typically requires 20 treatment sessions (five times a
week over a period of four weeks) and thereafter up to 24 additional maintenance-continuation sessions (twice weekly over a period of up to 12 weeks). The
standard  Deep  TMS  treatment  protocol  for  OCD  requires  29  treatment  sessions  over  six  weeks.  A  course  of  treatment  for  smoking  addiction  typically
requires 18 treatment sessions, comprised of treatment five times a week over a period of three weeks, followed by treatment once per week for an additional
three weeks. Each standard MDD, OCD or smoking addiction session lasts 20 minutes, 19 minutes, and 18 minutes, respectively. For Deep TMS for MDD,
the  FDA  also  cleared  a  3  minute  “Theta  Burst”  treatment  protocol.  Patients  may  experience  some  discomfort  during  treatment  and  must  use  earplugs  to
reduce exposure to the loud sounds produced by the device. The treatment requires no anesthesia, hospitalization or sedation and no systemic side effects are
associated with this therapy.

119

 
 
 
 
In the United States, we sell or lease Deep TMS systems by one of the following two methods: (i) a fixed-fee lease model in which the Deep TMS system is
leased to a customer for a fixed annual fee, generally with a term of between 48 and 60 months, for unlimited use; and (ii) a sales or purchase model in which
the Deep TMS system is sold to the customer for a fixed purchase price. Additional potential revenues may be derived from extended warranty fees paid for
the system for service coverage beyond the standard included warranty period, and from variable or usage fees based on the number of treatments performed
with the system. We are also able to leverage our platform technology, which includes the ability to treat multiple indications using different H-Coil helmets,
to facilitate transactions utilizing combined pricing models often involving a single system with one or more add-on helmets. These flexible offerings are
designed  to  facilitate  market  penetration  by  addressing  the  differing  clinical  needs  and  risk  tolerance  among  our  customer  base.  We  commercialize  Deep
TMS for OCD based generally on either the sale model, or as part of a fixed-fee lease model together with our MDD system. Following our receipt of FDA
clearance for smoking addiction, we completed controlled and limited market releases of our system for this indication, and are currently in the process of a
clinical data collection effort to facilitate a long term commercial plan for this product.

As of December 31, 2022, we had an installed base of approximately 884 Deep TMS systems, whereby 411 systems were leased from us, and an additional
473 systems were sold by us prior to December 31, 2022. Our installed base increased by 130 systems during 2022. In addition, as of December 31, 2022, we
had shipped 414 H1 Coils as additional coils attached to certain of our new and existing systems following our receipt in August 2018 of marketing approval
from the FDA for our OCD system.

For the year ended December 31, 2022, our revenues were $27.2 million compared to $29.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, representing a
decrease of 8.4% over the revenues generated in 2021. We incurred net losses of $13.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022.

As of December 31, 2022, we had an accumulated deficit of $97.1 million. Our primary sources of capital to date have been from public offerings in Israel
and in the United States, and private placements of our securities, grants from the Israel Innovation Authority (IIA), borrowings under our credit facilities,
and the lease and sale of our products.

We  expect  our  research,  development,  and  clinical  trials  expenses  to  increase  in  connection  with  our  ongoing  activities,  particularly  as  we  continue  to
develop  next  generation  technology  (including  in  the  areas  of  multichannel  and  rotational  field  TMS),  rollout  additional  features  on  our  current  platform
(including beta testing of additional remote capabilities), pursue future confirmatory trials and data collection efforts for existing indications, and seek FDA
clearance for new indications such as fatigue in MS, addictions (including alcohol, cocaine and/or opioid addiction), pain and other potential psychiatric and
neurological  indications.  In  addition,  we  expect  to  incur  significant  commercialization  expenses  for  product  sales,  marketing,  manufacturing,  and
distribution. On February 25, 2021, we closed a follow-on underwritten public offering of ADSs with gross proceeds of approximately $45.2 million before
deducting underwriting discount and commissions and offering expenses. We believe that our existing cash resources will be sufficient to enable us to fund
our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 24 months.

120

 
 
 
 
 
 
Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenues

We derive our revenues from the lease and sale of our Deep TMS systems. We offer the following main pricing models:

● Fixed-fee Lease Model: The  customer  leases  the  Deep  TMS  system  and  pays  a  fixed  annual  or  monthly  fee  for  the  term  of  the  lease  (generally

between 48 and 60 months).

● Sale Model: The Deep TMS system is sold to the customer for a fixed purchase price.

Additional revenues may be generated from certain customers in certain territories who are or may potentially be under a Pay Per Use model, whereby the
customer pays a fixed fee per every patient session during which the system is used. Further potential revenues may be derived from extended warranty fees
paid for the system for service coverage beyond the standard included warranty period, which is generally for one year, and from variable or usage fees based
on the number of treatments performed with the system.

We are also able to leverage our platform technology, which includes the ability to treat multiple indications using different H-Coil helmets, to facilitate
transactions utilizing combined pricing models often involving a single system with one or more add-on helmets.

Our revenues from the operating leases of our Deep TMS systems are recognized on a straight-line method over the term of the lease. Usage based fees, if
applicable, are recognized as revenue when we are entitled to receive such revenue. Our revenues from sales are recognized when control of the system is
transferred to the customer, generally upon delivery of the system.

Cost of revenues and gross margin

Our cost of revenues includes a significant component of depreciation of the Deep TMS systems, due to the fact that we maintain ownership of those systems
placed under various models including our fixed-fee lease model, where we place our system at a site for use by our customer, rather than selling it outright.
We expect to continue to own those of our Deep TMS systems which have been placed under these models for the foreseeable future, which allows us to
maintain our relatively low cost of revenues for those systems.

121

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In the case of the Deep TMS systems that we sell under our sales model, the entire cost of the Deep TMS system is recognized upon such sale. The cost of
revenues  for  systems  that  we  sell  primarily  consists  of  the  costs  of  raw  materials,  including  components  purchased  from  our  third-party  contract
manufacturers and manufacturing and assembly of the components that we perform ourselves. While we have previously used a third-party stimulator for our
Deep TMS systems, we developed and have received FDA clearance for our own proprietary stimulator for MDD (in May 2018), OCD (in March 2019), and
smoking addiction (in April 2021).

The  cost  of  revenues  for  systems  that  we  lease  or  sell  also  include  costs  related  to  personnel,  royalties  to  PHS  and  Yeda,  shipping,  and  our  operations
department. We expect our cost of revenues to increase in absolute dollars to the extent our revenues increase.

Selling and marketing expenses

Selling and marketing expenses consist of marketing and commercial activities related to the sale and lease of our Deep TMS systems, as well as personnel
expenses, including salaries and related benefits, sales commissions, share-based compensation for employees, and facility costs. Other significant sales and
marketing  costs  include  conferences,  trade  shows,  and  promotional  and  marketing  activities,  including  direct  and  online  marketing,  SEO,  earned  media,
practice support programs, media campaigns and travel expenses.

We  anticipate  relative  stability  in  current  headcount  levels  for  our  commercial  organization,  and  we  plan  to  focus  on  aligning  our  current  resources  with
existing territories in order to maximize and enhance efficiency. As a result, we expect our sales and marketing expenses to decrease.

Research and development expenses, net

Research  and  development  expenses,  net,  consist  primarily  of  personnel  expenses,  including  salaries  and  related  benefits,  share-based  compensation  for
employees, facility costs, laboratory materials, regulatory costs, patents, and travel expenses, as well as expenses associated with outsourced professional
scientific development services, and the costs of multi-center and other clinical trials.

We  expect  to  continue  to  incur  research  and  development  expenses  for  the  near  future  as  we  advance  the  development  of  our  Deep  TMS  technology  for
various neurological and/or addiction disorders, as well as for various hardware and software development projects related to the Deep TMS system. While
continuing to pursue these strategic initiatives, we also plan on streamlining existing resources as we shift more of our focus to our commercial operations.
As a result, we expect our research and development expenses to decrease.

122

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel expenses, including salaries and related benefits, share-based compensation, and travel
expenses for employees in executive, finance, information technology, legal, and human resource functions. General and administrative expenses also include
the cost of insurance, professional services, including legal and accounting fees as well as administrative costs, including corporate facility costs.

We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will decrease as we realign our corporate activities. General and administrative costs include, but
are  not  limited  to,  accounting,  legal,  human  resources,  consulting,  investor  relations,  listing  fees  on  The  Nasdaq  Global  Market,  costs  associated  with
reporting and compliance in the United States, as well as director and officer insurance premiums, as a result of becoming a public company in the United
States. 

Finance expenses, net

Our  finance  expenses,  net,  consist  primarily  of  expenses  related  to  bank  charges,  and  the  amortization  of  deferred  financing  costs  related  to  our  finance
expense with respect to the fair value re-measurement related to our outstanding liability to the IIA on account of grants received for financing our research
and development activity, as well as interest income earned on our bank deposits and foreign currency exchange transactions.

Income taxes expense

Our income taxes expense is derived primarily from income generated from the sales and lease of our Deep TMS systems from our U.S. subsidiary. During
the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recorded deferred tax assets in respect of temporary differences in the U.S. subsidiary.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with IFRS, requires companies to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at and as of the date of the financial statements and the reported
amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates and judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty, and actual
results may differ. Our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this report. Critical
accounting  estimates  and  judgments  are  continually  evaluated  and  are  based  on  historical  experience  and  other  factors,  including  expectations  of  future
events  that  are  believed  to  be  reasonable  under  the  circumstances,  and  are  particularly  important  to  the  portrayal  of  our  financial  position  and  results  of
operations. Our estimates are primarily guided by observing the following critical accounting policies:

123

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue Recognition

We  generate  revenues  from  the  sale  and  lease  of  our  systems.  We  sell  products  mainly  directly  to  end  users,  third  party  financing  companies  with
arrangements with end users, and to a lesser extent, to third-party distributors outside of the United States which typically do not include return rights. We
typically have post-sale obligations of training and installation of our systems and may provide an annual service warranty for the Deep TMS system after the
expiration  of  the  standard  warranty.  Revenues  for  such  services  are  deemed  distinct  performance  obligations  and  are  recognized  when  the  services  are
performed.

Revenue from sale of systems is recognized at the point in time when control of the system is transferred to the customer, generally upon delivery of the
system to the customer.

We generate lease revenue from a fixed-fee lease model in which the Deep TMS system is leased to a customer for a fixed annual fee, generally for a term of
between 48 to 60 months, allowing for unlimited use during the lease period. Leases in which substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership
of the leased asset are not transferred to the lessee are classified as operating leases. Revenues from operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis
over the lease term. Usage based fees are recognized as revenue when the Company is entitled to receive such revenue.

Allowance for doubtful accounts based on expected credit losses on trade receivables

We apply a simplified approach and measure the loss allowance in respect of our short -term financial assets, trade receivables, in an amount equal to the
lifetime expected credit losses.

The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts based on expected credit losses for trade receivables. The allowance rates are based on days past
due for its various customers. The allowance is initially based on the Company’s historical observed default rates as well as forward-looking information. At
each reporting date, the historical observed default rates are updated and changes in the forward-looking estimates are analyzed. The amount of the allowance
is sensitive to changes in circumstances and forecasted economic conditions.

Royalty Bearing Governmental Grants

Government  grants  are  recognized  when  there  is  reasonable  assurance  that  the  grants  will  be  received,  and  the  Company  will  comply  with  all  attached
conditions.  Government  grants  received  from  the  IIA  and  repayable  to  the  IIA  through  royalty-bearing  sales  are  recognized  upon  receipt  as  a  liability  if
future economic benefits are expected to be derived through estimated future cash flows from the research project, resulting in royalty bearing sales due to
the IIA.

A liability for the grant is first measured at fair value using a discount rate that reflects a market rate of interest. The difference between the amount of the
grant received and the fair value of the liability is accounted for as a government grant and recognized as a reduction of research and development expenses.
After initial recognition, the liability is measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Royalty payments are recorded as a reduction of the
liability.

124

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If no economic benefits are expected from the research activity, the grants received are recognized as a reduction of the related research and development
expenses. In that event, the royalty obligation is treated as a contingent liability.

On each reporting date, the Company evaluates whether there is reasonable assurance that the liability recognized, in whole or in part, will not be repaid
based on the best estimate of future sales and using the original effective interest method and, if so, the appropriate amount of the liability is derecognized
against a corresponding reduction in research and development expenses.

Grants received from the IIA prior to January 1, 2009, which are recognized as a liability, are accounted for as forgivable loans in accordance with IAS 20,
based on the original terms of the loan.

Share-based compensation

Share-based  compensation  reflects  the  compensation  expense  of  our  stock  option,  and  more  recently,  restricted  share  unit  (RSU)  programs  granted  to
employee and other service providers, in which the compensation expense is measured at the grant date fair value of the award. The grant date fair value of
share-based compensation is recognized as an expense over the requisite service period, net of estimated forfeitures. We recognize compensation expense for
awards conditioned only on continued service that have a graded vesting schedule using the accelerated method and classify these amounts in our statement
of comprehensive loss based on the department to which the related employee/service provider reports.

Traditionally,  the  preferred  form  of  equity  compensation  to  our  employees,  consultants  and  directors  was  in  the  form  of  options.  On  May  4,  2021,  we
commenced  a  tender  offer  to  exchange  eligible  options  (“Eligible  Options”)  to  purchase  Ordinary  Shares,  par  value  NIS  0.04  per  Ordinary  Share,  for
replacement  options  to  purchase  Ordinary  Shares  (“New  Options”),  with  modified  terms  pursuant  to  the  Offer  to  Exchange  Eligible  Options  for  New
Options, dated May 4, 2021 (the “Exchange Offer”). Following the Exchange Offer, to better align with the interests of prospective grantees, among other
factors, we diversified our equity grants to prospective grantees to be either in the form of options or in the form of RSUs, according to the form of equity
that bests suits the grantee.

Share-Based Compensation Valuation

We selected the Binomial Lattice option-pricing model as the most appropriate method for determining the estimated fair value of options compensation. For
the purpose of the evaluation of the fair value, and the manner of the recognition of options compensation, our management is required to estimate, among
others, various subjective parameters that are included in the calculation of the fair value of the options compensation, as well as our results and the amount
of options that will vest. These parameters include the expected volatility of our share price over the expected term of the grant, the risk-free interest rate
assumption, forfeitures behaviors and expected dividends.

125

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Some of our more recent incentive equity grants were in the form of restricted share units (RSUs). We evaluate the fair value of RSUs based on the price of
our  ordinary  shares  at  the  time  of  grant  and  the  quantity  of  RSUs  granted.  In  connection  with  these  RSU  grants,  we  adopted  a  mechanism  entailing  an
irrevocable instruction by the CFO similar to a 10b5-1 plan in order to allow for “sale-to-cover” which entails the sale of vested RSUs so as to cover the RSU
holders’ tax expenses triggered by such vesting.

Fair value of Ordinary Shares. Since our Ordinary Shares have traded on the TASE since 2007, and our ADSs have traded on The Nasdaq Global Market
since 2019, we have a market price per share of our Ordinary Shares and ADSs. Traditionally, the exercise price for options granted by the Company was
determined  based  on  the  average  price  per  share  over  a  calendar  period  of  trading  days  preceding  the  grant  date.  Under  the  new  compensation  policy
approved by the Company’s shareholders on December 22, 2021, the exercise price for any newer options grants are to be based on the closing price of our
ADSs on the day prior to the grant. On June 2, 2021, we completed the Exchange Offer and the exercise price per Ordinary Share of the new options granted
pursuant to the exchange offer is $4.675 per Ordinary Share. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions – Related Party Transactions.”

Volatility. The expected volatility of the price of our Ordinary Shares reflects the assumption that the historical volatility of the share prices on the TASE is
reasonably indicative of expected future trends.

Risk-free interest rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on observed interest rates appropriate for the expected term of the options granted in dollar terms.

Expected term. The expected term of options granted is derived from the output of the option valuation model and represents the period of time the options
are expected to be outstanding.

Expected dividend yield. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and we do not have current plans to pay cash dividends in the near term.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The recent accounting pronouncements are set forth in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1 of this Annual Report.

A. Operating Results

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables show our unaudited quarterly statements of operations for the periods indicated. We have prepared this quarterly information on a basis
consistent with our audited financial statements.

126

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three months ended

Statements of operations
Revenues
Cost of revenues
Gross profit
Research and development expenses, net
Selling and marketing expenses
General and administrative expenses
Total Operating expenses
Total Operating Loss
Finance expenses, net
Loss before income taxes
Income taxes (tax benefit)
Net loss and comprehensive loss

2022

  March 31   June 30   Sep. 30   Dec. 31   March 31   June 30   Sep. 30   Dec. 31   March 31   June 30   Sep. 30   Dec. 31
2021
U.S dollars in thousands
    7,005 
    1,300 
    5,705 
    1,650 
    4,191 
    1,377 
    7,218 
    1,513 
269 
    1,782 
156 
    1,938 

    8,006 
    2,192 
    5,814 
    1,731 
    4,552 
    1,539 
    7,822 
    2,008 
329 
    2,337 
113 
    2,450 

    4,820 
992 
    3,828 
    1,041 
    2,178 
824 
    4,043 
215 
179 
394 
177 
571 

    7,066 
    1,566 
    5,500 
    1,576 
    2,999 
    1,332 
    5,907 
407 
239 
646 
(240)
406 

    6,033 
    1,729 
    4,304 
    2,151 
    4,750 
    1,726 
    8,627 
    4,323 
(401)
    3,922 
(55)
    3,867 

    8,470 
    1,906 
    6,564 
    2,032 
    4,518 
    1,466 
    8,016 
    1,452 
379 
    1,831 
(484)
    1,347 

    6,014 
    1,485 
    4,529 
    1,411 
    2,393 
    1,311 
    5,115 
586 
210 
796 
170 
966 

    8,061 
    1,930 
    6,131 
    1,786 
    4,042 
    1,536 
    7,364 
    1,233 
360 
    1,593 
211 
    1,804 

    5,168 
    1,341 
    3,827 
    2,220 
    4,751 
    1,726 
    8,697 
    4,870 
99 
    4,969 
70 
    5,039 

4,157 
1,015 
3,142 
1,795 
3,713 
1,255 
6,763 
3,621 
(309) 
3,312 
130 
3,442 

6,121 
1,463 
4,658 
925 
3,129 
1,405 
5,459 
801 
412 
1,213 
160 
1,373 

7,970 
1,867 
6,103 
1,576 
4,146 
1,863 
7,585 
1,482 
324 
1,806 
187 
1,993 

2020

Our quarterly revenues and operating results have varied in the past and are expected to vary in the future due to numerous factors. We believe that period-to-
period comparisons of our operating results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance.

Year ended December 31, 2022 compared to year ended December 31, 2021

Revenues

Our  total  revenues  decreased  by  $2.5  million,  or  8.4%,  from  $29.7  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  to  $27.2  million  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2022. The decrease in revenues was attributed mainly to a decrease in lease of our Deep TMS systems to customers. Revenues from leases
were 40% of the revenues for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to 45% of the revenues for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Cost of revenues and gross margin

Our cost of revenues was $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase
is primarily attributed to increase in sales volumes. There has been no material change in our gross margin as a percentage of revenue for the last three years.

Research and development expenses, net

Our  research  and  development  expenses,  net,  were  $7.7  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022  compared  to  $6.4  million  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2021. The increase of $1.3 million, or 20%, was primarily attributable to increased investments in clinical trial and post-marketing studies
related to our OCD and depression indications, as well as increased regulatory expenses to support the clearances in the geographies we sell in.

Selling and marketing expenses

Our selling and marketing expenses were $18.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to $15.9 million for the year ended December 31,
2021.  The  increase  of  $2.3  million,  or  14.6%,  was  primarily  attributable  to  increased  investments  in  the  commercial  team  in  the  United  States.  These
investments included increased headcounts, recruiting expenses, as well as higher travel costs which are due to both increased headcount and increases in
travel  related  expenses  during  the  year.  The  Company  also  had  higher  marketing  expenses  to  support  increased  awareness  including  trades  shows,  and
digital marketing initiatives.

127

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
General and administrative expenses

Our general and administrative expenses were $6.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to $5.8 million for the year ended December 31,
2021. The increase of $1.1 million, or 19% is mainly attributed to one-time professional and legal fees.

Finance expenses, net

Our finance expenses, net, were $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The
decrease of $1 million is mainly attributed to an increase in interest income from bank deposits.

For information on the impact of currency fluctuations on the company, please see Item 11 “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk”
below.

Year ended December 31, 2021 compared to year ended December 31, 2020

For comparison of fiscal year 2021 to fiscal year 2020 please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -
Year ended December 31, 2021 compared to year ended December 31, 2020” section in our annual report on form 20-F filed with the SEC on April 12, 2022.

For more information regarding governmental economic, fiscal, monetary or political policies or factors that have materially affected, or could materially
affect, directly or indirectly, the Company’s operations in Israel, please see also Item 3D. Risk Factors - Risks Related to Our Functions in Israel.

B.         Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

As of December 31, 2022, we had cash, cash equivalents and short-term deposits of $47.9 million and an accumulated deficit of $97.1 million, compared to
cash equivalents and short-term deposits of $57.3 million, and an accumulated deficit of $83.7 million as of December 31, 2021. We incurred negative cash
flows from operating activities of $9.8 million and positive cash flows from operating activities of $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and
2021, respectively. We have incurred operating losses since our inception, but anticipate that our operating losses will decrease as we implement measures
designed to reduce operating expenses. Our primary sources of capital to date have been from public offerings in the U.S. and Israel and private placements
of our securities, grants from the IIA, and leases and sales of our Deep TMS systems. From inception through December 31, 2022, we raised $129 million
from placements of our Ordinary Shares and exercise of options.

128

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Company’s  primary  contractual  obligations  consist  of  liabilities  in  respect  of  research  and  development  grants  received  from  the  Israeli  Innovation
Authority, royalties in respect of license agreements for the use of some of our intellectual property with Yeda and PHS, as well as lease liabilities in respect
of corporate facilities and vehicles. For information about the Company's contractual obligations, see Notes 11 and 14 to our Audited Financial Statements.

We expect our revenues to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we expand the marketing of our Deep TMS system for MDD,
OCD,  and  smoking  addiction.  Given  recent  cost  cutting  measures  implemented  by  us,  we  expect  the  gap  between  operating  expenses  and  revenues  to
decrease as compared to 2022 levels. Accordingly, based on our current business plan, we believe that our cash and cash equivalents as of December 31,
2022 and the anticipated revenues from sales of our products will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through
the next 12 and 24 months periods, respectively.

Cash flows

The table below summarizes our cash flow activities for the indicated periods:

(in thousands)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
Exchange rate differences on cash and cash equivalents
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Year Ended December 31,
2021
2022

(9,760)    
42,169     
(1,547)    
(202)    
30,660     

884 
(42,216)
41,516 
(224)
(40)

Net cash used in operating activities was $9.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $0.9 million providing during the year ended
December 31, 2021. The decrease of $10.7 million was primarily due to higher loss, as well as changes in working capital.

Investing Activities

Net cash provided by investing activities was $42.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $42.2 million used during the year ended
December 31, 2021. The increase of $84.4 million was mainly attributed to the investment of funds raised during 2021 in short-term deposits, compared to
their classification as cash in 2022.

129

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
 
 
Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $1.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $41.5 million provided by financing activities
during the year ended December 31, 2021. The change was mainly due to the completion of a follow-on underwritten public offering of ADSs during the
prior year.

Government Grants

As of December 31, 2022, our wholly owned subsidiary, Brain Research and Development Services, Ltd., has received grants from the IIA in an aggregate
amount of approximately $13.4 million. Brain Research and Development Services, Ltd. is currently required to pay 3% royalties of sales of our Deep TMS
products, which payment obligations do not currently exceed the amount of the grant received (in U.S. dollars), plus interest at an annual rate equal to the
LIBOR  rate.  As  of  December  31,  2022,  Brain  Research  and  Development  Services,  Ltd.  has  paid  royalties  to  the  IIA  in  an  aggregate  amount  of
approximately $4.4 million (including amounts in respect of accrued interest), with remaining outstanding royalties of up to $11.6 million.

Research and development grants received from the IIA are recognized upon receipt as a liability if future economic benefits are expected from the project
that will result in royalty-bearing sales. The amount of the liability for the loan is first measured at fair value using a discount rate that reflects a market rate
of interest that reflects, in turn, the appropriate degree of risks inherent in our business. If no economic benefits are expected from the research activity, the
grant receipts are recognized as a reduction of the related research and development expenses. In that event, the royalty obligation is treated as a contingent
liability in accordance with IAS 37, “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities, and Contingent Asset.”

At the end of each reporting period, we evaluate whether there is a reasonable assurance that the received grants will not be repaid based on our best estimate
of future sales and, if so, no liability is recognized, and the grants are recorded against a corresponding reduction in research and development expenses.

Research and development grants received from the European Union are recorded against a corresponding reduction in research and development expenses.

Additionally,  in  2013,  the  MAGNET  committee  of  the  IIA  (MAGNET)  approved  the  activities  of  the  consortium  for  the  development  plan  of  a  brain
stimulator and monitor tool, which we refer to as the Consortium, of which we are one of the participants. As part of the Consortium, Brain Research and
Development Services, Ltd. received from MAGNET approvals for grants in an aggregate amount of NIS 8.2 million (approximately $2.3 million based on
the NIS to USD exchange rate as of December 31, 2022). There is no requirement to repay the grants or pay royalties thereon. Such non-royalty-bearing
grants from MAGNET program for funding approved research and development projects are recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the grants
will  be  received  and  we  will  comply  with  all  attached  conditions,  on  the  basis  of  the  costs  incurred,  and  are  presented  as  a  deduction  from  research  and
development expenses. In the event of failure of a project that was partly financed by the IIA, we would not be obligated to pay any royalties or repay the
amounts received.

130

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C.         Research and Development, Patents, and Licenses

For  descriptions  of  the  company’s  research  and  development  policies  for  the  years  2021  and  2020,  please  see  the  “Item  5.C  Research  and  Development,
Patents, and Licenses” sections in our annual reports on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on April 12, 2022 and April 19, 2021, respectively.

Intellectual Property

The core technology of our Deep TMS based on H-Coils is covered by our patents.

Our  intellectual  property  portfolio  consists  principally  of  patents  and  pending  patent  applications  related  to  our  Deep  TMS  technology  that  are  either
exclusively licensed to us for commercialization on a worldwide basis from (1) agencies of the U.S. Public Health Service (PHS) within the U.S. Department
of Health and Human Services (DHHS), and (2) Yeda Research and Development Company Limited, or Yeda, the commercialization arm of the Weizmann
Institute for Science (Weizmann Institute) or are owned by us. These include a total of 34 issued U.S. patents, 2 pending U.S. patent applications, 51 issued
patents in other jurisdictions (treating Europe as one jurisdiction), and 14 pending patent applications in other jurisdictions.

Our  strategy  is  to  seek  to  protect  our  proprietary  position  by,  among  other  methods,  filing  U.S.  and  foreign  patent  applications  related  to  our  proprietary
technology, inventions, and improvements that are important to the development of our business. Our intellectual property rights outside of the United States
are principally in Europe (France, Italy, Sweden, UK, and Germany), Canada, Australia, Japan, Hong Kong, and Israel. Patents related to our Deep TMS
technology may provide future competitive advantages with claims related to aspects of the structure of our coils and methods of administration of treatment
for  applications  of  such  technology.  We  also  rely  on  our  trade  secrets,  know-  how  and  continuing  technological  innovation  to  develop  and  maintain  our
proprietary position. We look to defend our Deep TMS technology by asserting our intellectual property rights, where it is determined to be necessary, to
preserve  our  rights  and  gain  the  benefit  of  our  technological  investments.  We  seek  to  obtain  patents  in  connection  with  the  technology  that  we  have
developed as part of our strategy for protection of our intellectual property, including technology covered under our license agreements with the PHS and
Yeda.

The claiming strategy in each of our patent applications is based on the advice of our patent counsel and our business model and our business needs are taken
into  consideration.  We  file  patent  applications  containing  claims  seeking  protection  of  our  proprietary  technologies  and  products,  as  well  as  all  new
applications and/or uses we discover or develop for existing technologies and products, assuming these are strategically valuable. We continuously assess the
number and types of patent applications, as well as the pending and issued patent claims, to ensure that appropriate coverage and value are obtained for our
systems and methods, given the governing law and the corresponding patent office rules and regulations. In addition, claims may be modified during patent
prosecution or additional claims added to meet our intellectual property and business needs.

131

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Patents and Patent Applications

Our first group of patents (Patent Family A) relates to the H-Coil technology in general: This includes coverage for the H-Coil for MDD, the H-Coil for
OCD, the H-Coil for smoking addiction, and for future products we are developing. This group of patents has been exclusively licensed to us from the PHS,
and includes two issued U.S. patents and seven issued patents in other jurisdictions. The issued patents are set to expire in 2026 in the U.S. and expired in
2021 outside the U.S. These coils are also covered by additional patents which extend until later dates as detailed further in this section.

Our second group of patents (Patent Family B) relates to additional design features of BrainsWay’s H-Coil for MDD, H-Coil for smoking addiction coil, and
also covers some future products we are developing. This group of patents has been licensed to us from the PHS and from Yeda, and includes six issued U.S.
patents  and  eleven  issued  patents  in  other  jurisdictions.  The  issued  patents  in  this  group  are  set  to  expire  in  2025-2028  in  the  U.S.  and  in  2026  in  other
countries,  not  taking  into  account  any  potential  patent  term  adjustment  or  extension  that  may  be  available  in  the  future.  These  coils  are  also  covered  by
additional patents which extend until later dates as detailed further in this section.

Our third group of patents (Patent Family C) relates to a family of central base coils including BrainsWay’s H-Coil for OCD, and also some future products
that we are developing. This group of patents is owned by us, and includes three issued U.S. patents, ten issued patents in other jurisdictions, and one pending
patent application in other jurisdictions. The issued patents are set to expire in 2033 in the U.S., and in 2034 in other countries, not taking into account any
potential patent term adjustment or extension that may be available in the future.

Our fourth group of patents (Patent Family D) relates to a family of unilateral coils including some future products we are developing. Patent Family D is
owned by us, and includes one issued U.S. patent, and five issued patents in other jurisdictions. The issued patents are set to expire in 2033 in the U.S., and in
2034 in other countries, not taking into account any potential patent term adjustment or extension that may be available in the future.

Our fifth group of patents (Patent Family E) consists of utility model patent applications which provide coverage of several H-Coils, including those used in
BrainsWay’s MDD and OCD systems. This group of patents (Patent Family E) is owned by us, and includes two issued Chinese Utility Model patents, one
issued patent in the U.S., two issued patents in other jurisdictions, and four pending patent applications in other jurisdictions. The issued patents are set to
expire in 2039.

Our sixth group of patents (Patent Family F) relates to a family of circular coils including BrainsWay’s H-Coils for MDD and smoking, as well as some other
future products we are developing. This group of patents (Patent Family F) is owned by us, and includes two issued U.S. patents, six issued patents in other
jurisdictions and one pending patent applications in other jurisdictions. The issued patents are set to expire in 2033 in the U.S. and in 2034 in other countries,
not taking into account any potential patent term adjustment or extension that may be available in the future.

132

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our seventh group of patents (Patent Family G) relates to real-time closed-loop brain stimulation and includes one pending patent application in the U.S. and
three pending patent applications in other jurisdictions.

Our eighth group of patents (additional families of issued patents and pending patent applications) relates to a multichannel stimulator we are developing as
an  enhancement  to  our  Deep  TMS  system,  which  we  see  as  the  next  generation  of  our  products,  several  H-Coil  designs  which  may  be  future  products,
capabilities to address additional medical conditions such as the need to open the blood brain barrier, and biomarker research using Deep TMS with an EEG
that we are currently conducting. These include seven issued U.S. patents, eleven issued patents in other jurisdictions, and four pending patent applications in
other jurisdictions. Patent applications in these families, if issued, are set to expire in 2029, 2031, 2033, and between 2037 and 2039, not taking into account
any potential patent term adjustment or extension that may be available in the future.

In addition to the list of patents noted above, an additional group of patents relates to multichannel stimulation and was acquired from TMS Innovations,
LLC. We believe these patents will enable us to broaden the scope of capabilities in the multichannel stimulator we are developing. The issued patents are set
to expire between 2026 and 2035 in the U.S, not taking into account any potential patent term adjustment or extension that may be available in the future.

In addition to the list of patents noted above, in January 2020 we exercised our option to exclusively license the rights to certain patents relating to rotational
field  TMS  from  Yeda.  This  group  of  patents  includes  two  issued  U.S.  patents  and  four  issued  patents  in  other  jurisdictions.  The  issued  patents  are  set  to
expire in 2032 in the U.S. and in 2030 in other countries, not taking into account any potential patent term adjustment or extension that may be available in
the future.

The patent positions of companies like ours are generally uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions that may vary from one jurisdiction to
another.  Our  ability  to  maintain  and  solidify  our  proprietary  position  for  our  technology  will  depend  on  our  success  in  obtaining  effective  claims  and
enforcing those claims once granted. We can provide no assurance that our patent applications or those patent applications that we in-license will result in the
issuance of any corresponding patents (other than any allowed patent applications, which normally result in the issuance of a patent after the applicant has
paid the required issue fee). The inability of any such patent applications to be allowed may harm our ability to protect our intellectual property, our ability to
compete in the neuromodulation market, and our results of operations. Our issued patents and those that may be issued in the future, or those licensed to us,
may be challenged, narrowed, circumvented or found to be invalid or unenforceable, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing related
products. Neither we nor our licensors can be certain that we were the first to invent or first to file for the inventions claimed in our owned or licensed patents
or patent applications which may also affect our ability to assert the patents against others. In addition, our competitors may design around our patents or any
technology developed by us, and the rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with any meaningful competitive advantages against these
competitors. Furthermore, because of the extensive time required for development, testing and regulatory review of a potential product, it is possible that,
before  our  future  product  can  be  commercialized,  any  related  patent  may  expire  or  remain  in  force  for  only  a  short  period  following  commercialization,
thereby reducing any advantage of the patent. See “Risk Factors—Risk Relating to Intellectual Property”.

133

 
 
 
 
 
 
License Agreements

The core technology for Deep TMS is exclusively licensed to us for commercialization on a worldwide basis from the PHS and Yeda.

PHS License Agreement

The initial discoveries of the Deep TMS technology and the feasibility studies for implementation of the technology were carried out in the framework of
research performed at NIH by the scientific founders of our Company prior to its formation. The rights for such discoveries are owned by the DHHS and are
now licensed to us by the PHS, an agency within the DHHS. Subsequent to these discoveries, applications were filed for registration of Patent Family A and
Patent Family B (described under “—Patents” above) covering the H-Coils developed in the course of this research.

In 2003, we entered into a license agreement with the PHS, pursuant to which we were granted (i) an exclusive license to develop, manufacture, use, import
and sell any product or treatment which is created or based on the patents and which deals with TMS and (ii) the right to enter into sublicense agreements,
subject to approval of the PHS. The U.S. government was granted an irrevocable, nonexclusive, nontransferable royalty-free license for use of any invention
in connection with the patents, throughout the world, for the benefit of the U.S. government, a foreign government and other international organization under
the provisions of a treaty or agreement applicable to the U.S. government at such time. In addition, the PHS is entitled to grant academic or commercial
bodies a nonexclusive license for use of the patents for advancement of basic research only, subject to our consent.

We are required to pay royalties consisting of 2% (beyond the first $10 million in cumulative sales, a milestone which has passed), or payments received
from sales or leases of our Deep TMS systems and/or portions thereof using the licensed technology. In addition, we are required to pay a royalty of 8% from
the net cash proceeds we receive from any sublicenses, so long as the underlying intellectual property is valid and enforceable in the relevant territory. In
addition, there is a one-time $10,000 fee relating to certain new FDA approvals associated with these patents.

134

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The PHS is responsible for registration and defense of Patent Family A, subject to indemnification by us for registration expenses. We are responsible for
registration and defense of the Patent Family B and are required to bear all related expenses.

The PHS license agreement is valid up until the expiration of the last to expire of the licensed patent rights under the agreement. The PHS may cancel the
agreement in the event of, among others, (i) a fundamental breach by us, (ii) we enter into involuntary liquidation proceedings or shall become insolvent, (iii)
we have not achieved our milestones under the agreement (all of which have been achieved as of the date hereof), (iv) we have maliciously made a false
statement or has omitted a material fact in an application for a license or in any other report required under the agreement, (v) we do not make the product
based upon the patents accessible to the public after commencement of the commercial marketing of the product, (vi) we are unable to bring the product to a
level of safety which it must reach in order to license the product or (vii) we do not manufacture the licensed products substantially in the United States
without reasonable justification, in each case, subject to a 90-day cure period (other than in respect of clause (ii) above). We may cancel the agreement at any
time with 60 days’ notice, subject to payment of any outstanding royalties.

If  the  PHS  license  agreement  is  terminated  as  a  result  of  the  expiration  of  the  first  registered  patent  under  the  agreement  (as  described  above),  we  may
continue  to  market  and  sell  the  products  and  processes  in  any  country  in  which  the  patent  is  expired,  without  an  obligation  to  pay  royalties  or  any  other
payment whatsoever to the PHS.

Yeda License Agreement

In 2005, we entered into a research and licensing agreement with Yeda, which, as amended from time to time, we refer to as the Yeda license agreement,
pursuant  to  which  we  licensed  certain  technologies  developed  at  the  Weizmann  Institute  in  studies  conducted  by  Prof.  Avraham  Zangen,  the  scientific
founder and neurobiological advisor of the Company, in the field of treatment of depression using TMS technology. Under the Yeda license agreement, all of
the rights, including the rights to registration of patents, rights and inventions, information and/or other results which shall arise from the research, referred to
as the “licensed technology”, remain exclusively owned by Yeda. The Yeda license agreement grants us an exclusive license to use the licensed technology,
throughout the world, for performance of research and development, manufacture, commercialization, and sale of systems for medical treatment in the field
of TMS treatment. The license is valid with regard to every product up to the expiration or revocation date of the latest patent registered under the agreement
in a particular country, provided that the date of expiry of the license shall be extended to a period of 15 years commencing on the date of first commercial
sale of the product in such country. Yeda reserves the right to make use of the information which shall be developed for academic and research purposes only,
including its publication, subject to various restrictions set forth in the agreement. We have agreed to lend to Yeda, without consideration, one Deep TMS
system, which it shall use for academic research purposes only. We have the right to grant sublicenses subject to the fulfillment of conditions specified in the
agreement.

135

 
 
 
 
 
 
Under  the  terms  of  the  Agreement  with  Yeda,  we  are  required  to  pay  1%  of  net  sales  on  systems  which  are  based  on  certain  patents  (which  include
technology licensed from PHS). Additionally, we are required to pay 2% of net sales (beyond the first $10 million in cumulative sales, a milestone which has
passed), for products which are based solely on certain patents licensed exclusively from Yeda. In addition, in the event we receive income from products
which  are  sublicensed,  we  would  be  re  required  to  pay  a  royalty  of  up  to  8%  on  the  net  cash  proceeds  received  from  such  sublicenses,  so  long  as  the
underlying  intellectual  property  is  valid  and  enforceable  in  the  relevant  territory.  In  addition,  there  are  certain  one-time  fees  relating  to  certain  new  FDA
approvals associated with these patents.

In  January  2020,  we  exercised  our  right  to  add  the  additional  rotational  field  TMS  innovation.  To  the  extent  products  based  on  this  technology  are
commercialized  we  will  have  to  pay  Yeda  royalties,  either  at  increased  rates  ranging  from  1.6%-2%  in  addition  to  the  previously  determined  rates  for
“combined  products”  (which  also  include  innovations  covered  by  previous  agreements),  or  at  a  fixed  rate  of  5%  for  products  based  exclusively  on  the
rotational field TMS.

In addition to customary termination rights of a party due to material breach by the other party, Yeda has the right to terminate the agreement in the event that
Yeda receives notice or a claim from the PHS that performance of the research constitutes breach of a patent of the PHS. We have agreed to indemnify Yeda
in respect of any such claim or demand from the PHS. To the best of our knowledge, the Yeda agreement and performance of the research thereunder do not
breach the terms of our license agreement with the PHS.

In any event of termination of the Yeda agreement, all of the rights in the licensed technology will be returned to Yeda, and we are required to grant Yeda a
nonexclusive license, without consideration, in perpetuity, throughout the world for all information developed by it or which shall arise from the development
of the products under the agreement, including any license or application for license submitted by us in connection with the products. Following the expiry of
the latest patent in such country with regard to such product, we would be entitled to continue to manufacture and sell such product in such country without
payment of royalties to Yeda.

Trade Secrets and Know-How

We may rely, in some circumstances, on trade secrets and know-how to protect our technology. However, trade secrets can be difficult to protect. We seek to
protect our proprietary technology and processes, in part, through confidentiality agreements and assignment of inventions agreements with our employees,
consultants,  scientific  advisors,  and  contractors.  We  also  seek  to  preserve  the  integrity  and  confidentiality  of  our  data  and  trade  secrets  by  maintaining
physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. While we have confidence in these individuals,
organizations and systems, such agreements or security measures may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. In addition, our
trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors.

136

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
D.

Trend Information

Trend  information  is  included  throughout  the  other  sections  of  this  Item  5.  In  addition,  in  the  aftermath  of  the  COVID-19  global  pandemic,  quarantine
mandates,  and  the  ensuing  global  supply  chain  crisis,  we  have  seen  a  significant  rise  in  the  price  of  many  of  the  electronic  components  needed  for  our
systems. These price increases are largely attributable to supply and demand factors, and in some cases, shortages, relating to these parts across the globe. On
a related point, the lead time for receiving electronic components shipped by suppliers has increased significantly amid the worldwide supply chain crisis.
This has compelled us to significantly increase inventory levels to ensure that future demand for our systems can be timely met. Within the broader context of
electronic component supply issues, the third party we rely on for the outsourced manufacture of our newer generation systems halted production in 2021 for
a period due to the shortage in PC computers which are needed for these systems. The shortage in PC computers, including due to a worldwide shortage in
PC boards, relative to our demand is an ongoing issue which may impact ongoing supply capabilities in the near term. While after the brief 2021 halt we
were  able  to  adapt  our  standard  manufacturing  process  to  allow  for  the  integration  of  these  PC  components  at  a  later  stage  of  the  production  line  once
inventory levels were restocked, this is illustrative of the continuing need to adapt to the realities and challenges posed by the worldwide supply chain crisis.

In addition, we have seen a trend of high volatility in the workforce. In 2021, the number of voluntary resignations by employees across the U.S. and Israeli
economies  increased,  and  2022  saw  large-scale  layoffs  particularly  among  technology  companies.  We  believe  that  these  events  have  created  a  climate  of
volatility  in  employment  relations  throughout  the  economy  that  has  affected  our  ability  to  recruit,  train  and  retain  employees  including  effective  sales
professionals, thus our ability to ramp up our sales and marketing force as quickly as would have otherwise been possible.

Another trend relating to our business is the expansion and reliance on reimbursement by major insurers and government plans. Over the past year we have
experienced  emerging  reimbursement  coverage  for  Deep  TMS  for  the  treatment  of  OCD,  with  over  90  million  covered  lives  eligible  for  coverage  as  of
March 2023. Positive coverage decisions for Deep TMS for OCD have been issued by Centene Corporation (with 26 million covered lives), Health Care
Service Corporation (HCSC) (with 17 million covered lives), TriCare (with 9.6 million covered lives), Cigna Corporation (with 17 million covered lives),
Highmark (with 6.8 million covered lives), Premera (with 2.6 million covered lives) and LifeWise (with 2.2 million covered lives). Additionally, one of the
seven  Medicare  Administrative  Contractors  (MACs)  in  the  US,  Palmetto  GBA,  has  published  a  final  Local  Coverage  Determination  (LCD)  in  2022
extending coverage applicable to Deep TMS for OCD. While the criteria for this emerging Deep TMS for OCD coverage varies with each payor, generally,
coverage requires the failure of between two and four medication trials before qualifying for reimbursement. We are actively engaged in efforts to facilitate
increased coverage for OCD treatment by more payors, including both commercial and governmental. If this trend continues, we anticipate that it can have a
positive  impact  on  our  industry  in  general,  and  the  demand  for  our  Deep  TMS  therapy  in  particular.  This,  in  turn,  could  have  a  positive  effect  on  our
revenues, income from continuing operations, and profitability.

137

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
E.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Not applicable.

ITEM 6.

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A.

Directors and Senior Management

Recent Developments

In  the  beginning  of  2023,  we  underwent  a  transition  in  our  leadership.  On  January  12,  2023  our  board  of  directors  appointed  Mr.  Ami  Boehm,  an
experienced, accomplished, and well-respected leader in capital markets, investing, and advising in multiple global industries, as a director. On February 13,
2023 the board appointed Mr. Boehm as our new Chairman, succeeding Dr. David Zacut, co-founder of BrainsWay, who has held the role of Chairman since
our inception, and now serves as a vice chairman on the board. In tandem with the transition to a new Chairman, on February 13, 2023, our board of directors
appointed Mr. Hadar Levy as our new Chief Executive Officer. Christopher R. von Jako, Ph.D., who served in that role since January 2020, stepped down
from the Company to pursue other opportunities.

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers and directors as of the date of this Annual Report.

Name
Senior Management:
Hadar Levy
R. Scott Areglado
Dr. Yiftach Roth
Moria Ben Soussan (Ankri)
Christopher Boyer
Eric Hirt

Directors:
Ami Boehm
Dr. David Zacut(3)
Avner Hagai(2)
Eti Mitrany(1)(2)
Karen Sarid(1)(2)(3)
Prof. Abraham Zangen
Yossi Ben Shalom(3)
Avner Lushi(1)

Age

  Position

49
59
53
38
45
47

54
71
67
53
72
53
66
56

  Chief Executive Officer
  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
  Chief Scientist
  Vice President of Research and Development
  Vice President of Global Marketing
  Vice President of US Sales

  Chairman of the Board
  Vice Chairman of the Board
  Director
  Director
  Director
  Director
  Director
  Director

(1)Member of our audit committee, which also serves as our financial statements committee.
(2)Member of our compensation committee.
(3)Member of our executive committee.

138

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Board Diversity Matrix

Nasdaq’s  Board  Diversity  Rule  is  designed  to  encourage  a  minimum  board  diversity  objective  for  companies  and  provide  stakeholders  with  consistent,
comparable disclosures concerning a company’s current board composition. The rule requires companies listed on Nasdaq to: (1) publicly disclose board-
level diversity statistics using a standardized template; and (2) have or explain why they do not have at least two diverse directors.

Our current board composition is reflected in the following matrix:

Country of Principal Executive Offices:

Foreign Private Issuer

Disclosure Prohibited under Home Country Law

Total Number of Directors

Board Diversity Matrix
(As of March 27, 2023)

Israel

Yes

No

8

Female

Male

Non-binary

Did Not
Disclose
Gender

Part I: Gender Identity

Directors

Part II: Demographic Background

Underrepresented Individual in Home Country Jurisdiction

LGBTQ

Did Not Disclose Demographic Background

Directors who are Jewish People

Directors with Disabilities

2

0

0

0

8

0

6

0

0

As a Foreign Issuer subject to the added flexibility provided under Nasdaq’s Board Diversity Rule, we currently meet the diversity objectives promulgated
under this rule by having two female directors, as reflected in the above matrix.

139

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Executive officers

Hadar Levy serves as our Chief Executive Officer since February 13, 2023. Prior to this, Mr. Levy served as our Senior Vice President and General Manager
North America since May 2020, and before that as Chief Financial Officer from September 2014 to May 2020. Mr. Levy also serves as a director in ReWalk
Robotics  Ltd.  (NASDAQ  listed)  since  July  2022.  Prior  to  his  service  at  the  Company,  from  August  2011  to  September  2014  Mr.  Levy  served  as  Chief
Financial  Officer  of  the  Latin  American  Division  at  Amdocs;  and  from  2008  to  2011,  served  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  &  Vice  President  of  Business
Development of Notalvision. Prior to this position, he served as Controller of GE Healthcare Israel. Mr. Levy holds a BA in Economics and Accounting from
Ruppin and an LLM from Bar Ilan University. Mr. Levy is a Certified Public Accountant.

R. Scott Areglado has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since May 2021. Prior to his service at the Company, Mr. Areglado
served as Chief Financial Officer of iCAD, Inc., a publicly traded global medical technologies provider of advanced image analysis, from May 2018, and
previously  served  as  its  Vice  President  and  Corporate  Controller  (from  2011  to  2018).  From  2005  to  2010,  Mr.  Areglado  served  as  Vice  President  and
Controller at AMICAS, Inc., a Nasdaq-listed image and information management solutions company serving the healthcare industry. From 1991 to 2004, he
held various accounting and financial roles of increasing responsibility in the software, communications, and transportation and logistics industries. He holds
a Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Accounting from the University of Massachusetts, Amherst, and a Master of Business Administration in
Entrepreneurship from the Franklin W. Olin Graduate School of Business at Babson College.

Dr. Yiftach Roth is one of our scientific founders and key inventors of the Deep TMS technology. Dr. Roth has served as our Research and Development
Manager since May 2006. In 2010, Dr. Roth became our Chief Scientist. From 2003 through 2006, Dr. Roth worked in the Advanced Technology Center of
the  Chaim  Sheba  Medical  Center  at  Tel  Hashomer  as  a  researcher  in  the  field  of  Magnetic  Resonance  Imaging  (MRI).  Dr.  Roth  holds  B.Sc.  and  M.Sc.
degrees in Physics and a Ph.D. in Medical Physics from Tel Aviv University. Dr. Roth is the brother-in-law of Professor Zangen, a director and scientific
consultant for the Company.

Moria Ben Soussan (Ankri) has served as our Vice President of Research and Development since September 2017. Prior to her service as a Vice President of
Research  and  Development,  from  2010  to  2017,  Ms. Ankri  served  as  a  manager  at  the  Biomedical  Development  Department  of  our  Company  and  as  a
research and development project manager at our Company. Ms. Ankri holds a B.Sc. in Biomedical Engineering from the Jerusalem College of Technology,
and a B.Sc. in neurobiology studies at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem.

Christopher Boyer has served as our Vice President Global Marketing since June 2020. Prior to joining the Company, he served as Managing Director of
Drake  Partners  LLC,  a  start-up  private  equity  and  management  consulting  firm,  where  he  led  commercial  activities  for  many  of  the  portfolio  companies.
Prior to Drake Partners, he was Vice President at St. Jude Medical (now part of Abbott), where he managed the commercial integration of NeuroTherm, Inc.
He  was  formerly  the  Vice  President,  America  Sales,  and  Global  Marketing  for  NeuroTherm,  an  international  pain  management  company,  where  he
transformed the sales and marketing organizations to accelerate revenue growth. This effort contributed to the subsequent sale of the company to St. Jude
Medical. Earlier in his career, Mr. Boyer held marketing roles of increasing responsibility at Smith & Nephew and Stryker. Prior to his medical device career,
he  was  a  field  artillery  captain  in  the  United  States  Army,  and  he  received  a  Bronze  Star  Medal  for  his  service.  Mr.  Boyer  holds  a  B.S.  in  Mathematical
Sciences from the United States Military Academy at West Point.

140

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eric Hirt has served as our Vice President of US Sales since May 2022. Prior to joining the Company, he led the US Sales Team at Aerogen, a world leader
in aerosol drug delivery for patients in the acute care setting. Prior to Aerogen, he also held sales leadership roles at Teleflex and Integra LifeSciences, in
addition  to  sales  and  marketing  leadership  positions  at  Covidien  (now  part  of  Medtronic).  Before  his  management  roles,  Mr.  Hirt  was  a  territory  sales
professional for Covidien and Phenomenex. Mr. Hirt holds an MBA from Pepperdine Graziadio Business School (Malibu, CA) and a BS degree in Allied
Health from The Ohio State University (Columbus, OH).

Directors

Ami Boehm serves as our Director since January 12, 2023, and as Chairman of our Board of Directors since February, 2023. Mr. Boehm has deep expertise in
providing strategic advice for companies operating in multiple global industries. From 2004 until 2022, he served as a partner at FIMI Opportunity Funds,
Israel’s  leading  private  equity  firm.  As  a  partner  at  FIMI,  Mr.  Boehm  has  sourced  and  led  dozens  of  control  equity  investments,  and  led  improvement
processes of FIMI’s portfolio companies and strategic activities of the portfolio companies in Israel, China, Europe and the U.S. He has served as Chairman
of the Board or Director of numerous public and private companies, including Ormat Technologies, Inc. (NYSE and TASE listed), Gilat Satellite Networks,
Ltd.  (NASDAQ  and  TASE  listed),  TAT  Industries  Ltd.  (NASDAQ  and  TASE  listed),  Kamada  Ltd.  (NASDAQ  and  TASE  listed),  Rekah  Pharmaceutical
Industries,  Ltd.  (TASE  listed),  Novolog  Ltd.  (TASE  listed),  Hamlet,  Ltd.  (TASE  listed),  Galam  Ltd.,  and  Greenstream  Ltd.,  and  has  worked  closely  with
management teams across the continuum of business and corporate development activities. Mr. Boehm received a Master of Business Administration from
Northwestern University and Tel-Aviv University, a Bachelor of Law from Tel-Aviv University, and a Bachelor of Economics from Tel-Aviv University.

Dr.  David  Zacut  serves  as  Vice-Chairman  of  our  Board  of  Directors  since  February,  2023.  Prior  to  that  he  has  served  as  our  Chairman  of  the  Board  of
Directors  since  our  inception,  is  a  member  of  our  executive  committee,  and  has  been  providing  consulting  services  to  Brain  Research  and  Development
Services since May 2001. Since 1983, Dr. Zacut has been working as a senior practicing physician at Hadassah Hospital, and from 1994 through 2003, he
served  as  a  managing  director  of  several  large  medical  centers.  In  addition,  Dr.  Zacut  serves  as  a  director  of  several  private  companies,  including  Brain
Research and Development Services. Dr. Zacut holds an M.D. degree from the Hebrew University of Jerusalem.

Avner Hagai has served as our Director since November 2006 and currently serves as a member of our compensation committee. He currently serves as a
director at several companies, including at Prisma F.S. Ltd., a building management company (where he has served since 2002), and previously served as a
director at Hofit Kibbutz Kinneret Ltd., a plastics manufacturer. Mr. Hagai established A.A. Glass Ltd., an automotive glass and services company, where he
has served as a director since 1984.

141

 
 
 
 
 
 
Eti  Mitrany  has  served  as  our  Director  since  June  2016,  and  currently  serves  as  chairperson  of  our  compensation  committee  and  a  member  of  our  audit
committee. Ms. Mitrany is an executive with over 25 years of global experience in the life sciences industry. She has served as an active board member since
January 2023 at TrioxNano, a nanotechnology treatment company, and also serves as a consultant at pharmaceutical and digital health companies. From April
2021  until  December  2022,  she  served  as  CFO  and  Head  of  Corporate  Strategy  at  CytoReason,  a  life  sciences  AI  company  developing  a  computational
model  of  the  human  body.  From  2012  until  January  2020,  she  served  as  Senior  Vice  President,  Head  of  the  Corporate  Economic  Department  at  Teva
Pharmaceuticals, with global responsibility for Teva’s business planning and analysis. Prior to that, Ms. Mitrany held various positions at Teva, including
serving  as  CFO  of  its  global  specialty  business  (commercial,  R&D,  and  new  ventures),  head  of  Financial  Planning  &  Analysis  of  the  global  branded
business, and global CFO of Copaxone (a multiple sclerosis treatment) and various other specialty products. Ms. Mitrany received her BA in Economics and
an MBA in Finance, both from Tel-Aviv University.

Karen Sarid has served as our Director since December 2017, currently serves as chairperson of our audit committee, and is a member of our compensation
committee and our executive committee. Between March 2014 and July 2017, Ms. Sarid served as VP Beauty and Dental and as Chairman of China activities
at Syneron Medical Ltd. Between January 2012 and August 2013 Ms. Sarid served as President of Alma Lasers Ltd. Ms. Sarid currently serves as a director
of Eva Visual Ltd. She holds a BA in Economics and Accounting from the University of Haifa.

Prof. Avraham Zangen has served as our Director since June 2019. Prof. Zangen is the Head of the Brain Stimulation and Behavior Lab and the Chair of the
PsychoBiology  Brain  Program  at  Ben-Gurion  University  in  Israel.  His  research  is  directed  at  identifying  and  understanding  altered  neuroplasticity  in
psychiatric disorders, primarily depression, addiction and ADHD, utilizing brain stimulation, and imaging techniques to explore mechanisms and potential
clinical applications. He co-developed, along with Dr. Yiftach Roth, the Deep TMS coil which serves as BrainsWay’s platform technology. Professor Zangen
has published over 150 peer reviewed articles, reviews, and book chapters. He has been awarded numerous prizes for his scientific achievements, including
the  Medical  Futures  Innovation  Award  in  London,  the  Sieratzki  Prize  for  Advances  in  Neuroscience,  and  the  Juludan  Prize  at  the  Technion.  He  has  also
received several distinguished research grants, including from the National Institutes of Health, H2020 and the Israel Science Foundation. Professor Zangen
is the brother-in-law of Dr. Yiftach Roth, who serves as our Chief Scientific Officer and a co-developer of our Deep TMS technology.

Yossi Ben Shalom has served as our Director since December 2018 and is a member of our executive committee. Mr. Ben Shalom is a co-founder of D.B.S.I,
a  private  investment  company  specializing  in  investments  in  mature  companies  that  are  positioned  globally  for  high  growth  or  built  for  vast  expansion
through M&As. As such, Mr. Ben Shalom serves as the Chairman of Pointer Telocation Ltd. (Nasdaq: PNTR), Rada (Nasdaq: RADA) and Shagrir Group
Car  Services  Ltd.  (TASE:  SHGR).  He  also  serves  as  a  director  at  Taldor  Computer  Systems  (1986)  Ltd.  (TASE:  TALD),  Eldan  Cargo  Ltd.,  The  8  Note
Production & Distribution Ltd., Car 2 Go Ltd., Matzman Et Merutz Milenum Ltd. and Kafrit Industries (1993) Ltd. Mr. Ben Shalom was Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of Koor Industries Ltd. from 1998 through to 2000. Before that, Mr. Ben-Shalom served as Chief Financial Officer of
Tadiran Ltd. between 1994 and 1998. Mr. Ben Shalom holds a BA in Economics and an MA in Business Administration both from Tel Aviv University.

142

 
 
 
 
 
Avner Lushi has served as our Director since January 2020 and currently serves as a member of our audit committee. He co-founded the Guangzhou Sino-
Israel Bio-industry Investment Fund (GIBF) which focuses on introducing Israeli and western life sciences companies to the Chinese market (and related
investments), where he also serves as a Managing Partner & CEO. Between 2004 and 2015 Mr. Lushi served as a Partner and Managing Director of Israel
Healthcare  Ventures  (IHCV),  a  life  sciences  venture  capital  fund.  From  2001  to  2005,  he  co-founded  and  served  as  CEO  of  Life  Sciences  Transaction
Support Ltd. (LTS), a PwC subsidiary dealing with life sciences investment banking. Since 2005, Mr. Lushi has served as an independent board member at
nine public companies, the two last active ones being Ram-On Investments and Holdings (1999) Ltd and Allmed Solutions Ltd. In addition, he serves as a
board member of several private companies as part of his role at GIBF. From 1997 to 2001, prior to turning to the private sector, he held increasingly senior
roles within the Israeli Prime Minister’s Chamber and the Israeli Supreme Court. Mr. Lushi holds an LLM in Law from the Hebrew University of Jerusalem,
LLB in Law and a BA in Economics from the Haifa University.

B.

Compensation

The aggregate compensation paid, and benefits-in-kind granted to or accrued on behalf of all of our directors and executive officers for their services, in all
capacities, to us during the year ended December 31, 2022, was approximately $3.6 million. Out of that amount, $2.3 million was paid as salary, $1.1 million
was attributed to the value of the equity-based awards granted to senior management during 2022 and approximately $0.2 million was attributed to retirement
plans. No additional amounts have been set aside or accrued by us to provide pension, retirement, or similar benefits.

The  compensation  terms  for  our  directors  and  officers  are  derived  from  their  employment  agreements,  and  comply  with  our  Amended  and  Restated
Compensation Policy for Executive Officers and Directors approved by our shareholders on December 22, 2021 (the “Compensation Policy”).

The table and summary below outline the actual compensation granted or paid to our five highest compensated officers during the year ended December 31,
2022.

143

 
 
 
 
 
 
Name and position of director or
officer
Christopher von Jako, former President
and CEO
Hadar Levy, former SVP and General
Manager OUS, CEO since February
2023
R. Scott Areglado, Senior Vice
President and Chief Financial 
Officer
Christopher Boyer, VP Global
Marketing
Amit Ginou, VP, and Israel Site
Manager (6)

Base Salary
or Other
Payments(1)

Value of

Social benefit (2)

Value of Equity
Based
Compensation
Granted(3)(5)

All Other
Compensation(4)

Total

524,262     

55,868     

286,918     

-     

867,048 

411,694     

50,746     

80,668     

7,717     

550,824 

377,251     

50,162     

78,839     

291,850     

46,102     

63,583     

-     

-     

506,252 

401,535 

202,747     

47,789     

50,926     

15,689     

317,152 

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

“Base Salary or Other Payments” means the aggregate yearly gross monthly salaries or other payments with respect to our senior management and
members of the board of directors which was actually paid during the year ended December 31, 2022.

“Social Benefits” include payments to the National Insurance Institute, advanced education funds, managers’ insurance and pension funds; vacation
pay; and recuperation pay as mandated by Israeli law.

Consists of the fair value of the equity-based compensation granted during the year ended December 31, 2022 in exchange for the directors' and
officers' services recognized as an expense in profit or loss and is carried to the accumulated deficit under equity. The total amount is recognized as
an expense over the vesting period of the RSUs and/or options.

“All Other Compensation” includes, among other things, bonuses, car-related expenses (including tax gross-up) and communication expenses.

Christopher  Boyer  was  granted  28,000  RSUs  commencing  on  April  1,  2022  and  vesting  over  a  4  year  period.  Amit  Ginou  was  granted  19,500
RSUs commencing on April 1, 2022 and vesting over a 4 year period. Hadar Levy was granted 30,000 RSUs commencing on September 1, 2022
and vesting over a 3.5 year period.

(6)

  Mr. Ginou’s employment with the company will conclude on June 20, 2023, following a 3-month notice period.

Certain equity-based compensation listed in the table above was granted pursuant to an equity incentive plan. For information regarding the terms of our
equity incentive plans, please see the section titled “Award Plans” under Item 6.E.

In addition, all of our directors and executive officers are covered under our directors’ and executive officers’ liability insurance policies and were granted
letters of indemnification by us.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into written employment or service agreements with each member of our senior management. All of these agreements contain customary
provisions  regarding  noncompetition,  confidentiality  of  information,  and  assignment  of  inventions.  However,  the  enforceability  of  the  noncompetition
provisions may be limited under applicable laws.

144

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For  information  on  exemption  and  indemnification  letters  granted  to  our  directors  and  officers,  please  see  “Item  6C.  –  Board  Practices  –  Exculpation,
Insurance and Indemnification of Directors and Officers.”

Director Compensation

As of the date of the filing of this annual report, we pay our non-executive directors (i.e., all directors other than Mr. Boehm, Dr. Zacut and Prof. Zangen) an
annual  cash  fee  of  NIS  133,000  (approximately  $39,610)  Additionally,  as  of  the  date  of  the  filing  of  this  annual  report,  we  pay  a  cash  fee  of  NIS  2,480
(approximately  $740)  per  meeting  of  the  Board  and  any  committee  thereof,  which  is  increased  to  (i)  NIS  4,020  (approximately  $1,200)  in  the  case  of  a
committee chairperson; or (ii) NIS 4,390 (approximately $1,310) in the case of a director determined to be an expert.

Ami Boehm serves as an active chairman of our board of directors. Effective as of the date that Mr. Boehm was appointed as the Chairman of the Board,
namely February 13, 2023 (Mr. Boehm’s compensation from the date of his appointment as a director on January 1, 2023 until his appointment as Chairman
was the same as that applicable to our other non-executive directors) Mr. Boehm receives a monthly compensation of NIS 22,500 plus VAT for his term in
office (calculated based on 30% capacity of a NIS 75,000 full capacity role). In addition, he was granted 300,000 options to purchase Ordinary Shares of the
Company, subject to a 4 year vesting schedule and acceleration in the event of a change of control, at an exercise price equal to 125% of half of the closing
ADS price on the NASDAQ exchange on March 17, 2023, subject to standard terms in the company's Amended and Restated 2019 Share Incentive Plan and
compliance with all applicable laws. For more information, please see our proxy statement filed on February 13, 2023 and resulting resolution approved by
the shareholders on March 20, 2023.

According to the consultancy agreement between Dr. Zacut and the Company, as of May 30, 2016, Dr. Zacut is entitled to a monthly consulting fee of NIS
30,000,  set  based  on  a  40%  capacity  position.  For  more  information,  please  see  the  proxy  statement  filed  on  February  13,  2023  and  resulting  resolution
approved by the shareholders on March 20, 2023.

We  also  have  a  consultancy  agreement  with  Prof.  Zangen,  a  director  and  scientific  founder  of  the  Company.  For  more  information,  please  see  “Item  7B.
Related Party Transactions.”

The table and summary below outline the actual compensation granted or paid to our directors during the year ended December 31, 2022.

145

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name of director

Annual Basis
Compensation

Annual Per meeting
compensation

Value of Equity
Based
Compensation
Granted(3)

All Other
Compensation(4)

Total

Dr. David Zacut
Prof. Avraham Zangen
Karan Sarid
Eti Mitarni
Avner Lushi
Yossi Ben Shalom
Avner Hagai

106,564     
62,091     
39,000     
39,000     
39,000     
39,000     
39,000     

35,965     
15,430     
12,944     
12,234     
8,374     

11,839     
11,839     
4,555     

15,112     

291     
538     

106,564 
77,203 
74,965 
66,560 
64,320 
55,789 
47,737 

(3) Mainly attributed to expenses for the granting of options and expenses for the repricing of options.
(4) Mainly attributed to car expenses and reimbursements of travel expenses.

Compensation Policy

In  general,  under  the  Israeli  Companies  Law,  a  public  company  must  have  a  compensation  policy  approved  by  the  board  of  directors  after  receiving  and
considering the recommendations of the compensation committee. In addition, the compensation policy requires the approval of the general meeting of the
shareholders. In public companies such as our Company, shareholder approval requires one of the following: (i) the majority of shareholder votes counted at
a general meeting including the majority of all of the votes of those shareholders who are non-controlling shareholders and do not have a personal interest in
the approval of the compensation policy, who vote at the meeting (excluding abstentions) or (ii) the total number of votes against the proposal among the
shareholders  mentioned  in  paragraph  (i)  does  exceed  two  percent  (2%)  of  the  voting  rights  in  the  company.  Under  special  circumstances,  the  board  of
directors  may  approve  the  compensation  policy  despite  the  objection  of  the  shareholders  on  the  condition  that  the  compensation  committee  and  then  the
board of directors decide, on the basis of detailed arguments and after discussing again the compensation policy, that approval of the compensation policy,
despite the objection of the meeting of shareholders, is for the benefit of the company.

The compensation policy must be based on certain considerations, must include certain provisions, and needs to reference certain matters as set forth in the
Israeli Companies Law.

The  compensation  policy  must  serve  as  the  basis  for  decisions  concerning  the  financial  terms  of  employment  or  engagement  of  office  holders,  including
exculpation,  insurance,  indemnification  or  any  monetary  payment  or  obligation  of  payment  in  respect  of  employment  or  engagement.  The  compensation
policy  must  relate  to  certain  factors,  including  advancement  of  the  company’s  objectives,  business  plan,  long-term  strategy,  and  creation  of  appropriate
incentives  for  office  holders.  It  must  also  consider,  among  other  things,  the  company’s  risk  management,  size,  and  the  nature  of  its  operations.  The
compensation policy must furthermore consider the following additional factors:

146

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
   
      
      
   
   
   
      
   
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
● the education, skills, experience, expertise, and accomplishments of the relevant office holder;

● the office holder’s position, responsibilities, and prior compensation agreements with him or her;

● the  ratio  between  the  cost  of  the  terms  of  employment  of  an  office  holder  and  the  cost  of  the  employment  of  other  employees  of  the  company,
including employees employed through contractors who provide services to the company, in particular the ratio between such cost, the average, and
median salary of the employees of the company, as well as the impact of such disparities on the work relationships in the company;

● if the terms of employment include variable components—the possibility of reducing variable components at the discretion of the board of directors

and the possibility of setting a limit on the value of variable equity-based components not settled in cash; and

● if  the  terms  of  employment  include  severance  compensation—the  term  of  employment  or  office  of  the  office  holder,  the  terms  of  his  or  her
compensation  during  such  period,  the  company’s  performance  during  such  period,  his  or  her  individual  contribution  to  the  achievement  of  the
company goals and the maximization of its profits and the circumstances under which he or she is leaving the company.

The compensation policy must also include, among others:

● with regards to variable components in the terms of office and employment:

● with  the  exception  of  office  holders  who  report  directly  to  the  chief  executive  officer,  determining  the  variable  components  on  long-term
performance basis and on measurable criteria; however, the company may determine that an immaterial part of the variable components of the
compensation package of an office holder’s shall be awarded based on non-measurable criteria, if such amount is not higher than three monthly
salaries per annum, while taking into account such office holder contribution to the company;

● the ratio between variable and fixed components, as well as the limit of the values of variable components at the time of their payment. However,

with respect to variable equity-based components that are not settled in cash, the limit of their value at the time of grant.

● a  condition  under  which  the  office  holder  will  return  to  the  company,  according  to  conditions  to  be  set  forth  in  the  compensation  policy,  any
amounts paid as part of his or her terms of employment, if such amounts were paid based on information later to be discovered to be wrong, and
such information was restated in the company’s financial statements;

147

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● the minimum holding or vesting period of variable equity-based components to be set in the terms of office or employment, as applicable, while

taking into consideration long-term incentives; and

● a limit to retirement grants.

Our compensation policy is designed to promote retention and motivation of directors and senior management, incentivize superior individual excellence,
align the interests of our directors and senior management with our long-term performance and provide a risk management tool. To that end, a portion of an
executive officer compensation package is targeted to reflect our short and long-term goals, as well as the executive officer’s individual performance. On the
other hand, our compensation policy includes measures designed to reduce the executive officer’s incentives to take excessive risks that may harm us in the
long-term, such as limitations on the value of cash bonuses and equity-based compensation to a maximum number of monthly salaries, limitations on the
ratio between the variable and the total compensation of an executive officer and minimum vesting periods for equity-based compensation.

Our  compensation  policy  also  addresses  our  executive  officer’s  individual  characteristics  (such  as  his  or  her  respective  position,  education,  scope  of
responsibilities and contribution to the attainment of our goals) as the basis for compensation variation among our senior management, and considers the
internal ratios between compensation of our senior management and directors and other employees. Pursuant to our compensation policy, the compensation
that may be granted to an executive officer may include: base salary, exemption indemnification and insurance, annual bonuses and other cash bonuses (such
as a signing bonus and special bonuses with respect to any special achievements, such as outstanding personal achievement, outstanding personal effort or
outstanding  company  performance),  equity-based  compensation,  social  benefits,  retirement,  and  termination  of  service  arrangements.  All  cash  bonuses  to
executive  officers  (“Annual  Target  Bonus”,  “Overachievement  Bonus  and  “Special  Bonus”)  are  limited  to  a  maximum  amount  linked  to  the  executive
officer’s base salary. In addition, the total equity-based compensation components may not exceed 200% of each executive officer’s base salary with respect
to any given calendar year.

An  annual  cash  bonus  may  be  awarded  to  senior  management  upon  the  attainment  of  pre-set  periodic  objectives  and  individual  targets.  The  annual  cash
bonus that may be granted to our senior management will be based on performance objectives and a discretionary evaluation of the executive officer’s overall
performance by our compensation committee and board of directors and subject to minimum thresholds. The annual cash bonus that may be granted to senior
management  may  be  based  in  a  rate  of  up  to  25%  on  a  discretionary  evaluation.  Furthermore,  our  chief  executive  officer  will  be  entitled  to  recommend
performance  objectives,  and  such  performance  objectives  will  be  approved  by  our  compensation  committee  (and,  if  required  by  law,  by  our  board  of
directors).

148

 
 
 
 
 
 
The  equity-based  compensation  under  our  compensation  policy  for  our  officers  and  directors  is  designed  in  a  manner  consistent  with  the  underlying
objectives  in  determining  the  base  salary  and  the  annual  cash  bonus,  with  its  main  objectives  being  to  enhance  the  alignment  between  the  officers’  and
directors’ interests with our long-term interests and those of our shareholders, and to strengthen the retention and the motivation of senior management in the
long  term.  Our  compensation  policy  provides  for  officers  and  directors  compensation  in  the  form  of  share  options  or  other  equity-based  awards,  such  as
restricted shares and restricted share units (RSUs), in accordance with our Share Incentive Plan then in place. All equity-based incentives granted to officers
and directors shall be subject to vesting periods in order to promote long-term retention of the awarded officer or director. The equity-based compensation
shall  be  granted  from  time  to  time  and  be  individually  determined  and  awarded  according  to  the  performance,  educational  background,  prior  business
experience,  qualifications,  role,  and  the  personal  responsibilities  of  the  officer  or  director.  Our  compensation  policy  limits  the  number  of  outstanding
securities exercisable or convertible into shares to 10% of our issued and outstanding share capital on a fully diluted basis.

In addition, our compensation policy contains compensation recovery provisions which allows us under certain conditions to recover bonuses paid in excess,
enables our chief executive officer to approve an immaterial change in the terms of employment of an executive officer (provided that the changes of the
terms  of  employment  are  in  accordance  with  our  compensation  policy)  and  allows  us  to  exculpate,  indemnify,  and  insure  our  senior  management  and
directors subject to certain limitations set forth thereto.

Our compensation policy also provides for compensation to the members of our board of directors (except for directors that are employed by, or provides
services,  directly  or  through  companies  in  their  control,  to  the  Company  in  another  role)  either  (i)  for  external  directors,  if  any,  in  accordance  with  the
amounts provided in the Companies Regulations (Rules Regarding the Compensation and Expenses of an External Director) of 2000, as amended by the
Companies Regulations (Relief for Public Companies Traded in Stock Exchange Outside of Israel) of 2000, as such regulations may be amended from time
to time, or (ii) for all other directors, in accordance with the amounts determined in our compensation policy.

Our  amended  and  restated  compensation  policy  was  last  approved  by  our  shareholders  on  December  22,  2021  and  is  valid  for  a  period  of  three  years
according to the Israeli Companies Law.

C.

Board Practices

Appointment of Directors and Terms of Officers

Our  board  of  directors  consists  of  eight  (8)  directors,  including  six  (6)  directors  who  qualify  as  “independent”  under  applicable  U.S.  securities  laws  and
Nasdaq listing rules: Ami Boehm, Avner Hagai, Karen Sarid, Eti Mitrany, Yossi Ben Shalom, and Avner Lushi. The term of office of each director shall be
until the next general meeting of our shareholders.

Under our articles of association, the number of directors on our board of directors will be not less than four (4) but no more than nine (9) directors, not
including any external directors to the extent required to be appointed by the Israeli Companies Law, and not including up to two (2) additional directors who
may be appointed by our board of directors whose term of office would expire as of the first annual meeting of shareholders after their appointment, at which
they may be re-elected by such general meeting subject to the total number of directors not exceeding nine (9).

149

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Under our articles of association, our board of directors may elect new directors if the number of directors is below the maximum provided in the articles of
association, and the term of office of such elected directors shall be until the next general meeting of our shareholders.

Under Israeli law, the chief executive officer of a public company may not serve as the chairman of the board of directors of the company unless approved by
a special majority of our shareholders as required under the Israeli Companies Law.

In addition, under the Israeli Companies Law, our board of directors must determine the minimum number of directors who are required to have financial and
accounting expertise. Under applicable regulations, a director with financial and accounting expertise is a director who, by reason of his or her education,
professional experience, and skills, has a high level of proficiency in and understanding of business accounting matters and financial statements. He or she
must be able to thoroughly comprehend the financial statements of the company and initiate debate regarding the manner in which financial information is
presented. In determining the number of directors required to have such expertise, the board of directors must consider, among other things, the type and size
of the company and the scope and complexity of its operations. Our board of directors has determined that we should have at least two directors with the
requisite financial and accounting expertise.

On February 2023 our board of directors appointed Mr. Ami Boehm as an active chairman with a view that he would take a pro-active role in setting the
growth strategy of the Company and work with our newly appointed CEO to form the new leadership of the Company. Dr. David Zacut, our vice-chairman is
closely familiar with the operations and procedures of the Company and was appointed by the board to provide special consulting services to the board and
senior management.

There  are  no  arrangements  or  understandings  between  us,  on  the  one  hand,  and  any  of  our  directors,  on  the  other  hand,  providing  for  benefits  upon
termination of their employment or service as directors of our Company.

Independent and External Directors - Israeli Companies Law Requirements

Under the Israeli Companies Law, we would be required to include on our board of directors at least two members, each of whom qualifies as an external
director, and as to whom special qualifications, voting requirements and other provisions would be applicable. We would also be required to include one such
external director on each of our board committees.

Under regulations promulgated under the Israeli Companies Law, Israeli companies whose shares are traded on stock exchanges such as the Nasdaq that do
not have a controlling shareholder (as defined therein) and which comply with the requirements of the jurisdiction where the company’s shares are traded
with respect to the appointment of independent directors and the composition of an audit committee and compensation committee, may elect not to follow the
Israeli Companies Law requirements with respect to the composition of its audit committee and compensation committee and the appointment of external
directors. As we do not have a controlling shareholder, and as we comply with the requirements of the Nasdaq with respect to the composition of our board
and  such  committees,  therefore  we  are  exempt  from  the  Israeli  Companies  Law  requirements  with  respect  thereto,  including  the  appointment  of  external
directors.

150

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Committees

Israeli Companies Law Requirements

Our board of directors has established four standing committees, the audit committee (which serves also as our financial statements committee), the
compensation committee, the nomination committee, and the executive committee.

Audit Committee

Israeli Companies Law Requirements

Under the Israeli Companies Law, the board of directors of any public company must also appoint an audit committee comprised of at least three directors,
including all of the external directors (if any). The audit committee may not include:

● the chairman of the board of directors;

● a controlling shareholder or a relative of a controlling shareholder;

● any director employed by us or by one of our controlling shareholders or by an entity controlled by our controlling shareholders (other than as a

member of the board of directors); or

● any director who regularly provides services to us, to one of our controlling shareholders or to an entity controlled by our controlling shareholders.

According to the Israeli Companies Law, the majority of the members of the audit committee, as well as the majority of members present at audit committee
meetings, will be required to be “independent” (as defined below), and the chairperson of the audit committee will be required to be an external director. Any
persons disqualified from serving as a member of the audit committee may not be present at the audit committee meetings, unless the chairperson of the audit
committee has determined that such person is required to be present at the meeting or if such person qualifies under one of the exemptions of the Israeli
Companies Law.

The term “independent director” is defined under the Israeli Companies Law as an external director or a director who meets the following conditions, and
who  is  appointed  or  classified  as  such  according  to  the  Israeli  Companies  Law:  (1)  the  conditions  for  his  or  her  appointment  as  an  external  director  (as
described above) are satisfied, and the audit committee approves the director having met such conditions, and (2) he or she has not served as a director of the
company for over nine consecutive years with any interruption of up to two years of his or her service not being deemed a disruption to the continuity of his
or her service.

151

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to regulations promulgated under the Israeli Companies Law, we comply with the requirements of Nasdaq with respect to the composition of our
audit  committee  and  compensation  committee,  and  do  not  follow  the  Israeli  Companies  Law  requirements  with  respect  to  the  composition  of  such
committees, such as those described above. See the section titled “Directors and Senior Management” under Item 6.A above.

Nasdaq Listing Requirements

Under the Nasdaq corporate governance rules, we are required to maintain an audit committee consisting of at least three independent directors, all of whom
are financially literate and one of whom has accounting or related financial management expertise.

Our audit committee consists of Karen Sarid, Eti Mitrany, and Avner Lushi. Karen Sarid serves as Chairperson of the committee. All members of our audit
committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the Nasdaq corporate governance rules. Our
board of directors has determined that each of Karen Sarid, Eti Mitrany, and Avner Lushi is an audit committee financial expert as defined by SEC rules, and
has the requisite financial experience as defined by the Nasdaq listing rules.

Each of the members of the audit committee is “independent” as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act.

Approval of Transactions with Related Parties

The  approval  of  the  audit  committee  is  required  to  effect  specified  actions  and  transactions  with  office  holders  and  controlling  shareholders  and  their
relatives,  or  in  which  they  have  a  personal  interest.  See  the  section  titled  “Duties  of  Directors  and  Officers  and  Approval  of  Specified  Related  Party
Transactions under the Israeli Companies Law” below. The audit committee may not approve an action or a transaction with a controlling shareholder or with
an office holder unless at the time of approval the audit committee meets the composition requirements under the Israeli Companies Law.

Audit Committee Charter

Our board of directors adopted an audit committee charter setting forth the responsibilities of the audit committee consistent with the rules of the SEC and
the Nasdaq corporate governance rules, which include:

● retaining and terminating our independent auditors, subject to board of directors and shareholder ratification;

152

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● overseeing the independence, compensation, and performance of our independent auditors;

● the appointment, compensation, retention, and oversight of any accounting firm engaged for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or

performing other audit services;

● pre-approval of audit and non-audit services to be provided by the independent auditors;

● reviewing with management and our independent directors our financial statements prior to their submission to the SEC; and

● approval of certain transactions with office holders and controlling shareholders, as described below, and other related party transactions.

Additionally,  under  the  Israeli  Companies  Law,  the  role  of  the  audit  committee  includes  the  identification  of  irregularities  in  our  business  management,
among  other  things,  by  consulting  with  the  internal  auditor  or  our  independent  auditors  and  suggesting  an  appropriate  course  of  action  to  the  board  of
directors. In addition, the audit committee or the board of directors, as set forth in the articles of association of the company, is required to approve the yearly
or periodic work plan proposed by the internal auditor. The audit committee is required to assess the company’s internal audit system and the performance of
its  internal  auditor.  The  Israeli  Companies  Law  also  requires  that  the  audit  committee  assess  the  scope  of  the  work  and  compensation  of  the  company’s
external  auditor.  In  addition,  the  audit  committee  is  required  to  determine  whether  certain  related  party  actions  and  transactions  are  “material”  or
“extraordinary” for the purpose of the requisite approval procedures under the Israeli Companies Law and whether certain transactions with a controlling
shareholder will be subject to a competitive procedure. The audit committee charter states that in fulfilling its role the committee is empowered to conduct or
authorize investigations into any matters within its scope of responsibilities. A company whose audit committee’s composition also meets the requirements
set for the composition of a compensation committee (as further detailed below) may have one committee acting as both audit and compensation committees.

Compensation Committee

Israeli Companies Law Requirements

Under the Israeli Companies Law, public companies are required to appoint a compensation committee in accordance with the guidelines set forth thereunder.

The  compensation  committee  must  consist  of  at  least  three  members.  All  of  the  external  directors,  if  any,  must  serve  on  the  committee  and  constitute  a
majority of its members. The chairperson of the compensation committee must be an external director, if any. All external directors, if any, must be members
of the compensation committee, and the remaining members must be directors whose compensation is in accordance with the regulations for compensation of
external  directors  under  the  Israeli  Companies  Law.  In  addition,  members  of  the  compensation  committee  may  not  include  directors  who  are  disqualified
from serving as members of the audit committee (as described above).

153

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The compensation committee, which consists of Eti Mitrany, Avner Hagai, and Karen Sarid, assists the board of directors in determining compensation for
our directors and officers. Eti Mitrany serves as Chairperson of the committee. Under SEC and Nasdaq rules, there are heightened independence standards
for members of the compensation committee, including a prohibition against the receipt of any compensation from us other than standard supervisory board
member  fees.  Although  foreign  private  issuers  are  not  required  to  meet  this  heightened  standard,  our  board  of  directors  has  determined  that  all  of  our
expected compensation committee members meet this heightened standard.

In accordance with the Israeli Companies Law, the roles of the compensation committee are, among others, as follows:

(1)to recommend to the board of directors the compensation policy for directors and officers, and to recommend to the board of directors once every

three years whether the compensation policy that had been approved should be extended for a period of more than three years;

(2)to recommend to the board of directors updates to the compensation policy, from time to time, and examine its implementation;

(3)to decide whether to approve the terms of office, and employment of directors and officers that require approval of the compensation committee; and

(4)to  decide  whether  the  compensation  terms  of  the  chief  executive  officer,  which  were  determined  pursuant  to  the  compensation  policy,  will  be

exempted from approval by the shareholders because such approval would harm the ability to engage the chief executive officer.

In  addition  to  the  roles  mentioned  above  our  compensation  committee  also  makes  recommendations  to  our  board  of  directors  regarding  the  awarding  of
employee equity grants.

In addition to the above, our compensation committee is entitled to agree to prior notice periods for resignation or dismissal within the context of certain
acceleration events, and to agree to up to 12 months full payment of the compensation package and fringe benefits, upon termination by us of an engagement
with an officer or an employee.

Pursuant to regulations promulgated under the Israeli Companies Law, we comply with the requirements of Nasdaq with respect to the composition of our
audit  committee  and  compensation  committee,  and  do  not  follow  the  Israeli  Companies  Law  requirements  with  respect  to  the  composition  of  such
committees, such as those described above. See the section titled “Directors and Senior Management” under Item 6.C above.

154

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nasdaq Listing Requirements

Under the Nasdaq Listing Rules, we are required to maintain an audit committee consisting of at least three members, all of whom are independent and are
financially literate and one of whom has accounting or related financial management expertise.

The independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act implement two basic criteria for determining independence:

● audit committee members are barred from accepting directly or indirectly any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the issuer or an

affiliate of the issuer, other than in the member’s capacity as a member of the board of directors and any board committee; and

● audit committee members may not be an “affiliated person” of the issuer or any subsidiary of the issuer apart from her or his capacity as a member

of the board of directors and any board committee.

The SEC has defined “affiliate” for non-investment companies as “a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is
controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.” The term “control” is intended to be consistent with the other definitions of this term
under  the  Exchange  Act,  as  “the  possession,  direct  or  indirect,  of  the  power  to  direct  or  cause  the  direction  of  the  management  and  policies  of  a  person,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.” A safe harbor has been adopted by the SEC, under which a person who is not
an executive officer or 10% shareholder of the issuer would be deemed not to have control of the issuer.

In  accordance  with  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  and  the  Nasdaq  Listing  Rules,  the  audit  committee  is  directly  responsible  for  the  appointment,
compensation, and performance of our independent auditors. In addition, the audit committee is responsible for assisting the board of directors in reviewing
our annual financial statements, the adequacy of our internal control and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. The audit committee also
oversees  our  major  financial  risk  exposures  and  policies  for  managing  such  potential  risks,  discusses  with  management  and  our  independent  auditor
significant risks or exposure and assesses the steps management has taken to minimize such risk.

As  noted  above,  the  members  of  our  audit  committee  include  Karen  Sarid,  Eti  Mitrany,  and  Avner  Lushi,  with  Karen  Sarid  serving  as  chairperson.  All
members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the Nasdaq Listing Rules. Our board of directors has determined that each
of Karen Sarid, Eti Mitrany, and Avner Lushi is an audit committee financial expert as defined by the SEC rules and all members of the audit committee have
the  requisite  financial  experience  as  defined  by  the  Nasdaq  Listing  Rules.  Each  of  the  members  of  the  audit  committee  is  “independent”  as  such  term  is
defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act.

155

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation Committee Charter

Our board of directors adopted a compensation committee charter setting forth the responsibilities of the compensation committee consistent with the rules of
the SEC and the Nasdaq corporate governance rules, which include:

● recommending to the Board of Directors for its approval (i) a compensation policy for officers and directors, (ii) once every three years, whether to
extend  the  compensation  policy,  subject  to  receipt  of  the  required  corporate  approvals  approval  (either  a  new  compensation  policy  or  the
continuation of an existing compensation policy must in any case occur every three years); and (iii) periodic updates to the compensation policy. In
addition, the compensation committee is required to periodically review the implementation of the compensation policy;

● approving transactions relating to the terms of office and employment of office holders (within the meaning of the Companies Law), which require

the approval of the compensation committee pursuant to the Companies Law;

● reviewing and approving the granting of options and other incentive awards to the extent such authority is delegated by our board of directors; and

● reviewing, evaluating and making recommendations regarding the compensation and benefits for our non-employee directors.

Nomination Committee

In March 2022, our Board of Directors appointed a nomination committee, comprised of Avner Lushi, Avner Hagai and Yossi Ben Shalom.

Our Nomination Committee assuming the responsibility for recommending to the Board nominees for election (including re-election) to the Company’s
Board of Directors, in lieu of the recommendation by our independent directors.

Consistent with the requirements of the Nasdaq Rules, our Nomination Committee is responsible for:

·

·

·

identifying potential new candidates for service on the Company’s Board of Directors, taking into account, inter alia,  the  candidate’s  applicable
experience, expertise and/or familiarity with the Company’s field of business, as well as the candidate’s ethical character, independent judgment and
industry reputation;

conducting appropriate inquiries into the backgrounds and qualifications of potential candidates for service as directors; and

reviewing and resolving whether or not to approve arrangements with respect to such candidates.

156

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nasdaq Requirements

The Nasdaq Rules require that director nominees be selected or recommended for the board’s selection either by a nomination committee composed solely of
independent directors or by a majority of independent directors, in a vote in which only independent directors participate, subject to certain exceptions.

Executive Committee

In 2021, our Board of Directors appointed an executive committee, comprised of Dr. David Zacut, Karen Sarid and Yossi Ben Shalom. The roles of the
executive committee are:

·

·

to oversee the implementation of the business strategy of our company; and

to exercise such other duties as the board may resolve from time to time.

The following table sets forth the attendance rate for each of our directors in the board of directors during 2022:

Name

Ami Boehm
Dr. David Zacut
Avner Hagai
Avner Lushi
Eti Mitrany
Karen Sarid
Prof. Avraham Zangen
Yossi Ben Shalom

Percentage of Meetings
Attended 

NA*
87.50%
100%
87.50%
100%
100%
87.50%
87.50%

*Mr. Boehm did not join our board of directors until after the start of the first quarter of 2023.

Our board of directors takes an active role in supervising the risk management of the Company and follows our internal policies and procedures. Our internal
auditor is in the process of submitting a final report to our board with respect to current status and potential threats to our IT systems.

Corporate Governance Practices

Internal Auditor

Under the Israeli Companies Law, the board of directors of a public company must appoint an internal auditor based on the recommendation of the audit
committee. The role of the internal auditor is, among other things, to examine whether a company’s actions comply with applicable law and orderly business
procedure. Under the Israeli Companies Law, the internal auditor may not be an interested party or an office holder or a relative of an interested party or of an
office holder, nor may the internal auditor be the company’s independent auditor or the representative of the same.

157

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
An “interested party” is defined in the Israeli Companies Law as (i) a holder of 5% or more of the issued share capital or voting power in a company, (ii) any
person or entity who has the right to designate one or more directors or to designate the chief executive officer of the company, or (iii) any person who serves
as a director or as a chief executive officer of the company.

Mr. Yisrael Gewirtz of Fahn Kanne Control Management Ltd. (Grant Thornton Israel) serves as our internal auditor.

Duties of Directors and Officers and Approval of Specified Related Party Transactions under the Israeli Companies Law

Fiduciary Duties and Duty of Care of Office Holders

The Israeli Companies Law imposes a duty of care and a fiduciary duty on all office holders of a company. The duty of care of an office holder is based on
the duty of care set forth in connection with the tort of negligence under the Israeli Torts Ordinance (New Version) 5728-1968. This duty of care requires an
office holder to act with the degree of proficiency with which a reasonable office holder in the same position would have acted under the same circumstances.
The duty of care includes, among other things, a duty to use reasonable means, in light of the circumstances, to obtain:

● information on the business advisability of a given action brought for his or her approval or performed by virtue of his or her position; and

● all other important information pertaining to such action.

The fiduciary duty incumbent on an office holder requires him or her to act in good faith and for the benefit of the company, and includes, among other
things, the duty to:

● refrain from any act involving a conflict of interest between the performance of his or her duties in the company and his or her other duties or personal

affairs;

● refrain from any activity that is competitive with the business of the company;

● refrain from exploiting any business opportunity of the company for the purpose of gaining a personal advantage for himself or herself or others; and

● disclose to the company any information or documents relating to the company’s affairs which the office holder received as a result of his or her

position as an office holder.

We may approve an act specified above which would otherwise constitute a breach of the office holder’s fiduciary duty, provided that the office holder acted
in good faith, the act or its approval does not harm the company, and the office holder discloses his or her personal interest, including any material fact or
document, a reasonable time before consideration of the approval of such act. Any such approval is subject to the terms of the Israeli Companies Law, setting
forth, among other things, the appropriate bodies of the company entitled to provide such approval, and the methods of obtaining such approval.

158

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Disclosure of Personal Interest of an Office Holder and Approval of Transactions

The Israeli Companies Law requires that an office holder disclose to the company without delay any personal interest that he or she may have and all related
material information or documents relating to any existing or proposed transaction by the company. An interested office holder’s disclosure must be made
without delay and in any event no later than the first meeting of the board of directors at which the transaction is considered. An office holder is not obliged
to disclose such information if the personal interest of the office holder derives solely from the personal interest of his or her relative in a transaction that is
not considered an extraordinary transaction.

Under the Israeli Companies Law, once an office holder has complied with the above disclosure requirement, a company may approve a transaction between
the company and the office holder or a third party in which the office holder has a personal interest. However, a company may not approve a transaction or
action that is not to the company’s benefit.

Under the Israeli Companies Law, unless the articles of association of a company provide otherwise, a transaction with an office holder or with a third party
in which the office holder has a personal interest, which is not an extraordinary transaction, requires approval by the board of directors. If the transaction
considered  is  an  extraordinary  transaction  with  an  office  holder  or  third  party  in  which  the  office  holder  has  a  personal  interest,  then  audit  committee
approval is required prior to approval by the board of directors. For the approval of compensation arrangements with directors and senior management, see
the section titled “Compensation Policy” under Item 6.B above.

Any persons who have a personal interest in the approval of a transaction that is brought before a meeting of the board of directors or the audit committee,
except for a transaction with an office holder or with a third party in which the office holder has a personal interest, which is not an extraordinary transaction,
may  not  be  present  at  the  meeting  or  vote  on  the  matter.  However,  if  the  chairman  of  the  board  of  directors  or  the  chairman  of  the  audit  committee  has
determined  that  the  presence  of  an  office  holder  with  a  personal  interest  is  required,  such  office  holder  may  be  present  at  the  meeting  for  the  purpose  of
presenting  the  matter.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  a  director  who  has  a  personal  interest  may  be  present  at  the  meeting,  and  vote  on  the  matter  if  a
majority of the directors or members of the audit committee have a personal interest in the approval of such transaction. If a majority of the directors at a
board of directors meeting have a personal interest in the transaction, such transaction also requires approval of the shareholders of the company.

A  “personal  interest”  is  defined  under  the  Israeli  Companies  Law  as  the  personal  interest  of  a  person  in  an  action  or  in  a  transaction  of  the  company,
including  the  personal  interest  of  such  person’s  relative  or  the  interest  of  any  other  corporate  body  in  which  the  person  and/or  such  person’s  relative  is  a
director  or  general  manager,  a  5%  shareholder  or  holds  5%  or  more  of  the  voting  rights,  or  has  the  right  to  appoint  at  least  one  director  or  the  general
manager, but excluding a personal interest stemming solely from the fact of holding shares in the company. A personal interest also includes (1) a personal
interest of a person who votes according to a proxy of another person, including in the event that the other person has no personal interest, and (2) a personal
interest of a person who gave a proxy to another person to vote on his or her behalf regardless of whether or not the discretion of how to vote lies with the
person voting.

159

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
An “extraordinary transaction” is defined under the Israeli Companies Law as any of the following:

● a transaction other than in the ordinary course of business;

● a transaction that is not on market terms; or

● a transaction that may have a material impact on the company’s profitability, assets or liabilities.

Disclosure of a Personal Interest of a Controlling Shareholder and Approval of Transactions

The Israeli Companies Law also requires that a controlling shareholder disclose to the company without delay any personal interest that he or she may have
and all related material information or documents relating to any existing or proposed transaction by the company. A controlling shareholder’s disclosure
must be made without delay and in any event no later than the first meeting of the board of directors at which the transaction is considered. Extraordinary
transactions with a controlling shareholder or in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest, including a private placement in which a controlling
shareholder  has  a  personal  interest,  and  the  terms  of  engagement  of  the  company,  directly  or  indirectly,  with  a  controlling  shareholder  or  a  controlling
shareholder’s  relative  (including  through  a  corporation  controlled  by  a  controlling  shareholder),  regarding  the  company’s  receipt  of  services  from  the
controlling shareholder, and if such controlling shareholder is also an office holder or employee of the company, regarding his or her terms of employment,
require the approval of each of (i) the audit committee or the compensation committee with respect to the terms of the engagement of the company, (ii) the
board of directors, and (iii) the shareholders, in that order. In addition, the shareholder approval must fulfill one of the following requirements:

● a majority of the shares held by shareholders who have no personal interest in the transaction and are voting at the meeting must be voted in favor

of approving the transaction, excluding abstentions; or

● the  shares  voted  by  shareholders  who  have  no  personal  interest  in  the  transaction  who  vote  against  the  transaction  represent  no  more  than  two

percent (2%) of the voting rights in the company.

160

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition, an extraordinary transaction with a controlling shareholder or in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest, and an engagement of
the  company,  directly  or  indirectly,  with  a  controlling  shareholder  or  a  controlling  shareholder’s  relative  (including  through  a  corporation  controlled  by  a
controlling shareholder), regarding the company’s receipt of services from the controlling shareholder, and if such controlling shareholder is also an office
holder  or  employee  of  the  company,  regarding  his  or  her  terms  of  employment,  in  each  case  with  a  term  of  more  than  three  years  requires  the
abovementioned approval every three years; however, transactions not involving the receipt of services or compensation can be approved for a longer term,
provided  that  the  audit  committee  determines  that  such  longer  term  is  reasonable  under  the  circumstances.  In  addition,  transactions  with  a  controlling
shareholder or a controlling shareholder’s relative who serves as an officer in a company, directly or indirectly (including through a corporation under his
control), involving the receipt of services by a company or their compensation can have a term of five years from the company’s initial public offering under
certain circumstances.

The Israeli Companies Law requires that every shareholder that participates, in person, by proxy or by voting instrument, in a vote regarding a transaction
with a controlling shareholder, must indicate in advance or in the proxy card whether or not that shareholder has a personal interest in the vote in question.
Failure to so indicate will result in the invalidation of that shareholder’s vote.

Duties of Shareholders

Under  the  Israeli  Companies  Law,  a  shareholder  has  a  duty  to  act  in  good  faith  and  in  an  acceptable  manner  in  exercising  its  rights  and  performing  its
obligations towards the company, and other shareholders and to refrain from abusing its power in the company, including, among other things, when voting at
meetings of shareholders on the following matters:

● an amendment to the articles of association;

● an increase in the company’s authorized share capital;

● a merger; and

● the approval of related party transactions and acts of office holders that require shareholder approval.

A shareholder also has a general duty to refrain from discriminating against other shareholders.

The  remedies  generally  available  upon  a  breach  of  contract  will  also  apply  to  a  breach  of  the  shareholder  duties  mentioned  above,  and  in  the  event  of
discrimination against other shareholders, additional remedies may be available to the injured shareholder.

In  addition,  any  controlling  shareholder,  any  shareholder  that  knows  that  its  vote  can  determine  the  outcome  of  a  shareholder  vote  (including  in  a  class
meeting), and any shareholder that, under a company’s articles of association, has the power to appoint or prevent the appointment of an office holder, or any
other power with respect to a company, is under a duty to act with fairness towards the company. The Israeli Companies Law does not describe the substance
of this duty except to state that the remedies generally available upon a breach of contract will also apply in the event of a breach of the duty to act with
fairness, taking the shareholder’s position in the company into account.

161

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Approval of Private Placements

Under  the  Israeli  Companies  Law  and  the  regulations  promulgated  thereunder,  a  private  placement  of  securities  does  not  require  approval  at  a  general
meeting of the shareholders of a company; provided however, that in special circumstances, such as a private placement which is intended to obviate the need
to conduct a special tender offer (see the section titled “Acquisitions under Israeli Law” in Exhibit 2.3) or a private placement which qualifies as a related
party  transaction  (see  “Item  6.  Directors,  Senior  Management  and  Employees  –  C.  Board  Practices  –  Duties  of  Directors  and  Officers  and  Approval  of
Specified Related Party Transactions under the Israeli Companies Law”), approval at a general meeting of the shareholders of a company is required.

Exculpation, Insurance and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Under the Israeli Companies Law, a company may not exculpate an office holder from liability for a breach of the fiduciary duty. An Israeli company may
exculpate an office holder in advance from liability to the company, in whole or in part, for damages caused to the company as a result of a breach of the
office holder’s duty of care but only if a provision authorizing such exculpation is included in its articles of association. Our articles of association include
such a provision. A company may not exculpate in advance a director from liability arising due to the breach of his or her duty of care in connection with
dividend or distribution to shareholders.

Under  the  Israeli  Companies  Law  and  the  Israeli  Securities  Law,  5728-1968  (the  “Israeli  Securities  Law”)  a  company  may  indemnify  an  office  holder  in
respect of the following liabilities, payments, and expenses incurred for acts performed by him or her as an office holder, either in advance of an event or
following an event, provided its articles of association include a provision authorizing such indemnification:

● a monetary liability incurred by or imposed on the office holder in favor of another person pursuant to a court judgment, including pursuant to a
settlement confirmed as judgment or arbitrator’s decision approved by a competent court. However, if an undertaking to indemnify an office holder
with  respect  to  such  liability  is  provided  in  advance,  then  such  an  undertaking  must  be  limited  to  events  which,  in  the  opinion  of  the  board  of
directors, can be foreseen based on the company’s activities when the undertaking to indemnify is given, and to an amount or according to criteria
determined by the board of directors as reasonable under the circumstances, and such undertaking shall detail the abovementioned foreseen events
and amount or criteria;

● reasonable  litigation  expenses,  including  reasonable  attorneys’  fees,  which  were  incurred  by  the  office  holder  as  a  result  of  an  investigation  or
proceeding filed against the office holder by an authority authorized to conduct such investigation or proceeding, provided that such investigation or
proceeding  was  either  (i)  concluded  without  the  filing  of  an  indictment  against  such  office  holder  and  without  the  imposition  on  him  of  any
monetary obligation in lieu of a criminal proceeding;
(ii) concluded without the filing of an indictment against the office holder but with the imposition of a monetary obligation on the office holder in
lieu of criminal proceedings for an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent; or (iii) in connection with a monetary sanction;

162

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● a monetary liability imposed on the office holder in favor of a payment for a breach offended at an Administrative Procedure (as defined below) as

set forth in Section 52(54)(a)(1)(a) to the Israeli Securities Law;

● expenses expended by the office holder with respect to an Administrative Procedure under the Israeli Securities Law, including reasonable litigation

expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees;

● reasonable litigation expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the office holder or which were imposed on the office holder by a court (i) in a
proceeding instituted against him or her by the company, on its behalf, or by a third party, (ii) in connection with criminal indictment of which the
office holder was acquitted, or
(iii) in a criminal indictment which the office holder was convicted of an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent; and

● any  other  obligation  or  expense  in  respect  of  which  it  is  permitted  or  will  be  permitted  under  applicable  law  to  indemnify  an  office  holder,

including, without limitation, matters referenced in Section 56H(b)(1) of the Israeli Securities Law.

An  “Administrative  Procedure”  is  defined  as  a  procedure  pursuant  to  chapters  H3  (Monetary  Sanction  by  the  Israeli  Securities  Authority),  H4
(Administrative  Enforcement  Procedures  of  the  Administrative  Enforcement  Committee)  or  I1  (Arrangement  to  prevent  Procedures  or  Interruption  of
procedures subject to conditions) to the Israeli Securities Law.

Under the Israeli Companies Law and the Israeli Securities Law, a company may insure an office holder against the following liabilities incurred for acts
performed by him or her as an office holder if and to the extent provided in the company’s articles of association:

● a breach of the fiduciary duty to the company, provided that the office holder acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that the act

would not harm the company;

● a breach of duty of care to the company or to a third party, to the extent such a breach arises out of the negligent conduct of the office holder;

● a monetary liability imposed on the office holder in favor of a third party;

163

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● a monetary liability imposed on the office holder in favor of an injured party at an Administrative Procedure pursuant to Section 52(54)(a)(1)(a) of

the Israeli Securities Law; and

● expenses  incurred  by  an  office  holder  in  connection  with  an  Administrative  Procedure,  including  reasonable  litigation  expenses  and  reasonable

attorneys’ fees.

Under the Israeli Companies Law, a company may not indemnify, exculpate or insure an office holder against any of the following:

● a breach of the fiduciary duty, except for indemnification and insurance for a breach of  the  fiduciary  duty  to  the  company  to  the  extent  that  the

office holder acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that the act would not prejudice the company;

● a breach of duty of care committed intentionally or recklessly, excluding a breach solely arising out of the negligent conduct of the office holder;

● an act or omission committed with intent to derive illegal personal benefit; or

● a fine, civil fine, financial sanction or forfeit levied against the office holder.

Under the Israeli Companies Law, exculpation, indemnification, and insurance of office holders must be approved by the compensation committee and the
board of directors, and, with respect to directors or controlling shareholders, their relatives and third parties in which controlling shareholders have a personal
interest, also by the shareholders.

Our articles of association permit us to exculpate, indemnify, and insure our office holders to the fullest extent permitted or to be permitted by law. Our office
holders  are  currently  covered  by  a  directors’  and  officers’  liability  insurance  policy.  As  of  the  date  of  this  report,  no  claims  for  directors’  and  officers’
liability insurance have been filed under this policy, and we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation or proceeding involving any of our office
holders, including our directors, in which indemnification is sought.

D.

Employees

Our  employees  include  professionals  with  extensive  experience  in  medical  device  development  and  applications,  neurology  and  psychopathology,  pre-
clinical experimentation, clinical development, and business development.

As of December 31, 2022, we had 134 employees, of which 65 are based in the United States and 69 are based outside of the United States (in Israel). This
includes 41 employees in sales and marketing, and 35 employees in clinical trials and research and development.

Management, administration, and operations
Research and development
Sales and Marketing

164

2022
Company
Employees

As of December 31,
2021
Company
Employees

2020
Company
Employees

58     
35     
41     

53     
35     
30     

48 
26 
26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
While  none  of  our  employees  are  party  to  any  collective  bargaining  agreements,  certain  provisions  of  the  collective  bargaining  agreements  between  the
Histadrut (General Federation of Labor in Israel) and the Coordination Bureau of Economic Organizations (including the Industrialists’ Associations) are
applicable to our employees by order of the Israel Ministry of Labor. Such orders are part of the employment related laws and regulations which apply to our
employees and set certain mandatory terms of employment. Such mandatory terms of employment primarily concern the length of the workday, minimum
daily wages, pension plan benefits for all employees, insurance for work-related accidents, procedures for dismissal of employees, severance pay and other
conditions of employment. We generally provide our employees with benefits and working conditions beyond the required minimums.

We have never experienced any employment-related work stoppages and believe our relationship with our employees is good.

E.

Share Ownership

For information regarding the share ownership of our directors and executive officers, please see “Item 7.A. Major Shareholders.”

Award Plans

On May 29, 2014, we adopted the Share Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time, or the Plan. The Plan is intended to afford an incentive to our and any
of our affiliate’s employees, directors, officers, consultants, advisors, and any other person or entity who provides services to the Company, its subsidiaries
and affiliates, to continue as service providers, to increase their efforts on our and our affiliates behalf and to promote our success, by providing such persons
with opportunities to acquire a proprietary interest in us.

On  September  26,  2019  we  adopted  the  BrainsWay  Ltd.  Amended  and  Restated  2019  Share  Incentive  Plan,  which  was  approved  by  our  shareholders  on
January  13,  2020.  The  2019  Plan  provides  for  the  granting  of  Ordinary  Shares,  ADSs,  stock  options  under  various  tax  regimes  in  Israel  and  the  U.S.,
restricted  shares,  restricted  share  units  (RSUs),  and  other  share-based  awards  to  employees,  officers,  directors,  and/or  other  service  providers,  including
advisors of the Company, and/or of its subsidiaries, and/or affiliated companies of the Company. The same number of our Ordinary Shares are available for
issuance  as  awards  under  the  2019  Plan  as  were  available  under  the  2014  Plan  as  of  the  effective  date  of  the  2019  Plan,  and  the  2014  Plan  continues  to
govern the terms of awards issued thereunder prior to the effective date of the 2019 Plan.

Under the 2019 Plan, we may issue options to purchase up to 3,626,200 of our Ordinary Shares. As of December 31, 2022, options to purchase 1,459,400
Ordinary Shares, at a weighted average exercise price of $4.53 per share, and 769,040 unvested restricted share units (RSUs) were outstanding. The equity
pool under the 2019 Plan is subject to adjustment if particular capital changes affect our share capital or such other number as our board of directors may
determine  from  time  to  time.  Ordinary  shares  subject  to  outstanding  awards  under  the  2019  Plan  that  subsequently  expire,  are  cancelled,  forfeited,
repurchased  or  terminated  for  any  reason  before  being  exercised  will  be  automatically,  and  without  any  further  action,  returned  to  the  “pool”  of  reserved
shares and will again be available for grant under the 2019 Plan.

165

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  equity  pool  under  the  2019  Plan  is  subject  to  adjustment  if  particular  capital  changes  affect  our  share  capital  or  such  other  number  as  our  board  of
directors  may  determine  from  time  to  time.  Ordinary  shares  subject  to  outstanding  awards  under  the  2019  Plan  that  subsequently  expire,  are  cancelled,
forfeited, repurchased or terminated for any reason before being exercised will be automatically, and without any further action, returned to the “pool” of
reserved shares and will again be available for grant under the 2019 Plan.

A stock option is the right to purchase a specified number of Ordinary Shares in the future at a specified exercise price and subject to the other terms and
conditions specified in the option agreement and the 2019 Plan. The exercise price of each stock option granted under the 2019 Plan will be determined in
accordance  with  the  limitations  set  forth  under  the  2019  Plan.  The  exercise  price  of  any  stock  options  granted  under  the  2019  Plan  may  be  paid  in  cash,
through  “cashless  exercise”  mechanism  or  any  other  method  that  may  be  approved  by  our  compensation  committee,  which  may  include  procedures  for
cashless exercise.

Our compensation committee may also grant, or recommend that our board of directors' grant, other forms of equity incentive awards under the 2019 Plan,
such as restricted shares, restricted share units (RSUs), and other forms of share-based compensation.

Israeli participants in the 2019 Plan may be granted options subject to Section 102 of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance (New Version), 1961, or the Israeli
Tax Ordinance. Section 102 of the Israeli Tax Ordinance allows employees, directors and officers who are not controlling shareholders (as defined for those
purposes under the Israeli Tax Ordinance) and are considered Israeli residents (and in certain cases also non-Israeli residents for the time they worked in
Israel) to receive favorable tax treatment for compensation in the form of shares or options. Our non-employee service providers and controlling shareholders
may only be granted options under another section of the Israeli Tax Ordinance, which does not provide for similar tax benefits. Section 102 includes two
alternatives for tax treatment involving the issuance of options or shares to a trustee for the benefit of the grantees and also includes an additional alternative
for the issuance of options or shares directly to the grantee. Commonly, the most favorable tax treatment for the grantees is under Section 102(b)(2) of the
Israeli Tax Ordinance, the issuance to a trustee under the “capital gain track.” However, under this track we are not allowed to deduct an expense with respect
to the issuance of the options or shares. Any options granted under the 2019 Plan to participants in the United States will be either “incentive stock options,”
which  may  be  eligible  for  special  tax  treatment  under  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  or  options  other  than  incentive  stock  options  (referred  to  as
“nonqualified stock options”), as determined by our compensation committee or our board of directors and stated in the option agreement.

166

 
 
 
 
 
Our compensation committee administers the 2019 Plan, or if determined otherwise by our board of directors, the Plan will be administered by our board of
directors or other designated committee on its behalf. Even if the compensation committee or any other committee was appointed by our board of directors in
order to administrate the 2019 Plan, our board of directors may, subject to any legal limitations, exercise any powers or duties of the compensation committee
or any other committee concerning the 2019 Plan. The compensation committee will, among others, select which eligible persons will receive options or
other awards under the 2019 Plan and will determine, or recommend to our board of directors, the number of Ordinary Shares covered by those options or
other awards, the terms under which such options or other awards may be exercised (however, vested options generally may not be exercised later than ten
years from the grant date of an option and a lesser period if the grantee ceased to be employed by, or provide services to, the company) or may be settled or
paid,  and  the  other  terms  and  conditions  of  such  options  and  other  awards  under  the  2019  Plan.  All  awards  granted  under  the  2019  Plan  shall  not  be
transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, unless otherwise determined by our compensation committee.

To the extent permitted under applicable law, our compensation committee will have the authority to accelerate the vesting of any outstanding awards at such
time and under such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate. In the event of a change of control, as defined in the 2019 Plan, any award
then outstanding shall be assumed or an equivalent award shall be substituted by the successor corporation of the merger or sale or any parent or affiliate
thereof  as  determined  by  our  board  of  directors.  In  the  event  that  the  awards  are  not  assumed  or  substituted,  our  compensation  committee  may,  in  its
discretion, accelerate the vesting, exercisability of the outstanding award, or provide for the cancellation of such award and payment of cash, as determined to
be fair in the circumstances.

Subject to particular limitations specified in the 2019 Plan and under applicable law, our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2019 Plan, and the
compensation committee may amend awards outstanding under the 2019 Plan. In addition, an amendment to the 2019 Plan that requires shareholder approval
under  applicable  law  will  not  be  effective  unless  approved  by  the  requisite  vote  of  shareholders.  In  addition,  in  general,  no  suspension,  termination,
modification or amendment of the 2019 Plan may adversely affect any award previously granted without the written consent of grantees holding a majority in
interest  of  the  awards  so  affected.  The  2019  Plan  will  continue  in  effect  until  all  Ordinary  Shares  available  under  the  2019  Plan  are  delivered  and  all
restrictions on those shares have lapsed, unless the 2019 Plan is terminated earlier by our board of directors. No awards may be granted under the 2019 Plan
on or after the tenth anniversary of the date of adoption of the 2019 Plan unless our board of directors chooses to extend the term.

Any equity award to an office holder, director or controlling shareholder, whether under the 2019 Plan or otherwise, may be subject to further approvals in
addition to the approval of the compensation committee as described above. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees – C. Board Practices
– Duties of Directors and Officers and Approval of Specified Related Party Transactions under the Israeli Companies Law.”

F.

Disclosure of Action to Recover Erroneously Awarded Compensation

[Not applicable.]

167

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A. Major Shareholders

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our Ordinary Shares as of March 15, 2023 by:

● each person or entity known by us to own beneficially 5% or more of our outstanding Ordinary Shares;

● our directors and members of senior management, or our Named Directors and Officers; and

● all of our directors and members of senior management as a group.

The  beneficial  ownership  of  our  Ordinary  Shares  is  determined  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  the  SEC.  Under  these  rules,  a  person  is  deemed  to  be  a
beneficial owner of a security if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of the security, or investment
power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of the security. For purposes of the table below, we deem Ordinary Shares issuable
pursuant to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 27, 2023, if any, to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by
the  person  holding  the  options  for  the  purposes  of  computing  the  percentage  ownership  of  that  person,  but  we  do  not  treat  them  as  outstanding  for  the
purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The percentage of Ordinary Shares beneficially owned is based on 33,082,492 Ordinary
Shares outstanding as of March 27, 2023.

Except where otherwise indicated, we believe, based on information furnished to us by such owners, that the beneficial owners of the ordinary shares listed
below have sole investment and voting power with respect to such shares.

None of our shareholders have different voting rights from other shareholders. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a
change of control of our Company.

As of March 27, 2023, there was one shareholder of record of our Ordinary Shares. The number of record holders is not representative of the number of
beneficial holders of our Ordinary Shares, as the shares of all our shareholders who hold Ordinary Shares that are traded on the TASE are recorded in the
name of our Israeli share registrar, Registration Co. of United Mizrahi Bank Ltd. As of March 27, 2023, there were 73 U.S. persons that were holders of
record of ADSs representing our Ordinary Shares, representing approximately 52% of our outstanding Ordinary Shares. The number of record holders is not
representative  of  the  number  of  beneficial  holders  of  the  ADSs,  as  the  ADSs  of  all  our  shareholders  who  hold  ADSs  that  are  traded  on  NASDAQ  are
recorded in the name of their respective brokers.

Unless otherwise noted below, the address for each beneficial owner is c/o BrainsWay Ltd., 19 Hartum Street, Bynet Building 3rd Floor, Har HaHotzvim,
Jerusalem, 9777518, Israel.

168

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5% or Greater Shareholders
RTW Funds(2)
Dr. David Zacut (3)
Avner Hagai(3)
Masters Capital Management, LLC(4)
Wasatch Advisors Inc.(5)
The Phoenix Provident Funds(1)

Named Directors and Officers
Dr. Yiftach Roth
Prof. Avraham Zangen(6)
Christopher von Jako(7)
R. Scott Areglado(8)
Hadar Levy(9)
Christopher Boyer(10)
Amit Ginou(11)
Karen Sarid(12)
Yossi Ben Shalom(13)
Avner Lushi(14)
Eti Mitrany(15)
All directors and members of senior management as a group

* Less than 1.0%

Shares Beneficially Owned

Number

Percentage

3,204,762     
2,273,948     
2,179,609     
1,800,000     
1,800,000     
1,673,390     

1,083,390     
937,143     
158,750     
57,500     
418,377     
41,250     
114,775     
27,500     
322,500     
20,625     
20,625     
7,665,992     

9.69%
6.87%
6.59%
5.44%
5.44%
5.06%

3.27%
2.83%
* 
* 
1.26%
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 

23.17%

(1) The  shares  are  beneficially  owned  by  various  direct  or  indirect,  majority  or  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  of  the  Phoenix  Holding  Ltd.  (the  “Phoenix
Provident Funds”). The Phoenix Provident Funds manage their own funds and/or the funds of others, including for holders of exchange-traded notes or
various insurance policies, members of pension or provident funds, unit holders of mutual funds, and portfolio management clients. Each of the Phoenix
Provident Funds operates under independent management and makes its own independent voting and investment decisions. The Phoenix Holding Ltd. Is
a  controlled  subsidiary  of  Delek  Group  Ltd. The  majority  of  Delek  Group  Ltd.’s  outstanding  share  capital  and  voting  rights  are  owned,  directly  and
indirectly,  by  Itshak  Sharon  (Tshuva)  through  private  companies  wholly-owned  by  him,  and  the  remainder  is  held  by  the  public.  The  address  of  the
Phoenix Provident Funds is HaShalom Road 53 Giv’atayim, 5345433, Israel.

(2) The shares are held by RTW Master Fund, Ltd., one or more private funds (together the “Funds”) managed by RTW Investments, LP (the “Adviser”),
and Roderick Wong. The Adviser, in its capacity as the investment manager of the Funds, has the power to vote and the power to direct the disposition
of all Shares held by the Funds. Roderick Wong is the Managing Partner of the Adviser. The address of RTW Master Fund, Ltd. Is 412 West 15th Street
Floor 9, New York, New York 10011.

169

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
      
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3) A director of the Company. This consists of shares held directly by the named beneficial owner as well as shares held by family members or affiliates of

the named beneficial owner.

(4) The shares are held by Masters Capital Management, LLC and Michael Masters has beneficial ownership by virtue of his role as a control person of
Masters Capital Management, LLC. The address of Masters Capital Management, LLC is 3060 Peachtree Road, Suite 1425, Atlanta, Georgia 30305,
United States of America.

(5) The address of Wasatch Advisors Inc. is 505 S Wakara Way FL 3 Salt Lake City, UT, 84108-1246 United States.
(6) The address of Prof. Avraham Zangen is Mish’ol HaHadas 23, Jerusalem, Israel.
(7) Consists of 158,750 Ordinary Shares. Mr. Chris von Jako left the Company during February 2023.
(8) Consists of options to purchase 57,500 Ordinary Shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. The exercise price of the options is $4.72.

The options expire on May 5, 2031.

(9) Consists of 28,710 Ordinary Shares and options to purchase 385,500 Ordinary Shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. The exercise
price of the options is $4.65, as 220,000 expires on December 8, 2025, 128,00 expires on November 12, 2026 and the remainder expires on October 1,
2027.

(10) Consists of options to purchase 41,250 Ordinary Shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. The exercise price of the options is $4.68.

The options expire on June 1, 2028.

(11) Consists of 6,775 Ordinary Shares and options to purchase 108,000 Ordinary Shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. The exercise
price of the options is NIS 15.26, as 50,000 expires on December 8, 2025, 50,00 expires on November 12, 2026 and the remainder expires on July 1,
2023. Mr. Ginou’s employment with the company will conclude on June 20, 2023, following a 3-month notice period.

(12) Consists of options to purchase 27,500 Ordinary Shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. The exercise price of the options is NIS

15.26. The options expire on December 3, 2027.

(13) Consists of 295,000 Ordinary Shares and options to purchase 27,500 Ordinary Shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. The exercise

price of the options is NIS 15.26. The options expire on November 12, 2026.

(14) Consists of options to purchase 20,625 Ordinary Shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. The exercise price of the options is NIS

15.26. The options expire on January 13, 2028.

(15) Consists of options to purchase 20,625 Ordinary Shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. The exercise price of the options is NIS

15.26. The options expire on January 13, 2028.

The voting rights of our major shareholders do not differ from the voting rights of holders of our Ordinary Shares who are not major shareholders. Each of
the above listed securities entitles the holder to one vote at our Company’s shareholder meetings.

Changes in Percentage Ownership by Major Shareholders

Since January 1, 2021, there have been no significant changes in the percentage ownership held by any of our 5% or greater shareholders other than The
Phoenix  Provident  Funds  which  decreased  holdings  from  8.90%  to  5.09%,  Dr.  David  Zacut  increased  holdings  from  5.4%  to  6.7%  and  Mr.  Avner  Hagai
increased holdings from 5.3% to 6.5%, Cowen Financial Products LLC which decreased holdings below 5%.

170

 
 
 
 
 
Control by Another Corporation, Foreign Government or Other Persons

To the best of our knowledge, the Company is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another corporation(s), by any foreign government or by any
other natural or legal person(s) severally or jointly.

B.

Related Party Transactions

Employment Agreements

We have entered into written employment agreements with each member of our senior management. These agreements provide for notice periods of varying
duration for termination of the agreement by us or by the relevant executive officer, during which time the executive officer will continue to receive base
salary  and  benefits.  These  agreements  also  contain  customary  provisions  regarding  noncompetition,  confidentiality  of  information,  and  assignment  of
inventions.  However,  the  enforceability  of  the  noncompetition  provisions  may  be  limited  under  applicable  law.  See  “Risk  Factors—Risks  Related  to
Employee Matters—Under applicable employment laws, we may not be able to enforce covenants not to compete.”

Employment Agreement with Hadar Levy our Chief Executive Officer

In March 2023 we entered into an employment agreement with Hadar Levy reflecting his compensation package and other terms as our new CEO.
The  terms  were  approved  by  our  shareholders  in  the  annual  general  meeting  held  on  March  20,  2023.  The  following  is  a  description  of  Mr.  Levy’s
compensation package, effective as of the date that Mr. Levy was appointed as the CEO, namely February 13, 2023: Annualized gross base salary of NIS
1,020,000 (calculated on the basis of NIS 85,000 monthly); Performance-based bonus in a gross amount not exceeding six (6) months of then current base
salary  based  on  achievement  of  the  milestones,  goals  and  targets  to  be  set  each  year  by  the  Board;  320,000  options  to  purchase  Ordinary  Sharers  of  the
Company, at an exercise price based on the closing price of the Company on the last trading day prior to the date of this shareholders meeting, subject to
standard terms in the company's Amended and Restated 2019 Share Incentive Plan and compliance with all applicable laws. The options are subject to our
standard 4 year vesting period, with acceleration in the event of a change of control; If Mr. Levy’s employment is terminated by the company without cause
(1) where such termination occurs during the first two years of employment as CEO, Mr. Levy shall be entitled to a 6 month prior notice, and (2) where such
termination occurs after the first two year of employment as CEO, Mr. Levy shall be entitled to a 4 month prior notice; Mr. Levy undertook not to compete
with the products and services offered by the Company and not to do any interfering activities during the term of his employment and for 12 months of the
date of termination of his employment for any reason.

Engagement with executive directors

We  have  engaged  with  each  of  our  executive  directors  for  compensation  paid  to  them  with  respect  to  the  services  provided  to  the  Company,  for  more
information please see “Item 6B. – Compensation –Director Compensation.”

Consulting Agreement with Prof. Avraham Zangen

In  April  2009,  we  entered  into  a  consulting  agreement,  which  was  last  amended  in  May  2014,  with  Prof.  Avraham  Zangen,  our  scientific  founder  and  a
member of our Board, under which Prof. Zangen provides advisory services to us in the field of neurobiology. Prof. Zangen’s monthly consulting fee is NIS
19,375.  This  agreement  provides  for  a  notice  period  of  180  days  for  termination  of  the  agreement  by  Prof.  Zangen  and  30  days  for  termination  of  the
agreement by us.

Sponsorship of an Obesity Study at BGU

In 2021, the Company entered into an addendum to a July 2012 agreement with Ben Gurion Negev Technology and Applications Ltd. which operates a lab
associated with Prof. Zangen, a director of the Company. Under the terms of the addendum, we agreed to sponsor a 40-patient obesity study involving Deep
TMS.

Option Grants

Each of our directors and members of senior management are participants in our Share Incentive Plan, pursuant to which they receive from time to time
grants of options to purchase our Ordinary Shares. For more information, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Share Ownership—
Award Plans.”

171

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Since  January  1,  2020,  we  granted  options  to  purchase  370,000  Ordinary  Shares  to  employees  and  directors,  with  a  weighted  average  exercise  price,
following  the  completion  of  the  Exchange  Offer,  of  approximately  $3.94  per  share,  or  approximately  NIS  13.87  per  share  (based  on  the  exchange  rate
reported by the Bank of Israel on December 31, 2022), and 1,108,130 restricted share units (RSUs).

Option Exchange

On May 4, 2021, we commenced the Exchange Offer, which expired on June 2, 2021.Pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the Company accepted for cancellation
Eligible  Options  to  purchase  an  aggregate  of  1,371,500  Ordinary  Shares,  representing  approximately  93.06%  of  the  total  Ordinary  Shares  underlying  the
Eligible  Options.  On  June  2,  2021,  following  the  expiration  of  the  Exchange  Offer,  the  Company  granted  New  Options  to  purchase  1,371,500  Ordinary
Shares, pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Offer and the Company’s 2014 Share Incentive Plan, as amended by our Amended and Restated 2019 Share
Incentive Plan (together, the “Plan”). The exercise price per Ordinary Share of the New Options granted pursuant to the Exchange Offer is $4.675 (NIS15.26
based on January 25, 2021 US$/NIS exchange rate of 1/3.265) (being the closing price per ADS of the Company, as reported on Nasdaq on January 25,
2021, the last day of trading prior to the approval of the Exchange Offer by our Board of Directors, divided by 2 to reflect the exercise price per Ordinary
Share).  Each  New  Option  has  the  same  expiration  date,  vesting  schedule  and  other  terms  (other  than  exercise  price)  as  the  Eligible  Option  exchanged
therefor.

Directors and Officers Insurance Policy and Indemnification Agreements

Our  articles  of  association  permit  us  to  exculpate,  indemnify,  and  insure  each  of  our  directors  and  officers  to  the  fullest  extent  permitted  by  the  Israeli
Companies Law. We have obtained directors and officers insurance for each of our senior management and directors.

We  have  provided  an  undertaking  to  our  directors  and  senior  management  to  exculpate  to  the  fullest  extent  permitted  by  law  and  to  indemnify  them  for
certain liabilities, subject to limited exceptions, to the extent that these liabilities are not covered by insurance. This indemnification is limited, with respect to
any monetary liability imposed in favor of a third party, to events determined as foreseeable by the board of directors based on our activities. The maximum
aggregate amount of indemnification that we may pay to our directors and senior management based on such indemnification undertaking is the greater of (i)
25% of our shareholders’ equity pursuant to our most recent audited financial statements at the time the indemnification is actually paid, and (2) $20 million.
Such indemnification amounts are in addition to any insurance amounts.

172

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C.

Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

A.

Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

The financial statements required by this item are found at the end of this Annual Report, beginning on page F-1.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become a party to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to any significant
legal proceedings. On January 10, 2023 we settled a claim filed against us by Neuronetics, Inc. in the Delaware District court, on mutually agreeable terms
and without any admission of liability or wrongdoing, including the release of certain potential counterclaims, to avoid the time, expense and uncertainty of
litigation.

Export Sales

For geographical breakdown of the Company’s sales, see Note 17 to the financial statements.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid cash dividends to our shareholders. We do not have current plans to pay cash dividends in the near term. We currently intend
to reinvest any future earnings, if any, in developing and expanding our business. Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be at the
discretion  of  our  board  of  directors  and  will  depend  on  a  number  of  factors,  including  future  earnings,  if  any,  our  financial  condition,  operating  results,
contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects, applicable Israeli law and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

B.

Significant Changes

Except as otherwise disclosed in this Annual Report, no significant change has occurred since December 31, 2022.

ITEM 9.

THE OFFER AND LISTING

A. Offer and Listing Details

Our Ordinary Shares have been trading on the TASE under the symbol “BWAY” since January 2007. The ADSs representing our Ordinary Shares have been
trading on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “BWAY” since April 16, 2019.

There were no suspensions in the trading of our shares in 2022, 2021 and 2020.

173

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B.

Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

C. Markets

Our Ordinary Shares are listed and traded on the TASE, and ADSs, each representing two Ordinary Shares and evidenced by an American depositary receipt,
or ADR, are traded on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “BWAY.” The ADRs were issued pursuant to a Depositary Agreement entered into with
The Bank of New York.

D.

Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E.

Dilution

Not applicable.

F.

Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A.

Share Capital

Not applicable.

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

For a description of provisions of our articles of association relating to the power of directors; rights, preferences and restrictions attaching to each class of
the shares; changes in control of the company; and other information required under Item 10.B, please see Exhibit 2.3 “Description of Share Capital,” which
is incorporated herein by reference.

C. Material Contracts

For a description of our material agreements, please see Item 5.C Research and Development, Patents, and Licenses.

D.

Exchange Controls

Israeli law and regulations do not impose any material foreign exchange restrictions on non-Israeli holders of our Ordinary Shares or on the Company with
respect  to  the  import  or  export  of  capital.  Dividends,  if  any,  paid  to  holders  of  our  Ordinary  Shares,  and  any  amounts  payable  upon  our  dissolution,
liquidation or winding up, as well as the proceeds of any sale in Israel of our Ordinary Shares to an Israeli resident, may be paid in non-Israeli currency or, if
paid in Israeli currency, may be converted into U.S. dollars at the rate of exchange prevailing at the time of conversion.

174

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
E.

Taxation

Israeli Tax Considerations

General

The following is a summary of the material tax consequences under Israeli law concerning the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our Ordinary Shares
or ADSs (Shares).

This  discussion  does  not  purport  to  constitute  a  complete  analysis  of  all  potential  tax  consequences  applicable  to  investors  upon  purchasing,  owning  or
disposing of our Shares. In particular, this discussion does not take into account the specific circumstances of any particular investor (such as tax-exempt
entities, financial institutions, certain financial companies, broker-dealers, investors that own, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of our outstanding voting
rights, all of whom are subject to special tax regimes not covered under this discussion). To the extent that issues discussed herein are based on legislation
which has yet to be subject to judicial or administrative interpretation, there can be no assurance that the views expressed herein will accord with any such
interpretation in the future.
Potential investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors as to the Israeli or other tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of the
Shares, including, in particular, the effect of any foreign, state or local taxes.

General Corporate Tax Structure in Israel

Israeli companies are generally subject to corporate tax on their taxable income at the rate of 23% for the 2023 tax year.

Taxation of Shareholders Capital Gains

Capital gains tax is imposed on the disposition of capital assets by an Israeli resident, and on the disposition of such assets by a non-Israeli resident if those
assets are either (i) located in Israel; (ii) are shares or a right to a share in an Israeli resident corporation, or (iii) represent, directly or indirectly, rights to
assets  located  in  Israel,  unless  an  exemption  is  available  or  unless  an  applicable  double  tax  treaty  between  Israel  and  the  seller’s  country  of  residence
provides otherwise. The Israeli Income Tax Ordinance distinguishes between “Real Gain” and the “Inflationary Surplus.” Real Gain is the excess of the total
capital gain over Inflationary Surplus generally computed on the basis of the increase in the Israeli Consumer Price Index between the date of purchase and
the date of disposition. Inflationary Surplus is not subject to tax.

Real  Gain  accrued  by  individuals  on  the  sale  of  the  Shares  will  be  taxed  at  the  rate  of  25%.  However,  if  the  individual  shareholder  is  a  “Controlling
Shareholder” (i.e., a person who holds, directly or indirectly, alone or together with another, 10% or more of one of the Israeli resident company’s means of
control) at the time of sale or at any time during the preceding 12-month period, such gain will be taxed at the rate of 30%.

175

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate and individual shareholders dealing in securities in Israel are taxed at the tax rates applicable to business income (23% in 2023), and a marginal tax
rate of up to 50% in 2023 for individuals, including an excess tax (as discussed below).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, capital gains generated from the sale of our Shares by a non-Israeli shareholder may be exempt from Israeli tax under the
Israeli Income Tax Ordinance provided that the following cumulative conditions are met: (i) the Shares were purchased upon or after the registration of the
Shares on the stock exchange (this condition will not apply to shares purchased on or after January 1, 2009), and (ii) the seller does not have a permanent
establishment  in  Israel  to  which  the  generated  capital  gain  is  attributed.  However,  non-Israeli  resident  corporations  will  not  be  entitled  to  the  foregoing
exemption if Israeli residents: (i) have a 25% or more interest in such non-Israeli corporation or (ii) are the beneficiaries of, or are entitled to, 25% or more of
the income or profits of such non-Israeli corporation, whether directly or indirectly. In addition, such exemption would not be available to a person whose
gains from selling or otherwise disposing of the securities are deemed to be business income.

In addition, the sale of the Shares may be exempt from Israeli capital gains tax under the provisions of an applicable double tax treaty. For example, the
Convention between the Government of the U.S. and the Government of the State of Israel with respect to Taxes on Income (U.S.-Israel Double Tax Treaty)
exempts a U.S. resident (for purposes of the treaty) from Israeli capital gain tax in connection with the sale of the Shares, provided that: (i) the U.S. resident
owned, directly or indirectly, less than 10% of the voting power of the company at any time within the 12-month period preceding such sale; (ii) the U.S.
resident, being an individual, is present in Israel for a period or periods of less than 183 days during the taxable year; and (iii) the capital gain from the sale
was not derived through a permanent establishment of the U.S. resident in Israel; however, under the U.S-Israel Double Tax Treaty, the taxpayer would be
permitted  to  claim  a  credit  for  such  taxes  against  the  U.S.  federal  income  tax  imposed  with  respect  to  such  sale,  exchange  or  disposition,  subject  to  the
limitations under U.S. law applicable to foreign tax credits. The U.S-Israel Double Tax Treaty does not relate to U.S. state or local taxes.

Payors  of  consideration  for  the  Shares,  including  the  purchaser,  the  Israeli  stockbroker  or  the  financial  institution  through  which  the  Shares  are  held,  are
obligated, subject to certain exemptions, to withhold tax upon the sale of Shares at a rate of 25% of the consideration for individuals and corporations.

Upon the sale of traded securities, a detailed return, including a computation of the tax due, must be filed and an advanced payment must be paid to the
Israeli Tax Authority on January 31 and July 31 of every tax year in respect of sales of traded securities made within the previous six months. However, if all
tax due was withheld at source according to applicable provisions of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance and regulations promulgated thereunder, such return
need not be filed, and no advance payment must be paid. Capital gains are also reportable on annual income tax returns.

176

 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends

Dividends distributed by a company to a shareholder who is an Israeli resident individual will generally be subject to income tax at a rate of 25%. However, a
30% tax rate will apply if the dividend recipient is a Controlling Shareholder, as defined above, at the time of distribution or at any time during the preceding
12-month period. If the recipient of the dividend is an Israeli resident corporation, such dividend will generally be exempt from Israeli income tax provided
that the income from which such dividend is distributed, derived or accrued within Israel.

Dividends  distributed  by  an  Israeli  resident  company  to  a  non-Israeli  resident  (either  an  individual  or  a  corporation)  are  generally  subject  to  Israeli
withholding tax on the receipt of such dividends at the rate of 25% (30% if the dividend recipient is a Controlling Shareholder at the time of distribution or at
any time during the preceding 12-month period). These rates may be reduced under the provisions of an applicable double tax treaty. For example, under the
U.S.-Israel Double Tax Treaty, the following tax rates will apply in respect of dividends distributed by an Israeli resident company to a U.S. resident: (i) if the
U.S. resident is a corporation which holds during that portion of the taxable year which precedes the date of payment of the dividend and during the whole of
its prior taxable year (if any), at least 10% of the outstanding shares of the voting stock of the Israeli resident paying corporation, and not more than 25% of
the gross income of the Israeli resident paying corporation for such prior taxable year (if any) consists of certain types of interest or dividends the tax rate is
12.5%;  (ii)  if  both  the  conditions  mentioned  in  clause  (i)  above  are  met  and  the  dividend  is  paid  from  an  Israeli  resident  company’s  income  which  was
entitled to a reduced tax rate under The Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959, the tax rate is 15%; and (iii) in all other cases, the tax rate
is 25%. The aforementioned rates under the U.S.-Israel Double Tax Treaty will not apply if the dividend income is attributed to a permanent establishment of
the U.S. resident in Israel.

Excess Tax

Individual holders who are subject to tax in Israel (whether any such individual is an Israeli resident or non-Israeli resident), and who have taxable income
that exceeds a certain threshold in a tax year (NIS 698,280 for 2023, linked to the Israeli Consumer Price Index) will be subject to an additional tax at the rate
of 3% on his or her taxable income for such tax year that is in excess of such amount. For this purpose, taxable income includes taxable capital gains from the
sale of securities and taxable income from interest and dividends, subject to the provisions of an applicable double tax treaty.

Estate and Gift Tax

Israel does not currently impose estate or gift taxes.

177

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign Exchange Regulations

Non-residents of Israel who hold our Shares are able to receive any dividends, and any amounts payable upon the dissolution, liquidation, and winding up of
our affairs, repayable in non-Israeli currency at the rate of exchange prevailing at the time of conversion. However, Israeli income tax is generally required to
have been paid or withheld on these amounts. In addition, the statutory framework for the potential imposition of currency exchange control has not been
eliminated and may be restored at any time by administrative action.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to the ownership and disposition of our Ordinary Shares and ADSs
by U.S. Holders, as defined below. This summary addresses solely U.S. Holders who hold Ordinary Shares or ADSs, as applicable, as capital assets for tax
purposes. This summary is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code), current and proposed Treasury regulations
promulgated thereunder, and administrative and judicial decisions as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. In
addition, this section is based in part upon representations of the depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related
agreement  will  be  performed  in  accordance  with  its  terms.  This  summary  does  not  address  all  U.S.  federal  income  tax  matters  that  may  be  relevant  to  a
particular holder or all tax considerations that may be relevant with respect to an investment in our Ordinary Shares or ADSs.

This summary does not address tax considerations applicable to a holder of our Ordinary Shares or ADSs that may be subject to special tax rules including,
without limitation, the following:

● dealers or traders in securities, currencies or notional principal contracts;

● financial institutions;

● insurance companies;

● real estate investment trusts;

● banks;

● persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

● tax-exempt organizations;

● traders that have elected mark-to-market accounting;

● investors that hold Ordinary Shares or ADSs as part of a “straddle”, “hedge”, or “conversion transaction” with other investments;

● regulated investment companies;

178

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● persons that actually or constructively own 10 percent or more of our voting shares;

● persons that are treated as partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income purposes and persons who hold the Shares through

partnerships or other pass-through entities; and

● persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollars.

This summary does not address the effect of any U.S. federal taxation other than U.S. federal income taxation. In addition, this summary does not include any
discussion of state, local, or foreign tax consequences to a holder of our Ordinary Shares or ADSs.

You are urged to consult your own tax advisor regarding the foreign and U.S. federal, state, local, and other tax consequences of an investment in
Ordinary Shares or ADSs.

For purposes of this summary, a “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of an Ordinary Share or ADS that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

● an individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S.;

● a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in the U.S. or under the laws of the

U.S. or any political subdivision thereof;

● an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

● a trust (1) if (a) a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and (b) one or more U.S. persons
have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) that has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations
to be treated as a U.S. person.

If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal tax purposes holds Ordinary Shares or ADSs, the U.S. federal tax treatment of its partners will
generally depend upon the status of the partners and the activities of the partnership. Entities that are classified as partnerships for U.S. federal tax purposes
and persons holding Ordinary Shares or ADSs through such entities should consult their own tax advisors.

In general, if you hold ADSs, you will be treated as the holder of the underlying Ordinary Shares represented by those ADSs for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. Accordingly, gain or loss generally will not be recognized if you exchange ADSs for the underlying Ordinary Shares represented by those ADSs.

179

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Distributions

Subject  to  the  discussion  under  “Item  10.  Additional  Information  –  E.  Taxation  –  U.S.  Federal  Income  Tax  Considerations  –  Passive  Foreign  Investment
Companies” below, the gross amount of any distribution, including the amount of any Israeli taxes withheld from such distribution, see “Item 10. Additional
Information – E. Taxation – Israeli Tax Considerations”, actually or constructively received by a U.S. Holder with respect to our Ordinary Shares (or, in the
case of ADSs, received by the depositary) will be taxable to the U.S. Holder as foreign source dividend income to the extent of our current and accumulated
earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles.

The U.S. Holder will not be eligible for any dividends received deduction in respect of the dividends paid by us. Distributions in excess of earnings and
profits will be non-taxable to the U.S. Holder to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Ordinary Shares or ADSs. Distributions in excess of
such adjusted tax basis will generally be taxable to the U.S. Holder as capital gain from the sale or exchange of property as described below under “Sale or
Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs.” If we do not report to a U.S. Holder the portion of a distribution that exceeds earnings and profits, then the
distribution will generally be taxable as a dividend. The amount of any distribution of property other than cash will be the fair market value of that property
on the date of distribution.

Under  the  Code,  certain  dividends  received  by  non-corporate  U.S.  Holders  will  be  subject  to  a  maximum  federal  income  tax  rate  of  20%.  This  reduced
income tax rate is only applicable to dividends paid by a “qualified foreign corporation” that is not a PFIC for the year in which the dividend is paid or for the
preceding  taxable  year,  and  only  with  respect  to  Ordinary  Shares  or  ADSs  held  by  a  qualified  U.S.  Holder  (i.e.,  a  non-corporate  holder)  for  a  minimum
holding period (generally 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date). As discussed below, however, we will likely be
a “passive foreign investment company” (see “Item 10. Additional Information – E. Taxation – U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations – Passive Foreign
Investment Companies” below) for our current taxable year and future taxable years. Accordingly, dividends paid by us to individual U.S. Holders may not
be  eligible  for  the  reduced  income  tax  rate  applicable  to  qualified  dividends.  You  should  consult  your  own  tax  advisor  regarding  the  availability  of  this
preferential tax rate under your particular circumstances.

The amount of any distribution paid in a currency other than U.S. dollars (a “foreign currency”), including the amount of any withholding tax thereon, will be
included in the gross income of a U.S. Holder in an amount equal to the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency calculated by reference to the exchange rate
in effect on the date of the U.S. Holder’s (or, in the case of ADSs, the depositary’s) receipt of the dividend, regardless of whether the foreign currency is
converted into U.S. dollars. If the foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder generally should not be required to
recognize a foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend. If the foreign currency received in the distribution is not converted into U.S. dollars on
the  date  of  receipt,  a  U.S.  Holder  will  have  a  basis  in  the  foreign  currency  equal  to  its  U.S.  dollar  value  on  the  date  of  receipt.  Any  gain  or  loss  on  a
subsequent conversion or other disposition of the foreign currency will be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

180

 
 
 
 
 
 
Subject  to  certain  conditions  and  limitations,  any  Israeli  taxes  withheld  on  dividends  may  be  creditable  against  a  U.S.  Holder’s  U.S.  federal  income  tax
liability, subject to generally applicable limitations. The rules relating to foreign tax credits and the timing thereof are complex. U.S. Holders should consult
their own tax advisors regarding the availability of a foreign tax credit in their particular situation.

Sale or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs

Subject  to  the  discussion  under  “Item  10.  Additional  Information  –  Taxation  —  U.S.  Federal  Income  Tax  Considerations  –  Passive  Foreign  Investment
Companies” below, if a U.S. Holder sells or otherwise disposes of its Ordinary Shares or ADSs, gain or loss will be recognized for U.S. federal income tax
purposes in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale or other disposition and such holder’s adjusted basis in the Ordinary
Shares or ADSs. Such gain or loss generally will be a capital gain or loss, and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the holder had held the Ordinary
Shares  or  ADSs  for  more  than  one  year  at  the  time  of  the  sale  or  other  disposition.  Long-term  capital  gains  realized  by  non-corporate  U.S.  Holders  are
generally subject to a preferential U.S. federal income tax rate. In general, gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition or our
Ordinary  Shares  or  ADSs  will  be  U.S.  source  gain  or  loss  for  purposes  of  the  foreign  tax  credit  limitation.  As  discussed  below  in  “Item  10.  Additional
Information – Taxation — U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations – Passive Foreign Investment Companies,” however, we may be a PFIC for our current
taxable year and future taxable years. If we are a PFIC, any such gain will be subject to the PFIC rules, as discussed below, rather than being taxed as a
capital gain.

If a U.S. Holder receives foreign currency upon a sale or exchange of Ordinary Shares or ADSs, gain or loss will be recognized in the manner described
above  under  “Distributions.”  However,  if  such  foreign  currency  is  converted  into  U.S.  dollars  on  the  date  received  by  the  U.S.  Holder,  the  U.S.  Holder
generally should not be required to recognize any foreign currency gain or loss on such conversion.

As  discussed  above  under  the  heading  “Item  10.  Additional  Information  –  E.  Taxation  –  Israeli  Tax  Considerations  –  Taxation  of  Shareholders,”  a  U.S.
Holder who holds Ordinary Shares or ADSs through an Israeli broker or other Israeli intermediary may be subject to Israeli withholding tax on any capital
gains recognized on a sale or other disposition of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs if the U.S. Holder does not obtain approval of an exemption from the Israeli
Tax Authorities or claim any allowable refunds or reductions. U.S. Holders are advised that any Israeli tax paid under circumstances in which an exemption
from (or a refund of or a reduction in) such tax was available will not be creditable for U.S. federal income tax purposes. U.S. Holders are advised to consult
their Israeli broker or intermediary regarding the procedures for obtaining an exemption or reduction.

Medicare Tax on Unearned Income

Certain U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates or trusts are required to pay an additional 3.8% tax on their net investment income, which would include
dividends paid on the Ordinary Shares or ADSs and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs.

181

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Passive Foreign Investment Companies

Although we have not made a formal determination as to whether we would be classified as a PFIC, it is likely that we will be treated as a PFIC for U.S.
federal income tax purposes for our current taxable year. A non-U.S. corporation is considered a PFIC for any taxable year if either:

● at least 75% of its gross income for such taxable year is passive income; or

● at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during a taxable year) is attributable to assets that

produce or are held for the production of passive income.

For purposes of the above calculations, if a non-U.S. corporation owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of the total value of the outstanding shares of
another corporation, it will be treated as if it (a) held a proportionate share of the assets of such other corporation, and (b) received a proportionate share of
the income of such other corporation directly. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents, royalties, and capital gains, but generally excludes
rents and royalties which are derived in the active conduct of a trade or business, and which are received from a person other than a related person.

A separate determination must be made each taxable year as to whether we are a PFIC (after the close of each such taxable year). Because the value of our
assets  for  purposes  of  the  asset  test  will  generally  be  determined  by  reference  to  the  market  price  of  the  Ordinary  Shares  or  ADSs,  our  PFIC  status  will
depend in large part on the market price of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs, which may fluctuate significantly. Based on our retention of a significant amount of
cash and cash equivalents, and depending on the market price of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs, we may be a PFIC for the current taxable year and future
taxable years.

If we are a PFIC for any year during which you hold the Ordinary Shares or ADSs, we generally will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to you for
all succeeding years during which you hold the Ordinary Shares or ADSs, unless we cease to be a PFIC and you make a “deemed sale” election with respect
to the Ordinary Shares or ADSs you hold. If such election is made, you will be deemed to have sold the Ordinary Shares or ADSs you hold at their fair
market  value  on  the  last  day  of  the  last  taxable  year  in  which  we  qualified  as  a  PFIC,  and  any  gain  from  such  deemed  sale  would  be  subject  to  the
consequences described below. After the deemed sale election, the Ordinary Shares or ADSs with respect to which the deemed sale election was made will
not be treated as shares in a PFIC unless we subsequently become a PFIC.

For each taxable year we are treated as a PFIC with respect to you, you will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” you
receive and any gain you realize from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs, unless you make a “mark-to-market”
election as discussed below. Distributions you receive in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions you received during the
shorter of the three preceding taxable years or your holding period for the Ordinary Shares or ADSs will be treated as an excess distribution. Under these
special tax rules, if you receive any excess distribution or realize any gain from a sale or other disposition of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs:

182

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the Ordinary Shares or ADSs;

● the amount of excess distribution or gain allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year before the first taxable year in which we were a

PFIC, must be included in gross income (as ordinary income) for the current tax year; and

● the amount allocated to each other year will be subject to the highest tax rate in effect for that year, and the interest charge generally applicable to

underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to.

The tax liability for amounts allocated to years before the year of disposition or “excess distribution” cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such
years, and gains (but not losses) realized on the sale of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs cannot be treated as capital, even if you hold the Ordinary Shares or
ADSs as capital assets.

If we are treated as a PFIC with respect to you for any taxable year, to the extent any of our subsidiaries are also PFICs, you will be deemed to own your
proportionate share of any such lower-tier PFIC, and you may be subject to the rules described in the preceding two paragraphs with respect to the shares of
such  lower-tier  PFICs  you  would  be  deemed  to  own.  As  a  result,  you  may  incur  liability  for  any  “excess  distribution”  described  above  if  we  receive  a
distribution from such lower-tier PFICs or if any shares in such lower-tier PFICs are disposed of (or deemed disposed of). You should consult your own tax
advisor regarding the application of the PFIC rules to any of our subsidiaries.

Alternatively,  a  U.S.  Holder  of  “marketable  stock”  (as  defined  below)  in  a  PFIC  may  make  a  mark-to-market  election  for  such  stock  to  elect  out  of  the
general tax treatment for PFICs discussed above. If you make a mark-to-market election for the Ordinary Shares or ADSs, you will include in income for
each year we are a PFIC an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs as of the close of your taxable year
over your adjusted basis in such Ordinary Shares or ADSs. You are allowed a deduction for the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of the Ordinary Shares or
ADSs over their fair market value as of the close of the taxable year. However, deductions are allowable only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains
on the Ordinary Shares or ADSs included in your income for prior taxable years. Amounts included in your income under a mark-to-market election, as well
as gain on the actual sale or other disposition of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs, are treated as ordinary income. Ordinary loss treatment also applies to the
deductible  portion  of  any  mark-to-market  loss  on  the  Ordinary  Shares  or  ADSs,  as  well  as  to  any  loss  realized  on  the  actual  sale  or  disposition  of  the
Ordinary Shares or ADSs to the extent the amount of such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included for the Ordinary Shares or
ADSs. Your basis in the Ordinary Shares or ADSs will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. If you make a valid mark-to-market election,
the  tax  rules  that  apply  to  distributions  by  corporations  which  are  not  PFICs  would  apply  to  distributions  by  us,  except  the  lower  applicable  tax  rate  for
qualified dividend income would not apply. If we cease to be a PFIC when you have a mark-to-market election in effect, gain or loss realized by you on the
sale of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs will be a capital gain or loss and taxed in the manner described above under “Sale or Other Disposition of Ordinary
Shares or ADSs.”

183

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock,” which is a stock that is traded in other than de minimis quantities on at least 15 days
during each calendar quarter, or regularly traded, on a qualified exchange or another market, as defined in applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. Any trades
that have as their principal purpose meeting this requirement will be disregarded. The Ordinary Shares or ADSs are listed on the Nasdaq Global Market and,
accordingly, provided the Ordinary Shares or ADSs are regularly traded, if you are a holder of Ordinary Shares or ADSs, the mark-to-market election would
be available to you if we are a PFIC. Once made, the election cannot be revoked without the consent of the IRS unless the Ordinary Shares or ADSs cease to
be marketable stock. If we are a PFIC for any year in which the U.S. Holder owns Ordinary Shares or ADSs but before a mark-to-market election is made,
the interest charge rules described above will apply to any mark-to-market gain recognized in the year the election is made. If any of our subsidiaries are or
become  PFICs,  the  mark-to-market  election  will  not  be  available  with  respect  to  the  shares  of  such  subsidiaries  that  are  treated  as  owned  by  you.
Consequently, you could be subject to the PFIC rules with respect to income of the lower-tier PFICs the value of which already had been taken into account
indirectly  via  mark-to-market  adjustments.  A  U.S.  Holder  should  consult  its  own  tax  advisors  as  to  the  availability  and  desirability  of  a  mark-to-market
election, as well as the impact of such election on interests in any lower-tier PFICs.

In certain circumstances, a U.S. Holder of stock in a PFIC can make a “qualified electing fund election” to mitigate some of the adverse tax consequences of
holding stock in a PFIC by including in income its share of the corporation’s income on a current basis. However, we do not currently intend to prepare or
provide the information that would enable you to make a qualified electing fund election.

Unless otherwise provided by the U.S. Treasury, each U.S. shareholder of a PFIC is required to file an annual report containing such information as the U.S.
Treasury may require. A U.S. Holder’s failure to file the annual report will cause the statute of limitations for such U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax
return to remain open with regard to the items required to be included in such report until three years after the U.S. Holder files the annual report, and, unless
such failure is due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, the statute of limitations for the U.S. Holder’s entire U.S. federal income tax return will remain
open during such period. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the requirements of filing such information returns under these rules,
taking into account the uncertainty as to whether we are currently treated as or may become a PFIC.

YOU  ARE  STRONGLY  URGED  TO  CONSULT  YOUR  OWN  TAX  ADVISOR  REGARDING  THE  IMPACT  OF  OUR  POTENTIAL  PFIC
STATUS ON YOUR INVESTMENT IN THE ORDINARY SHARES OR ADSs AS WELL AS THE APPLICATION OF THE PFIC RULES TO
YOUR INVESTMENT IN THE ADSs.

184

 
 
 
 
 
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Payments of dividends with respect to Ordinary Shares or ADSs and the proceeds from the sale, retirement, or other disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs
made by a U.S. paying agent or other U.S. intermediary will be reported to the IRS and to the U.S. Holder as may be required under applicable U.S. Treasury
regulations. We, or an agent, a broker, or any paying agent, as the case may be, may be required to withhold tax (backup withholding), currently at the rate of
24%,  if  a  non-corporate  U.S.  Holder  that  is  not  otherwise  exempt  fails  to  provide  an  accurate  taxpayer  identification  number  and  comply  with  other  IRS
requirements concerning information reporting. Certain U.S. Holders (including, among others, corporations and tax-exempt organizations) are not subject to
backup withholding. Any amount of backup withholding withheld may be used as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability provided that the
required  information  is  furnished  to  the  IRS.  U.S.  Holders  should  consult  their  own  tax  advisors  as  to  their  qualification  for  exemption  from  backup
withholding and the procedure for obtaining an exemption.

U.S. Holders may be required to file certain U.S. information reporting returns with the IRS with respect to an investment in our Ordinary Shares or ADSs,
including, among others, IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets). As described above under “Item 10. Additional Information –
Taxation — U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations – Passive Foreign Investment Companies,” each U.S. Holder who is a shareholder of a PFIC must file
an annual report containing certain information. Substantial penalties may be imposed upon a U.S. Holder that fails to comply with the required information
reporting.

U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the backup withholding tax and information reporting rules.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF AN
INVESTMENT IN OUR ORDINARY SHARES OR ADSs IN LIGHT OF SUCH INVESTOR’S PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.

F.

Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

G.

Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

H.

Documents on Display

We are subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, applicable to foreign private issuers, and under those requirements, we file
reports with the SEC. Those other reports or other information are available to the public through the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

185

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act, related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers,
directors, and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act, to file annual, quarterly, and current reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or
as  promptly  as  U.S.  companies  whose  securities  are  registered  under  the  Exchange  Act.  However,  we  are  required  to  comply  with  the  informational
requirements of the Exchange Act, and, accordingly, file current reports on Form 6-K, annual reports on Form 20-F and other information with the SEC.

In addition, since our Ordinary Shares are traded on the TASE, we have filed Hebrew language periodic, and immediate reports with, and furnish information
to,  the  TASE  and  the  Israeli  Securities  Authority,  as  required  under  Chapter  Six  of  the  Israel  Securities  Law,  1968.  Copies  of  our  filings  with  the  Israeli
Securities Authority can be retrieved electronically through the MAGNA distribution site of the Israeli Securities Authority (www.magna.isa.gov.il) and the
TASE website (www.maya.tase.co.il).

We maintain a corporate website at www.brainsway.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of
this Annual Report.

I.

Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market  risk  is  the  risk  of  loss  related  to  changes  in  market  prices,  including  interest  rates  and  foreign  exchange  rates,  of  financial  instruments  that  may
adversely impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Our overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial
markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on our financial performance.

Risk of Interest Rate Fluctuation and Credit Exposure Risk

At present, our credit and interest risk arise from cash and cash equivalents, deposits with banks as well as accounts receivable. A substantial portion of our
liquid instruments is invested in short-term deposits.

We estimate that because the liquid instruments are invested mainly for the short-term, the credit, and interest risk associated with these balances is low. The
primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing the income we receive from our investments without significantly
increasing risk and loss. Our investments are exposed to market risk due to fluctuations in interest rates, which may affect our interest income and the fair
market value of our investments. We manage this exposure by performing ongoing evaluations of our investments.

186

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

The U.S. dollar is our functional and reporting currency. Although a substantial portion of our expenses (mainly salaries and related costs) are denominated
in  NIS,  accounting  for  approximately  41%  of  our  expenses  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  all  of  our  financing  has  been  in  U.S.  dollars,  and  the
substantial majority of our liquid assets are held in U.S. dollars. Furthermore, while we anticipate that a portion of our expenses, principally salaries and
related  personnel  expenses  in  Israel  will  continue  to  be  denominated  in  NIS,  we  expect  to  incur  an  increasing  amount  of  expenses  in  U.S.  dollars  as  we
increase  our  marketing  and  sales  personnel,  and  enhance  our  clinical  studies.  Changes  of  5%  in  the  U.S.  dollar/NIS  exchange  rate  would  have
increased/decreased operating expenses by approximately $784/$867thousand during the year ended December 31, 2022. We also have expenses, although to
a much lesser extent, in other non-U.S. dollar currencies, in particular the Euro.

Moreover, for the next few years we expect that the substantial majority of our revenues from the sale or lease of our systems in the United States, if any, will
be denominated in
U.S. dollars. Since a portion of our expenses is denominated in NIS and other non-U.S. currencies, we are exposed to risk associated with exchange rate
fluctuations vis-à-vis the non-U.S. currencies.

We do not hedge our foreign currency exchange risk. In the future, we may enter into formal currency hedging transactions to decrease the risk of financial
exposure from fluctuations in the exchange rates of our principal operating currencies. These measures, however, may not adequately protect us from the
material adverse effects of such fluctuations.

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

A.

Debt Securities

Not applicable.

B. Warrants and Rights

Not applicable.

C. Other Securities

Not applicable.

D.

American Depositary Shares

Each of the American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, represents two (2) Ordinary Shares. The ADSs trade on The Nasdaq Global Market.

187

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The form of the deposit agreement for the ADSs and the form of American Depositary Receipt (ADR) that represents an ADS have been incorporated by
reference as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Copies of the deposit agreement are available for inspection at the principal office of The Bank of
New York Mellon, located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286, and at the principal office of our custodians in Israel, Bank Leumi Le-Israel,
34 Yehuda Halevi St., Tel Aviv 65546, Israel.

Fees and Expenses

Persons depositing or withdrawing shares or American Depositary Shareholders must pay:

$5.00 (or less) per 100 American Depositary Shares (or portion of 100
American Depositary Shares, including issuances resulting from a distribution
Depositary Shares)

● Issuance of shares or rights or other property
● Cancellation of American Depositary Shares for the purpose of withdrawal,
including if the deposit agreement terminates

$.05 (or less) per American Depositary Share

● Any cash distribution to American Depositary Shareholders

A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed to
you

● Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities which
are distributed had been shares and the shares had been deposited for issuance
of American Shareholders by the depositary to American Depositary Shares

$.05 (or less) per American Depositary Shares per calendar year

● Depositary services

Registration or transfer fees

● Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to or from the name
of the depositary or its agent when you deposit or withdraw shares

Expenses of the depositary
(when expressly provided in the deposit agreement)

● Cable, telex, and facsimile transmissions
● Converting foreign currency to U.S. dollars

Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian have to

● As necessary pay on any American Depositary Share or share underlying an
American Depositary Share, for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or
withholding taxes

Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing the
deposited securities

● As necessary

188

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  depositary  collects  its  fees  for  delivery  and  surrender  of  ADSs  directly  from  investors  depositing  shares  or  surrendering  ADSs  for  the  purpose  of
withdrawal  or  from  intermediaries  acting  for  them.  The  depositary  collects  fees  for  making  distributions  to  investors  by  deducting  those  fees  from  the
amounts  distributed  or  by  selling  a  portion  of  distributable  property  to  pay  the  fees.  The  depositary  may  collect  its  annual  fee  for  depositary  services  by
deduction  from  cash  distributions  or  by  directly  billing  investors  or  by  charging  the  book-entry  system  accounts  of  participants  acting  for  them.  The
depositary may collect any of its fees by deduction from any cash distribution payable (or by selling a portion of securities or other property distributable) to
ADS holders that are obligated to pay those fees. The depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its fees for those services are
paid.

From time to time, the depositary may make payments to us to reimburse us for costs and expenses generally arising out of establishment and maintenance of
the  ADS  program,  waive  fees  and  expenses  for  services  provided  to  us  by  the  depositary  or  share  revenue  from  the  fees  collected  from  ADS  holders.  In
performing its duties under the deposit agreement, the depositary may use brokers, dealers, foreign currency dealers or other service providers that are owned
by or affiliated with the depositary and that may earn or share fees, spreads or commissions.

The depositary may convert currency itself or through any of its affiliates and, in those cases, acts as principal for its own account and not as agent, advisor,
broker or fiduciary on behalf of any other person and earns revenue, including, without limitation, transaction spreads, that it will retain for its own account.
The  revenue  is  based  on,  among  other  things,  the  difference  between  the  exchange  rate  assigned  to  the  currency  conversion  made  under  the  deposit
agreement  and  the  rate  that  the  depositary  or  its  affiliate  receives  when  buying  or  selling  foreign  currency  for  its  own  account.  The  depositary  makes  no
representation that the exchange rate used or obtained in any currency conversion under the deposit agreement will be the most favorable rate that could be
obtained  at  the  time  or  that  the  method  by  which  that  rate  will  be  determined  will  be  the  most  favorable  to  ADS  holders,  subject  to  the  depositary’s
obligations under the deposit agreement. The methodology used to determine exchange rates used in currency conversions is available upon request.

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

Not applicable.

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not applicable.

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a)           Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We  performed  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  that  are  designed  to  ensure  that  information  required  to  be
disclosed on Form 20-F and filed with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported timely within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules
and  forms.  Disclosure  controls  and  procedures  include,  without  limitation,  controls  and  procedures  designed  to  ensure  that  information  required  to  be
disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act, is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal
executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
There  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  will  detect  or  uncover  all  failures  of  persons  within  the  company  to  disclose
information  otherwise  required  to  be  set  forth  in  our  reports.  Nevertheless,  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  are  designed  to  provide  reasonable
assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. Based on our evaluation, our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer, have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act) as of the end of the
period covered by this report are effective at such reasonable assurance level.

189

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)           Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management, under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate
internal control over our financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company’s internal
control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes
policies and procedures that:

· pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and asset dispositions;
· provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of our financial statements in accordance with

generally accepted accounting principles;

· provide  reasonable  assurance  that  receipts  and  expenditures  are  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  our  management  and  board  of

directors (as appropriate); and

· provide reasonable assurance regarding the prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a

material effect on our financial statements.

Due to its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we assessed the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on the framework for Internal Control-Integrated Framework set
forth  by  The  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO)  (2013).  Based  on  our  assessment  and  this  framework,  our
management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2022.

190

 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)           Attestation Report of Registered Public Accounting Firm

This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial
reporting due to an exemption for emerging growth companies provided in the JOBS Act.

(d)           Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2022, that have materially affected
or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 16.

[RESERVED]

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Our board of directors has determined that Ms. Karen Sarid and Ms. Eti Mitrany are audit committee financial experts. Ms. Karen Sarid and Ms. Eti Mitrany
are independent directors for the purposes of The Nasdaq Listing Rules.

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

As of the date of this Annual Report, we have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal
accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. This code of ethics is posted on our website, https://investors.brainsway.com/static-
files/4f9e73f4-18d6-409a-b198-74984439a2e0.

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The following table sets forth, for each of the years indicated, the aggregate fees billed by our independent registered public accounting firm for professional
services.

Services Rendered
Audit (1)
Tax fees (2)
All other fees (3)
Total

Year Ended December 31,
2021
2022

220     
92     
—       
312     

205 
74 
50 
329 

(1) Audit fees consist of services that would normally be provided in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements, including services that

generally only the independent accountant can reasonably provide.

(2) Audit-related fees for assurance and related services that were reasonably related to the performance of the audit not reported under “Audit Fees”.

(3) Tax fees relate to tax compliance, tax planning, and tax advice.

(4) Fees relating to F-3 registration statement and follow-on underwritten public offering of ADSs.

191

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

Our audit committee’s specific responsibilities in carrying out its oversight of the quality and integrity of the accounting, auditing, and reporting practices of
the  Company  include  the  approval  of  audit  and  non-audit  services  to  be  provided  by  the  external  auditor.  The  audit  committee  approves  in  advance  the
particular services or categories of services to be provided to the Company during the following yearly period and also sets forth a specific budget for such
audit and non-audit services. Additional non-audit services may be pre-approved by the audit committee.

During  2022,  all  services  provided  to  us  by  Ernst  &  Young  were  approved  by  our  Audit  Committee  pursuant  to  paragraph  (c)(7)(i)  of  Rule  2-01  of
Regulation S-X.

ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not applicable.

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

In  November  2022,  Dr.  David  Zacut  and  Mr.  Avner  Hagai,  directors  of  our  board  of  directors,  separately  purchased  our  ordinary  shares  in  open  market
purchases. Dr. Zacut purchased 431,797 ordinary shares on the open market for a total amount of 1,607,676 NIS, at an average price of approximately 3.72
NIS  per  share,  and  Mr.  Hagai  purchased  403,312  ordinary  shares  on  the  open  market  for  a  total  amount  of  1,581,048  NIS,  at  an  average  price  of
approximately 3.92 NIS per share.

Additionally, in December 2022 Mr. Yossi Ben Shalom, a director of our board of directors, purchased 147,500 ADRs (representing 295,000 ordinary shares)
on the open market for a total amount of $277,300, at an average price of $1.88 per ADR.

192

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

Not applicable.

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Nasdaq Stock Listing Rules and Home Country Practices

As a foreign private issuer whose shares are listed on The Nasdaq Global Market, we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance
practices instead of certain requirements of the rules of The Nasdaq Global Market. Pursuant to the “foreign private issuer exemption”:

● we established a quorum requirement such that the quorum for any meeting of shareholders is two or more shareholders holding at least 331/3% of
our  voting  rights,  which  complies  with  Nasdaq  requirements;  however,  if  the  meeting  is  adjourned  for  lack  of  quorum,  the  quorum  for  such
adjourned meeting will be any number of shareholders, instead of 331/3% of our voting rights;

● we also follow Israeli corporate governance practice in lieu of Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5635(c), which requires shareholder approval for certain
dilutive events (such as issuances that will result in a change of control, certain transactions other than a public offering involving issuances of a
20% or greater interest in us and certain acquisitions of the shares or assets of another company) and prior to an issuance of securities when a stock
option or purchase plan is to be established or materially amended or other equity compensation arrangement made or materially amended, pursuant
to  which  stock  may  be  acquired  by  officers,  directors,  employees  or  consultants.  By  contrast,  under  the  Israeli  Companies  Law,  shareholder
approval  is  required  (subject  to  certain  limited  exceptions)  for,  among  other  things:  (a)  transactions  with  directors  concerning  the  terms  of  their
service  (including  indemnification,  exemption,  and  insurance  for  their  service  or  for  any  other  position  that  they  may  hold  at  a  company);  (b)
extraordinary transactions with controlling shareholders of publicly held companies; (c) terms of office, and employment or other engagement of
our controlling  shareholder,  if  any,  or  such  controlling  shareholder’s  relative;  (d)  approval  of  transactions  with  the  company’s  Chief  Executive
Officer  with  respect  to  his  or  her  compensation,  whether  in  accordance  with  the  approved  compensation  policy  of  the  company  or  not,  or
transactions with officers of the company not in accordance with the approved compensation policy; (e) approval of the compensation policy of the
company  for  office  holders;  and  (f)  certain  private  placements  involving  the  issuance  of  20%  or  more  of  our  total  voting  rights,  or  private
placements as a result of which a person will become a controlling shareholder of the company. In addition, under the Israeli Companies Law, a
merger requires approval of the shareholders of each of the merging companies; and

Otherwise, we comply with the rules generally applicable to U.S. domestic companies listed on The Nasdaq Global Market. However, we may in the future
decide to use the foreign private issuer exemption with respect to some or all of the other Nasdaq corporate governance rules.

ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

193

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 16I. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

Not applicable.

ITEM 17.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 18.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The financial statements required by this item are found at the end of this Annual Report, beginning on page F-1.

ITEM 19.

EXHIBITS

See Exhibit Index on page 194.

BRAINSWAY LTD
EXHIBIT INDEX

1.1

2.1

2.2

2.3

4.1

4.2

4.3

Articles of Association of the Registrant, as amended (unofficial English translation) (incorporated by reference to  Exhibit  1.1  to  the  Company’s
Annual Report on Form 20-F, filed with the Commission on April 12, 2022).
Form of Deposit Agreement between BrainsWay Ltd., The Bank of New York Mellon as Depositary, and owners and holders from time to time of
ADSs issued thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-6 filed by The Bank of New York Mellon
with the SEC on February 1, 2019).
Form of American Depositary Receipt (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-6 filed by The Bank of New
York Mellon with the SEC on February 1, 2019).
Description of Share Capital (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F, filed with the Commission
on April 12, 2022).
Amended and Restated BrainsWay 2019 Share Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form
20-F, filed with the Commission on April 19, 2021).
Form of Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the
Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019).
**Compensation Policy for Executive Officers and Directors, dated December 22, 2021 as amended on March 20, 2023.

194

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.4

4.5

4.6**
4.7

4.8

4.9

4.10

4.11

4.12

4.13

4.14

Employment Agreement, dated April 3, 2006, by and between Brain Research and Development Services Ltd. and Dr. Yiftach Roth, as amended by
First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated May 9, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registration Statement on Form
F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019).
Employment Agreement, dated November 24, 2019, between BrainsWay Ltd. and Christopher Von Jako (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to
the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F, filed with the Commission on March 23, 2020) and an amendment dated March 4, 2021 (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F, filed with the Commission on April 12, 2022).
Employment Agreement, dated March 22, 2023, between BrainsWay Inc. and Hadar Levy as Chief Executive Officer.
Employment Agreement, dated March 25th, 2021, between BrainsWay Inc. and R. Scott Areglado (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the
Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F, filed with the Commission on April 12, 2022).
Patent  License  Agreement,  dated  July  7,  2003,  by  and  between  BrainsWay,  Inc.  and  the  United  States  Public  Health  Service  (incorporated  by
reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019).
Patent License Amendment, dated August 24, 2005, by and between BrainsWay, Inc. and the United States Public Health Service (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019).
Second  Amendment  to  Patent  License  Agreement,  dated  April  17,  2008,  by  and  between  BrainsWay,  Inc.  and  the  United  States  Public  Health
Service (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14,
2019).
Research  and  License  Agreement,  dated  June  2,  2005,  by  and  between  BrainsWay,  Inc.  and  Yeda  Research  and  Development  Company  Ltd.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019).
First  Addendum  Agreement,  dated  August  19,  2007,  by  and  between  BrainsWay,  Inc.  and  Yeda  Research  and  Development  Company  Ltd.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019).
Second  Addendum  Agreement,  dated  January  18,  2009,  by  and  between  BrainsWay,  Inc.  and  Yeda  Research  and  Development  Company  Ltd.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019).
Third  Addendum  Agreement,  dated  March  23,  2010,  by  and  between  BrainsWay,  Inc.  and  Yeda  Research  and  Development  Company  Ltd.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019).

195

 
 
4.15

4.16

4.17

4.18

8.1

Fourth  Addendum  Agreement,  dated  November  12,  2009,  by  and  between  BrainsWay,  Inc.  and  Yeda  Research  and  Development  Company Ltd.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019).
First  Amendment  to  Fourth  Addendum  Agreement,  dated  May  11,  2010,  by  and  between  BrainsWay,  Inc.  and  Yeda  Research  and  Development
Company  Ltd.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.15  to  the  Registration  Statement  on  Form  F-1  filed  by  the  Company  with  the  SEC  on
January 14, 2019).
Fifth  Addendum  Agreement,  dated  February  22,  2018,  by  and  between  BrainsWay,  Inc.  and  Yeda  Research  and  Development  Company  Ltd.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019).
Underwriting Agreement, dated February 23, 2021, between the Company and Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to
the Form 6-K filed by the Company with the SEC on February 25, 2021).
List of Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on
January 14, 2019).

12.1** Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
12.2** Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
13**
15.1** Consent of Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer, Member Firm of Ernst & Young Global.
101

Certification by Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

The  following  financial  statements  from  the  Company’s  20-F  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  2022  formatted  in  Inline  XBRL:  (i)
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Financial Position, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in
Equity, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (v) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Cover Page Interactive Data File.

104

**       Filed herewith.

196

 
 
  
The Registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign
this annual report on its behalf.

SIGNATURES

BRAINSWAY LTD.

By: /s/ Hadar Levy

Name: Hadar Levy
Title: Chief Executive Officer

By: /s/ R. Scott Areglado

Name: R. Scott Areglado
Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Date: March 27, 2023

197

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD.

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2022

U.S. DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS

INDEX

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 1281)

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive loss

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-1

Page

F-3

F-4

F-5

F-6

F-7 – F-8

F-9 – F-49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2022 AND 2021 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2022, 2021 AND 2020

BRAINSWAY LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

F-2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of

BRAINSWAY LTD. and its subsidiaries

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  the  financial  position  of  BrainsWay  Ltd.  and  its  subsidiaries  (“the  Company”)  as  of
December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the three years in
the  period  ended  December  31,  2022,  and  the  related  notes  (collectively  referred  to  as  the  “consolidated  financial  statements”).  In  our  opinion,  the
consolidated  financial  statements  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  the  Company  at  December  31,  2022  and  2021,  and  the
results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022, in conformity with International Financial
Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

Basis for Opinion

These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the
Company’s  financial  statements  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board
(United  States)  (PCAOB)  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  PCAOB.  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to
have,  nor  were  we  engaged  to  perform,  an  audit  of  its  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  As  part  of  our  audits  we  are  required  to  obtain  an
understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal
control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and
performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in
the  financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as
evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/S/ KOST FORER GABBAY & KASIERER
KOST FORER GABBAY & KASIERER
A Member of Ernst & Young Global
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2003.

Tel-Aviv, Israel
March 27, 2023

F-3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS:

Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term deposits
Trade receivables, net
Inventory
Other current assets

Total current assets
NON-CURRENT ASSETS:

System components
Leased systems, net
Other property and equipment, net
Other long-term assets

Total non-current assets
Total assets

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

Trade payables
Deferred revenues
Liability in respect of research and development grants
Other accounts payable

Total current liabilities
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:

Deferred revenues and other liabilities
Liability in respect of research and development grants

Total non-current liabilities
EQUITY:

Share capital
Share premium
Share-based payment reserve
Currency Translation Adjustments
Accumulated deficit

Total equity
Total equity and liabilities

Note

2022

2021

December 31,

4
5
6

7

8
8
8

14a
9

10
14a

15

16

    $

    $

    $

    $

    $

47,581    $
271     
4,844     
3,837     
1,556     
58,089     

1,220    $
3,118     
1,008     
1,042     
6,388     
64,477    $

1,116    $
1,477     
1,057     
4,491     
8,141     

4,923     
6,016     
10,939     

364     
138,146     
6,180     
(2,188)    
(97,105)    
45,397     
64,477    $

16,921 
40,428 
6,332 
- 
1,766 
65,447 

4,463 
3,813 
1,055 
954 
10,285 
75,732 

1,102 
2,195 
978 
4,792 
9,067 

3,419 
5,921 
9,340 

363 
137,566 
5,340 
(2,188)
(83,756)
57,325 
75,732 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
   
     
     
 
   
 
     
      
  
   
 
     
      
  
   
   
     
   
     
   
 
     
   
     
   
 
     
   
 
     
      
  
   
   
     
   
     
   
 
     
   
 
     
   
 
 
   
 
     
      
  
   
 
     
      
  
 
   
 
     
      
  
 
   
 
     
      
  
   
 
     
      
  
   
 
   
 
     
   
     
   
     
   
 
     
   
 
     
      
  
   
     
   
     
   
 
     
   
     
      
  
   
 
     
   
 
     
   
     
   
 
     
   
 
     
   
 
     
   
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

Revenues
Cost of revenues
Gross profit

Research and development expenses, net
Selling and marketing expenses
General and administrative expenses
Total operating expenses
Operating loss
Finance expense, net

Loss before income taxes
Income taxes
Net loss and total comprehensive loss
Basic and diluted net loss per share

Note
17a
17b

17c
17d
17e

17f

13

18

  $

    $
    $

2022

Year ended December 31,
2021

2020

27,177    $
7,129     
20,048     

7,678     
18,199     
6,854     
32,731     
12,683     
351     

13,034     
315     
13,349    $
(0.40)   $

29,657    $
6,599     
23,058     

6,393     
15,880     
5,784     
28,057     
4,999     
1,420     

6,419     
43     
6,462    $
(0.21)   $

22,057 
5,058 
16,999 

5,823 
11,283 
4,722 
21,828 
4,829 
319 

5,148 
237 
5,385 
(0.24)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
     
      
      
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
     
      
      
  
 
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

Balance at January 1, 2020
Net loss and total comprehensive loss
Forfeiture of share options
Issuance of shares, net (*)
Expiration of share options
Cost of share-based payment
Balance at December 31, 2020
Net loss and total comprehensive loss
Exercise of share options
Expiration of share options
Issuance of shares, net (**)
Cost of share-based payment
Balance at December 31, 2021
Net loss and total comprehensive loss
Exercise of share options
Expiration of share options
Issuance of shares, net
Cost of share-based payment
Balance at December 31, 2022

  $

Share 
capital

Share 

premium  

Reserve for
share-based
payment 
transactions

Currency
translation 
adjustments

Accumulated 
deficit

Total 
equity

233     
-     
-     

-     
233     
-     
1     
-     
129     
-     
363     
-     
1     
-     
-     
-     
364     

93,649     
-     
-     
466     
1,020     
-     
95,135     
-     
158     
142     
42,131     
-     
137,566     
-     
436     
197     
(53)    
-     
138,146     

4,435     
-     
(187)    
(466)    
(1,020)    
986     
3,748     
-     
(159)    
(142)    
-     
1,893     
5,340     
-     
(437)    
(197)    
-     
1,474     
6,180     

(2,188)    
-     
-     

-     
-     
(2,188)    
-     

-     
-     
-     
(2,188)    
-     

-     
-     
-     
(2,188)    

(71,909)    
(5,385)    
-     

-     
-     
(77,294)    
(6,462)    

-     
-     
-     
(83,756)    
(13,349)    

-     
-     
-     
(97,105)    

24,220 
(5,385)
(187)
- 
- 
986 
19,634 
(6,462)
- 
- 
42,260 
1,893 
57,325 
(13,349)
- 
- 
(53)
1,474 
45,397 

(*) Net of issuance expenses of $4,444 thousand.
(**) Net of issuance expenses of $2,940 thousand.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-6

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
      
      
      
   
      
   
   
   
   
      
      
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

Cash flows from operating activities:

Total comprehensive loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

2022

Year ended December 31,
2021

2020

  $

(13,349)   $

(6,462)   $

(5,385)

Adjustments to profit or loss items:
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation of leased systems
Impairment and disposal
Withdrawal of lease due to termination of contract
Finance expenses, net
Cost of share-based payment
Income taxes

Total adjustments to reconcile loss

Changes in asset and liability items:

Increase in inventory
Increase in trade receivables
Increase in other accounts receivable
Increase (decrease) in trade payables
Increase in other accounts payable
Increase in deferred revenues and other liabilities

Total changes in asset and liability

Cash paid and received during the year for:

Interest paid
Interest received
Income taxes paid

Total cash paid and received during the year
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities:

Proceeds from (purchase of) disposal of property and equipment and system
components, net
Withdrawal of (investment in) short-term deposits, net
investment in long-term deposits, net

Net cash used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities:
Receipt of government grants
Repayment of liability in respect of research and development grants
Repayment of lease liability
Issuance of share capital, net

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
Exchange rate differences on cash and cash equivalents
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

  $

F-7

558     
976     
816     
-     
351     
1,474     
315     
4,490     

(3,595)    
1,456     
(403)    
-     
298     
790     
(1,454)    

(46)    
1,042     
(443)    
553     
(9,760)    

1,936     
40,254     
(21)    
42,169     

15     
(977)    
(533)    
(52)    
(1,547)    
(202)    
30,660     
16,921     
47,581    $

560     
1,126     
1,295     
-     
1,420     
1,893     
43     
6,337     

-     
(849)    
(1,226)    
289     
815     
2,039     
1,068     

(62)    
17     
(14)    
(59)    
884     

(2,238)    
(40,000)    
22     
(42,216)    

492     
(761)    
(475)    
42,260     
41,516     
(224)    
(40)    
16,961     
16,921    $

438 
1,180 
1,061 
(5)
319 
799 
237 
4,029 

- 
(7)
(97)
(552)
515 
320 
179 

(71)
61 
(249)
(259)
(1,436)

(2,470)
- 
5 
(2,465)

42 
(655)
(417)
- 
(1,030)
218 
(4,713)
21,674 
16,961 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

(a) Significant non-cash transactions:
Purchase of property and equipment on credit
Recognition of new lease liability and right-of-use
Termination of lease liability and right of-use

  $

  $

-    $
301     
-    $

-    $
587     
(64)   $

23 
48 
(51)

F-8

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 1: GENERAL

a.

A general description of the Company and its activity:

BrainsWay is a leader in advanced non-invasive neurostimulation treatments for mental health disorders. The Company is advancing neuroscience
with  its  proprietary  Deep  Transcranial  Magnetic  Stimulation  (Deep  TMS™)  platform  technology  to  improve  health  and  transform  lives.  The
Company  has  obtained  from  the  U.S.  Food  and  Drug  Administration  (FDA)  three  cleared  indications  backed  by  pivotal  studies  demonstrating
clinically  proven  efficacy.  Current  indications  include  MDD  (Major  Depressive  Disorder),  obsessive-compulsive  disorder  (OCD),  and  smoking
addiction.

The  Company  received  its  first  commercial  Deep  TMS  product  received  clearance  from  the  FDA  in  2013,  for  the  treatment  of  MDD  in  adult
patients  who  have  failed  to  achieve  satisfactory  improvement  from  anti-depressant  medication.  In  April  2021,  the  Company  received  FDA
clearance for a shorter innovative MDD treatment and in August 2021, the Company received an additional clearance from the FDA for expansion
of the existing MDD clearance to include the non-invasive treatment of anxiety symptoms.

The Company received a clearance from the FDA in August 2020, for use of its Deep TMS system as an aid in short-term smoking cessation in
adults.

BrainsWay  Ltd.  (the  “Company”)  and  its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries,  BrainsWay,  Inc.  (“Inc”),  Brain  R&D  Services  Ltd.  (“Brain  R&D”),
BrainsWay USA Inc (“USA Inc”), collectively (the “Group”) derive revenues from the sale and lease of its systems.

In 2022, the Company extended its FDA clearance for MDD (including anxious depression) to our H7 Coil, also via the 510(k) process.

b.

Following  the  global  macroeconomic  developments  in  2022,  there  was  an  increase  in  rates  of  inflation  in  Israel  and  worldwide.  As  part  of  the
measures taken to restrain inflationary price increases, central banks around the world, including the Bank of Israel, began raising their benchmark
interest rates.

In  2022  these  effects  continued,  albeit  to  a  lesser  extent  than  seen  during  the  initial  onset  of  the  pandemic  in  2020,  which  resulted  in  less
commercial activity than could have otherwise been achieved. The extent to which the COVID-19 or other global pandemic impacts our results
will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including further outbreaks of existing or new variant
strains, new information which may emerge concerning the nature and effects of the pandemic, and/or any governmental mandates or other similar
actions instituted to contain the virus or treat its impact, among others.

F-9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 1: GENERAL (Continued)

c.

d.

The Company has a negative cash flow from operating activities and an operating loss of $9,760 and $12,683 for the year ended December 31,
2022, respectively. The Company’s management and board of directors believe that the Company has the current funding to finance its business
activity according to its plans in the foreseeable future.

The financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022
were authorized for issuance in accordance with a resolution of the board of directors on March 27, 2023.

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The following accounting policies have been applied consistently in the financial statements for all periods presented, unless otherwise stated.

a.

Basis of presentation of the financial statements:

These  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (“IFRS”)  as  issued  by  the
International Accounting Standards Board.

The Company’s financial statements have been prepared on a cost basis, except for certain financial instruments which are presented at fair value
through profit or loss. The Company has elected to present the profit or loss items using the function of expense method.

b.

Consolidated financial statements:

The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of companies that are controlled by the Company (subsidiaries). Control is
achieved when the Company is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those
returns through its power over the investee. Potential voting rights are considered when assessing whether an entity has control. The consolidation
of the financial statements commences on the date on which control is obtained and ends when such control ceases.

The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company  and  of  the  subsidiaries  are  prepared  as  of  the  same  dates  and  periods.  The  consolidated
financial  statements  are  prepared  using  uniform  accounting  policies  by  all  companies  in  the  Group.  Significant  intragroup  balances  and
transactions and gains or losses resulting from intragroup transactions are eliminated in full in the consolidated financial statements.

F-10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

c.

Functional currency, presentation currency and foreign currency:

1.

Functional currency and presentation currency:

The  functional  currency  is  the  currency  that  best  reflects  the  economic  environment  in  which  the  Company  operates  and  conducts  its
transactions, is separately determined for each Group entity and is used to measure its financial position and operating results. The Group
determines  the  functional  currency  of  each  Group  entity.  The  Company’s  functional  and  presentation  currency  is  the  US  Dollar  for  all
reported periods and subsidiaries.

2.

Transactions, assets and liabilities in foreign currency:

Transactions denominated in foreign currency are recorded upon initial recognition at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. After
initial recognition, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency are translated at each reporting date into the functional
currency at the exchange rate at that date. Exchange rate differences, other than those capitalized to qualifying assets or accounted for as
hedging  transactions  in  equity,  are  recognized  in  profit  or  loss.  Non-monetary  assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in  foreign  currency  and
measured at cost are translated at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign
currency and measured at fair value are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rate prevailing at the date when the fair
value was determined.

d.

Cash equivalents:

Cash equivalents are considered as highly liquid investments, including unrestricted short-term bank deposits with an original maturity of three
months or less from the date of investment or with a maturity of more than three months, but which are redeemable on demand without penalty and
which form part of the Group's cash management.

e.

Short-term deposits:

Short-term bank deposits are deposits with an original maturity of more than three months from the date of investment and which do not meet the
definition of cash equivalents. The deposits are presented according to their terms of deposit.

f.

Inventories and system components:

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of inventories comprises costs of purchase and costs incurred in
bringing  the  inventories  to  their  present  location  and  condition.  Net  realizable  value  is  the  estimated  selling  price  in  the  ordinary  course  of
business less estimated costs of completion and estimated costs necessary to make the sale. The Company periodically evaluates the condition
and age of inventories and makes provisions for slow moving inventories accordingly.

F-11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

g.

Revenue recognition:

Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized when the control over the goods or services is transferred to the customer. The transaction
price is the amount of the consideration that is expected to be received based on the contract terms, excluding amounts collected on behalf of third
parties (such as taxes).

In  determining  the  amount  of  revenue  from  contracts  with  customers,  the  Company  evaluates  whether  it  is  a  principal  or  an  agent  in  the
arrangement. The Company is a principal when the Company controls the promised goods or services before transferring them to the customer. In
these circumstances, the Company recognizes revenue for the gross amount of the consideration. When the Company is an agent, it recognizes
revenue for the net amount of the consideration, after deducting the amount due to the principal.

The Company primarily generates revenue from two major streams: (a) sale of systems and related services and (b) lease of systems.

Revenues from sale of systems and related services:

Revenue from sale of systems is recognized at the point in time when control of the system is transferred to the customer, generally upon shipment
of the system to the customer.

Revenue  from  rendering  of  extended  warranty  services  is  recognized  over  time,  during  the  period  the  customer  simultaneously  receives  and
consumes  the  benefits  provided  by  the  Company’s  performance.  The  Company  charges  its  customers  based  on  payment  terms  agreed  upon  in
specific  agreements.  When  payments  are  made  before  or  after  the  service  is  performed,  the  Company  recognizes  the  resulting  contract  asset  or
liability.

Revenue from operating leases:

A  lease  in  which  substantially  all  the  risks  and  rewards  incidental  to  ownership  of  the  leased  asset  have  not  been  transferred  to  the  lessee  is
classified as an operating lease. Lease payments are recognized as income in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Initial direct
costs incurred in respect of the lease agreement are added to the carrying amount of the underlying asset and recognized as an expense over the
lease term on the same basis as the lease income.

Costs of obtaining a contract:

In order to obtain certain contracts with customers, the Company incurs incremental costs in obtaining the contract (such as sales commissions
which are contingent on making binding sales). Costs incurred in obtaining the contract with the customer which would not have been incurred if
the contract had not been obtained and which the Company expects to recover are recognized as an asset and amortized on a systematic basis that
is consistent with the provision of the services under the specific contract.

F-12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

An impairment loss in respect of capitalized costs of obtaining a contract is recognized in profit or loss when the carrying amount of the asset
exceeds the remaining amount of consideration that the Company expects to receive for the goods or services to which the asset relates less the
costs that relate directly to providing those goods or services and that have not been recognized as expenses.

The Company has elected to apply the practical expedient allowed by IFRS 15 according to which incremental costs of obtaining a contract are
recognized as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the asset is one year or less.

Contract liabilities:

A  contract  liability,  presented  as  deferred  revenues,  is  the  obligation  to  transfer  goods  or  services  to  a  customer  for  which  the  Company  has
received consideration (or an amount of consideration is due) from the customer. Deferred revenue will be recognized as revenue in profit and loss
when the work is performed. The Company elected to apply the practical expedient in IFRS 15 and does not provide disclosure of the remaining
unsatisfied performance obligations with respect to contracts that have a term of up to one year.

Allocating the transaction price:

For contracts that consist of more than one performance obligation at contract inception, the Company allocates the contract transaction price to
each  performance  obligation  identified  in  the  contract  on  a  relative  stand-alone  selling  price  basis.  The  stand-alone  selling  price  is  the  price  at
which the Company would sell the promised goods or services separately to a customer.

h.

Government grants:

Government grants are recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the grants will be received and the Company will comply with all attached
conditions.

Government grants received from the Israel Innovation Authority (“IIA”) are recognized upon receipt as a liability if future economic benefits are
expected from the research project, that will result in royalty-bearing sales.

A liability for the grant is first measured at fair value using a discount rate that reflects a market rate of interest. The difference between the amount
of  the  grant  received  and  the  fair  value  of  the  liability  is  accounted  for  as  a  government  grant  and  recognized  as  a  reduction  of  research  and
development expenses. After initial recognition, the liability is measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Royalty payments
are treated as a reduction of the liability.

If  no  economic  benefits  are  expected  from  the  research  activity,  the  grant  received  are  recognized  as  a  reduction  of  the  related  research  and
development expenses. In that event, the royalty obligation is treated as a contingent liability in accordance with IAS 37.

Amounts paid as royalties are recognized as settlement of the liability.

F-13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

i.

Taxes on income:

Current or deferred taxes are recognized in profit or loss, except to the extent that they relate to items which are recognized in other comprehensive
income or equity.

1.

Current taxes:

The current tax liability is measured using the tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date, as
well as adjustments required in connection with the tax liability in respect of previous years.

2.

Deferred taxes:

Deferred taxes are computed in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts in the financial statements and the amounts
attributed for tax purposes.

Deferred taxes are measured at the tax rate that is expected to apply when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax laws that
have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is not probable that they will be utilized. Temporary
differences that can be deducted for which deferred tax assets had not been recognized are reviewed at each reporting date and a respective
deferred tax asset is recognized to the extent that utilization is probable.

Taxes that would apply in the event of the disposal of investments in subsidiaries have not been taken into account in computing deferred
taxes,  as  long  as  the  disposal  of  the  investments  in  subsidiaries  is  not  probable  in  the  foreseeable  future.  Also,  deferred  taxes  that  would
apply  in  the  event  of  distribution  of  earnings  by  subsidiaries  as  dividends  have  not  been  taken  into  account  in  computing  deferred  taxes,
since the distribution of dividends does not involve an additional tax liability or since it is the Company’s policy not to initiate distribution of
dividends from a subsidiary that would trigger an additional tax liability.

Deferred taxes are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset a current tax asset against a current tax liability and the deferred taxes
relate to the same taxpayer and the same taxation authority.

F-14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

j.

Leases:

The Company accounts for a contract as a lease when the contract terms convey the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of
time in exchange for consideration.

For leases in which the Company is the lessee, the Company recognizes on the commencement date of the lease a right-of-use asset and a lease
liability, excluding leases whose term is up to 12 months and leases for which the underlying asset is of low value. For these excluded leases, the
Company has elected to recognize the lease payments as an expense in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the lease term. In measuring the
lease liability, the Company has elected to apply the practical expedient in the Standard and does not separate the lease components from the non-
lease components (such as management and maintenance services, etc.) included in a single contract.

On the commencement date, the lease liability includes all unpaid lease payments discounted at the interest rate implicit in the lease, if that rate can
be readily determined, or otherwise using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate. After the commencement date, the Company measures the
lease liability using the effective interest rate method.

On the commencement date, the right-of-use asset is recognized in an amount equal to the lease liability plus lease payments already made on or
before the commencement date and initial direct costs incurred. The right-of-use asset is measured applying the cost model and depreciated over
the shorter of its useful life and the lease term.

Following are the amortization periods of the right-of-use assets by class of underlying asset:

Lease facilities
Motor vehicles

The Company tests for impairment of the right-of-use asset whenever there are indications of impairment pursuant to the
provisions of IAS 36. For leases in which the Company is the lessor, refer to revenue recognition in Note 2f.

F-15

Years
2 to 3
3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

k.

Leased systems, net:

The cost of self-constructed systems (leased systems) includes the cost of materials, direct labor and share-based payment, as well as any costs
directly  attributable  to  bringing  the  asset  to  the  location  and  condition  necessary  for  it  to  be  capable  of  operating  in  the  manner  intended  by
management, less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

The impairment and disposals of leased systems and system components recognized in cost of revenues was $816, $1,295 and $1,061 for the years
ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

l.

Other property and equipment, net:

Other property and equipment are measured at cost, including directly attributable costs, less accumulated depreciation, accumulated impairment
losses and any related investment grants and excluding day-to-day servicing expenses. Cost includes spare parts and auxiliary equipment that are
used in connection with plant and equipment.

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the assets at annual rates as follows:

Leased systems
Laboratory equipment
Computers
Office furniture and equipment
Leasehold improvements

%
15
15
33
6 - 15
(*)

Leasehold  improvements  are  depreciated  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  shorter  of  the  lease  term  (including  the  extension  option  held  by  the
Group and intended to be exercised) and the useful life of the improvement.

The  useful  life,  depreciation  method  and  residual  value  of  an  asset  are  reviewed  at  least  each  year-end  and  any  changes  are  accounted  for
prospectively as a change in accounting estimate. Depreciation of an asset ceases at the earlier of the date that the asset is classified as held for sale
and the date that the asset is derecognized.

F-16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

m.

Impairment of non-financial assets:

The Company evaluates the need to record an impairment of non-financial assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount is not recoverable. If the carrying amount of non-financial assets exceeds their recoverable amount, the assets are reduced to their
recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of sale and value in use. In measuring value in use, the expected
cash flows are discounted using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects the risks specific to the asset. The recoverable amount of an asset that does not
generate independent cash flows is determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. Impairment losses are recognized in profit
or loss.

An impairment loss of an asset is reversed only if there have been changes in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since
the last impairment loss was recognized. Reversal of an impairment loss, as above, shall not be increased above the lower of the carrying amount
that would have been determined (net of depreciation or amortization) had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years and its
recoverable amount. The reversal of impairment loss of an asset presented at cost is recognized in profit or loss.

n.

Financial instruments:

The Company has short-term financial assets, such as trade receivables, in respect of which the Company applies the simplified approach in IFRS
9 and measures the loss allowance in an amount equal to the lifetime expected credit losses.

o.

Fair value measurement:

Carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits, trade receivables, other current assets, trade payables and other account
payables approximate their fair value due to the short-term maturities of the instruments.

p.

Provisions:

A provision in accordance with IAS 37 is recognized when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is
probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of
the amount of the obligation.

F-17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

q.

Employee benefit liabilities:

1.

Short-term employee benefits:

Short-term employee benefits are benefits that are expected to be settled wholly before twelve months after the end of the annual reporting
period in which the employees render the related services. These benefits include salaries, paid annual and sick leave, recreation and social
security contributions and are recognized as expenses as the services are rendered. A liability in respect of a cash bonus or a profit-sharing
plan is recognized when the Company has a legal or constructive obligation to make such payment as a result of past service rendered by an
employee and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made.

2.

Post-employment benefits:

The  Group  has  defined  contribution  plans  pursuant  to  Section  14  of  the  Severance  Pay  Law  (“Section  14”)  under  which  the  Group  pays
fixed contributions and has no legal or constructive obligation to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient amounts to pay
all employee benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods.

The  Israeli  Severance  Pay  Law,  1963  (“Severance  Pay  Law”),  specifies  that  employees  are  entitled  to  severance  payment  following  the
termination of their employment. Under the Severance Pay Law, the severance payment is calculated as one month salary for each year of
employment, or a portion thereof. The Company’s liability for severance pay is covered by the provisions of. Under Section 14, employees
are  entitled  to  monthly  deposits,  at  a  rate  of  8.33%  of  their  monthly  salary,  made  on  behalf  of  the  employee  with  insurance  companies.
Payments  in  accordance  with  Section  14  release  the  Company  from  any  future  severance  payments  in  respect  of  those  employees.
Contributions  to  the  defined  contribution  plan  in  respect  of  severance  or  retirement  pay  are  recognized  as  an  expense  when  contributed
concurrently with performance of the employee’s services and no additional provision is required in the financial statements.

F-18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

r.

Share-based payment transactions:

The  Company’s  employees  and  other  service  providers  are  granted  remuneration  in  the  form  of  equity-settled  share-based  payment  (options  and
restricted shares).

The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured at the fair value of the equity instruments granted at grant date. The fair value
of an option granted is determined using the Binomial Lattice option-pricing model (“Binomial model”). The Binomial model takes into account
variables such as volatility, dividend yield rate, and risk-free interest rate and also allows for the use of dynamic assumptions and considers the
contractual  term  of  the  option,  the  probability  that  the  option  will  be  exercised  prior  to  the  end  of  its  contractual  life,  and  the  probability  of
termination or retirement of the option holder in computing the value of the option.

The  fair  value  of  the  restricted  shares  granted  is  determined  using  the  closing  price  of  the  Company's  share,  as  quoted  in  the  Tel-Aviv  Stock
Exchange (TASE) on the day of the grant.

The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognized in profit or loss together with a corresponding increase in equity during the period which the
performance and/or service conditions are to be satisfied ending on the date on which the relevant employees become entitled to the award (“the
vesting  period”).  The  cumulative  expense  recognized  for  equity-settled  transactions  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  date  includes  the  Group’s  best
estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest.

No expense is recognized for awards that do not ultimately vest.

If the Company modifies the conditions on which equity-instruments were granted, an additional expense is recognized for any modification that
increases  the  total  fair  value  of  the  share-based  payment  arrangement  or  is  otherwise  beneficial  to  the  employee/other  service  provider  at  the
modification date.

s.

Research and development expenditures:

Research expenses are recognized in profit or loss when incurred.

t.

Loss per share:

Loss  per  share  is  calculated  by  dividing  the  net  loss  attributable  to  equity  holders  of  the  Company  by  the  weighted  number  of  ordinary  shares
outstanding  during  the  period.  The  Company  does  not  have  dilutive  instruments  since  it  generates  loss  in  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period
ended December 31, 2022.

F-19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

u.

Amendment to IAS 16, "Property, Plant and Equipment":

In  January  2020,  the  IASB  issued  an  amendment  to  IAS  1,  "Presentation  of  Financial  Statements"  regarding  the  criteria  for  determining  the
classification of liabilities as current or non-current ("the Original Amendment"). In October 2022, the IASB issued a subsequent amendment ("the
Subsequent Amendment").

According to the Subsequent Amendment:

Only covenants with which an entity must comply on or before the reporting date will affect a liability's classification as current or non-current.

An  entity  should  provide  disclosure  when  a  liability  arising  from  a  loan  agreement  is  classified  as  non-current  and  the  entity's  right  to  defer
settlement is contingent on compliance with future covenants within twelve months from the reporting date. This disclosure is required to include
information about the covenants and the related liabilities. The disclosures must include information about the nature of the future covenants and
when  compliance  is  applicable,  as  well  as  the  carrying  amount  of  the  related  liabilities.  The  purpose  of  this  information  is  to  allow  users  to
understand the nature of the future covenants and to assess the risk that a liability classified as non-current could become repayable within twelve
months.  Furthermore,  if  facts  and  circumstances  indicate  that  an  entity  may  have  difficulty  in  complying  with  such  covenants,  those  facts  and
circumstances should be disclosed.

According to the Original Amendment, the conversion option of a liability affects the classification of the entire liability as current or non-current
unless the conversion component is an equity instrument.

The Original Amendment and Subsequent Amendment are both effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2024, and must be
applied retrospectively. Early application is permitted.

The Company is evaluating the effects of the Amendments on its financial statements.

F-20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

v.

Amendment to IAS 8, "Accounting Policies, Changes to Accounting Estimates and Errors":

In February 2021, the IASB issued an amendment to IAS 8, "Accounting Policies, Changes to Accounting Estimates and Errors" ("the
Amendment"), in which it introduces a new definition of "accounting estimates".

Accounting estimates are defined as "monetary amounts in financial statements that are subject to measurement uncertainty". The Amendment
clarifies the distinction between changes in accounting estimates and changes in accounting policies and the correction of errors.

The Amendment is to be applied prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023 and is applicable to changes in
accounting policies and changes in accounting estimates that occur on or after the start of that period. Early application is permitted.

w.

Amendment to IAS 12, "Income Taxes":

In May 2021, the IASB issued an amendment to IAS 12, "Income Taxes" ("IAS 12"), which narrows the scope of the initial recognition exception
under IAS 12.15 and IAS 12.24 ("the Amendment").

According to the recognition guidelines of deferred tax assets and liabilities, IAS 12 excludes recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities in
respect of certain temporary differences arising from the initial recognition of certain transactions. This exception is referred to as the "initial
recognition exception". The Amendment narrows the scope of the initial recognition exception and clarifies that it does not apply to the recognition
of deferred tax assets and liabilities arising from transactions that are not a business combination and that give rise to equal taxable and deductible
temporary differences, even if they meet the other criteria of the initial recognition exception.

The Amendment applies for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023, with earlier application permitted. In relation to leases
and decommissioning obligations, the Amendment is to be applied commencing from the earliest reporting period presented in the financial
statements in which the Amendment is initially applied. The cumulative effect of the initial application of the Amendment should be recognized as
an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings (or another component of equity, as appropriate) at that date.

The Company estimates that the initial application of the Amendment is not expected to have a material impact on its financial statements.

F-21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 3: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS USED IN THE PREPARATION OF THE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

In the process of applying the significant accounting policies in the financial statements, the Group has made the following judgments, estimates and
assumptions, which have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the financial statements:

a.

Judgments:

Classification of leases – the Company as a lessor:

In order to determine whether to classify a lease as a finance lease or an operating lease, the Company evaluates whether the lease transfers
substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the asset.

Determining the fair value of share-based payment transactions:

The fair value of share-based payment transactions is determined upon initial recognition by the Binomial model. The Binomial model is based on
share price and exercise price and assumptions regarding expected volatility, term of share option, dividend yield and risk-free interest rate.

b.

Estimates and assumptions:

The preparation of the financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that have an effect on the application of the
accounting policies and on the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Changes in accounting estimates are reported in the
period of the change in estimate.

The key assumptions made in the financial statements concerning uncertainties at the reporting date and the critical estimates computed by the
Group that may result in a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

● Grants from the IIA:

Government  grants  received  from  the  IIA  are  recognized  as  a  liability  if  future  economic  benefits  are  expected  from  the  research  and
development activity that will result in royalty-bearing sales. There is uncertainty regarding the estimated future cash flows and discount rate
used to measure the amount of the liability.

● Legal claims:

In estimating the likelihood of outcome of legal claims filed against the Company and its investees, the companies rely on the opinion of
their legal counsel. These estimates are based on the legal counsel's best professional judgment, taking into account the stage of proceedings
and legal precedents in respect of the different issues. Since the outcome of the claims will be determined in courts, the results could differ
from these estimates.

F-22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 3: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS USED IN THE PREPARATION OF THE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

· Deferred tax assets

Deferred  tax  assets  are  recognized  for  unused  carryforward  tax  losses  and  deductible  temporary  differences  to  the  extent  that  it  is
probable that taxable profit will be available against which the losses can be utilized. Significant management judgment is required to
determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognized, based upon the timing and level of future taxable profits, its source
and the tax planning strategy.

NOTE 4: CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash for immediate withdrawal
Cash equivalents - bank deposits less than three months
Total

NOTE 5: SHORT-TERM DEPOSITS

Bank deposits

December 31,

2022

2021

  $

  $

7,307    $
40,274     
47,581    $

15,471 
1,450 
16,921 

December 31,

2022

2021

  $

271    $

40,428 

Short-term  deposits  at  banks  are  for  periods  of  up  to  one  year.  The  deposits  earn  annual  interest  at  the  respective  term  of  the  deposits  of
approximately 0.5%.

F-23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 6: TRADE RECEIVABLES, NET

a.       Trade receivables, net:

Open accounts (1)
Less-allowance for credit losses
Trade receivables, net

December 31,

2022

2021

5,945    $
(1,101)    
4,844    $

7,588 
(1,256)
6,332 

  $

(1)     Trade receivables generally have 90-day credit terms. Certain customers payments are made through monthly credit card transactions.    

b.       Movement in allowance credit losses:

Balance as of January 1, 2021
Provision for the year
Derecognition of bad debts
Balance as of December 31, 2021
Provision for the year
Derecognition of bad debts
Balance as of December 31, 2022

F-24

U.S. dollars in 
thousands

1,432 
323 
(499)
1,256 
282 
(437)
1,101 

  $

  $

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 6: TRADE RECEIVABLES, NET (Continued)

Following is information about the credit risk exposure of the Company’s trade receivables:

December 31, 2022:

Not past
due

< 30
days

  $
Gross carrying amount
Allowance for doubtful accounts   $
Trade receivables, net

1,570    $
4    $
1,566     

999    $
87    $
912     

December 31, 2021:

Not past
due

< 30
days

Gross carrying amount
  $
Allowance for doubtful accounts   $
Trade receivables, net

2,715    $
7    $
2,708     

910    $
64    $
846     

NOTE 7: OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

30 - 60
days

U.S. dollars in thousands
61 - 90
days
U.S. dollars in thousands
357    $
48    $
309     

330    $
60    $
270     

30 - 60
days

U.S. dollars in thousands
61 - 90
days
U.S. dollars in thousands
847    $
59    $
788     

693    $
97    $
596     

91 - 120
days

>120
days

Total

491    $
78    $
413     

2,198    $
824    $
1,374    $

5,945 
1,101 
4,844 

91 - 120
days

>120
days

Total

435    $
65    $
370     

1,988    $
964    $
1,024    $

7,588 
1,256 
6,332 

Government authorities
Consumables
Prepaid expenses and other
Other current assets

F-25

December 31,

2022

2021

606    $
-     
950     
1,556    $

388 
200 
1,178 
1,766 

  $

  $

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 8: SYSTEM COMPONENTS, LEASED SYSTEMS, OTHER PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

December 31, 2022:

System  
  Components 

Leased  
systems   Computers  use assets   equipment  improvements 

  Right of  

  Leasehold    

Total

  Laboratory 
equipment  
and

  Office
  furniture  
and

Cost:
Balance at January 1, 2022
Additions
Transfer to Leased systems
Reductions
Balance at December 31, 2022

Accumulated depreciation:
Balance at January 1, 2022
Additions
Reductions

Balance at December 31, 2022

  $

  $

4,463 
5,930 
(836)  
(8,337) (**) 
1,220 

$ 7,463    $

-   
836   
(1,072) (*) 
7,227   

1,170    $
106     
-     
-     
1,276     

1,635    $
301     
-     
(1,122)    
814     

135    $
90     
-     
-     
225     

69 
30 
- 

  $ 14,935 
6,457 
- 
(18)     (10,549)
    10,843 
81 

- 
- 
- 

- 

$ 3,650    $
976   
(517)  

857    $
69     
-     

981    $
476     
(1,126)    

63    $
13     
-     

4,109   

926     

331     

76     

53 
2 
- 

55 

  $

5,604 
1,536 
(1,643)

5,497 

Depreciated cost at December 31, 2022

  $

1,220 

$ 3,118    $

350    $

483    $

149    $

26 

  $

5,346 

(*) Derived mainly from returned systems as well as sale of leased systems.
(**) Reduction in systems components for the year ended December 31, 2022, mainly includes (a) reclassification to inventory in the amount of $3,837, (b)

impairment provision in the amount of $816 and (c) system components sold in the amount of $3,006.

F-26

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
    
 
      
      
      
  
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
    
 
    
 
      
      
      
      
  
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
        
     
 
 
     
 
         
        
        
        
  
   
  
 
 
    
 
      
      
      
  
   
  
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
        
     
 
 
     
 
           
        
        
        
  
   
 
 
 
   
        
     
 
 
     
 
          
        
        
        
  
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 8: PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

December 31, 2021:

System  
  Components 

  Laboratory 
equipment  
and

  Office
  furniture    
and

Leased  
systems   Computers  use assets   equipment  improvements 

  Leasehold    

  Right of  

Total

Cost:
Balance at January 1, 2021
Additions
Transfer to Leased systems
Reductions
Balance at December 31, 2021

Accumulated depreciation:
Balance at January 1, 2021
Additions
Reductions

Balance at December 31, 2021

  $

  $

3,642 
5,448 
(985)  
(3,642) (**) 
4,463 

$ 8,620    $

-   
985   
(2,142) (*) 
7,463   

845    $
325     
-     
-     
1,170     

1,335    $
587     
-     
(287)    
1,635     

96    $
39     
-     
-     
135     

- 
- 
- 

- 

$ 3,422    $
1,126   
(898)  

775    $
82     
-     

735    $
470     
(224)    

56    $
7     
-     

3,650   

857     

981     

63     

52 
17 
- 
- 
69 

52 
1 
- 

53 

  $ 14,590 
6,416 
- 
(6,071)
    14,935 

  $

5,040 
1,686 
(1,122)

5,604 

Depreciated cost at December 31, 2021

  $

4,463 

$ 3,813    $

313    $

654    $

72    $

16 

  $

9,331 

(*) Derived mainly from returned systems as well as sale of leased systems.
(**) Reduction in systems components for the year ended December 31, 2021, mainly includes (a) impairment provision in the amount of $1,295 and (b)

system components sold in the amount of $1,789.

F-27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
    
 
      
      
      
  
   
  
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
        
     
 
 
     
 
         
        
        
    
   
  
   
  
 
 
    
 
      
      
      
  
   
  
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
        
     
 
 
     
 
           
        
        
    
   
  
   
 
 
 
   
        
     
 
 
     
 
          
        
        
    
   
  
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 9: OTHER ACCOUNTS PAYABLE

Employee and payroll accruals
Accrued expenses
Tax payable
Liabilities to related parties (1)
Lease liabilities

Other accounts payable

(1) A current non-interest-bearing account.

NOTE 10: NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

Composition:

Deferred revenues (a)
Lease liabilities (b)
Other liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

December 31,

2022

2021

  $

  $

1,868    $
2,309     
-     
80     
234     

4,491    $

December 31,

2022

2021

4,669     
254     
-     

  $

4,923    $

1,139 
2,899 
18 
236 
500 

4,792 

3,157 
254 
8 

3,419 

a.

Including an amount of $1,479 relating to deferred distribution fees received as of the both years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021,
respectively. For more information see note 14c.

F-28

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 10: NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES (Continued)

b.

Lease liabilities:

December 31, 2022:

Maturity analysis:
Less than one year
One to five years
Total lease commitments
Impact of discounting remaining lease payments
Lease liabilities as of December 31, 2022:

Current
Non-current

Total

December 31, 2021:

Maturity analysis:
Less than one year
One to five years
Total lease commitments
Impact of discounting remaining lease payments
Total lease liabilities as of December 31, 2021

Current
Non-current

Total

F-29

U.S. dollars in
thousands

265 
269 
534 
(46)
488 

234 
254 

488 

U.S. dollars in 
thousands

537 
258 
795 
(41)
754 

500 
254 

754 

  $

  $

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
   
 
   
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
   
 
   
  
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 11: FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

a.

Financial risks factors:

The Company is exposed to foreign currency risk, interest risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The Company’s senior management oversees the
management of these risks in accordance with the policies approved by the board of directors.

1.

Foreign currency risk:

The currency exposure arises from current accounts and deposits that are mainly managed in NIS and from liability in respect of employee
payroll accruals that are paid in NIS.

2.

Interest rate risk:

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest
rates.

The Company's exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Company's long-term liabilities in respect of
government grants received from IIA.

The repayment of grants received by the Company from 2018 have interest rate that reference LIBOR and are expected to be repaid after 2021.

In  March  2021,  the  IBA  released  the  LIBOR  cessation  statement,  pursuant  to  which  the  IBA  publicly  announced  that  it  intends  to  cease
publication of the USD LIBOR settings on June 30, 2023. In addition, the FCA provided that starting January 1, 2022, new use of USD
LIBOR is banned, subject to limited exceptions.

3.

Credit risk:

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations as a customer or under a financial instrument leading to a loss to the
Group. The Group is exposed to credit risk from its operating activity (primarily trade receivables).

4.

Liquidity risk:

The Group monitors its risk of a shortage of cash using a quarterly budget.

F-30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 11: FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

The table below presents the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments:

December 31, 2022:

Trade payables
Other accounts payable
Liability in respect of research and development grants
 Lease liability

  Less than  
  one year  
  $

1,116    $
4,257     
1,057     
234     

1 to 2
years

2 to 3
years

3 to 4
years

4 to 5
years

-    $
-     
1,267     
161     

-    $
-     
1,392     
61     

-    $
-     
1,442     
32     

-    $
-     
1,319     
-     

> 5
years

-    $
-     

Total
1,116 
4,257 
5,076      11,553 
488 

-     

Total 

  $

6,664    $

1,428    $

1,453    $

1,474    $

1,319    $

596    $ 17,414 

December 31, 2021:

Trade payables
Other accounts payable
Liability in respect of research and development grants
 Lease liability

  Less than  
  one year  
  $

1,103    $
4,292     
1,103     
537     

1 to 2
years

2 to 3
years

3 to 4
years

4 to 5
years

-    $
-     
1,373     
158     

-    $
-     
1,793     
100     

-    $
-     
2,270     
-     

-    $
-     
2,678     
-     

> 5
years

-    $
-     

Total
1,103 
4,292 
3,190      12,407 
795 

-     

Total 

  $

7,035    $

1,531    $

1,893    $

2,270    $

2,678    $

3,190    $ 18,597 

F-31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 11: FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

b.

Sensitivity tests relating to changes in foreign currency:

Sensitivity test to changes in the NIS exchange rate:
Gain (loss) from the change:
Increase of 5% in exchange rate
Decrease of 5% in exchange rate

December 31,

2022

2021

  $
  $

8    $
(8)   $

130 
(130)

As of December 31, 2022, the Company has excess of financial liabilities over financial assets in NIS in relation to US dollar of $ 165.

As of December 31, 2022, the Company has excess of financial assets over financial liabilities in Euro and CAD in relation to US dollar of $ 79 and
$123, respectively. An increase or decrease of 5% of the US dollar relative to the Euro would not have a significant effect on the Company.

Sensitivity tests and principal work assumptions:

The selected changes in the relevant risk variables were determined based on management’s estimate as to reasonable possible changes in these risk
variables.

The  Company  has  performed  sensitivity  tests  of  principal  market  risk  factors  that  are  liable  to  affect  its  reported  operating  results  or  financial
position.  The  sensitivity  tests  present  the  profit  or  loss  in  respect  of  each  financial  instrument  for  the  relevant  risk  variables  chosen  for  that
instrument  as  of  each  reporting  date.  The  test  of  risk  factors  was  determined  based  on  the  materiality  of  the  exposure  of  the  operating  results  or
financial condition of each risk with reference to the functional currency and assuming that all the other variables are constant.

NOTE 12: EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AND LIABILITIES

Employee benefits consist of short-term and post-employment benefits.

Defined contribution plans:

Section 14 to the Severance Pay Law, 1963 applies to all of the Company’s employees pursuant to which the fixed contributions paid by the Group
into pension funds and/or policies of insurance companies release the Group from any additional liability to employees for whom said contributions
were made. These contributions benefits represent defined contribution plans.

Expense in respect of defined contribution plans was $345 and $329 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

F-32

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 13: TAXES ON INCOME

a.

Tax rates applicable to the Company and subsidiaries:

1.

Tax rate applicable to the Company and Brain R&D:

The Israeli corporate income tax rate was 23% in 2022, 2021 and 2020.

A company is taxable on its real capital gains at the corporate income tax rate in the year of sale.

2.

Tax rate applicable to US subsidiaries:

The subsidiaries are subject to U.S federal tax at the rate of 21%.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "Tax Act") was signed into law making significant changes to U.S. income tax law.
These  changes  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  a  corporate  tax  rate  decrease  from  35%  to  21%  effective  for  tax  years  2018  onwards  and
created new taxes on certain foreign- sourced earnings and certain related-party payments.

The Tax Act required the Company to pay U.S. income taxes on accumulated foreign subsidiaries earnings not previously subject to U.S.
income tax at a rate of 15.5% to the extent of foreign cash and certain other net current assets and 8% on the remaining earnings.

c.

Tax assessments:

The Company and the Israeli subsidiary received final tax assessments through tax year 2016. The subsidiary, Inc, received final tax assessments
through the 2019 tax year.

d.

Carryforward losses for tax purposes:

Carryforward losses for tax purposes as of December 31, 2022 amount to approximately $79 million in Brainsway Ltd. (on an Israeli consolidated
basis).

e.

Deferred taxes:

The Company did not record deferred tax assets with respect to net operating losses incurred by the Company and the Israeli subsidiary since it is
not probable that they will generate a taxable income in future years.

The Company recorded deferred tax assets in the amount of $276 and $458 as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, in respect of temporary
differences in the US subsidiaries. Tax reconciliation:

f.

For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, the main differences between the statutory corporate tax benefits of $2,998 and $1,476, and
the tax expense (in respect of income generated by the US subsidiaries) in the amounts of $315 and $43 are mainly attributable to the
carryforward losses in Israel, for which no deferred taxes were recorded.

F-33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 14: CONTINGENT LIABILITIES, COMMITMENTS AND CHARGES

a.

Brain R&D received from the Israeli Government participation grants in research and development and, in return, it is currently obligated to pay
royalties amounting to 3% of sales of products from such grants up to 100% of total grants received.

The Company's provision for royalties payable to the IIA as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 amounts to $7,073 and $6,899, respectively.

As of December 31, 2022, the maximum royalties payable by the Company in the future in respect of active projects is $11,553, including interest at
the LIBOR rate. Through December 31, 2021, royalties paid were $4,380.

b.

The  Company  entered  into  a  few  distribution  agreements  with  third  parties  regarding  different  territories  around  the  world.  According  to  these
distribution agreements, the third parties are generally granted the exclusive right to market, distribute, lease and/or sale, use and promote sales of
the  systems  in  the  relevant  territories  for  a  period  defined  in  the  agreement,  generally  ranging  from  3  to  10  years.  The  Company  supplies  the
systems  to  the  distributors,  and  they  promote  and  provide  various  services  (such  as  installation,  training  and  maintenance)  to  local  costumers.
These distributors are typically contractually committed to meet minimum order quantities, absent which may serve as grounds for termination.

F-34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 14: CONTINGENT LIABILITIES, COMMITMENTS AND CHARGES (Continued)

c.

In  September  2013,  the  Company  entered  into  a  distribution  agreement  in  Japan  with  Century  Medical  Inc.,  a  member  of  the  Itochu  concern,
which  specializes  in  the  import  and  distribution  of  medical  systems  and  equipment  in  Japan.  According  to  the  agreement,  the  distributor  was
granted the exclusive right to market the Company’s system for the treatment of major depression in patients in Japan for a ten-year period which
begins  after  the  required  regulatory  approvals  for  marketing  the  system  in  Japan  and  after  either  obtaining  reimbursement  or  deployment  of  a
commercial  product  to  a  clinical  site.  If  the  distributor  meets  the  minimum  quantities  which  it  has  committed  during  the  contractual  term,  the
agreement will be extended for an additional five year period. The distributor is granted a right of first offer to distribute the Company’s system in
Japan without further codification.

In consideration for the above, the distributor is obligated to pay the Company distribution fees of 190 million Yen (approximately $1.8 million),
whereby 100 million Yen was paid in September 2013 and 90 million Yen was paid in 2019.

In each year of the agreement in which the distributor meets the respective annual predetermined revenue target, 10% of the distribution fees are to
be returned to the distributor. The distribution fee which the Company expects to be entitled to is presented in deferred revenues and is recognized
as revenue during the estimated exclusivity term. The distributor is to pay the Company for any treatment made with the Company’s system (pay-
per-use), but in no case less than the pre-determined annual amount. The agreement prescribes conditions in which the Company or the distributor
may terminate the agreement, including a requirement to conduct a clinical trial in order to obtain the PMDA approval and non-compliance with
the requirement to purchase minimum predetermined quantities.

The  agreement  sets  a  minimum  payment  threshold  to  the  Company  that  is  examined  every  few  years  throughout  the  contractual  term.  If  the
distributor  does  not  qualify  for  the  minimum  payment  threshold  at  the  end  of  each  period,  the  Company  will  be  entitled  to  terminate  the
distribution agreement, unless the parties reach another agreement between them. The agreement further determines that the distributor will act on
its  account  to  receive  the  regulatory  approvals  that  are  required  to  market  the  Company’s  system  for  the  treatment  of  depression  in  patients  in
Japan and to receive reimbursement coverage at the price range established in the agreement.

On January 22, 2018, the distributor in Japan applied to the Pharmaceutical and Medical Devices Agency (“PMDA”), which is responsible for all
import and export licenses of pharmaceuticals and medical equipment to Japan, for approval of marketing and selling the Company’s systems in
Japan. On January 2019, approval of the PMDA was received.

The  Company  is  currently  working  through  its  distributor  in  Japan  with  the  relevant  bodies  in  Japan  to  update  the  local  society  guidelines  to
include Deep TMS in order to obtain reimbursement coverage under the Japanese National Health Insurance Plan.

F-35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 14: CONTINGENT LIABILITIES, COMMITMENTS AND CHARGES (Continued)

d.

In March 2014, the Company entered into an exclusive marketing and distribution agreement of the Company’s system with a third party in Israel
for  a  maximum  period  of  15  years,  subject  to  meeting  minimum  sales  targets  as  set  in  the  agreement.  In  April  2014,  the  distributor  paid  the
Company a one-time exclusivity fee of NIS 1 million. Effective July 2019, the Company assumed direct operations for customers in Israel, after
terminating its distribution agreement with the third-party distributor, pursuant to which a portion of the exclusivity fee (up to NIS 600 thousand)
was  determined  to  be  refundable  via  annual  payments,  which  depend  on  future  sales.  To  date,  the  Company  paid  a  total  of  NIS  300  thousand
(excluding VAT) of this amount.

e.

License agreements:

1.

In July 2003, Inc signed a license agreement with the agencies of the U.S. Public Health Service within the U.S. Department of Health and
Human Services (“PHS”), according to which the Company was granted an exclusive license to develop, manufacture, make use of, market,
sell and import products and processes to be developed in the framework of the license agreement with respect to TMS and a right to enter
into sublicense agreements, subject to approval of the PHS. In return, Inc is committed to pay PHS earned royalties of 2% (beyond the first
$10  million  in  cumulative  sales,  a  milestone  which  has  passed),  with  a  minimum  annual  royalty  of  $2,000,  subject  to  the  terms  in  the
agreement.

In addition, if Inc enters into a sub-license agreement, it is committed to pay royalties of 8% of the net consideration received for the grant of
the sub-license.

The agreement is valid until the expiration of the last to expire of the licensed patent rights under the agreement. PHS is entitled to cancel the
agreement if Inc does not comply with the conditions detailed in the agreement.

2.

In  June  2005  and  March  2010,  Inc  signed  a  research  and  licensing  agreement  and  addendum  with  Yeda  Research  and  Development
Company  Ltd.  (“Yeda”),  according  to  which  Inc  was  granted  an  exclusive  license  to  intellectual  property  that  can  be  used  for  research,
development, marketing and manufacturing of products in the field of TMS treatment and may have the right to grant sublicenses subject to
conditions specified in the agreement in consideration of royalty payment as follows:

a)

b)

1% of net sales systems based upon certain patents (which include technology licensed from PHS);

3%  for  the  first  $10,000  of  net  sales,  and  2%  for  net  sales  over  $10,000,  for  all  other  Deep  TMS  products  solely  based  on  certain
patents licensed exclusively from Yeda provided however in the event that the products are sold to a sublicensee and are thereafter
sold by such sublicensee, the royalties paid to Yeda will be based on the higher of the net sales by the licensee or the net sales of the
sale by the sublicensee.

F-36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 14: CONTINGENT LIABILITIES, COMMITMENTS AND CHARGES (Continued)

c)

4%-8% of the net cash proceeds that the Company receives in respect of granting sublicenses or options for sublicenses dependent on
the patents licensed.

Royalties are payable at the later of 15 years after the first commercial sale or the patent life (20 years through October 2021). The
agreement expires at the later of: the expiration of the last patent, 15 years after Inc starts to sell products integrating the patent and
after a period of 20 years during which no sales are made.

The license agreement with Yeda may be subject to modifications in the event that the license agreement with PHS is modified (see 1,
above) and may be cancelled based on various conditions, including the cancellation of the PHS agreement.

On February 22, 2018, Inc and Yeda signed an additional addendum to the agreement (the "fifth addendum"), according to which Inc
received the right to examine an additional invention based upon the patent issued in connection with research in the field of rotational
electrical fields owned by Yeda. Under the fifth addendum, the Company has the right to include the aforementioned invention and the
intellectual property accompanying it under the Yeda license agreement.

In January 2020, the Company exercised the right granted to it under the fifth addendum, and accordingly royalties on net sales of
products which are based on the use of the invention and know-how subject to the fifth addendum will be paid to Yeda at increased
rates of 1.6%-2% in addition to the royalties described above and, in certain cases, at a flat rate of 2%. In respect of products under the
fifth addendum that are not based on patents or research results for which the license was granted according to the original agreement
(excluding the fifth addendum), royalties on net sales will be at the fixed rate of 5%.

F-37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 15: EQUITY

a.

Composition of share capital:

Ordinary shares of NIS 0.04 par value each

120,000,000     

33,053,323     

120,000,000     

32,911,134 

December 31, 2022

December 31, 2021

Authorized

Issued and
outstanding

Authorized

Issued and
outstanding

Number of shares

b. Movement in share capital:

Issued and outstanding capital:

Balance as of January 1, 2022
Vesting of restricted shares

Balance as of December 31, 2022

c.

Rights attached to shares:

Number of
shares

NIS par
value

32,911,134     
142,189     

1,316,445 
5,688 

33,053,323     

1,322,133 

Ordinary shares confer their holders’ rights to receive dividends in cash and in Company’s shares, right to nominate the Company’s directors and
rights to participate in distribution of dividends upon liquidation in proportion to their holdings. Also, Ordinary shareholders have one vote at the
shareholders’ meeting such that each share confers one vote to its holder.

F-38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 15: EQUITY (Continued)

d.

Capital management in the Company:

The Company’s capital management objectives are to preserve the Group’s ability to ensure business continuity thereby creating a return for
the shareholders, investors and other interested parties.

The Company is not under any minimal equity requirements, nor is it required to attain a certain level of capital return.

F-39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 16: SHARE-BASED PAYMENT

a.

The expense recognized in the financial statements for services received is shown in the following table:

Equity-settled share-based payment plans to employees, directors and consultants

  $

1,474    $

1,893    $

799 

Year ended
December 31,
2021

2022

2020

b.

The share-based payment transactions that the Company granted to its employees, directors and consultants are shown in the following table:

Range of exercise prices
-
-

4.91
3.87

4.67
3.41

Options outstanding as of
December 31, 2022(*)

Weighted Average
remaining contractual
Term

Weighted Average exercise
price ($)

Options exercisable
December 31, 2022

1,429,600     
120,000     

3.92     
3.48     

4.60     
3.60     

1,319,533 
47,500 

*)       Options and restricted shares.

c.

The fair value of the Company’s options granted for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 was estimated using the Binomial model
with the following assumptions:

Dividend yield (%)
Expected volatility (%)
Risk-free interest rate (%)
Expected exercise factor

2022
-
-
-
2.8

64.44
2.90

33.00
0.06

F-40

Year ended December 31,
2021
-
-
-
2.8

50.49
0.06

64.44
1.59

2020
-
-
-
2.8

76.78
0.62

48.00
0.14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
   
     
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 16: SHARE-BASED PAYMENT (Continued)

d. Movement of options during the year:

Outstanding at January 1,
Granted
Expired
Forfeited
Outstanding at December 31,
Exercisable at December 31,

Year ended December 31,

2022

2021

Number of
options

1,552,383    $
50,000     
(16,000)    
(36,783)    
1,549,600    $
1,367,033    $

Weighted
average
exercise
price(*)
$

Number of
options

Weighted
average
exercise
price(*)
$

4.6     
3.9     
3.3     
4.5     
4.6     
4.4     

1,522,975    $
135,000     
(52,625)    
(52,967)    
1,552,383    $
1,070,917    $

7.5 
4.7 
5.9 
6.8 
4.6 
4.7 

(*)

The exercise price of all options denominated in NIS and was translated to USD in the table above using the exchange rate as of December 31,
2022 and 2021, respectively.

The contractual life of the options is ten years from the grant date. The weighted average remaining contractual life for the options outstanding as
of December 31, 2022 and 2021 was approximately three years and five years, respectively.

During  2021,  the  Company  completed  a  repricing  of  outstanding  options  via  an  exchange  offer  pursuant  to  which  the  Company  exchanged
previously granted options with new options. For those that chose to participate in the exchange, the repricing resulted in an updated exercise
price  of  $4.675  or  NIS  15.26  per  ordinary  share,  and  is  otherwise  subject  to  the  same  expiration  date,  vesting  schedule  and  other  terms  as
previously existed prior to the exchange offer. Several employees chose not to participate in the exchange because their options were subject to a
lower exercise price than that offered in the repricing. Accordingly, the exercise price range for options outstanding as of December 31, 2022 was
NIS 10.61-15.26.

F-41

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 16: SHARE-BASED PAYMENT (Continued)

e.

Movement of restricted shares during the year:

Outstanding at January 1,
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Outstanding at December 31,

2022
Number of

2021
Number of

  Restricted shares   Restricted shares
45,000 
549,730 
(15,000)
(20,200)
559,530 

559,530    $
498,400     
(142,189)    
(146,701)    
769,040    $

F-42

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 17: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

a.

Additional information on revenues:

Revenues reported in the financial statements for each group of similar products and services:

Revenues from lease
Revenues from sale

Revenue

Geographic information:

Year ended
December 31,
2021

13,449    $
16,208     

2022

10,995    $
16,182     

27,177    $

29,657    $

  $

  $

2020

13,628 
8,429 

22,057 

Revenues reported in the financial statements derived from the Company’s country of domicile (Israel) and foreign countries based on the location
of the customers, are as follows:

U.S.
APAC
Europe
Israel
Other

*) Less than 1%

b.

Cost of revenues:

Cost of revenues - lease
Cost of revenues - sales

Cost of revenues

Year ended December 31,

2022

%

2021

%

2020

%

  $

21,223     
4,192     
1,747     
-
15     

  $

79 
15 
6 
-*)   
-*)   

26,094     
-     
2,031     
149     
1,383     

88    $
-     
7     
1     
4     

19,330     
-     
1,847     
150     
730     

88 
- 
8 
1 
3 

  $

27,177     

100 

  $

29,657     

100    $

22,057     

100 

  $

  $

2022

2,202    $
4,927     

7,129    $

Year ended
December 31,
2021

3,090    $
3,509     

6,599    $

2020

3,201 
1,857 

5,058 

F-43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
   
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 17: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (Continued)

c.

Research and development expenses, net:

Salaries and related benefits
Subcontractors
Laboratory materials
Patents
Share-based payment
Travel
Depreciation
Other
Less-Government grants

Research and development expenses, net 

d.

Selling and marketing expenses:

Salaries and related benefits
Agent commissions
Marketing
Travel
Share-based payment

2022

  $

Year ended 
December 31,
2021

2020

4,516    $
1,318     
494     
200     
357     
14     
99     
690     
(10)    

7,678    $

3,580    $
961     
665     
204     
411     
28     
107     
538     
(101)    

6,393    $

2022

Year ended December 31,
2021

2020

10,268    $
425     
5,105     
1,915     
486     

8,887    $
392     
4,782     
1,121     
698     

  $

  $

3,289 
1,530 
275 
288 
182 
2 
87 
383 
(213)

5,823 

6,458 
335 
3,627 
611 
252 

Selling and marketing expenses 

  $

18,199    $

15,880    $

11,283 

F-44

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 17: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (Continued)

e.

General and administrative expenses:

Salaries and related benefits
Professional fees and office expenses
Depreciation
Travel
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Share-based payment

2022

Year ended December 31,
2021

2020

2,324    $
3,310     
312     
11     
281     
616     

6,854    $

2,283    $
2,031     
407     
10     
323     
730     

5,784    $

1,339 
1,609 
351 
17 
1,058 
348 

4,722 

  $

  $

F-45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 17: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (Continued)

f.

Finance income and expense:

Finance income:
Interest-income revaluation of bank deposits
Revaluation of warrants
Exchange rate differences
Finance income 

Finance expense:
Liability in respect of research and development grants
Bank commissions
Exchange rate differences
Interest expense of lease liability
Finance expense 

Finance expense, net

NOTE 18: NET LOSS PER SHARE

Year ended
December 31,
2021

2022

2020

  $

  $

  $

  $

1,109    $
8     
-     
1,117    $

1,148    $
22     
252     
46     
1,468    $

225    $
30     
-     
255    $

1,171    $
81     
363     
60     
1,675    $

351      

1,420      

61 
40 
448 
549 

762 
40 
- 
66 
868 

319  

Number of shares and loss used in the computation of net loss per share:

2022

Year ended December 31,
2021

2020

Loss
Loss
Loss
  attributable to  
  attributable to
  attributable to 
  equity holders   Weighted   equity holders  Weighted   equity holders

of the
Company

number of
shares*)

of the

  Company

number of
shares*)

of the

  Company

  Weighted
number of
shares*)

Used in the computation of basic and diluted net
loss

32,980,997    $

13,349      31,154,258    $

6,462      22,453,025    $

5,385 

*)

Computation of diluted loss per share did not include potential ordinary shares that would result from conversion of outstanding options and
warrants, since their conversion has anti-dilutive effect.

F-46

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 19: BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

a. Balances with interested and related parties:

Composition:

As of December 31, 2022 

Other accounts payable

As of December 31, 2021

Other accounts payable

b.

Benefits to interested and related parties:

  $

  $

Key management
personnel

Other interested
and related parties
66 

14    $

Key management
personnel

Other interested
and related parties
45 

192    $

Salary to those employed by the Company or on its behalf
Directors’ fees to those not employed by the Company or on its behalf

Number of individuals to whom the salary and benefits relate:
Related and interested parties employed by the Company or on its behalf
Directors not employed by the Company

F-47

Year ended
December 31,
2021

2022

2020

762     
280     
3     
5     
8     

885     
148     
3     
5     
8     

769 
60 
2 
6 
8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 19: BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES (Continued)

c.

Key management personnel:

Share-based payment to those employed by the Company or on its behalf
Share-based payment to those not employed by the Company or on its behalf

d.

Transactions with interested and related parties:

Year ended December 31, 2022

Year ended 
December 31,
2021

445     
90     

2022

287     
28     

2020

182 
150 

Research and development expenses
General and administrative expenses

Year ended December 31, 2021

Research and development expenses
General and administrative expenses

  $

  $

  $

  $

F-48

Key management
personnel*)

Other interested
and related parties
81 
308 

107    $
861     

968    $

389 

Key management
personnel (*)

Other interested
and related parties
82 
238 

112    $
1,137     

1,249    $

320 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 19: BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES (Continued)

Key management
personnel*)

Other interested
and related parties
- 
- 
201 
201 

236    $
150     
619     
1,005    $

Year ended December 31, 2020

Research and development expenses
Selling and marketing
General and administrative expenses

  $

  $

 *) Some of the key management personnel are interested parties by virtue of holdings.

e.

For information regarding the fair value of the options granted to directors, see Note 16b.

F-49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 4.3

BrainsWay Ltd.
(The "Company")

Compensation Policy
(the “Policy” or “Compensation Policy”)

As adopted by the Company's Shareholders on December 22, 2021 as amended March 20, 2023.

1. Definitions

“Board”
"Committee"
"Company"
"Companies Law"
"Director"
"Securities Law"
"Subsidiaries"
"Retirement Bonus" - Bonus, payment, compensation or any other benefit awarded to an officer with regard to conclusion of their office with the

- The Company's board of directors;
- The Company's compensation committee;
- BrainsWay Ltd.;
- The Companies Law, 1999, Israel;
- The members of the Board of the Company;
- The Securities Law, 1968, Israel;
- As defined under Section 1 of the Securities Law.

Company;

"Officer"
"Stock Option Plan" - Amended and Restated 2019 Share Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time, or such other equity incentive

- As defined in the Companies Law, excluding the Directors;

“Base Salary”

- A fixed amount paid by the Company to its Officers in return for work performed. Base salary does not include benefits,

plan, including an employee stock purchase plan, adopted by the Company from time to time;

"Cost"

- Cost to the employing entity.

bonuses or any other potential compensation;

2. Overview

2.1.       General

2.1.1. The Compensation Policy considers, inter alia, the Company's risk management parameters, size and nature of its operations and,
with  regard  to  terms  of  office  and  employment  which  include  variable  components,  the  Officer's  long-term  contribution  to
achieving the Company's objectives and to maximizing shareholders value, taking into account the scope and reach of the Officer's
role.

2.1.2. The  Compensation  Policy  was  prepared  with  due  consideration  to  the  nature  of  the  Company’s  operations  in  the  life-sciences
sector,  territories  where  the  Company  operates,  market  capitalization  on  the  applicable  stock  exchange  or  trading  platforms  on
which the Company's ordinary shares and American Depository Shares (“ADS”) are then listed or traded, as well as other criteria.
The  compensation  amounts  and  ratios  are  generally  based  on  a  survey  conducted  by  Compvision  Ltd.  for  the  Company,  which
refers to the different positions, both Israeli and international comparison group and reflect a market benchmark for the Company.

2.1.3. The compensation principles, targets and benchmarks are derived, inter alia, form the Company's annual work plan and from long-

term plans as determined by the Board from time to time.

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.1.4. For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that in case of any amendment made to provisions of the Companies Law and any other
relevant  rules  and  regulations  in  a  manner  that  will  facilitate  the  Company  with  respect  to  its  action  with  regard  to  Officer
compensation, the Company may be entitled to follow these provisions even if they contradict the principles of this Policy.

2.2.       Overall Compensation - Ratio Between Fixed and Variable Compensation

2.2.1. This Policy aims to balance the mix of "fixed compensation", comprised of Base Salary and benefits (“Fixed Compensation") and
"variable  compensation",  comprised  of  cash  bonuses  and  equity-based  compensation  (“Variable  Compensation")  in  order  to,
among other things, appropriately incentivize Officers and Directors to meet BrainsWay's short and long term goals while taking
into consideration the Company’s need to manage a variety of business risks.

2.2.2. The total Variable Compensation of each Officer shall not exceed 85% of the total compensation package of such an Officer on an
annual  basis.  The  Board  believes  that  such  range  expresses  the  appropriate  compensation  mix  in  the  event  that  all  performance
objectives are achieved and assumes that all compensation elements are granted with respect to a given year.

2.2.3.

It should be clarified, that the Fixed Compensation may constitute 100% of the total compensation package for an Officer in any
year (under circumstances in which a variable component will not be approved for that year and/or in the event of a failure to meet
the set goals, if and when determined).

2.3.     Intra-Company Compensation Ratio

In  the  process  of  drafting  this  Policy,  BrainsWay’s  Board  has  examined  the  ratio  between  employer  cost,  as  such  term  is  defined  in  the
Companies Law, associated with the engagement of the Officers (the “Officers Cost") and the average and median employer cost associated
with the engagement of the other employees of BrainsWay (the “Other Employees Cost" and the “Ratio", respectively). The Board believes
that  the  current  Ratio  does  not  adversely  impact  the  work  environment  in  BrainsWay.  The  following  are  the  ratios  as  of  the  date  of  the
approval of this Compensation Policy:

Position

CEO
Other Officers
Directors

2.4.     Compensation Components

Ratio to average Other
Employees Cost
12.13
3.21
5.73

Ratio to the median Other
Employees Cost

14.62
3.34
8.77

Compensation components will include each of the following
a.      Base Salary;
b.      Benefits;
c.      Cash bonuses;
d.      Equity based compensation;
e.      Retirement and termination; and
f.       Exemption, Indemnification and Insurance.

2.5. Compensation Currency

While  the  Company's  employment  agreements  and/or  consulting  agreements  may  be  in  NIS,  USD  or  any  other  currency,  the  Company's
compensation  costs  (including  salaries,  benefits  and  consulting)  are  reported  in  the  Company's  financial  statements  in  USD.  Thus,  all
compensation  components  are  presented  in  this  policy  in  USD.  Conversion  from  USD  to  the  relevant  currency  for  the  purposes  of
complying with this Policy shall be made when determining and approving a specific compensation component.

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.6.

Interpretation

The language of this Compensation Policy uses the male pronoun only as a measure of comfort. This Policy applies to both male and female
Officers.

3. Officers' areas of responsibility, education and experience

The compensation package to the Officers and Directors is individually determined by the Committee and the Board (unless other approvals are
required  under  any  applicable  law)  according  to  the  educational  background,  prior  vocational  experience,  qualifications,  role,  business
responsibilities, past performance and previous compensation arrangements of such Officer.

4. Base Salary

4.1.      Position: Company CEO

The annual Base Salary for the Company CEO shall be up to USD $550,000 for a full-time position.1

4.2.

Position: Officers (other than CEO)

The annual Base Salary for each Officer (other than CEO) shall not exceed an amount of US $425,0002.

4.3.

Position: Directors

4.3.1. Chairman of the Board (the “Chairman”)

The monthly remuneration of the chairman of the Board of Directors in the Company shall not exceed an annual cash fee retainer
of US $280,000 (for full-time position). The monthly wage shall be reduced in a linear manner in the case of a reduction in the
scope of the position.

4.3.2. Other Directors

4.3.2.1. All BrainsWay's Board members, excluding the chairman of the Board, may be entitled to an annual cash fee retainer
of  up  to  USD  $50,000,  BrainsWay  committee  membership  annual  cash  fee  retainer  of  up  to  USD  $15,000,  and
committee chairperson annual cash fee retainer of up to USD $20,000 (not to be paid both as committee member and
chairperson).

4.3.2.2.

In addition to the above, to the extent a Director is tasked to assist the Company's management on special and strategic
projects or matters requiring specialized expertise and/or significant additional time beyond the scope expected within
a Director’s regular responsibilities, such Director shall be entitled to a monthly amount of up to US $15,000 for each
full month in which the Director assisted with said project/matter.

4.3.3.

In  spite  of  the  above,  the  compensation  of  the  Company’s  external  directors,  if  any,  shall  be  in  accordance  with  the  Companies
Regulations (Rules Regarding the Compensation and Expenses of an External Director), 5760-2000, as amended by the Companies
Regulations  (Relief  for  Public  Companies  Traded  in  Stock  Exchange  Outside  of  Israel),  5760-2000,  as  such  regulations  may  be
amended from time to time.

1

2

This amount is not intended as a reflection of current market value for the indicated role; rather it is expressed as an upper limit to ensure appropriate
flexibility, including such as required to meet future needs of the Company.
This amount is not intended as a reflection of current market value for the indicated role; rather it is expressed as an upper limit to ensure appropriate
flexibility, including such as required to meet future needs of the Company.

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.3.4.

It is hereby clarified that the compensation (and limitations) stated under Section 4.3.2.1 will not apply to directors who serve as
Officers  or  consultants  of  the  Company,  and  in  such  case  the  compensation  shall  be  on  the  terms  agreed  upon  between  such
director with the Company and duly approved under applicable law.

4.4. Officers Benefits

4.4.1. The following benefits may be granted to Officers in order, among other things, to comply with legal requirements:

·

·

·

Vacation days in accordance with market practice and applicable law, including redemption thereof;

Sick days in accordance with market practice and applicable law;

Convalescence pay according to applicable law;

· Monthly  remuneration  for  a  study  fund,  as  allowed  by  applicable  law  and  with  reference  to  the  Company's  practice  and

common market practice;

·

·

Contribution by the Company on behalf of the Officer to an insurance policy or a pension fund, as allowed by applicable
law and with reference to the Company's policies and procedures and common market practice; and

Contribution by the Company on behalf of the Officer towards work disability insurance, as allowed by applicable law and
with reference to the Company's policies and procedures and common market practice.

4.4.2. The Company may offer additional benefits to the Officers, including but not limited to: communication, company car and travel
benefits, insurances, other benefits (such as newspaper subscriptions, academic and professional studies, etc.) including their gross
up.

4.5. Expenses Reimbursement

The  Company  CEO  and  all  other  Officers  and  Directors  will  be  entitled  to  reimbursement  of  reasonable  per  diem  (“שא"ל”)  expenses
incurred in the course of discharging its office, including expenses with respect to attending meetings, travel and entertainment expenses,
against provision of receipts, Director declaration, and/or such other reasonable documentation as may be requested. The Company may pay
such expenses by credit card. Expense reimbursement for overseas travel will be in conformity with the Company's policy.

4.6. Non-Material Change

A  change  in  the  fixed  compensation  of  the  CEO,  which  was  approved  by  the  Committee  and  the  Board,  shall  be  considered  to  be  non-
material  according  to  section  272(d)  so  long  as  it  does  not  exceed  10%  of  the  fixed  compensation,  and  all  within  the  framework  of  the
Policy.

According to section 1B3 to the Companies Regulations (Relief in Transactions with Related Parties), 2000, non-material changes in the
terms  of  employment  of  an  officer  who  is  subject  to  the  CEO,  will  not  require  Committee  approval,  as  stated  in  section  272(d)  to  the
Companies Law. For these purposes, a change shall be considered to be non-material so long as the change in the compensation does not
exceed 10% of the fixed compensation and has been approved by the CEO, and all within the framework of the Policy.

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5. Cash Bonuses

5.1.      Company-Wide Threshold Conditions for Annual Target Bonus Payment

The following cumulative conditions (the “Company-Wide Threshold Conditions”) must be fulfilled by the Company in order for Officers
to qualify for an Annual Target Bonus in any given year:

5.1.1. Adherence to at least 80% of the parameters of the Bonus Goals (as defined below); and

5.1.2. The Company does not have negative cash flow or other circumstances which would endanger its ability to meet its liabilities over

the course of the following 18 months (after payment of the proposed bonuses.)

5.2. Annual Target Bonus

5.2.1. Allocation Criteria. The Company may award (subject to the approvals of the Committee and the Board) an annual bonus to its
Officers due to their contribution to the Company. The annual bonus to the Company’s Officers (the “Annual Target Bonus”) shall
be  determined  substantially  based  on  measurable  criteria,  and  with  respect  to  its  less  significant  part  may  be  determined  at  the
discretion of the Committee and the Board, in accordance with the following breakdown:

Position

Company/Individual Performance
Measures

Company’s Discretion

CEO
Other Officers

75%-100%
75%-100%

0%-25%
0%-25%

5.2.2. The measurable criteria and their relative weight shall be determined by the Committee and the Board in respect of each calendar
year. These measurable criteria will be based on, inter alia, the Company’s financial results, the scope of the Company’s business
activity, the CEO’s opinion on the contribution of the Officer to the Company, the distribution of the annual bonus over the year,
objectives  relating  to  compliance  with  the  Company’s  work  plans  and  with  various  budget  objectives,  including,  inter  alia,
compliance  with  objectives  relating  to  revenues,  expenses,  investments,  etc.,  meeting  various  financial  objectives,  such  as
objectives  relating  to  the  annual  profit  (net  profit,  pre-tax  profit,  etc.)  and  the  Company’s  EBITDA,  objectives  relating  to  the
recruitment and development of professional personnel, objectives relating to raising investments, debt, etc., objectives relating to
the  Company’s  business  operations  and  the  Company’s  operations  as  a  company  traded  on  NASDAQ,  objectives  relating  to  the
realization of the Company’s assets, the acquisition of new activities and/or companies and objectives relating to an increase of the
return on the Company’s assets (the “Bonus Goals”).

5.2.3. Maximum Amount. The maximum amount for the Annual Target Bonus that may be paid in any fiscal year shall not exceed six (6)
monthly  Base  Salaries  (equivalent  to  50%  of  the  Base  Salary  on  an  annualized  basis)  to  the  CEO,  and  five  (5)  monthly  Base
Salaries (equivalent to 41.66% of the Base Salary on an annualized basis) to any other Officer.

5.2.4. Minimum  Personal  Achievement  Threshold  for  Annual  Target  Bonus.  In  addition  to  satisfaction  by  the  Company  of  the  above-
mentioned Company-Wide Threshold Conditions, in order for an individual Officer to qualify for any portion of the Annual Target
Bonus in any given year, the Officer must have achieved at least 50% of the bonus criteria that have been specified for such Officer
by the Company in such year.

5.2.5. Overachievement Bonus. In the event of overachievement (satisfaction of over 100%) of the bonus criteria by an Officer or CEO
that have been specified for such Officer by the Company in a given year, the Company may pay out an additional amount of up to
four (4) monthly Base Salaries (equivalent to 33.33% of the Base Salary on an annualized basis) to the CEO, and an additional
amount of up to three (3) monthly Base Salaries (equivalent to 25% of the Base Salary on an annualized basis) to any other Officer
(the “Overachievement Bonus”).

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.3.

Special Bonus

5.3.1.

In addition to the Annual Target Bonus and the Overachievement Bonus , the Company (subject to the approvals of the Committee
and the Board)) shall have the authority to grant Officers, on a per event basis, a special bonus (a “Special Bonus”) as an award for
the following: (i) special contribution (outstanding personal achievement, outstanding personal effort, and/or outstanding Company
performance,  such  as  related  to  mergers  and  acquisitions,  offerings,  or  special  recognition  in  case  of  retirement);  (ii)  relocation
overseas (i.e. conditioned upon continued employment with the Company, the Company may reimburse an Officer for his or her
actual reasonable relocation expenses when relocating to another country or state, and upon return), and/or; (iii) talent attraction
purposes (e.g such as for a “hiring,” “sign-on” or “inducement” bonus), all at the full discretion of the Committee and the Board
(and with respect to the CEO, also the Company’s general meeting of shareholders, as required).

5.3.2. Maximum Special Bonus Amount. The maximum amount for the Special Bonus that may be paid an in any fiscal year shall not
exceed  six  (6)  monthly  Base  Salaries  (equivalent  to  50%  of  the  Base  Salary  on  an  annualized  basis)  to  the  CEO,  and  five  (5)
monthly Base Salaries (equivalent to 41.66% of the Base Salary on an annualized basis) to any other Officer.

5.3.3. Maximum Payout Cap. The aggregate amount of any Special Bonus, the Annual Target Bonus and the Overachievement Bonus
awarded to each Officer on an annualized basis3, as calculated at grant date, shall not exceed 200% of Base Salary on an annual
basis of such Officer, as the case may be (the “Maximum Aggregate Cap”).

5.3.4. Form of Consideration. Any bonuses allowed under this policy may be paid out in any form of consideration that the Company

deems appropriate.

5.4. Bonus upon Termination during a Fiscal Year

Except in the event of termination for cause as that term as defined in the Company’s policies, procedures and/or agreements, should the
Company terminate the employment or service of an Officer prior to the end of a fiscal year, the Company may, but is not obligated to, pay
the Officer the pro rata share of that fiscal year’s annual bonus, based on the period such Officer was employed by the Company or has
served in the Company, and based on the Officer’s satisfaction of the applicable performance metrics.

5.5. Compensation Recovery (“Clawback”):

5.5.1.

In the event of an accounting restatement, the Company shall be entitled to recover from its Officers the bonus compensation in the
amount in which such bonus exceeded what would have been paid under the financial statements, as restated, provided that a claim
is made by the Company prior to the third anniversary of fiscal year end of the restated financial statements.

5.5.2. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, subject to compliance with applicable law, the compensation recovery will not be triggered in the

following events:

·

·

·

The financial restatement is required due to changes in the applicable financial reporting standards; or

The Committee has determined that Clawback proceedings in the specific case would be impossible, impractical or not
commercially or legally efficient; or

The amount to be paid under the Clawback proceedings is less than 10% of the relevant bonus received by the Officer.

3

Taking into consideration the vesting period of any grant.

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.5.3. Nothing in this Section limits the Company’s obligation to comply with any “Clawback” or similar provisions regarding disgorging

of profits imposed on Officers by virtue of applicable securities laws.

5.6. Committee and Board Discretion

The  Company's  Committee  and  Board  may  reduce  the  bonus  awarded  to  an  Officer  at  their  discretion,  including  under  the  following
circumstances: material deterioration of the Company's position or such material deterioration anticipated by the Board, deterioration in the
state of the economy, deterioration in the performance of the Officer or inappropriate conduct by the Officer.

6. Equity-Based Compensation

6.1. The Committee and the Board shall review from time to time the overall equity-based grant for all Officers. When doing so, the Committee
and the Board shall take into consideration: (1) each Officer's (including Board members) contribution to the Company including expected
contribution; and (2) creating an effective long-term incentive to harness and motivate Officers.

6.2. The equity-based compensation offered by the Company may be in the form of share options, restricted shares and/or other equity-based
awards,  such  as  RSUs,  in  accordance  with  the  then-  current  Stock  Option  Plan.  The  total  equity  grants  to  employees,  directors  and
consultants of the Company that are still subject to any share incentive plan of the Company at any given time will not exceed a rate of 10%
of the Company’s issued and outstanding share capital on a fully diluted basis.

6.3.

Subject to any applicable law and at the Committee and the Board’s discretion, as applicable, the Company may determine the tax regime
under which equity-based compensation may be granted, including a tax regime which will maximize the benefit to the Officers.

6.4. The  fair  market  value  of  equity-based  compensation  awarded  to  each  Officer  on  an  annual  basis4,  as  calculated  at  grant  date,  shall  not
exceed 200% of Base Salary on an annual basis of such Officer, as the case may be. Such quantity shall not include the annual implication
of prior equity allocations made in previous years.

6.5. The fair market value of equity-based compensation awarded to each non-management director (including the chairman) in a given year5, as
calculated at grant date, shall not exceed 400% of the annual cash fee retainer of such director, as the case may be. Such quantity shall not
include the annual implication of prior equity allocations made in previous years.

6.6.

In the case of a grant of options, the exercise price for each option shall be determined based on the closing price of the Company’s ADSs6
on the NASDAQ exchange on the day prior to the approval by the Board (or if authorized, the Committee), or by the shareholders meeting
(if required).

6.7. All equity-based incentives granted to Officers and Directors shall be subject to vesting periods in order to promote long-term retention of
such recipients. Generally, grants of equity under ordinary circumstances shall vest over a period of four (4) years, starting on the Officer or
director's  grant  date,  as  follows:  (i)  Twenty-five  percent  (25%)  of  the  Options  shall  vest  on  the  first  year  anniversary  of  the  Vesting
Commencement Date; and (ii) The remainder portion of the Options shall vest in equal quarterly installments at the end of each quarter over
the  following  thirty-six  (36)  months,  such  that  all  the  Options  shall  be  fully  vested  on  the  four  (4)  year  anniversary  of  the  Vesting
Commencement Date.

4
5
6

Taking into consideration the vesting period of any grant.
Taking into consideration the vesting period of any grant.
As of the date of the drafting of this policy, one (1) ADS is equivalent to two (2) ordinary shares of the Company. Thus, for example, assuming this ratio
remains in place, a grant of options to purchase 1,000 ordinary shares would be subject to an exercise price of half the closing ADS price on the
NASDAQ exchange on the day prior to the required approval.

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.8.

In  extraordinary  circumstances,  equity  grants  to  Officers  (excluding  Directors)  may  be  subject  to  vesting  period  equal  to  shorter  vesting
periods  of  at  least  two  (2)  years.  Grants  to  directors  shall  vest  over  a  period  of  at  least  one  (1)  year.  Such  grants  may  be  vested  on  a
quarterly,  semi-annual  or  an  annual  basis,  or  based  on  other  time  periods  (which  may  not  be  necessarily  equal),  as  determined  by  the
Company  (subject  to  the  approvals  of  the  Committee  and  the  Board,  and  with  respect  to  the  Company's  directors  and  CEO-  also  the
Company's general meeting of shareholders). The Company (subject to the abovementioned required approvals) may, but is not required to,
condition the vesting of part or all of the equity-based incentives, for some or all of its Officers, upon the achievement of predetermined
performance goals. The Company (subject to the abovementioned required approvals) may also set terms relating to vesting in connection
with an Officer leaving the Company (due to a dismissal, resignation, death, or disability). All other terms of the equity awards shall be in
accordance with the Stock Option Plan and other related practices and policies.

7. Retirement and Termination

7.1.      Severance pay: in the case of termination (other than termination of an Officer for cause), the Officer will be eligible to receive severance

pay in accordance with any applicable law.

7.2. Notice period:

7.2.1. The Company may give an Officer a notice period of up to three (3) months, provided that the termination of employment of such

officer happened without cause.

7.2.2. The  Company  may  waive  the  Officer's  services  to  the  Company  during  the  notice  period  or  any  part  thereto  and  may  pay  the

amount payable in lieu of notice, plus the value of benefits and bonuses, even in case of immediate termination.

7.3. Non-compete  bonus:  Subject  to  compliance  with  applicable  laws,  the  Company  may  grant  an  Officer  a  bonus  upon  termination  of
employment in return for a commitment by the Officer not to compete with Company business. The extent of the non-compete commitment
would be determined by the Company's Committee and Board. Such bonus shall be calculated according to a key of up to two (2) monthly
Base Salaries for each three (3) months of non-compete period and shall not exceed a total of twelve (12) monthly Base Salaries.

7.4. Retirement bonus: the Company may grant an Officer a retirement bonus upon termination without cause of employment. The retirement

bonus shall not exceed twelve (12) monthly Base Salaries for Officers that engaged with the Company for over twelve (12) months.

Such retirement bonus, if applicable, shall be awarded based on the Officer's tenure, the Company's achievements during the relevant period
and the Officer's contribution to such achievements, and the circumstances of such Officer's retirement from the Company.

7.5. Change of Control: the Company may grant an Officers a bonus if its office is terminated or deemed terminated by the Company within
twelve (12) months following a "change of control" (as defined in a Stock Option Plan approved by the Committee and the Board) upon
such  conditions  determined  by  the  Committee  and  the  Board.  The  bonus  shall  not  exceed  twelve  (12)  monthly  Base  Salaries  for  each
Officer. It is clarified that a sale of the majority of the assets of the Company shall not be deemed as a “Change of Control” if after such sale
the remaining assets held by the Company are not materially different than at the time the Officer was hired.

7.6.

For the avoidance of doubt, all of the above bonuses (i.e. in this section 7) may be applied on an accumulative and not necessarily on an
independent  basis,  save  for  the  non-competition,  which  if  applies  is  to  the  exclusion  of  the  other  termination  provisions  (except  for  the
notice period).

8. Exemption, Insurance, and Indemnification

8.1. General:  In  addition  to  its  compensation  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  Policy,  each  Officer  shall  be  entitled  to  exemption,
insurance and indemnification subject to the limitation and the approvals under of any applicable law and the provisions of this Policy.

In this Section 8 “Officers” shall include “Directors”.

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8.2. Exemption  (Waiver  of  liability):  the  Company  may  waive  the  Officer's  liability  for  any  damage  incurred  by  the  Company,  directly  or
indirectly, due to any breach of the Officer's due care duty towards the Company and/or any affiliated entity by its action and pursuant to his
position as an Officer.

8.3. Officer Liability Insurance (claims made): the Company shall obtain a D&O liability insurance policy for its and its Subsidiaries Officers,
from time to time, subject to the following terms and conditions: (a) the total insurance coverage under the insurance policy shall not exceed
US  $100  million;  and  (b)  the  purchase  of  such  policy  shall  be  approved  by  the  Committee  which  shall  determine  that  such  policy  costs
reflect the current market conditions, and it shall not materially affect the Company's profitability, assets or liabilities.

8.4. Officer’s liability insurance (run-off): should the Company sell its operations (in whole or in part) and/or in case of merger, spin-off or any
other  significant  business  combination  involving  the  Company  and/or  part  or  all  of  its  assets  or  any  other  occasion  which  terminates  its
D&O insurance, the Company may obtain an Officer’s liability insurance policy (run-off/tail) with regard to the relevant operations, subject
to the following terms and conditions: (a) the insurance term shall not exceed 7 years; (b) the coverage amount shall not exceed US $100
million; and (c) the purchase of such policy shall be approved by the Committee which shall determine that such policy reflects the current
market conditions, and it shall not materially affect the Company's profitability, assets or liabilities

8.5.

Indemnification in advance: the Company may provide a commitment to indemnify in advance any Officer of the Company in the course of
its position as Officer of the Company and its Subsidiaries thereof, all subject to the terms of the letter of indemnification, as approved by
the Company' from time to time.

8.6. Retroactive indemnification: the Company may provide retroactive indemnification to any Officer to the extent allowed by the Companies

Law.

8.7. The Officers shall be entitled to receive from the Company a note of exemption and indemnification in accordance with the than customary

and approved exemption and indemnification.

9. Engagement as a contractor or through a management company

The  Company  may  engage  an  Officer  as  an  independent  contractor  rather  than  as  a  salaried  employee.  In  such  a  case,  the  maximum  cost  of
employment would be calculated based on the maximum cost for a salaried employee in a similar position, and guidelines of the Compensation
Policy would apply to such an officer, mutatis mutandis.

10. Miscellaneous

10.1. The Committee and the Board are responsible for the management of the compensation plan and its implementation and all of the actions
required  therefor  including  the  authority  to  interpret  the  provisions  of  the  compensation  policy  in  any  event  of  doubt  with  regard  to  the
implementation.

10.2. It is emphasized that nothing in that stated in this compensation policy shall prejudice existing agreements and/or binding practices (if any)

between the Company and the officers prior to approval of this compensation policy.

10.3. In the event of any change in the relevant law or any other relevant rules and regulations or the in interpretation therewith, which is more
lenient than the provisions of this compensation policy, the Committee and the Board shall be entitled to adopt the more lenient provisions
to  follow  these  provisions  even  if  they  contradict  the  principles  of  this  Policy,  and  this  without  requiring  approval  of  the  shareholders
meeting of the Company in connection therewith.

10.4. The  Committee  and  the  Board  will  examine  from  time  to  time  the  compensation  policy  and  the  need  for  its  adjustment  in  the  face  of  a

material change of the circumstances which had prevailed when it was determined or for other reasons.

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.5. The Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer shall be responsible for the actual Implementation of this Policy and

shall report immediately regarding to any issues relating thereto to the Committee and the Board.

10.6. During the effectiveness period of this policy, an internal review over the Implementation of the policy by the Company.

10.7. The US Dollar-New Israeli Shekel exchange rate, or any other exchange rate, shall be calculated as the rate on the date of the engagement of

the beneficiary with the Company or the date upon which the actual grant is made/approved (the “Exchange Rate Date").

10.8. Changes  may  occur  in  the  identity  of  Officers  from  year  to  year,  and  persons  who  served  as  Officers  in  one  year  and  whose  terms  of
employment or office were subject to this Compensation Policy may not necessarily continue to serve as Officers in subsequent years, and
thus, their terms of employment or office would not be subject to this Compensation Policy, and vice versa. Moreover, the Company may
revise the terms of employment or office of any Officer at any time, and is under no obligation to apply the same terms of employment or
office to any Officer applied to them in previous years.

10.9. This Policy shall not confer any right on Officers to whom this Compensation Policy applies, nor on any other third party, to receive any

compensation whatsoever.

10.10. Note, for the sake of clarification, that the content of this policy does not detract from provisions of the Companies Law with regard to the

manner of approval of contracting between the Company and any Officer or Director with regard to its terms.

10.11. Any payment made to Officers pursuant to compensation plans, in addition to the fixed compensation component, is not and shall not be
deemed part of the Officer's regular pay for all intents and purposes, and shall not form basis for calculation and/or eligibility and/or accrual
of any benefits and will not, notwithstanding the foregoing, be a component included in payment of paid leave, severance pay, contributions
to provident funds, etc.

10.12. It is hereby clarified that the amounts and benefits described in this document apply across all geographic jurisdictions.

10.13. As part of the approval process of each annual plan, with its various components, changes to Company objectives, market conditions, the
Company's  position,  etc.  would  be  reviewed  annually  by  the  Board.  Consequently,  the  targets,  benchmarks  and  compensation  targets  for
each plan would be reviewed annually, and their actual application would be subject to change based on decisions made by the Board from
time to time.

* * *

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 4.6

Amendment to Employment Agreement

between

BrainsWay and

Hadar Levy
------------------------------------------------------

This  Amendment  (the  “Amendment”)  is  made  as  of  the  date  last  set  forth  below  by  Brain  Research  and  Development  Services,  Ltd.  and/or  its  affiliates
(collectively, “BrainsWay” or “Employer”) and Mr. Hadar Levy (“Executive”), with respect to the Employment Agreement previously entered into on April
13, 2022 (the “Original Agreement”).

Considering Mr. Levy’s appointment to the role of Chief Executive Officer effective February 13, 2023, and pursuant to the duly approved resolutions of the
Board of Directors and shareholders of BrainsWay LTD., the parties agree as follows:

1. The parties hereby agree that effective as of February 13, 2023, the terms and conditions reflected in “Annex A” hereto shall supersede and

replace Exhibit A to the Original Agreement.

2. Except as otherwise stated in this amendment and/or in Annex A hereto, the terms and conditions set forth in the Original Agreement, a copy of

which is attached hereto as Annex B, shall continue to apply in full force and affect.

3. Mr. Levy’s employment agreement, as modified herein, shall be subject to such additional policies, procedures, and all rules, regulations, and

laws applicable to and/or governing his new role as contemplated herein.

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED,

By BrainsWay

Signature:
Name/Title:
Date:

By Executive

Signature:
Name:
Date:

Ami Boehm, Chairman
22.03.23

Hadar Levy
22.03.23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Replaces Exhibit A (page 6) to the previous Employment Agreement with Hadar Levy dated April 13, 2022)

ANNEX  A

EFFECTIVE AS OF FEBRUARY 13, 2023, THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THIS ANNEX A SHALL SUPERSEDE ALL OTHER TERMS IN THE
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

1. Name of Executive
2. ID No. of Executive

3. Role/Title
4. Effective Date:
  5. Notice Period:

6. Scope of Position
7. Monthly Base Salary:
8. Global Overtime Pay (per month):
9. Number of Overtime hours per month
10. Amount of vacation Days per Year:
11. Sick Leave Days per Year:
12. Keren Hishtalmut (Educational Fund)

  13. Car Allowance

14. Bonus

15. Equity

Hadar Levy

Chief Executive Officer
February 13, 2023
If terminated by Company (i.e. without Cause) within two years February 13, 2023, a 6 month Notice
Period shall apply.
If terminated by Company (i.e. without Cause) thereafter, a 4 month Notice Period shall apply
100%
68,000 NIS
17,000 NIS
40
23
Per Applicable Law.
Entitled
Senior Level Executive (in accordance with any company policies and procedures as may be amended
from time to time)
Target Annual Bonus not to exceed six (6) months of then current base salary based on achievement of
the milestones, goals and targets to be set each year by the Board; Subject to compensation policy.

A  new  grant  of  320,000  options  to  purchase  Ordinary  Sharers  of the Company, at an exercise price
equal to the closing price per share on the last trading day prior to the date of shareholder approval,
subject  to  standard  terms  in  the  company's  Amended  and  Restated  2019  Share  Incentive  Plan  and
compliance with all applicable laws. The options  will  vest  over  a  period  of  four  years  beginning  on
February 13, 2023, with the first 25% vesting on the last date of the 12 month period following the
vesting commencement date, and with the remaining 75% vesting in 12 equal portions – each upon the
last  day  of  every  three  month  period  thereafter  until  the  options  are  fully  vested,  provided  that,  the
options will only vest at the designated time if Mr. Levy continues to be employed with the Company
at the time of each such scheduled vesting. In the event that a Change of Control (as defined herein)
occurs, with respect to any options in this grant that have not yet vested as of the date of the Change of
Control, the vesting date of such unvested options shall be accelerated to the day immediately prior to
the  Change  of  Control.  For  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  in  the  event  of  such  Change  of  Control,  the
exercise  price  shall  remain  unchanged  as  set  forth  above.  “Change  of  Control”  means  (i)  the
acquisition,  directly  or  indirectly,  by  any  person  or  entity,  in  one  transaction  or  a  series  of  related
transactions, of securities of the Company representing in excess of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
combined voting power on the Company’s board or of the Company’s then outstanding securities, if
such person/entity or his or its affiliate(s) do not own in excess of 50% of such voting power on the
date of this grant, or (ii) the future disposition by the Company (whether direct or indirect, by sale of
assets or stock, merger, consolidation or otherwise) of all or substantially all of their business and/or
assets in one transaction or series of related transactions (other than a merger effected exclusively for
the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company).

To be memorialized in a in standard options agreement between the parties, subject to the terms and
conditions therein.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ANNEX B

[Original Agreement]

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
THIS PERSONAL EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made this  13th day of April 2022 by and between Brain  R&D  Services,  Ltd.,
corporate  number  513443788,  whose  registered  address  is  19  Hartum  Street,  HarHotzvim,  Jerusalem,  Israel  (the  “Company”)  and  Hadar  Levy  (I.D. 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

) (the “Executive”).

WHEREAS      the Company wishes to employ an employee in the position set forth hereunder; and

WHEREAS      the parties agree to enter into this Agreement which will replace any prior agreements and understandings, written, oral or otherwise between
the parties effective as of   1   day of August 2022 (the “Commencement Date”); and

WHEREAS      the Executive has declared that he has the required knowledge, experience and expertise to fulfill the said position under the terms set forth
herein; and

WHEREAS       the  Company  wishes,  based  on  the  Executive’s  aforementioned  declaration,  to  employ  the  Executive,  and  the  Executive  wishes  to  be
employed by the Company, as of the Commencement Date (as such term is defined hereunder); and

WHEREAS      the parties desire to state the entire terms and conditions of the Executive’s employment by the Company, as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises, covenants and other agreements contained herein, the parties hereby agree as
follows:

1.           Contents of Agreement/Definitions

1.1.

The preamble and the exhibits to this Agreement constitute an integral part hereof and are hereby incorporated by reference.

1.2.

The headings in this Agreement are for the purpose of convenience only and shall not be used for the purposes of interpretation.

1.3.

This Agreement is in lieu of the notification of the terms of employment that is required under the applicable law.

1.4.

The  Executive  represents  that  no  provision  of  any  law,  regulation,  agreement  or  other  document  prohibits  him  from  entering  into  this
Agreement.

2.           Employment and Position

2.1.

The  Executive’s  employment  with  the  Company  shall  continue  for  an  unlimited  period,  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this
Agreement.

2.2. Company hereby agrees to employ Executive; and Executive hereby agrees to be employed by Company in the position as described in

Exhibit A hereto (the “Position”).

3.           Executive’s Duties

           Executive affirms and undertakes throughout the term of this Agreement:

3.1.

To devote his entire working time, know-how, expertise, talent, experience and best efforts to the business and affairs of the Company and
to the performance of his duties to the Company.

3.2.

To perform and discharge well and faithfully, with devotion, honesty and fidelity, his obligations pursuant to his Position.

3.3. Not to receive, at any time, whether during the term of this Agreement and/or at any time thereafter, directly or indirectly, any payment,
benefit and/or other consideration, from any third party in connection with his employment with the Company, without the Company’s prior
written authorization.

3.4.

To  immediately  and  without  delay  inform  the  Company  of  any  affairs  and/or  matters  that  might  constitute  a  conflict  of  interest  with
Executive’s  Position  and/or  employment  with  Company  (including  its  affiliates)  and/or  the  interests  of  the  Company  (including  its
affiliates).

Page 1 of 13 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
3.5. Not, without the prior written authorization of the Company, to publish or distribute to anyone outside the Company any information or
material  attributed  to  the  Company  (including  its  affiliates)  or  in  which  the  Executive  is  identified  as  the  employee  of  the  Company
(including its affiliates).

3.6. Not to submit any proposal to any present or prospective client of the Company (including its affiliates), either orally or in writing, without

the prior written approval by the Company.

3.7. Not to identify any client of the Company (or of the Company’s affiliates) to anyone outside the Company (including its affiliates) without

the prior written permission of the relevant client or the Company.

3.8. Upon the request of the Company, to execute any document with any of the Company’s affiliates, as may be required by the Company from

time to time, as is reasonable for business purposes or in pursuit of the Company’s business interests.

3.9. Not,  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the  Company,  to  undertake  or  accept  any  other  paid  or  unpaid  employment  or  occupation  or
engage in or be associated with, directly or indirectly, any other businesses, duties or pursuits except for de minimis non-commercial or
non-business activities.

3.10. To comply with all the Company’s disciplinary regulations, work-rules, policies, procedures and objectives, as in effect from time to time.

3.11. To adhere to any applicable law or provision, pertaining to his employment.

3.12. To protect the good name of the Company and not to perform any act that may bring the Company into disrepute.

3.13. Agrees to the transfer of any information concerning the Executive and held by the Company to a database (including a database located
abroad)  and  to  third  parties  in  general,  as  is  reasonable  for  business  purposes  or  in  pursuit  of  the  Company’s  business  interests  (which
include, without limitation, human resources management and assessment of potential transactions).

3.14. To comply with the Company’s Policy for Prevention of Sexual Harassment at the Workplace, as appears on the Company’s Notice Board,

and undertakes to act in accordance with said policy.

3.15. To  keep  the  contents  of  this  Agreement  confidential  and  not  to  disclose  the  existence  or  contents  of  this  Agreement  to  any  third  party

without the prior written consent of the Company.

4.           Time and Attention

4.1.

Location.  The  Executive  will  work  at  the  premises  of  the  Company,  wherever  they  shall  be  located  from  time  to  time,  or  any  other
reasonable location, as decided by the Company in its sole discretion.

4.2. Hours  and  Days  of  Work.  In  general,  work  for  the  Company  shall  be  performed  on  Sunday  through  Thursday,  unless  determined  and
instructed otherwise by the Company, as set forth hereunder. A regular workday with the Company shall consist of 8.6 hours, not including
a daily break which shall be taken by the Executive, and which shall be the Executive’s responsibility to take. Saturday (Shabbat) shall be
the Executive’s recognized and official rest day.

4.3. Hours of Work and Rest Law. Executive agrees and acknowledges that due to the Executive's senior managerial position in the Company
and the special amount of trust involved in the Position in which the Executive shall be employed the Hours of Work and Rest Law, 1951
(the “Hours of Work and Rest Law”) does not apply to the Executive's employment. The Executive acknowledges that the set amount of
the  Monthly  Salary  (as  defined  hereunder)  agreed  upon  reflects  the  requirements  of  the  position  to  work  additional  and  irregular  hours.
Therefore,  the  Executive  shall  not  be  entitled  to  claim  or  receive  payments  or  any  additional  pay  for  overtime  working  hours,  or  work
performed on Fridays, Saturdays or Jewish festival holidays. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not generally be required
to work on Fridays, Saturdays or Jewish holidays.

4.4. Recording of Hours. Per the requirements under applicable law, the Executive shall cooperate with the Company in maintaining a record of

the number of hours of work performed, in accordance with the Company’s policy and instructions.

5.           Consideration, Benefits and Payments

5.1.      Salary.

5.1.1. As payment for the fulfillment of the obligations set forth herein, the Company shall pay the Executive a monthly salary in the

amount specified in Exhibit A (“Monthly Salary”).

5.1.2. An amount equal to 10% of the Monthly Salary of the Executive shall be considered as a special compensation for the Executive’s
obligation for confidentiality, return of confidential information, non-competition, non-solicitation, and no conflicting obligations
set forth in Exhibit B herein (the “Special Compensation”). The Executive shall be obligated to return all Special Compensation
amounts  received  from  the  Company  upon  violation  of  any  of  the  said  obligations  set  forth  in  Exhibit  B  hereto.  Company
maintains the right to withhold and set off any amounts due to the Executive following such violation, and all such amounts owed
to the Company shall bear interest and shall be linked to the Cost-of-Living Index in accordance with the law. All the above shall
not derogate from any of the Company’s rights pertaining to said violation by the Executive.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Page 2 of 13 

 
5.1.3.

The Company will pay the Executive the Monthly Salary until the 9th of each month, for the previous month.

5.2.      Pension Insurance

5.2.1.

The  Company  and  the  Executive  will  obtain  and  maintain  Managers’  Insurance  or  a  pension  fund  according  to  the  Executive’s
choice (“Pension Insurance”). The contributions to the Pension Insurance shall be as follows:

5.2.1.1. Company shall contribute to the Pension Insurance an amount equal to 14.83% of the Monthly Salary out of which 6.5%
are  designated  for  premium  payments  (the  “Company  Contribution”)  and  8.33%  are  designated  for  severance
payments  and  the  Executive  shall  contribute  6%  of  the  Monthly  Salary  (“Executive’s  Contribution”)  toward  the
premiums payable in respect of such Pension Insurance.

5.2.1.2.

In  the  event  the  Executive  elects  to  obtain  Managers  Insurance,  the  Company  Contribution  shall  include  payments
toward a Disability Insurance (“Ovdan Kosher Avoda”), which may be included within the Managers Insurance Policy,
for the exclusive benefit of the Executive, provided that the Company’s contribution towards premium payments shall
not be less than 5%. For the removal of any doubt, it is hereby clarified that the Company Contribution together with
any payments towards Disability Insurance shall not exceed 7.5% of the Executive's Monthly Salary.

5.2.1.3. The Executive hereby instructs the Company to transfer to the Pension Insurance the amounts of the Executive’s and the

Company’s contributions from each Monthly Salary payment, on account of the Pension Insurance.

5.2.2.

5.2.3.

It  is  hereby  agreed  that  upon  termination  of  employment  under  this  Agreement,  the  Company  shall  release  to  the  Executive  all
amounts accrued in the Insurance Policy on account of both the Company’s and Executive’s Contributions. However, it is hereby
agreed that if the Executive is dismissed under the circumstances defined in Section 16 and/or Section 17 of the Severance Pay
Law - the Executive shall not be entitled to any Severance Pay.

It is hereby clearly agreed and understood that the amounts accrued in the Pension Insurance Policy on account of the Company’s
Contribution shall be in lieu and in full and final substitution of any severance pay the Executive shall be or become entitled to
under  any  applicable  Israeli  law.  This  section  is  in  accordance  with  Section  14  of  the  Severance  Pay  Law,  and  the  General
Approval  of  the  Labor  Minister,  dated  June  30,  1998,  issued  in  accordance  to  the  said  Section  14,  a  copy  of  which  is  attached
hereby as Exhibit C.

5.3.       Advanced Study Fund.

5.3.1.

The Company and the Executive shall open and maintain an advanced study fund (the “Fund”). Use of the funds accumulated in
the Fund shall be in accordance with the by-laws of the Fund.

5.3.2.

The Company shall contribute to the Fund an amount equal to seven and a half percent (7.5%) and the Executive shall contribute
to such Fund an amount equal to two and a half percent (2.5%) of each Monthly Salary payment.

5.3.3. Any tax liability shall be borne exclusively by the Employee.

5.4.       Car Allowance. Executive shall be entitled to payment of car allowance as set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

5.5.       Annual vacation, Sick Leave and Convalescence Pay (Dmey Havra’ah).

5.5.1.

Subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  Annual  Vacation  Law,  1951  (the  “Vacation Law”)  Executive  shall  be  entitled  to  paid  vacation
days  during  each  year  of  Executive’s  employment  in  the  amount  set  forth  in  Exhibit  A  hereto  (the  “Annual  Vacation
Allowance”). At the end of each calendar year, Executive can accumulate the unused balance of the vacation days standing to his
credit for the following two years. In any case, the Executive shall not be entitled to accumulate more than the Maximum Vacation
Allowance set forth in Exhibit A. Any unused vacation days exceeding the said maximum amount will be redeemed for cash at the
Executive’s request.

Page 3 of 13 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.5.2.

The Executive shall be entitled to pay Sick Leave during each year of employment in accordance with any applicable law.

5.5.3.

The Executive shall be entitled to Convalescence Pay in accordance with any applicable law.

5.6. Bonus.  Subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  compensation  policy  and  decisions  by  the  Board  of  BrainsWay  LTD.  (the  “Parent”),
Executive  will  be  eligible  to  receive  an  annual  performance  bonus.  The  actual  bonus  percentage  and  payment  in  any  given  year  is
discretionary  and  will  be  subject  to  assessment  of  Executive’s  performance,  the  Company’s  performance  (including  but  not  limited  to
satisfaction  of  any  applicable  annual  threshold  conditions  and  bonus  goals),  adherence  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  any  applicable
compensation  policies,  as  well  as  business  conditions  at  the  Company  as  determined  by  the  Company’s  and/or  the  Parent’s  board  of
directors  (the  “Board”)  or  the  Company’s  and/or  the  Parent’s  compensation  committee  .  Executive  must  be  employed  on  the  date
designated for payment of annual bonuses to earn any part of that bonus. The Bonus for 2022 shall be in accordance with the terms set forth
in Exhibit A hereto.

 6.           Confidentiality, Non-Compete and Proprietary Rights

The  Executive  shall,  simultaneously  herewith,  execute  the  Confidential,  Non-Compete  and  Proprietary  Rights  Agreement,  attached  hereto  as
Exhibit B. For the removal of any doubt, execution of such Confidential, Non- Compete and Proprietary Rights Agreement by the Executive - is a
condition precedent to this Agreement becoming effective.

7.           Term and Termination of Employment

7.1.

Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall commence on the Commencement Date and continue for an unfixed period of time.
Either  party  may  terminate  the  Executive’s  employment  by  providing  prior  written  notice  in  the  number  of  days  set  forth  in  Exhibit  A
hereto  (the  “Notice Period”).  Without  derogating  from  the  rights  of  the  Company  under  this  Agreement  and/or  any  applicable  law,  the
Company may terminate this Agreement forthwith with immediate effect, at any time, by paying to the Executive compensation in lieu of
the Notice Period.

7.2. Notwithstanding  the  aforementioned,  the  Company  shall  be  entitled  to  terminate  this Agreement  forthwith  with  immediate  effect,  at  any
time, by providing notice thereof to Executive, where said termination is a termination for Cause (as defined below). In such event, without
derogating from the rights of the Company under this Agreement and/or any applicable law, Executive shall not be entitled to any Notice
Period or any payment in lieu of any Notice Period.

The following reasons shall be deemed Cause:

(i)

(ii)

the Executive commits a fundamental breach of this Agreement, including a breach of his covenants in Exhibit B hereto;

the  Executive  performs  any  act  that  entitles  the  Company  legally  to  dismiss  him  without  paying  him  any  severance  pay  in
connection with such dismissal;

(iii)

the Executive breaches his duty of good faith to the Company; or

(iv)

the Executive’s intentional gross misconduct in the performance of his obligations under this Agreement in a manner that causes
(or is likely to cause) material harm to the Company.

7.3. During the Notice Period, whether notice has been given by the Executive or by the Company, the Executive shall continue to render his
services to the Company unless instructed otherwise by the Company, and shall cooperate with the Company and use his best efforts to
assist the integration into the Company organization of the person or persons who will assume the Executive’s responsibilities.

 8.           General Provisions

8.1.

8.2.

Subject to Company’s policies, the Company will reimburse the Executive or pay for all preapproved expenses incurred by the Executive in
performing his duties under this Agreement.

The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms
hereof (i) will not constitute a default under or breach of any agreement or other instrument to which he is a party or by which he is bound,
including without limitation, any confidentiality or non-competition agreement, (ii) do not require the consent of any person or entity, and
(iii) shall not utilize during the term of Executive’s employment any proprietary information of any third party, including prior employers of
the Executive.

Page 4 of 13 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8.3.

Executive shall not be entitled to any additional bonus, payment or other compensation in connection with Executive’s employment with
Company, other than as provided in this Agreement.

8.4. Company shall withhold, or charge Executive with, all taxes and other compulsory payments as required under applicable law with respect

to all payments, benefits and/or other compensation paid to Executive in connection with Executive’s employment with Company.

8.5. Company shall be entitled to offset from any and/or all payments to which Executive shall be entitled thereof, any and/or all amounts to

which Company shall be entitled from Executive at such time.

8.6. Company’s failure or delay in enforcing any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not, in any way, be construed as a waiver of any such
provisions,  or  prevent  Company  thereafter  from  enforcing  each  and  every  other  provision  of  this  Agreement  which  were  previously  not
enforced.

8.7.

8.8.

Except as otherwise herein expressly provided, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company, its successors
and  assigns,  including,  without  limitation,  any  subsidiary  or  affiliated  entity  and  shall  inure  to  the  benefit  of,  and  be  binding  upon,
Executive,  Executive’s  heirs,  executors,  administrators  and  legal  representatives.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  obligations  of
Executive hereunder shall not be assignable or delegable.

This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement between the parties hereto, supersedes any and all prior discussions,
agreements  and  correspondence  with  regard  to  the  subject  matter  hereof,  and  may  not  be  amended,  modified  or  supplemented  in  any
respect, except by a subsequent writing executed by both parties hereto.

8.9. All  notices,  requests  and  other  communications  to  any  party  hereunder  shall  be  given  or  made  in  writing  and  telecopied,  mailed  (by
registered or certified mail) or delivered by hand to the respective party at the address set forth in the caption of this Agreement or to such
other  address  (or  telecopier  number)  as  such  party  may  hereafter  specify  for  the  purpose  of  notice  to  the  other  party  hereto.  Each  such
notice,  request  or  other  communication  shall  be  effective  (i)  if  given  by  facsimile,  when  such  facsimile  is  transmitted  to  the  facsimile
number  specified  herein  and  the  appropriate  answerback  is  received  or  (ii)  if  given  by  any  other  means,  when  delivered  at  the  address
specified herein.

8.10. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of Israel without giving effect to principles
of conflicts of law and the courts of Israel, District of Tel Aviv, shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the parties hereto and subject matter
hereof.

8.11. Reference  is  hereby  made  to  the  “Confirmation  re  Absence  of  Employer-Employee  Relationship  and  Claims  from  Prior  Employment”

stemming from his prior employment, which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, and which shall serve as an integral part of this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first appearing above.

Brain R&D Services, Ltd.

Executive

By: Christopher R. von Jako, PhD

Hadar Levy

Page 5 of 13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit A

to the Personal Employment Agreement by and between

Brain R&D Services, Ltd. and the Executive whose name is set forth herein

IN THE EVENT THAT ANY DETAILS SET FORTH IN THIS EXHIBIT ARE NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT,
THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE EXHIBIT HEREUNDER SHALL SUPERSEDE THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT AND APPLY TO
THE TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT OF THE EXECUTIVE.

Name of Executive:
ID No. of Executive:

Position in the Company:
Supervisor:
Commencement Date:
Notice Period:
Monthly Salary:
Amount of vacation Days per Year:
Maximum Amount of Accrued Vacation:
Sick Leave Days per Year:
Keren Hishtalmut (Educational Fund):
Car Allowance:

Hadar Levy

Senior Vice President, COO/GM
CEO
August 1, 2022
60 days.
67,500 NIS
23
23
Per Applicable Law.
Entitled
Up to 5,000 NIS per month

Bonus:

One time Relocation Expenses:

For calendar year 2022, provided satisfaction of any threshold conditions (יאנת ףס) set
by the Board, Executive will be eligible to receive an annual bonus as follows:

1.     A target amount of up to 202,500 NIS [25% of annual salary], depending on
satisfaction  of  the  board-approved  MBOs  (including  company  and  personal
goals) in place for FY 2022); plus

2.     A target amount of up to 81,000 NIS [10% of annual salary], determined on a
sliding scale based on achieving revenues outside the United States of at least
$6.0  million  and  up  to  $7.5  million  (e.g.  thus,  assuming  OUS  revenues  of
$6.75 million, an amount of 40,500 NIS would potentially apply); plus

3.     An amount equal to 121,000 NIS [15% of annual salary], based on achieving
revenues outside the United States of at least $7.5 million (i.e. with no part of
this amount applicable in the event of achievement of OUS revenues below $7.5
million,  and  no  additional  amounts  applicable  for  OUS  revenues  above  $7.5
million).

Up  to  US$30,000  paid  directly  (i.e.  not  reimbursed)  for  direct  shipping  costs  and  family
travel expenses at coach class, upon receipt of appropriate invoices and documentation. In
the event Executive resigns earlier than three months from the Commencement Date, any
amount  paid  under  this  section  shall  be  refunded  by  Executive  and/or  may  be  offset  by
Company from any amounts payable upon conclusion of employment.

Brain R&D Services, Ltd.

Executive

By: Christopher R. von Jako, PhD

Hadar Levy

Page 6 of 13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NON-COMPETITION, PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT B

THIS NON-COMPETITION, PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT (“Agreement”)  is  effective  as  of  the  first  day  of
your employment with the Company (“Effective Date”) and made by and between Brain R&D Services, Ltd, a corporation incorporated under the laws
of the State of Israel, with business address at 19 Hartum St. Jerusalem, Israel (the “Company”) and Hadar Levy, I.D. No. 025176884 (the “Executive”).
Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Company” shall also include all direct and indirect existing and future subsidiary, parent or related entity
of the Company.

In consideration and as a condition of Executive’s engagement with the Company, the compensation paid therefore and the benefits received therefore, the
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, it is hereby agreed as follows:

1. Confidential Information

1.1.      Definition. “Confidential Information”  means  any  proprietary  or  confidential  data  and  information  that  Executive  may  author,  create,
make,  produce,  obtain  or  otherwise  acquire  or  have  access  to  during  the  course  of  Executive’s  engagement  with  the  Company  (whether
before  or  after  the  date  of  this  Agreement),  which  pertain  to  the  Company,  or  any  of  its  clients,  customers,  employees,  shareholders,
licensees, licensors, vendors or affiliates. Confidential Information includes without limitation Intellectual Property (as defined in Section
2(b) below), trade secrets, data and databases; business plans, records, and affairs; customer files and lists; special customer matters; sales
practices;  methods  and  techniques;  commercial  and  technical  concepts,  strategies  and  plans;  sources  of  supply  and  vendors;  special
business  relationships  with  vendors,  agents,  and  brokers;  promotional  materials  and  information;  financial  matters;  technologies  and
processes;  product  specifications;  procedures;  pricing  information;  technical  data;  operations  and  production  costs;  processes;  designs;
formulae; algorithms; software; applications and other similar matters which are confidential.

Confidential Information shall not include any information that (i) is in the public domain at the time of disclosure, (ii) subsequently enters
the  public  domain  other  than  by  breach  of  Executive’s  obligations  hereunder  or  by  breach  of  another  person’s  or  entity’s  confidentiality
obligations, or (iii) is shown by documentary evidence to have been known by Executive prior to disclosure to Executive by the Company.

1.2.            Confidentiality.  Except  as  herein  provided,  Executive  agrees  that  during  and  after  termination  of  Executive’s  engagement  with  the
Company,  Executive  (i)  shall  keep  Confidential  Information  (as  defined  below)  confidential  and  shall  not  directly  or  indirectly,  use,
divulge, publish or otherwise disclose or allow to be disclosed any aspect of Confidential Information without the Company’s prior written
consent; (ii) shall refrain from any action or conduct which might reasonably or foreseeable be expected to compromise the confidentiality
or proprietary nature of the Confidential Information; and (iii) shall follow recommendations made by the Board of Directors, officers or
supervisors of the Company from time to time regarding Confidential Information.

1.3.            Ownership.  Executive  acknowledges  and  agrees  that  all  Confidential  Information  and  all  tangible  materials  containing  Confidential

Information are and shall remain at all times the sole and exclusive property of the Company.

Page 7 of 13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.4.            Proprietary  Information  of  Third  Parties.  Executive  agrees  that  he/she  has  not  and  will  not,  during  the  term  of  the  engagement,  (i)
improperly  use  or  disclose  any  proprietary  information  or  trade  secrets  of  any  former  employer  or  other  person  or  entity  with  which
Executive has an agreement or duty to keep in confidence information acquired by Executive, if any, or (ii) bring onto the premises of the
Company  any  document  or  confidential  or  proprietary  information  belonging  to  such  employer,  person  or  entity  unless  consented  to  in
writing  by  such  employer,  person  or  entity.  Executive  will  indemnify  the  Company  and  hold  it  harmless  from  and  against  all  claims,
liabilities, damages and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of suit, arising out of or in connection with any violation of
the  foregoing.  Executive  recognizes  that  the  Company  may  have  received,  and  in  the  future  may  receive,  from  third  parties  their
confidential or proprietary information subject to Company’s undertaking to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it
only for certain limited purposes. Executive agrees that he/she owes the Company and such third parties, during Executive’s engagement
with  the  Company  and  thereafter,  a  duty  to  hold  all  such  confidential  or  proprietary  information  in  the  strictest  confidence  and  not  to
disclose  it  to  any  person  or  firm  and  to  use  it  in  a  manner  consistent  with,  and  for  the  limited  purposes  permitted  by,  the  Company’s
agreement with such third party.

1.5.      Open Source Software. To the extent the services, deliverables, Intellectual Property (as defined in this Agreement) or any other work
product provided by Executive include any software, computer code and/or firmware, any such services, deliverables, Inventions or work
product shall not incorporate or include any Open Source (as defined below), unless explicitly approved in writing by Company in each
instance. In addition, all services, deliverables, Inventions and any other work product provided by Executive shall on delivery be free of
viruses,  malicious  code,  time  bombs,  Trojan  horses,  back  doors,  drop  dead  devices,  worms,  or  other  code  of  any  kind  that  may  disable,
erase, display any unauthorized message, permit unauthorized access, automatically or remotely stop software, code and/or firmware from
operating, or otherwise impair the services, deliverables, Inventions or work product or the Company network or any part thereof . “Open
Source” means any software that requires as a condition of its use, the modification and/or distribution of such software or other software
incorporated into, derived from or distributed with such software be: (i) disclosed or distributed in source code form; (ii) licensed for the
purpose of making derivative works; or (ii) redistributable at no charge.

1.6.            Conflicting  Activities.  While  engaged  with  the  Company,  Executive  will  not  work  as  an  employee,  consultant  or  contractor  of  any
competing organization to the Company, or engage in any other activities which conflict with the obligations to the Company, without the
express prior written approval of the Company.

1.7.      Return of Confidential Material. Upon Company’s request or in the event of Executive’s termination of engagement with Company for any
reason whatsoever, Executive agrees promptly to surrender and deliver to Company all records, materials, equipment, drawings, documents
and data of any nature pertaining to any Confidential Information or to Executive’s engagement, and Executive will not retain or take any
tangible  materials  or  electronically  stored  data,  containing  or  pertaining  to  any  Confidential  Information  that  Executive  may  produce,
acquire or obtain access to during the course of Executive’s engagement.

2. Ownership of Intellectual Property

2.1. Definition. “Intellectual Property” means proprietary and intellectual property rights, including without limitation copyrights, inventions,
discoveries, patents, designs, trademarks, whether or not registered or capable of being registered, original ideas, trade secrets, source and
object  code,  algorithms,  formulae,  materials,  methods,  processes,  procedures,  improvements  and  enhancements  of  the  foregoing,  and  all
rights corresponding to the foregoing throughout the world.

2.2.      Assignment of Intellectual Property. Except as provided in Section 2(f) below, Executive hereby assigns and transfers to Company, to the
fullest extent under applicable law, and without additional compensation and consideration, Executive’s entire right, title and interest in and
to all the Intellectual Property authored, developed, created, made, conceived or reduced to practice by Executive, whether solely or jointly
with  others,  prior  to  or  during  the  period  of  Executive’s  engagement  with  Company  that  (i)  relate  in  any  manner  to  the  actual  or
demonstrably anticipated business, work, or research and development of Company, its affiliates or subsidiaries, (ii) is developed in whole
or  in  part  on  Company’s  time  or  using  Company’s  equipment,  supplies,  facilities  or  Confidential  Information,  or  (iii)  result  from  or  are
suggested by any task assigned to Executive or any work performed by Executive for or on behalf of Company, its affiliates or subsidiaries,
or by the scope of Executive’s duties and responsibilities with Company, its affiliates or subsidiaries (“Company Intellectual Property”).
In the event that Executive believes that Executive is entitled to ownership, either in whole or in part, of Intellectual Property pursuant to
Section 2(f) below, Executive shall notify Company of such in writing, and by following other procedures required by the Company. Except
in such cases as the Board of Directors of Company confirms in writing that Executive is entitled to ownership, Executive agrees that all
Intellectual Property is the sole property of Company.

Page 8 of 13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.3.      Without derogating from the aforementioned, the Executive herby explicitly waives:

(i)  any  interest,  claim  or  demand  that  he  had,  have,  or  may  have  in  the  future  for,  or  may  be  entitled  to,  with  respect  to  consideration,
compensation  or  royalty  payment  in  connection  with  Company  Intellectual  Property,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  any  claims  for
consideration,  compensation  or  royalty  payments  pursuant  to  Section  134  to  the  Israeli  Patent  Law  –  1967  (the  “Patent Law”);  (ii)  any
moral rights, artists’ rights, or any other similar rights worldwide (“Moral Rights”) that he had, have or may have in the future in or with
respect to the Company Intellectual Property.

2.4.      Disclosure of Intellectual Property. Executive agrees that in connection with Company Intellectual Property: (i) Executive shall promptly
disclose it in writing, and by following other procedures required by the Company, to Executive’s immediate supervisor at Company with a
copy to the Board of Directors of the Company, regardless of whether Executive believes such Intellectual Property is covered by Section
2(f)  or  not,  in  order  to  permit  Company  to  claim  rights  to  which  it  may  be  entitled  under  this  Agreement;  and  (ii)  Executive  shall,  at
Company request, promptly execute a written assignment of title to Company for any Company Intellectual Property, and will preserve any
such Company Intellectual Property as Confidential Information of Company.

2.5.      Executive’s Assistance. Executive agrees to assist Company, or its designee, at Company expense, in every proper way to secure Company
rights in the Company Intellectual Property in any and all countries, including the disclosure to Company of all pertinent information and
data  with  respect  thereto,  the  execution  of  all  applications,  specifications,  oaths,  assignments  and  other  instruments  that  Company  shall
deem  necessary  in  order  to  apply  for  and  obtain  such  rights  and  in  order  to  assign  and  convey  to  Company,  its  successors,  assigns,  and
nominees  the  sole  and  exclusive  rights,  title  and  interest  in  and  to  such  Company  Intellectual  Property.  Executive  further  agrees  that
Executive’s obligation to execute or cause to be executed, when it is in Executive’s power to do so, any such instrument or papers shall
continue after the termination of Executive’s engagement with Company. If Company is unable because of Executive’s mental or physical
incapacity  or  for  any  other  reason  to  secure  Executive’s  signature  to  apply  for  or  to  pursue  any  application  for  any  patents  or  copyright
registrations  covering  Company  Intellectual  Property,  then  Executive  hereby  irrevocably  designates  and  appoints  Company  and  its  duly
authorized officers and agents as Executive’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to act for and in Executive’s behalf and stead to execute and file
any such applications and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution.

2.6.      Exception to Assignments. Company Intellectual Property shall not include any Intellectual Property that Executive develops entirely on
Executive’s own time, without use of any Company assets and which is not useful with and does not relate to Company actual or proposed
business, products or research and development.

2.7.            Other  Obligations.  Executive  acknowledges  that  Company  from  time  to  time  may  have  agreements  with  other  persons  or  with  the
government  authorities,  or  agencies  thereof,  that  impose  obligations  or  restrictions  on  Company  regarding  Intellectual  Property  made
during  the  course  of  work  thereunder  or  regarding  the  confidential  nature  of  such  work.  Executive  agrees  to  be  bound  by  all  such
obligations and restrictions and to take all action necessary to discharge the obligations of Company thereunder.

Page 9 of 13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3. Non-Competition

Executive agrees that as long as he/she is in the employ of the Company and for a period of twelve (12) months after termination of employment,
for any reason, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, either alone or jointly with others or as an employee, agent, consultant owner, partner,
joint venturer, stockholder, broker, principal, corporate officer, director, licensor or in any other capacity or as an employee of any person, firm or
company, anywhere in the world, engage in, become financially interested in, be employed by or have any connection with any business or venture
that  is  engaged  in  any  activities  involving  (i)  products  or  services  competing  with  the  Company’s  products  or  services,  or  with  such  of  the
Company’s Affiliates products and services which relate to the Company actual or proposed business, products or research and development, as
they  shall  be  at  the  time  of  termination  of  my  employment,  or  (ii)  information,  processes,  technology  or  equipment  which  competes  with
information, processes, technology or equipment in which the Company has a proprietary interest, or in which any of the Company’s Affiliates
then  has  a  proprietary  interest  and  which  are  related  to  the  Company  actual  or  proposed  business,  products  or  research  and  development.  The
foregoing  shall  not  apply  to  (i)  holdings  of  securities  of  any  company  the  shares  of  which  are  publicly  traded  on  an  internationally  recognized
stock exchange, which do not exceed 1% of the issued share capital of such public company, so long as Executive has no active role in such public
company as a director, officer, employee, consultant (including as an independent consultant) or otherwise, or (ii) de minimis non- commercial
activities.

Executive  further  agrees  that  as  long  as  he/she  is  in  the  employ  of  the  Company  and  for  a  period  of  twelve  (12)  months  after  termination  of
employment,  for  any  reason,  Executive  shall  not-  either  directly  or  indirectly,  either  alone  or  jointly  with  others  or  as  an  employee,  agent,
consultant  owner,  partner,  joint  venturer,  stockholder,  broker,  principal,  corporate  officer,  director,  licensor  or  in  any  other  capacity  or  as  an
employee of any person, firm or company, anywhere in the world- solicit, canvas or approach in competition with the Company, any person or
entity which, to Executive’s knowledge, was provided with goods or services by the Company (“Customer”), provided goods or services to the
Company (“Provider”) or who invested or contemplated investment in the Company (“Investor”) at any time during the 24 months immediately
prior to the Termination Date, for the purpose of offering or receiving goods or services of the same type as or similar to the goods or services
supplied or received by the Company at the Termination Date or for the purpose of soliciting investment in an entity other than the Company.

4. Non-Solicitation

During the term of Executive’s service with the Company and for a period of twelve (12) months after termination of employment, for any reason,
Executive  will  not,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  including  personally  or  in  any  business  in  which  Executive  is  an  employee,  officer,  director,
shareholder, consultant or contractor, for any purpose or in any place, solicit or encourage or endeavor to solicit or encourage or cause others to
solicit or encourage any employees of the Company or of the Company’s Affiliates to terminate their employment with the Company or with the
Company’s Affiliates as applicable.

5. Breach of Obligations

Executive is aware that a breach of his/her obligations as detailed above, or part of them, will cause the Company or the Company’s Affiliates
serious and irreparable damage, and that no financial compensation can be an appropriate remedy to such damage. Therefore, in addition to the
return of the Special Compensation pursuant to the terms of the Personal Employment Agreement to which this Agreement is attached, Executive
agrees, that if such a breach occurs, the Company, any of the Company’s Affiliates or any of their designee(s) shall be entitled, without prejudice,
to take all legal means necessary, and all and any injunctive relief as is necessary to restrain any continuing or further breach of this Agreement.

Page 10 of 13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6. Acknowledgements and Declarations

Executive hereby declares and acknowledges that:

6.1.      Executive’s confidentiality and non-competition obligations under this Agreement are fair, reasonable, and proportional, especially in light
of the Special Compensation Executive receives under the employment agreement to which this Agreement is attached, and are designed to
protect  the  Company’s  and  the  Company  Affiliates’  secrets  and  their  confidential  information,  which  constitute  the  essence  of  their
protected business and commercial advantage in which significant capital investments were made.

6.2.      Any breach of Executive’s obligations under this Agreement shall contradict the nature of the special trust and loyalty between Executive
and the Company, the fair and proper business practices and the duty of good faith and fairness between the parties. Any such breach shall
harm the Company and/or the Company Affiliates and shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement and the employment agreement
to which this Agreement is attached.

6.3.      Executive’s obligations under this Agreement and the restricted period of time and geographical area specified herein are reasonable and
proportional,  and  do  not  prevent  Executive  from  developing  his/her  general  knowledge  and  professional  expertise  in  the  area  of  his/her
business, without infringing on or breaching any of the Company’s rights.

7. Miscellaneous

7.1.      Governing Law; Consent to Personal Jurisdiction. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Israel, without regard to the
choice of law provisions thereof. Executive hereby expressly consents to the personal jurisdiction of the courts located in Tel-Aviv-Jaffa
district, Israel, for any lawsuit arising from or relating to this Agreement.

7.2.      Assignment. The undertakings set forth herein may be assigned by the Company. Executive may not assign or delegate his/her duties under
this  Agreement  without  the  Company’s  prior  written  approval.  This  Agreement  shall  be  binding  upon  Executive’s  heirs,  successors  and
permitted assignees.

7.3.      Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may  be  signed  in  two  counterparts,  each  of  which  shall  be  deemed  an  original  and  both  of  which  shall

together constitute one and the same instrument.

7.4.      Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the full and complete agreement between the parties and supersedes any and all agreements
or  understandings,  whether  written  or  oral,  concerning  the  subject  matter  of  this  Agreement,  and  may  only  be  amended  by  a  document
signed by both parties.

7.5.      Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is found to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such provision
shall  be  automatically  adjusted  to  the  minimum  extent  necessary  for  validity  or  enforceability.  In  any  event,  the  remaining  terms  and
provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

Brain R&D Services, Ltd.

Executive

By: Christopher R. von Jako, PhD

Hadar Levy

Page 11 of 13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT C

GENERAL APPROVAL REGARDING PAYMENTS BY EMPLOYERS TO A PENSION FUND AND INSURANCE FUND IN LIEU OF
SEVERANCE PAY

(This is a non-formal English translation. Original Hebrew version is available at the HR department)

By  virtue  of  my  power  under  section  14  of  the  Severance  Pay  Law,  1963  (hereinafter:  the  “Law”),  I  certify  that  payments  made  by  an  employer
commencing  from  the  date  of  the  publication  of  this  approval  publication  for  his  employee  to  a  comprehensive  pension  benefit  fund  that  is  not  an
insurance fund within the meaning thereof in the Income Tax (Rules for the Approval and Conduct of Benefit Funds) Regulations, 1964 (hereinafter: the
“Pension Fund”) or to managers insurance including the possibility of an insurance pension fund or a combination of payments to an annuity fund and to
a  non-annuity  fund  (hereinafter:  the  “Insurance Fund),  including  payments  made  by  him  by  a  combination  of  payments  to  a  Pension  Fund  and  an
Insurance Fund, whether or not the Insurance Fund has an annuity fund (hereinafter: the “Employer’s Payments), shall be made in lieu of the severance
pay  due  to  the  said  employee  in  respect  of  the  salary  from  which  the  said  payments  were  made  and  for  the  period  they  were  paid  (hereinafter:  the
“Exempt Salary”), provided that all the following conditions are fulfilled:

1. The Employer’s Payments -

1.1.

To the Pension Fund are not less than 141/3% of the Exempt Salary or 12% of the Exempt Salary if the employer pays for his employee in
addition  thereto  also  payments  to  supplement  severance  pay  to  a  benefit  fund  for  severance  pay  or  to  an  Insurance  Fund  in  the  employee’s
name in an amount of 21/3% of the Exempt Salary. In the event the employer has not paid an addition to the said 12%, his payments shall be
only in lieu of 72% of the employee’s severance pay;

1.2.

To the Insurance Fund are not less than one of the following:

(1) 131/3% of the Exempt Salary, if the employer pays for his employee in addition thereto also payments to secure monthly income in the
event of disability, in a plan approved by the Commissioner of the Capital Market, Insurance and Savings Department of the Ministry of
Finance, in an amount required to secure at least 75% of the Exempt Salary or in an amount of 21/2% of the Exempt Salary, the lower of
the two (hereinafter: “Disability Insurance”);

(2) 11%  of  the  Exempt  Salary,  if  the  employer  paid,  in  addition,  a  payment  to  the  Disability  Insurance,  and  in  such  case  the  Employer’s
Payments  shall  only  replace  72%  of  the  Employee’s  severance  pay;  In  the  event  the  employer  has  paid  in  addition  to  the  foregoing
payments to supplement severance pay to a benefit fund for severance pay or to an Insurance Fund in the employee’s name in an amount
of 21/3% of the Exempt Salary, the Employer’s Payments shall replace 100% of the employee’s severance pay.

2. No later than three months from the commencement of the Employer’s Payments, a written agreement is executed between the employer and the

employee in which:

2.1.

2.2.

The employee has agreed to the arrangement pursuant to this approval in a text specifying the Employer’s Payments, the Pension Fund and
Insurance Fund, as the case may be; the said agreement shall also include the text of this approval;

The  employer  waives  in  advance  any  right,  which  it  may  have  to  a  refund  of  monies  from  his  payments,  unless  the  employee’s  right  to
severance pay has been revoked by a judgment by virtue of Section 16 and 17 of the Law, and to the extent so revoked and/or the employee has
withdrawn monies from the Pension Fund or Insurance Fund other than by reason of an entitling event; in such regard “Entitling Event” means
death, disability or retirement at after the age of 60.

3. This approval is not such as to derogate from the employee’s right to severance pay pursuant to any law, collective agreement, extension order or

employment agreement, in respect of salary over and above the Exempt Salary.

I, the undersigned, hereby acknowledge and approve that I have read all the above mentioned, received any and all clarifications which I required, and will
act according to it.

Approval

Hadar Levy
Name

ID Number

Signature

April 13, 2022
Date

Page 12 of 13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit D

Addendum to Employment Agreement

To:

BrainsWay USA, Inc.
Brain R&D Services, Ltd.
BrainsWay, Inc.
BrainsWay LTD

Re: Confirmation re Absence of Employer-Employee Relationship and Claims from Prior Employment

I, the undersigned, Hadar Levy, Israeli I.D. No. 
Inc., BrainsWay USA, Inc., Brain R&D Services, Ltd. and/or any of their affiliates as follows:

 irrevocably warrant, declare, confirm, and undertake towards BrainsWay LTD., BrainsWay

1. On July 31, 2022 my employment with BrainsWay USA, Inc. (the: “BUSA”) was/will terminate(d) (the “Termination Date”).
2.
2. On April [ 13th ] 2022 I signed an employment agreement (the: “Employment Agreement”) for my employment with Brain R&D Services,

Ltd. (the: “Company”).

3.

4.

I acknowledge that the Company is a separate legal entity from BUSA and there does not now exist, nor shall there exist during the course of the
provision of my employment in the Company, an employer-employee relationship between myself and BUSA.

I neither have, nor shall I have in the future, any claim and/or demand and/or contention against BUSA or any of its affiliates in connection with
the  existence  of  any  employer-employee  relationship  and/or  my  entitlement  to  payment  of  any  kind  including  but  not  limited  to;  salary,
compensation, benefits, pension, social security, recreation pay, severance pay and so forth from BUSA for the period prior to or following the
Termination Date. I further declare that I do not have any claims of any kind, including but not limited to those arising out of unpaid payments of
any kind, resulting from my previous employment with any of the aforementioned entities, and that to the extent any such claims exist, I hereby
waive any and all rights relating to same to the extent permitted by all applicable laws.

5.

I hereby specifically acknowledge that BUSA is not responsible for my employment in any way, and any services I may be required to provide
BUSA as part of my employment in the Company, shall not constitute any form of contractual relationship between myself and BUSA.

6. The provisions of this declaration shall survive termination or expiration of the Employment Agreement for any reason and shall remain in full

force and effect at all times thereafter, and I acknowledge that the Company and BUSA rely on this declaration.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned has affixed his signature hereto on the day and year first set forth above.

Signature

Date

April 13, 2022

 Page 13 of 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION BY CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 12.1

I, Hadar Levy, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of BrainsWay Ltd.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(f)  and
15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the

effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the
annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting;
and

5. The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the

company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are

reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the  company’s  internal

control over financial reporting.

Date: March 27, 2023

/s/ Hadar Levy
Hadar Levy
Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION BY CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 12.2

I, R. Scott Areglado, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of BrainsWay Ltd.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(f)  and
15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the

effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the
annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting;
and

5. The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the

company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are

reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the  company’s  internal

control over financial reporting.

Date: March 27, 2023

/s/ R. Scott Areglado
R. Scott Areglado
Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION BY CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In  connection  with  the  Annual  Report  of  BrainsWay  Ltd.  (the  “Company”)  on  Form  20-F  for  the  period  ended  December  31,  2022  as  filed  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned officers of the Company certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
§1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to such officer's knowledge:

(1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Exhibit 13

Dated: March 27, 2023

/s/ Hadar Levy
Hadar Levy
Chief Executive Officer

/s/ R. Scott Areglado
R. Scott Areglado
Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Exhibit 15.1

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form F-3 No. 333- 259610) of BrainsWay Ltd. and in the related Prospectus
of our report dated March 27, 2023, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of BrainsWay Ltd. included in this Annual Report (Form 20-F)
for the year ended December 31, 2022.

/s/ Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer
KOST FORER GABBAY & KASIERER
A Member of Ernst & Young Global

Tel-Aviv, Israel March 27, 2023